v3, file/build organization

8 files changed, 46092 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/LICENSE.txt b/dependencies/src/imgui/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4023e0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Omar Cornut
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1625396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,19145 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP
+// (main code and documentation)
+
+// Help:
+// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
+// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+
+// Getting Started?
+// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts:
+//   please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
+
+// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
+// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).
+// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.
+// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com".
+// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page.
+
+// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
+// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
+// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't
+// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you
+// to a better solution or official support for them.
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+DOCUMENTATION
+
+- MISSION STATEMENT
+- END-USER GUIDE
+- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+  - READ FIRST
+  - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+  - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+  - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS
+- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
+- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+  - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
+
+CODE
+(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
+
+// [SECTION] INCLUDES
+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer
+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
+// [SECTION] STYLING
+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+// [SECTION] INPUTS
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+// [SECTION] LAYOUT
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
+// [SECTION] POPUPS
+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
+// [SECTION] SETTINGS
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+// [SECTION] DOCKING
+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL)
+
+*/
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DOCUMENTATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+
+ MISSION STATEMENT
+ =================
+
+ - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.
+ - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.
+ - Easy to hack and improve.
+ - Minimize setup and maintenance.
+ - Minimize state storage on user side.
+ - Minimize state synchronization.
+ - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).
+ - Efficient runtime and memory consumption.
+
+ Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes:
+
+ - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate.
+ - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.
+
+
+ END-USER GUIDE
+ ==============
+
+ - Double-click on title bar to collapse window.
+ - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().
+ - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).
+ - Click and drag on any empty space to move window.
+ - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.
+ - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.
+ - Use mouse wheel to scroll.
+ - Text editor:
+   - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.
+   - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.
+   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words.
+   - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all.
+   - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/
+   - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.
+   - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value.
+   - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations.
+ - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard.
+ - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets
+
+
+ PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+ ================
+
+ READ FIRST
+ ----------
+ - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)
+ - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or
+   destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.
+ - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
+ - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.
+ - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).
+   You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.
+ - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.
+   For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,
+   where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.
+ - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.
+ - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings.
+ - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).
+   If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.
+ - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace.
+ - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.
+   See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.
+   However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase.
+ - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!).
+
+
+ HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+ ----------------------------------------------
+ - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)
+ - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".
+ - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.
+ - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
+   If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
+   from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
+   likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
+ - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.
+ - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date.
+
+
+ GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------
+ - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
+ - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.
+ - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
+   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).
+ - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
+ - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
+ - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
+   Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
+   phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
+ - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
+ - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.
+
+
+ HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ --------------------------------------
+ EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).
+ The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.
+
+     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+     ImGui::CreateContext();
+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
+
+     // Application main loop
+     while (true)
+     {
+         // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame
+         ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();
+         ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
+         ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+         // Any application code here
+         ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+
+         // Render dear imgui into screen
+         ImGui::Render();
+         ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
+         g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
+     }
+
+     // Shutdown
+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
+     ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE
+
+     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+     ImGui::CreateContext();
+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+     // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture
+     // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)
+     int width, height;
+     unsigned char* pixels = NULL;
+     io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
+
+     // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:
+     // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
+     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.
+     MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
+     io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);
+
+     // Application main loop
+     while (true)
+     {
+        // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.
+        // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)
+        io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;              // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)
+        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;             // set the current display width
+        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;             // set the current display height here
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y);  // update mouse position
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]);  // update mouse button states
+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]);  // update mouse button states
+
+        // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
+        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)
+        ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+        // Most of your application code here
+        ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
+        MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!
+
+        // Render dear imgui, swap buffers
+        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)
+        ImGui::EndFrame();
+        ImGui::Render();
+        ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
+        MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);
+        SwapBuffers();
+     }
+
+     // Shutdown
+     ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,
+ you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this!
+
+
+ HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ ---------------------------------------------
+ The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.
+
+    void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+    {
+       // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
+       // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.
+       // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
+       ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;
+       for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+       {
+          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+          {
+             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+             if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+             {
+                 pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+             }
+             else
+             {
+                 // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                 ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);
+                 ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);
+                 if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                     continue;
+
+                 // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.
+                 // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches
+                 //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
+                 // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:
+                 //   - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size
+                 //   - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.
+                 //   - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),
+                 //     always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
+                 // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
+                 MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);
+
+                 // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().
+                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
+                 MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());
+
+                 // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
+                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.
+                 MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);
+             }
+          }
+       }
+    }
+
+
+ USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS
+ ------------------------------------------
+ - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved.
+ - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse!
+ - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable.
+ - Keyboard:
+    - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable.
+    - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard),
+      the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from:
+       - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
+       - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used).
+       - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions.
+      Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
+ - Gamepad:
+    - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable.
+    - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.
+      For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.
+      Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
+    - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead!
+    - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets
+    - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,
+      with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
+ - Mouse:
+    - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
+    - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
+    - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.
+      Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.
+      When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.
+      When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.
+      (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!)
+      (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want
+       to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)
+
+
+ API BREAKING CHANGES
+ ====================
+
+ Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.
+ Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
+ When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
+ You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
+
+(Docking/Viewport Branch)
+ - 2022/XX/XX (1.XX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that:
+                        - reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore.
+                          you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos)
+                        - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates.
+                          If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos.
+
+ - 2022/07/08 (1.88) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes).
+                        - Official backends from 1.87+                  -> no issue.
+                        - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86           -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating!
+                        - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue.
+                        - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[]     -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing!
+                        - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[].
+ - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).
+ - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.
+ - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.
+ - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.
+                        - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[]            -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.
+ - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).
+ - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.
+                        - Backend writing to io.MousePos               -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[]            -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel             -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()
+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport   -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]
+                       note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.
+                       read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.
+ - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.
+                        - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX)              -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+                        - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX))      -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).
+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values.*
+                     - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.
+                     - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.
+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.
+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
+ - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)
+                        - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen()        -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()
+                        - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x
+                        - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()      -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+                        - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect             -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect
+                        - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX     -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex
+ - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings
+ - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.
+ - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
+ - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):
+                        - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
+                        - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder  -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+ - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().
+                        - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.
+                        - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().
+ - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft  -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight
+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_None     -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.
+                       flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.
+                       breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":
+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (common use)
+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding     --> unchanged (common use)
+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (unlikely use)
+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.
+                       this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.
+                       the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.
+                       legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).
+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):
+                        - ImGui::SetScrollHere()              -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()
+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.
+ - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.
+ - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
+ - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.
+ - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.
+                     - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.
+                     - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.
+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):
+                        - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+                        - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening       -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallback              -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData          -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+ - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!
+ - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.
+ - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures
+ - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.
+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):
+                        - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer        -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend
+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                        - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_                -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
+                        - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_             -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
+                      - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):
+                        - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.
+                        - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.
+ - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).
+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).
+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.
+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.
+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.
+ - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!
+ - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().
+                       replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).
+                       worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:
+                       - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.
+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.
+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.
+                       see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.
+                       kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.
+                       for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
+                     - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.
+ - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.
+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]
+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.
+ - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().
+ - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.
+ - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.
+ - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):
+                       - ShowTestWindow()                    -> use ShowDemoWindow()
+                       - IsRootWindowFocused()               -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()     -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w)        -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)
+                       - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()     -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+                       - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg              -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg
+                       - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding   -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+                       - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
+                       - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS          -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.
+ - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).
+ - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):
+                       - Begin() [old 5 args version]        -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()     -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()     -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()
+                       - SetNextWindowPosCenter()            -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)
+                       - ImFont::Glyph                       -> use ImFontGlyph
+ - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.
+                       if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.
+                       The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).
+                       If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.
+ - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.
+ - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have
+                       overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.
+                       This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.
+                       Please reach out if you are affected.
+ - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!
+ - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
+ - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
+ - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
+ - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
+                       If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
+ - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
+ - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
+                       NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.
+                       Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.
+ - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).
+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.
+ - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
+ - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan,  etc.).
+                       old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.
+                       when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
+                       in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
+ - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
+                       If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
+                       To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
+                       If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.
+ - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",
+                       consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.
+ - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).
+ - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.
+ - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.
+ - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.
+ - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.
+ - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.
+ - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,
+                       - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.
+                       - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.
+                       - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.
+                       - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.
+                       - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.
+ - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.
+ - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.
+ - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.
+ - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.
+                       Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.
+ - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);
+ - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
+                       removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
+                         IsItemHoveredRect()        --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)
+                         IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                         IsMouseHoveringWindow()    --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]
+ - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
+ - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
+ - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
+ - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
+ - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
+                     - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
+                     - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'
+ - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse
+ - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.
+ - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.
+ - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().
+ - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.
+ - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
+ - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.
+ - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
+                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
+                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:
+                       ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }
+                       If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
+ - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
+ - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
+ - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).
+ - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).
+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)
+ - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.
+ - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you.
+ - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis.
+ - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.
+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.
+                       GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.
+                       GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!
+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize
+ - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.
+ - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason
+ - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.
+                       you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
+ - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
+                       this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
+                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
+                     - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
+                       old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
+                       new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
+                         parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
+                         ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
+                         ImDrawCmd:  'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
+                     - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
+                     - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
+                     - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
+ - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.
+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!
+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
+ - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
+ - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
+ - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
+ - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
+ - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
+ - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+ - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
+ - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
+ - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
+ - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+ - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
+ - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
+                       - old:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];
+                       - new:  unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);
+                       you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
+ - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
+ - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
+ - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
+ - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()
+ - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)
+ - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)
+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()
+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn
+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)
+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite
+ - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
+
+
+ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+ ================================
+
+ Read all answers online:
+   https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)
+ Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):
+   docs/FAQ.md
+ Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.
+
+ Q&A: Basics
+ ===========
+
+ Q: Where is the documentation?
+ A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.
+    - Run the examples/ and explore them.
+    - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.
+    - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.
+    - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
+    - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the
+      examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.
+    - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.
+    - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.
+    - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments
+      associated with it.
+
+ Q: What is this library called?
+ Q: Which version should I get?
+ >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details.
+
+ Q&A: Integration
+ ================
+
+ Q: How to get started?
+ A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.
+
+ Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?
+ A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.
+
+ Q. How can I enable keyboard controls?
+ Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display)
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
+
+ Q&A: Usage
+ ----------
+
+ Q: About the ID Stack system..
+   - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?
+   - How can I have widgets with an empty label?
+   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?
+   - How can I have multiple windows with the same label?
+ Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?
+ Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
+ Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
+
+ Q&A: Fonts, Text
+ ================
+
+ Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?
+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
+ Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
+ Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
+ Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md
+
+ Q&A: Concerns
+ =============
+
+ Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
+
+ Q&A: Community
+ ==============
+
+ Q: How can I help?
+ A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!
+      We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.
+      This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project.
+    - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README.
+    - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt
+      and see how you want to help and can help!
+    - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
+      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
+      But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
+    - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).
+
+*/
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INCLUDES
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#include <ctype.h>      // toupper
+#include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#ifndef NOMINMAX
+#define NOMINMAX
+#endif
+#ifndef __MINGW32__
+#include <Windows.h>        // _wfopen, OpenClipboard
+#else
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// [Apple] OS specific includes
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)             // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)             // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922   // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)             // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)            // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)            // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)            // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"          // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor     // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"                // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                   // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"          // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+// Debug options
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS    0   // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower)
+
+// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY            = 0.20f;    // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY          = 0.15f;    // Time before the window list starts to appear
+
+// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)
+static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING                    = 4.0f;     // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
+static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
+static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER    = 2.00f;    // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.
+
+// Docking
+static const float DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA        = 0.50f;    // For use with io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload. Apply to Viewport _or_ WindowBg in host viewport.
+static const float DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE                    = 2.0f;
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             FindHoveredWindow();
+static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
+static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+static void             AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
+static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Settings
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+static void*            WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
+
+// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions
+static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data);
+static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text);
+static void             SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+// Navigation
+static void             NavUpdate();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowing();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
+static void             NavUpdateCancelRequest();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
+static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
+static inline void      NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+static void             NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
+static void             NavEndFrame();
+static bool             NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+static void             NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
+static void             NavProcessItem();
+static void             NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id);
+static ImVec2           NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
+static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);
+static void             NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+static int              FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Error Checking and Debug Tools
+static void             ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
+static void             ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+static void             UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
+
+// Misc
+static void             UpdateSettings();
+static void             UpdateKeyboardInputs();
+static void             UpdateMouseInputs();
+static void             UpdateMouseWheel();
+static bool             UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);
+static void             RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);
+static void             RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);
+static void             RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);
+static void             RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
+static ImGuiWindow*     FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Viewports
+const ImGuiID           IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter.
+static ImGuiViewportP*  AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& platform_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewportFlags flags);
+static void             DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+static void             UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
+static void             UpdateViewportsEndFrame();
+static void             WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack);
+static bool             UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* host_viewport);
+static bool             UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static bool             GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static int              FindPlatformMonitorForPos(const ImVec2& pos);
+static int              FindPlatformMonitorForRect(const ImRect& r);
+static void             UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
+
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// DLL users:
+// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!
+// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.
+// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).
+// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
+// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).
+
+// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
+// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.
+//   Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
+// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
+//   If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:
+//   - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:
+//         struct ImGuiContext;
+//         extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
+//         #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
+//     And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
+//   - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
+//   - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.
+// - DLL users: read comments above.
+#ifndef GImGui
+ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
+#endif
+
+// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.
+// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
+// - DLL users: read comments above.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }
+#else
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
+#endif
+static ImGuiMemAllocFunc    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;
+static ImGuiMemFreeFunc     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;
+static void*                GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
+{
+    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
+    DisabledAlpha           = 0.60f;            // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
+    WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
+    WindowRounding          = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+    WindowBorderSize        = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
+    WindowTitleAlign        = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
+    WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left;    // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
+    ChildRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+    ChildBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    PopupRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+    PopupBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    FramePadding            = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+    FrameRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
+    FrameBorderSize         = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+    ItemSpacing             = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
+    ItemInnerSpacing        = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+    CellPadding             = ImVec2(4,2);      // Padding within a table cell
+    TouchExtraPadding       = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+    IndentSpacing           = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
+    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
+    ScrollbarSize           = 14.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+    ScrollbarRounding       = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
+    GrabMinSize             = 12.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+    GrabRounding            = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+    LogSliderDeadzone       = 4.0f;             // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
+    TabRounding             = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    TabBorderSize           = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f;           // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
+    ColorButtonPosition     = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
+    ButtonTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
+    SelectableTextAlign     = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
+    MouseCursorScale        = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
+    AntiAliasedLines        = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
+    AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
+    AntiAliasedFill         = true;             // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).
+    CurveTessellationTol    = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f;         // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
+
+    // Default theme
+    ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);
+}
+
+// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.
+// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
+void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
+{
+    WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor);
+    WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor);
+    WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);
+    ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor);
+    PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor);
+    FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor);
+    FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor);
+    ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
+    CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor);
+    TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
+    IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);
+    ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);
+    ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
+    GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
+    GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
+    LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);
+    TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor);
+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;
+    DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
+    MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
+}
+
+ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
+{
+    // Most fields are initialized with zero
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+
+    // Settings
+    ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
+    BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;
+    DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
+    DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;
+    IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
+    IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
+    LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
+    MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
+    MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
+        KeyMap[i] = -1;
+#endif
+    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;
+    KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
+    UserData = NULL;
+
+    Fonts = NULL;
+    FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
+    FontDefault = NULL;
+    FontAllowUserScaling = false;
+    DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
+
+    // Docking options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable is set)
+    ConfigDockingNoSplit = false;
+    ConfigDockingWithShift = false;
+    ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar = false;
+    ConfigDockingTransparentPayload = false;
+
+    // Viewport options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is set)
+    ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge = false;
+    ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon = false;
+    ConfigViewportsNoDecoration = true;
+    ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent = false;
+
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    MouseDrawCursor = false;
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
+#else
+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;
+#endif
+    ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;
+    ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;
+    ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;
+    ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;
+    ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;
+
+    // Platform Functions
+    BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;
+    BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;
+    GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;   // Platform dependent default implementations
+    SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
+    ClipboardUserData = NULL;
+    SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;
+
+    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)
+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }
+    AppAcceptingEvents = true;
+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;
+    BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong
+}
+
+// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
+// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
+// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
+// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+    if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    e.Text.Char = c;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so
+// we should save the high surrogate.
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)
+{
+    if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save
+    {
+        if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+        InputQueueSurrogate = c;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImWchar cp = c;
+    if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
+    {
+        if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate
+        {
+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF
+            cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar
+#else
+            cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);
+#endif
+        }
+
+        InputQueueSurrogate = 0;
+    }
+    AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
+{
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    while (*utf8_chars != 0)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);
+        if (c != 0)
+            AddInputCharacter(c);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
+{
+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));
+#endif
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)
+    {
+        KeysData[n].Down             = false;
+        KeysData[n].DownDuration     = -1.0f;
+        KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
+    }
+    KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;
+    KeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None;
+}
+
+// Queue a new key down/up event.
+// - ImGuiKey key:       Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
+// - bool down:          Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.
+// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f
+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)
+{
+    //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.
+
+    // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;
+#endif
+    if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))
+        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;
+
+    // Partial filter of duplicates (not strictly needed, but makes data neater in particular for key mods and gamepad values which are most commonly spmamed)
+    ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);
+    if (key_data->Down == down && key_data->AnalogValue == analog_value)
+    {
+        bool found = false;
+        for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0 && !found; n--)
+            if (g.InputEventsQueue[n].Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && g.InputEventsQueue[n].Key.Key == key)
+                found = true;
+        if (!found)
+            return;
+    }
+
+    // Add event
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;
+    e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    e.Key.Key = key;
+    e.Key.Down = down;
+    e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)
+{
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+    AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+}
+
+// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().
+// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.
+// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.
+void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)
+{
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512
+    IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey(native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511
+    IM_UNUSED(native_keycode);  // Yet unused
+    IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused
+
+    // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;
+    if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey(legacy_key))
+        return;
+    KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;
+    KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(key);
+    IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);
+#endif
+}
+
+// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
+void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)
+{
+    AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;
+}
+
+// Queue a mouse move event
+void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.MousePos.PosX = x;
+    e.MousePos.PosY = y;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;
+    e.MouseButton.Down = down;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component)
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+    if ((wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) || !AppAcceptingEvents)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;
+    e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport);
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport;
+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    e.MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID = viewport_id;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");
+
+    ImGuiInputEvent e;
+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;
+    e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;
+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+    for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+    {
+        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
+    }
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
+static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x4 - x1;
+    float dy = y4 - y1;
+    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
+    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
+    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
+    {
+        ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
+// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    ImVec2 ap = p - a;
+    ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;
+    float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;
+    if (dot < 0.0f)
+        return a;
+    float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;
+    if (dot > ab_len_sqr)
+        return b;
+    return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;
+}
+
+bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
+    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
+    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
+    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+}
+
+void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)
+{
+    ImVec2 v0 = b - a;
+    ImVec2 v1 = c - a;
+    ImVec2 v2 = p - a;
+    const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;
+    out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;
+    out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;
+    out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+    ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);
+    ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);
+    ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);
+    float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);
+    float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);
+    float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);
+    float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));
+    if (m == dist2_ab)
+        return proj_ab;
+    if (m == dist2_bc)
+        return proj_bc;
+    return proj_ca;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
+int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+{
+    int d;
+    while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
+    return d;
+}
+
+int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
+{
+    int d = 0;
+    while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
+    return d;
+}
+
+void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
+{
+    if (count < 1)
+        return;
+    if (count > 1)
+        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);
+    dst[count - 1] = 0;
+}
+
+char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(str);
+    void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);
+    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);
+}
+
+char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)
+{
+    size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;
+    size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;
+    if (dst_buf_size < src_size)
+    {
+        IM_FREE(dst);
+        dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);
+        if (p_dst_size)
+            *p_dst_size = src_size;
+    }
+    return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);
+}
+
+const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
+{
+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str);
+    return p;
+}
+
+int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+{
+    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+    int n = 0;
+    while (*str++) n++;
+    return n;
+}
+
+// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.
+const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str);
+    return p ? p : str_end;
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+{
+    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
+        buf_mid_line--;
+    return buf_mid_line;
+}
+
+const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+{
+    if (!needle_end)
+        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+
+    const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle);
+    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+    {
+        if (toupper(*haystack) == un0)
+        {
+            const char* b = needle + 1;
+            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
+                if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))
+                    break;
+            if (b == needle_end)
+                return haystack;
+        }
+        haystack++;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.
+void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
+{
+    char* p = buf;
+    while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t')     // Leading blanks
+        p++;
+    char* p_start = p;
+    while (*p != 0)                         // Find end of string
+        p++;
+    while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t'))  // Trailing blanks
+        p--;
+    if (p_start != buf)                     // Copy memory if we had leading blanks
+        memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);
+    buf[p - p_start] = 0;                   // Zero terminate
+}
+
+const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)
+{
+    while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')
+        str++;
+    return str;
+}
+
+// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
+// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
+// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)
+// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are
+// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "stb_sprintf.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
+#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
+#endif
+
+int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
+    va_end(args);
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        return w;
+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+    buf[w] = 0;
+    return w;
+}
+
+int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        return w;
+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+    buf[w] = 0;
+    return w;
+}
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);
+    *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+    if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);
+    *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+    if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }
+}
+
+// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
+// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
+// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
+static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
+{
+    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
+    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
+    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
+    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
+    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
+    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
+    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
+    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
+    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
+    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
+    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
+    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
+    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
+    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
+    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
+    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
+};
+
+// Known size hash
+// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
+{
+    ImU32 crc = ~seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    while (data_size-- != 0)
+        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
+    return ~crc;
+}
+
+// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
+// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
+{
+    seed = ~seed;
+    ImU32 crc = seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    if (data_size != 0)
+    {
+        while (data_size-- != 0)
+        {
+            unsigned char c = *data++;
+            if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        while (unsigned char c = *data++)
+        {
+            if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
+    }
+    return ~crc;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Default file functions
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
+{
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.
+    // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!
+    const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);
+    const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);
+    ImVector<ImWchar> buf;
+    buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize);
+    return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]);
+#else
+    return fopen(filename, mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.
+bool    ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f)     { return fclose(f) == 0; }
+ImU64   ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f)   { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }
+ImU64   ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)           { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+ImU64   ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)    { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Helper: Load file content into memory
+// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.
+void*   ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);
+    if (out_file_size)
+        *out_file_size = 0;
+
+    ImFileHandle f;
+    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+
+    size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);
+    if (file_size == (size_t)-1)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);
+    if (file_data == NULL)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
+    {
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        IM_FREE(file_data);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (padding_bytes > 0)
+        memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);
+
+    ImFileClose(f);
+    if (out_file_size)
+        *out_file_size = file_size;
+
+    return file_data;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.
+// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).
+// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
+int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };
+    static const int masks[]  = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };
+    static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };
+    static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };
+    static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };
+    int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];
+    int wanted = len + !len;
+
+    if (in_text_end == NULL)
+        in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.
+
+    // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,
+    // so it is fast even with excessive branching.
+    unsigned char s[4];
+    s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;
+    s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;
+    s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;
+    s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;
+
+    // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.
+    *out_char  = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) <<  6;
+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) <<  0;
+    *out_char >>= shiftc[len];
+
+    // Accumulate the various error conditions.
+    int e = 0;
+    e  = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding
+    e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7;  // surrogate half?
+    e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8;  // out of range?
+    e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;
+    e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;
+    e |= (s[3]       ) >> 6;
+    e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?
+    e >>= shifte[len];
+
+    if (e)
+    {
+        // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.
+        // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.
+        // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.
+        // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.
+        wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);
+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
+    return wanted;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+{
+    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
+    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+    while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+        if (c == 0)
+            break;
+        *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
+    }
+    *buf_out = 0;
+    if (in_text_remaining)
+        *in_text_remaining = in_text;
+    return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+}
+
+int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    int char_count = 0;
+    while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+        if (c == 0)
+            break;
+        char_count++;
+    }
+    return char_count;
+}
+
+// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
+{
+    if (c < 0x80)
+    {
+        buf[0] = (char)c;
+        return 1;
+    }
+    if (c < 0x800)
+    {
+        if (buf_size < 2) return 0;
+        buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));
+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
+        return 2;
+    }
+    if (c < 0x10000)
+    {
+        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
+        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
+        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+        return 3;
+    }
+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF)
+    {
+        if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
+        buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));
+        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
+        buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+        return 4;
+    }
+    // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF
+    return 0;
+}
+
+const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)
+{
+    int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);
+    out_buf[count] = 0;
+    return out_buf;
+}
+
+// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.
+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+    unsigned int unused = 0;
+    return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end);
+}
+
+static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
+{
+    if (c < 0x80) return 1;
+    if (c < 0x800) return 2;
+    if (c < 0x10000) return 3;
+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;
+    return 3;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+{
+    char* buf_p = out_buf;
+    const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;
+    while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
+        if (c < 0x80)
+            *buf_p++ = (char)c;
+        else
+            buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);
+    }
+    *buf_p = 0;
+    return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);
+}
+
+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+{
+    int bytes_count = 0;
+    while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
+        if (c < 0x80)
+            bytes_count++;
+        else
+            bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);
+    }
+    return bytes_count;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)
+{
+    float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;
+    int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+    return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);
+}
+
+ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
+{
+    float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;
+    return ImVec4(
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+        ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
+{
+    ImU32 out;
+    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;
+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+    return out;
+}
+
+// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592
+// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv
+void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)
+{
+    float K = 0.f;
+    if (g < b)
+    {
+        ImSwap(g, b);
+        K = -1.f;
+    }
+    if (r < g)
+    {
+        ImSwap(r, g);
+        K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
+    }
+
+    const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
+    out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
+    out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
+    out_v = r;
+}
+
+// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593
+// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV
+void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)
+{
+    if (s == 0.0f)
+    {
+        // gray
+        out_r = out_g = out_b = v;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);
+    int   i = (int)h;
+    float f = h - (float)i;
+    float p = v * (1.0f - s);
+    float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);
+    float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));
+
+    switch (i)
+    {
+    case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;
+    case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;
+    case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;
+    case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;
+    case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;
+    case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
+// Helper: Key->value storage
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
+static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair>& data, ImGuiID key)
+{
+    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data;
+    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size;
+    size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        size_t count2 = count >> 1;
+        ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2;
+        if (mid->key < key)
+        {
+            first = ++mid;
+            count -= count2 + 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            count = count2;
+        }
+    }
+    return first;
+}
+
+// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
+{
+    struct StaticFunc
+    {
+        static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+        {
+            // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
+            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1;
+            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1;
+            return 0;
+        }
+    };
+    ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID);
+}
+
+int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+        return default_val;
+    return it->val_i;
+}
+
+bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
+{
+    return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+}
+
+float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+        return default_val;
+    return it->val_f;
+}
+
+void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+        return NULL;
+    return it->val_p;
+}
+
+// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
+int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
+    return &it->val_i;
+}
+
+bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
+{
+    return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
+    return &it->val_f;
+}
+
+void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
+    return &it->val_p;
+}
+
+// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+    {
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+        return;
+    }
+    it->val_i = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
+{
+    SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+    {
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+        return;
+    }
+    it->val_f = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
+{
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+    {
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
+        return;
+    }
+    it->val_p = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)
+        Data[i].val_i = v;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077
+{
+    InputBuf[0] = 0;
+    CountGrep = 0;
+    if (default_filter)
+    {
+        ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
+        Build();
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
+{
+    if (width != 0.0f)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);
+    bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
+    if (value_changed)
+        Build();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const
+{
+    out->resize(0);
+    const char* wb = b;
+    const char* we = wb;
+    while (we < e)
+    {
+        if (*we == separator)
+        {
+            out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
+            wb = we + 1;
+        }
+        we++;
+    }
+    if (wb != we)
+        out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
+{
+    Filters.resize(0);
+    ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf));
+    input_range.split(',', &Filters);
+
+    CountGrep = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i];
+        while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))
+            f.b++;
+        while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))
+            f.e--;
+        if (f.empty())
+            continue;
+        if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-')
+            CountGrep += 1;
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
+{
+    if (Filters.empty())
+        return true;
+
+    if (text == NULL)
+        text = "";
+
+    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i];
+        if (f.empty())
+            continue;
+        if (f.b[0] == '-')
+        {
+            // Subtract
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)
+                return false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Grep
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)
+                return true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Implicit * grep
+    if (CountGrep == 0)
+        return true;
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
+// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
+#ifndef va_copy
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)
+#else
+#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);
+
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+    {
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
+    }
+
+    Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);
+    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    appendfv(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    va_list args_copy;
+    va_copy(args_copy, args);
+
+    int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
+    if (len <= 0)
+    {
+        va_end(args_copy);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+    {
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
+    }
+
+    Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);
+    va_end(args_copy);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
+// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed
+// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.
+// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.
+static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
+// This legacy API is not ideal because it assume we will return a single contiguous rectangle.
+// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges.
+void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+    {
+        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+        *out_items_display_start = 0;
+        *out_items_display_end = items_count;
+        return;
+    }
+    if (GetSkipItemForListClipping())
+    {
+        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect
+    // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly.
+    ImRect rect = window->ClipRect;
+    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems)
+        rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect);
+    if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId)
+        rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+    int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+
+    // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to
+    // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing
+    const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+    if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up)
+        start--;
+    if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+        end++;
+
+    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
+    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
+    *out_items_display_start = start;
+    *out_items_display_end = end;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange>& ranges, int offset = 0)
+{
+    if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)
+    for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)
+        for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)
+            if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)
+                ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]);
+
+    // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.
+    for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);
+        if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)
+            continue;
+        ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min);
+        ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max);
+        ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i);
+        i--;
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
+{
+    // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
+    // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
+    // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
+    if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+    {
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
+        //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()
+        table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)
+{
+    // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction
+    // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
+    float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);
+    ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight);
+}
+
+ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    ItemsCount = -1;
+}
+
+ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()
+{
+    End();
+}
+
+// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Step() in StepNo 1
+// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0
+// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style.
+void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+        if (table->IsInsideRow)
+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+
+    StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    ItemsHeight = items_height;
+    ItemsCount = items_count;
+    DisplayStart = -1;
+    DisplayEnd = 0;
+
+    // Acquire temporary buffer
+    if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)
+        g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData());
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
+    data->Reset(this);
+    data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;
+    TempData = data;
+}
+
+void ImGuiListClipper::End()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)
+    {
+        // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
+        if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)
+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);
+
+        // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting
+        IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);
+        data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;
+        if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)
+        {
+            data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
+            data->ListClipper->TempData = data;
+        }
+        TempData = NULL;
+    }
+    ItemsCount = -1;
+}
+
+void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max)
+{
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.
+    IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max);
+    if (item_min < item_max)
+        data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max));
+}
+
+bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");
+
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (table && table->IsInsideRow)
+        ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
+
+    // No items
+    if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
+        return (void)End(), false;
+
+    // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped
+    // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.
+    if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)
+    {
+        DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;
+        DisplayEnd = data->ItemsFrozen + 1;
+        if (DisplayStart >= ItemsCount)
+            return (void)End(), false;
+        data->ItemsFrozen++;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)
+    bool calc_clipping = false;
+    if (data->StepNo == 0)
+    {
+        StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)
+            data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1));
+            DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen);
+            DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, ItemsCount);
+            if (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)
+                return (void)End(), false;
+            data->StepNo = 1;
+            return true;
+        }
+        calc_clipping = true;   // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.
+    }
+
+    // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range
+    if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);
+        if (table)
+            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+
+        ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY) / (float)(DisplayEnd - DisplayStart);
+        bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+        if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)
+            ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.
+
+        IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");
+        calc_clipping = true;   // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.
+    }
+
+    // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.
+    const int already_submitted = DisplayEnd;
+    if (calc_clipping)
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+        {
+            // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, ItemsCount));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Add range selected to be included for navigation
+            const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+            if (is_nav_request)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));
+            if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(ItemsCount - 1, ItemsCount));
+
+            // Add focused/active item
+            ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]);
+            if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)
+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0));
+
+            // Add visible range
+            const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;
+            const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;
+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));
+        }
+
+        // Convert position ranges to item index ranges
+        // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.
+        // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,
+        //   which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.
+        for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++)
+            if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert)
+            {
+                int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / ItemsHeight);
+                int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);
+                data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, ItemsCount - 1);
+                data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, ItemsCount);
+                data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false;
+            }
+        ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo);
+    }
+
+    // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.
+    if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
+    {
+        DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted);
+        DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, ItemsCount);
+        if (DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051
+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, DisplayStart);
+        data->StepNo++;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),
+    // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
+    if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
+        ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);
+
+    End();
+    return false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] STYLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    return GImGui->Style;
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
+    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = col;
+    c.w *= style.Alpha;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+}
+
+const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    return style.Colors[idx];
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f)
+        return col;
+    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+    a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range.
+    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+}
+
+// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiColorMod backup;
+    backup.Col = idx;
+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
+    g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiColorMod backup;
+    backup.Col = idx;
+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
+    g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();
+        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;
+        g.ColorStack.pop_back();
+        count--;
+    }
+}
+
+struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo
+{
+    ImGuiDataType   Type;
+    ImU32           Count;
+    ImU32           Offset;
+    void*           GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); }
+};
+
+static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] =
+{
+    ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive
+};
+
+static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
+{
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
+};
+
+static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+    return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
+{
+    const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+        *pvar = val;
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!");
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
+{
+    const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+        *pvar = val;
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!");
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (count > 0)
+    {
+        // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.
+        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();
+        const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);
+        void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+        if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1)      { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }
+        else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }
+        g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();
+        count--;
+    }
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
+{
+    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
+    switch (idx)
+    {
+    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
+    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
+    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
+    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
+    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";
+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_DockingPreview: return "DockingPreview";
+    case ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg: return "DockingEmptyBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";
+    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";
+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";
+    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return "Unknown";
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
+// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,
+// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.
+// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    const char* text_display_end = text;
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = (const char*)-1;
+
+    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
+        text_display_end++;
+    return text_display_end;
+}
+
+// Internal ImGui functions to render text
+// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
+void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end;
+    if (hide_text_after_hash)
+    {
+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!text_end)
+            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+        text_display_end = text_end;
+    }
+
+    if (text != text_display_end)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+    if (text != text_end)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);
+    }
+}
+
+// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
+// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
+void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
+{
+    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
+    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
+
+    const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;
+    const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;
+    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
+    if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min
+        need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
+
+    // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.
+    if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);
+    if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);
+
+    // Render
+    if (need_clipping)
+    {
+        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
+{
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+    if (text_len == 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);
+}
+
+
+// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.
+// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.
+// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.
+void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (text_end_full == NULL)
+        text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);
+
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
+    if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
+    {
+        // Hello wo...
+        // |       |   |
+        // min   max   ellipsis_max
+        //          <-> this is generally some padding value
+
+        const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
+        const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;
+        const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;
+
+        ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar;
+        int ellipsis_char_count = 1;
+        if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1)
+        {
+            ellipsis_char = font->DotChar;
+            ellipsis_char_count = 3;
+        }
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char);
+
+        float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1;                 // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side
+        float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width;      // Full width of entire ellipsis
+
+        if (ellipsis_char_count > 1)
+        {
+            // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it.
+            const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize);
+            ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots;
+            ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots;
+        }
+
+        // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x
+        const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);
+        float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;
+        if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)
+        {
+            // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis
+            text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);
+            text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;
+        }
+        while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))
+        {
+            // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)
+            text_end_ellipsis--;
+            text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte
+        }
+
+        // Render text, render ellipsis
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x;
+        if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x)
+            for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++)
+            {
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char);
+                ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width;
+            }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    }
+
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);
+}
+
+// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
+void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+    if (border && border_size > 0.0f)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+    if (border_size > 0.0f)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (id != g.NavId)
+        return;
+    if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
+        return;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
+        return;
+
+    float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;
+    ImRect display_rect = bb;
+    display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault)
+    {
+        const float THICKNESS = 2.0f;
+        const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f;
+        display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE));
+        bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);
+        if (!fully_visible)
+            window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS);
+        if (!fully_visible)
+            window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    }
+    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
+    ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor.
+        ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
+        if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;
+        const float scale = base_scale * viewport->DpiScale;
+        if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale)))
+            continue;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
+        ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
+        draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[2], uv[3], col_border);
+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[0], uv[1], col_fill);
+        draw_list->PopTextureID();
+    }
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods
+ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    Name = ImStrdup(name);
+    NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;
+    ID = ImHashStr(name);
+    IDStack.push_back(ID);
+    ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1;
+    ViewportPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");
+    TabId = GetID("#TAB");
+    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
+    AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
+    SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    LastFrameActive = -1;
+    LastFrameJustFocused = -1;
+    LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
+    FontWindowScale = FontDpiScale = 1.0f;
+    SettingsOffset = -1;
+    DockOrder = -1;
+    DrawList = &DrawListInst;
+    DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData;
+    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass();
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
+    IM_DELETE(Name);
+    ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL);
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
+    return id;
+}
+
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.CurrentWindow = window;
+    g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;
+    if (window)
+        g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();
+    g.GroupStack.clear();
+    TableGcCompactSettings();
+}
+
+// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.
+// Not freed:
+// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)
+// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    window->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->IDStack.clear();
+    window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();
+    window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();
+}
+
+void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.
+    // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.
+    window->MemoryCompacted = false;
+    window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);
+    window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,
+    // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch
+    // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.
+    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");
+        g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Set active id
+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
+    if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");
+        g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
+        if (id != 0)
+        {
+            g.LastActiveId = id;
+            g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+    g.ActiveId = id;
+    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
+    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+    if (id)
+    {
+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
+        g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+    }
+
+    // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
+    // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
+    g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits();
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+#endif
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
+{
+    SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.HoveredId = id;
+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
+    if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+}
+
+// This is called by ItemAdd().
+// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().
+void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
+    if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)
+        g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+    // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+}
+
+static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
+    // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockTree)
+            if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindowDockTree)
+            {
+                // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"
+                // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups.
+                if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+                    return false;
+                if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+                    return false;
+            }
+
+    // Filter by viewport
+    if (window->Viewport != g.MouseViewport)
+        if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree)
+            return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()
+// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()
+// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId
+bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))
+    {
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
+        if (!IsItemFocused())
+            return false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
+        ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+        if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+            return false;
+        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function
+
+        // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)
+        // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)
+        // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable
+        // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was
+        // the test that has been running for a long while.
+        if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)
+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0)
+                return false;
+
+        // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)
+            if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+                if (g.ActiveId != window->MoveId && g.ActiveId != window->TabId)
+                    return false;
+
+        // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
+        // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.
+        if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags))
+            return false;
+
+        // Test if the item is disabled
+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+            return false;
+
+        // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
+        // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item (always ->MoveId submitted by Begin)
+        // will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
+        if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().
+bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
+        return false;
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+        return false;
+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+        return false;
+    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level
+    // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.
+    if (id != 0)
+        SetHoveredID(id);
+
+    // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+    {
+        // Release active id if turning disabled
+        if (g.ActiveId == id)
+            ClearActiveID();
+        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
+        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
+        // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making
+        // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
+        // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost.
+        // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd().
+        if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)
+            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+    }
+
+    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId))
+            if (!g.LogEnabled)
+                return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
+// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()
+// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect!
+void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect;
+}
+
+float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
+    {
+        // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,
+        // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?
+        //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+        //    wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);
+        //else
+        wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    }
+    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
+    }
+
+    return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);
+}
+
+// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()
+void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
+{
+    if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
+        ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++;
+    return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
+}
+
+// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
+{
+    if (ptr)
+        if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
+            ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--;
+    return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+        g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
+{
+    return IMGUI_VERSION;
+}
+
+// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
+// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
+{
+    return GImGui;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC
+    IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.
+#else
+    GImGui = ctx;
+#endif
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)
+{
+    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
+    GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
+    GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;
+}
+
+// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)
+void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)
+{
+    *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;
+    *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;
+    *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;
+}
+
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);
+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+    Initialize();
+    if (prev_ctx != NULL)
+        SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.
+    return ctx;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
+    if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051
+        ctx = prev_ctx;
+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+    Shutdown();
+    SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);
+    IM_DELETE(ctx);
+}
+
+// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed
+ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);
+    g.Hooks.push_back(*hook);
+    g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;
+    return g.HookIdNext;
+}
+
+// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it
+void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++)
+        if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id)
+            g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;
+}
+
+// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)
+// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array
+void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++)
+        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type)
+            g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]);
+}
+
+ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    return GImGui->IO;
+}
+
+ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
+    return GImGui->PlatformIO;
+}
+
+// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
+ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;
+}
+
+double ImGui::GetTime()
+{
+    return GImGui->Time;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
+{
+    return GImGui->FrameCount;
+}
+
+static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)
+{
+    // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists));
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no];
+    if (draw_list == NULL)
+    {
+        draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);
+        draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;
+        viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;
+    }
+
+    // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command
+    if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)
+    {
+        draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();
+        draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false);
+        viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;
+    }
+    return draw_list;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background");
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground");
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
+}
+
+ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
+{
+    return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;
+}
+
+void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
+    // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
+    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    FocusWindow(window);
+    SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindowDockTree->Pos;
+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+    SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
+
+    bool can_move_window = true;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        can_move_window = false;
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNodeAsHost)
+        if (node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+            can_move_window = false;
+    if (can_move_window)
+        g.MovingWindow = window;
+}
+
+// We use 'undock_floating_node == false' when dragging from title bar to allow moving groups of floating nodes without undocking them.
+// - undock_floating_node == true: when dragging from a floating node within a hierarchy, always undock the node.
+// - undock_floating_node == false: when dragging from a floating node within a hierarchy, move root window.
+void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock_floating_node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool can_undock_node = false;
+    if (node != NULL && node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) == 0)
+    {
+        // Can undock if:
+        // - part of a floating node hierarchy with more than one visible node (if only one is visible, we'll just move the whole hierarchy)
+        // - part of a dockspace node hierarchy (trivia: undocking from a fixed/central node will create a new node and copy windows)
+        ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
+        if (root_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows != node || root_node->CentralNode != NULL)   // -V1051 PVS-Studio thinks node should be root_node and is wrong about that.
+            if (undock_floating_node || root_node->IsDockSpace())
+                can_undock_node = true;
+    }
+
+    const bool clicked = IsMouseClicked(0);
+    const bool dragging = IsMouseDragging(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * 1.70f);
+    if (can_undock_node && dragging)
+        DockContextQueueUndockNode(&g, node); // Will lead to DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow() -> StartMouseMovingWindow() being called next frame
+    else if (!can_undock_node && (clicked || dragging) && g.MovingWindow != window)
+        StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
+}
+
+// Handle mouse moving window
+// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
+// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.
+// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,
+// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).
+        // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.
+        KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree);
+        ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree;
+
+        // When a window stop being submitted while being dragged, it may will its viewport until next Begin()
+        const bool window_disappared = ((!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active) || moving_window->Viewport == NULL);
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && !window_disappared)
+        {
+            ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;
+            if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y)
+            {
+                SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);
+                if (moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window.
+                {
+                    moving_window->Viewport->Pos = pos;
+                    moving_window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
+                }
+            }
+            FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (!window_disappared)
+            {
+                // Try to merge the window back into the main viewport.
+                // This works because MouseViewport should be != MovingWindow->Viewport on release (as per code in UpdateViewports)
+                if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+                    UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(moving_window, g.MouseViewport);
+
+                // Restore the mouse viewport so that we don't hover the viewport _under_ the moved window during the frame we released the mouse button.
+                if (!IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted())
+                    g.MouseViewport = moving_window->Viewport;
+
+                // Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system
+                moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Test engine managed to crash here because Viewport was NULL.
+            }
+
+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.
+        if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)
+        {
+            KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+                ClearActiveID();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.
+// Handle left-click and right-click focus.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)
+        return;
+
+    // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving
+    // (after we're done with all our widgets, so e.g. clicking on docking tab-bar which have set HoveredId already and not get us here!)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    {
+        // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.
+        // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.
+        ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
+        const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
+
+        if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
+        {
+            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595
+
+            // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar
+            if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)
+                if (!(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || root_window->DockIsActive)
+                    if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))
+                        g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+
+            // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)
+            if (g.HoveredIdDisabled)
+                g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+        }
+        else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
+        {
+            // Clicking on void disable focus
+            FocusWindow(NULL);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
+    // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
+    // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
+    {
+        // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
+        // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
+        ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+        bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal));
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);
+    }
+}
+
+// This is called during NewFrame()->UpdateViewportsNewFrame() only.
+// Need to keep in sync with SetWindowPos()
+static void TranslateWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& delta)
+{
+    window->Pos += delta;
+    window->ClipRect.Translate(delta);
+    window->OuterRectClipped.Translate(delta);
+    window->InnerRect.Translate(delta);
+    window->DC.CursorPos += delta;
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos += delta;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += delta;
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos += delta;
+}
+
+static void ScaleWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float scale)
+{
+    ImVec2 origin = window->Viewport->Pos;
+    window->Pos = ImFloor((window->Pos - origin) * scale + origin);
+    window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale);
+    window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale);
+    window->ContentSize = ImFloor(window->ContentSize * scale);
+}
+
+static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)
+    {
+        // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.
+        for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+            IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown(n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (g.FrameCount == 0)
+            for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+                IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");
+
+        // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));
+                io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;
+            }
+
+        // Import legacy keys into new ones
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
+            if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+            {
+                const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);
+                IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));
+                io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];
+                if (key != n)
+                    io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends
+                io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;
+            }
+        if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+        {
+            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModCtrl].Down = io.KeyCtrl;
+            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModShift].Down = io.KeyShift;
+            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModAlt].Down = io.KeyAlt;
+            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModSuper].Down = io.KeySuper;
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active)
+    {
+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1)           do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0)
+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2)    do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0)
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp);
+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown);
+        #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
+    }
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+    // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools
+    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags();
+
+    // Clear gamepad data if disabled
+    if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)
+        for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)
+        {
+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;
+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;
+        }
+
+    // Update keys
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysData); i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];
+        key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;
+        key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)
+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos))
+        io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos);
+
+    // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+        io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;
+    else
+        io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.
+    if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+
+    io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
+    {
+        io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
+        io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below
+        io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
+        io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];
+        io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+        {
+            bool is_repeated_click = false;
+            if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)
+            {
+                ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+                if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
+                    is_repeated_click = true;
+            }
+            if (is_repeated_click)
+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;
+            else
+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;
+            io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
+            io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;
+            io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseDown[i])
+        {
+            // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold
+            ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos));
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x);
+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y);
+        }
+
+        // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service
+        io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);
+
+        // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+    }
+}
+
+static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.WheelingWindow == window)
+        return;
+    g.WheelingWindow = window;
+    g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
+    g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER;
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses
+    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)
+            g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
+        if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            g.WheelingWindow = NULL;
+            g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+
+    float wheel_x = g.IO.MouseWheelH;
+    float wheel_y = g.IO.MouseWheel;
+    if (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)
+        return;
+
+    if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel))
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
+    if (!window || window->Collapsed)
+        return;
+
+    // Zoom / Scale window
+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
+    if (wheel_y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
+    {
+        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);
+        const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
+        const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
+        window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
+        if (window == window->RootWindow)
+        {
+            const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);
+            window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale);
+            window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling
+    // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent
+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+        return;
+
+    // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead
+    // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already)
+    const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+    if (swap_axis)
+    {
+        wheel_x = wheel_y;
+        wheel_y = 0.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling
+    if (wheel_y != 0.0f)
+    {
+        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);
+        while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))))
+            window = window->ParentWindow;
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        {
+            float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;
+            float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held
+    if (wheel_x != 0.0f)
+    {
+        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);
+        while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))))
+            window = window->ParentWindow;
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        {
+            float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;
+            float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+            SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)
+void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));
+
+    // Find the window hovered by mouse:
+    // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.
+    // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.
+    // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.
+    bool clear_hovered_windows = false;
+    FindHoveredWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(g.HoveredWindow == NULL || g.HoveredWindow == g.MovingWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Viewport == g.MouseViewport);
+
+    // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) // FIXME-MERGE: RootWindowDockTree ?
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
+
+    // Disabled mouse?
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
+
+    // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and
+    // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.
+    const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);
+    const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
+    int mouse_earliest_down = -1;
+    bool mouse_any_down = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
+    {
+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])
+        {
+            io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;
+            io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;
+        }
+        mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];
+        if (io.MouseDown[i])
+            if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])
+                mouse_earliest_down = i;
+    }
+    const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];
+    const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];
+
+    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
+    // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)
+    const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;
+    if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
+        clear_hovered_windows = true;
+
+    if (clear_hovered_windows)
+        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
+
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag
+    if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
+    {
+        io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;
+        io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;
+    }
+
+    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
+    if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1)
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
+    else
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);
+    if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))
+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;
+
+    // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible
+    io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
+}
+
+// [Internal] Do not use directly (can read io.KeyMods instead)
+ImGuiModFlags ImGui::GetMergedModFlags()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiModFlags key_mods = ImGuiModFlags_None;
+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)   { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl; }
+    if (g.IO.KeyShift)  { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Shift; }
+    if (g.IO.KeyAlt)    { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Alt; }
+    if (g.IO.KeySuper)  { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Super; }
+    return key_mods;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewFrame()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.
+    // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector
+    for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)
+            g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);
+
+    // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes
+    g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame = g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame;
+    ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
+    g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = g.IO.ConfigFlags;
+
+    // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)
+    UpdateSettings();
+
+    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.WithinFrameScope = true;
+    g.FrameCount += 1;
+    g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+    g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0);
+
+    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
+    g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;
+
+    UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
+
+    // Setup current font and draw list shared data
+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: the concept of a single ClipRectFullscreen is not ideal!
+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
+    SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
+    ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+        virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect());
+    g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();
+    g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);
+    g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
+    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;
+
+    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        viewport->DrawData = NULL;
+        viewport->DrawDataP.Clear();
+    }
+
+    // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
+        KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
+
+    // Update HoveredId data
+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))
+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (g.HoveredId)
+        g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)
+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
+    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel;
+    g.HoveredId = 0;
+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
+    g.HoveredIdDisabled = false;
+
+    // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.
+    // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().
+    // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");
+        ClearActiveID();
+    }
+
+    // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;
+    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+    if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)
+        g.TempInputId = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)
+    {
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+        g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits();
+    }
+
+    // Drag and drop
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
+    g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
+
+    // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)
+    //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
+    //    ClosePopupsExceptModals();
+
+    // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible)
+    g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0);
+    UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
+
+    // Update keyboard input state
+    UpdateKeyboardInputs();
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));
+
+    // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation
+    NavUpdate();
+
+    // Update mouse input state
+    UpdateMouseInputs();
+
+    // Undocking
+    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so the window is already offset and following the mouse on the detaching frame)
+    DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(&g);
+
+    // Find hovered window
+    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
+    UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+
+    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+
+    // Background darkening/whitening
+    if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
+    else
+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
+
+    // Platform IME data: reset for the frame
+    g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;
+    g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale
+    UpdateMouseWheel();
+
+    // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);
+    const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        window->WasActive = window->Active;
+        window->BeginCount = 0;
+        window->Active = false;
+        window->WriteAccessed = false;
+
+        // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows
+        if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+    }
+
+    // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)
+        if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)
+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i));
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++)
+        if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]);
+    if (g.GcCompactAll)
+        GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
+    g.GcCompactAll = false;
+
+    // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
+    if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL);
+
+    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
+    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
+    g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    g.GroupStack.resize(0);
+
+    // Docking
+    DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(&g);
+
+    // [DEBUG] Update debug features
+    UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+    UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
+
+    // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
+    // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
+    // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing.
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;
+    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    Begin("Debug##Default");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Initialize()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
+
+    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type
+    {
+        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+        ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
+        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");
+        ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+        ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+        AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
+    }
+
+    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type
+    TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
+
+    // Create default viewport
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
+    viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
+    viewport->Idx = 0;
+    viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true;
+    viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;
+    g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);
+    g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0);
+    g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    // Initialize Docking
+    DockContextInitialize(&g);
+#endif
+
+    g.Initialized = true;
+}
+
+// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
+void ImGui::Shutdown()
+{
+    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)
+    {
+        g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+        IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);
+    }
+    g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
+
+    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.
+    if (!g.Initialized)
+        return;
+
+    // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)
+    if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+        SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+
+    // Destroy platform windows
+    DestroyPlatformWindows();
+
+    // Shutdown extensions
+    DockContextShutdown(&g);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);
+
+    // Clear everything else
+    g.Windows.clear_delete();
+    g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
+    g.WindowsById.Clear();
+    g.NavWindow = NULL;
+    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
+    g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+    g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+    g.ColorStack.clear();
+    g.StyleVarStack.clear();
+    g.FontStack.clear();
+    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
+    g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
+
+    g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
+    g.Viewports.clear_delete();
+
+    g.TabBars.Clear();
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
+
+    g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();
+
+    g.Tables.Clear();
+    g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();
+    g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();
+
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();
+    g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();
+
+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();
+    g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
+
+    if (g.LogFile)
+    {
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        if (g.LogFile != stdout)
+#endif
+            ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        g.LogFile = NULL;
+    }
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
+    g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
+
+    g.Initialized = false;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;
+    const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;
+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        return d;
+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+        return d;
+    return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);
+    if (window->Active)
+    {
+        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+        ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
+        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+            if (child->Active)
+                AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+        return;
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
+    // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+    if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
+        IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+
+    // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)
+    // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:
+    // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds.
+    //   Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents.
+    // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either:
+    //   (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'.
+    //       Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't.
+    //       Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them.
+    //   (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h.
+    //       Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time:
+    //         glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
+    //       Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes.
+    //       2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API.
+    // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching
+    //   the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)
+        IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");
+
+    out_list->push_back(draw_list);
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport;
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)
+        window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
+    AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList);
+    for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active
+            AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer);
+    }
+}
+
+static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)
+static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));
+}
+
+void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer()
+{
+    int n = Layers[0].Size;
+    int size = n;
+    for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++)
+        size += Layers[i].Size;
+    Layers[0].resize(size);
+    for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++)
+    {
+        ImVector<ImDrawList*>& layer = Layers[layer_n];
+        if (layer.empty())
+            continue;
+        memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
+        n += layer.Size;
+        layer.resize(0);
+    }
+}
+
+static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* draw_lists)
+{
+    // When minimized, we report draw_data->DisplaySize as zero to be consistent with non-viewport mode,
+    // and to allow applications/backends to easily skip rendering.
+    // FIXME: Note that we however do NOT attempt to report "zero drawlist / vertices" into the ImDrawData structure.
+    // This is because the work has been done already, and its wasted! We should fix that and add optimizations for
+    // it earlier in the pipeline, rather than pretend to hide the data at the end of the pipeline.
+    const bool is_minimized = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0;
+
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
+    viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible
+    draw_data->Valid = true;
+    draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL;
+    draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size;
+    draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
+    draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;
+    draw_data->DisplaySize = is_minimized ? ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f) : viewport->Size;
+    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This may vary on a per-monitor/viewport basis?
+    draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport;
+    for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n];
+        draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+        draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+        draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+    }
+}
+
+// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.
+// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,
+//   so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
+// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():
+//   some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the
+//   more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.
+void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopClipRect()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    for (int n = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window->DC.ChildWindows[n]))
+            return FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->DC.ChildWindows[n]);
+    return window;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport;
+    ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();
+
+    // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list
+    {
+        // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows,
+        // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.
+        // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindowDockTree->DrawList;
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col);
+        ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
+        IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd);
+        draw_list->PopClipRect();
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.
+    }
+
+    // Draw over sibling docking nodes in a same docking tree
+    if (window->RootWindow->DockIsActive)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree)->DrawList;
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, false);
+        RenderRectFilledWithHole(draw_list, window->RootWindowDockTree->Rect(), window->RootWindow->Rect(), col, 0.0f);// window->RootWindowDockTree->WindowRounding);
+        draw_list->PopClipRect();
+    }
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;
+    for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            continue;
+        if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window))
+            break;
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window))
+            bottom_most_visible_window = window;
+    }
+    return bottom_most_visible_window;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
+    if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+        return;
+    const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
+    const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);
+    if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiViewport* viewports_already_dimmed[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+    if (dim_bg_for_modal)
+    {
+        // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.
+        ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window);
+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));
+        viewports_already_dimmed[0] = modal_window->Viewport;
+    }
+    else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)
+    {
+        // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window and behind CTRL+Tab UI window
+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));
+        if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport && g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport != g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport)
+            RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingListWindow, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));
+        viewports_already_dimmed[0] = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport;
+        viewports_already_dimmed[1] = g.NavWindowingListWindow ? g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport : NULL;
+
+        // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport;
+        float distance = g.FontSize;
+        ImRect bb = window->Rect();
+        bb.Expand(distance);
+        if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)
+            bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward
+        if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+            window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();
+        window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f);
+        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    }
+
+    // Draw dimming background on _other_ viewports than the ones our windows are in
+    for (int viewport_n = 0; viewport_n < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_n];
+        if (viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[0] || viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[1])
+            continue;
+        if (modal_window && viewport->Window && IsWindowAbove(viewport->Window, modal_window))
+            continue;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
+        const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, dim_bg_col);
+    }
+}
+
+// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
+void ImGui::EndFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+
+    // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
+    if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);
+
+    ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
+
+    // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
+    if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformImeViewport);
+        g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport ? viewport : GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData);
+    }
+
+    // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
+        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
+    End();
+
+    // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests
+    NavEndFrame();
+
+    // Update docking
+    DockContextEndFrame(&g);
+
+    SetCurrentViewport(NULL, NULL);
+
+    // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;
+        bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton));
+        if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)
+            ClearDragDrop();
+    }
+
+    // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.
+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+    {
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
+        SetTooltip("...");
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
+    }
+
+    // End frame
+    g.WithinFrameScope = false;
+    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
+
+    // Update user-facing viewport list (g.Viewports -> g.PlatformIO.Viewports after filtering out some)
+    UpdateViewportsEndFrame();
+
+    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
+    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it
+            continue;
+        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);
+    }
+
+    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);
+    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);
+    g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
+
+    // Unlock font atlas
+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+
+    // Clear Input data for next frame
+    g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);
+}
+
+// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()
+// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:
+// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)
+void ImGui::Render()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+
+    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
+        EndFrame();
+    const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount);
+    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);
+
+    // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
+    for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear();
+        if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL)
+            AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));
+    }
+
+    // Add ImDrawList to render
+    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];
+    windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree : NULL;
+    windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);
+    for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
+    }
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)
+        if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);
+
+    // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds
+    if (first_render_of_frame)
+        RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
+
+    // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag
+    if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
+        RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));
+
+    // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer();
+
+        // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
+        if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL)
+            AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));
+
+        SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]);
+        ImDrawData* draw_data = viewport->DrawData;
+        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;
+        g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;
+    }
+
+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);
+}
+
+// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const char* text_display_end;
+    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    else
+        text_display_end = text_end;
+
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float font_size = g.FontSize;
+    if (text == text_display_end)
+        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
+    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
+
+    // Round
+    // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.
+    // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.
+    // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c
+    // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html
+    text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f);
+
+    return text_size;
+}
+
+// Find window given position, search front-to-back
+// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically
+// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
+// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
+static void FindHoveredWindow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Special handling for the window being moved: Ignore the mouse viewport check (because it may reset/lose its viewport during the undocking frame)
+    ImGuiViewportP* moving_window_viewport = g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Viewport : NULL;
+    if (g.MovingWindow)
+        g.MovingWindow->Viewport = g.MouseViewport;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL;
+    if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
+
+    ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;
+    ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
+        if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
+            continue;
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)
+            continue;
+        IM_ASSERT(window->Viewport);
+        if (window->Viewport != g.MouseViewport)
+            continue;
+
+        // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
+        ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped);
+        if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+            bb.Expand(padding_regular);
+        else
+            bb.Expand(padding_for_resize);
+        if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+            continue;
+
+        // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window
+        // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)
+        if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)
+        {
+            ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);
+            ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);
+            if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+                continue;
+        }
+
+        if (hovered_window == NULL)
+            hovered_window = window;
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
+        if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree))
+            hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window;
+        if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window)
+            break;
+    }
+
+    g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window;
+    g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window;
+
+    if (g.MovingWindow)
+        g.MovingWindow->Viewport = moving_window_viewport;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+        if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
+            return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
+        return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
+    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));
+}
+
+// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()
+bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)
+        return false;
+
+    // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
+    // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->ID && window->WriteAccessed)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!
+// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.
+bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
+{
+    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.ActiveId != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
+}
+
+// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
+// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework.
+void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (g.HoveredId == id)
+        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (g.HoveredId == id)
+        g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetAllBits();
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);  // Inherit the NoMove flag
+
+    // Size
+    const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);
+    const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00);
+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+        size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues)
+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+        size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f);
+    SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+    // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.
+    const char* temp_window_name;
+    if (name)
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
+    else
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
+
+    const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
+    if (!border)
+        g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
+    bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags);
+    g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    child_window->ChildId = id;
+    child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises;
+
+    // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.
+    // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.
+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
+        parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;
+
+    // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
+    if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll))
+    {
+        FocusWindow(child_window);
+        NavInitWindow(child_window, false);
+        SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item
+        g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav;
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+    return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChild()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls
+
+    g.WithinEndChild = true;
+    if (window->BeginCount > 1)
+    {
+        End();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImVec2 sz = window->Size;
+        if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f
+            sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x);
+        if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))
+            sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y);
+        End();
+
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz);
+        ItemSize(sz);
+        if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
+        {
+            ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId);
+            RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId);
+
+            // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)
+            if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow)
+                RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Not navigable into
+            ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+        }
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window)
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+    }
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
+    g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+}
+
+// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.
+bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+    bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags);
+    PopStyleVar(3);
+    PopStyleColor();
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChildFrame()
+{
+    EndChild();
+}
+
+static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
+{
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
+    window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags      = enabled ? (window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags      | flags) : (window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags      & ~flags);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
+    return FindWindowByID(id);
+}
+
+static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
+{
+    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos;
+    if (settings->ViewportId)
+    {
+        window->ViewportId = settings->ViewportId;
+        window->ViewportPos = ImVec2(settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y);
+    }
+    window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x + window->ViewportPos.x, settings->Pos.y + window->ViewportPos.y));
+    if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)
+        window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));
+    window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
+    window->DockId = settings->DockId;
+    window->DockOrder = settings->DockOrder;
+}
+
+static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0;
+    const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;
+    if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window);
+        window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);
+    }
+    else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);
+        for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)
+            g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);
+        window->FocusOrder = -1;
+    }
+    window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);
+
+    // Create window the first time
+    ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
+    window->Flags = flags;
+    g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);
+
+    // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
+    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);
+    window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos;
+
+    // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings.
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID))
+        {
+            // Retrieve settings from .ini file
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+            SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);
+            ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
+        }
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+    {
+        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
+            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
+            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+    }
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
+        g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
+    else
+        g.Windows.push_back(window);
+    UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, true, window->Flags);
+
+    return window;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* GetWindowForTitleDisplay(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow : window;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow) ? window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow : window;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
+    {
+        // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.
+        ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
+        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
+        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
+        if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)
+        {
+            ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;
+            data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;
+            data.Pos = window->Pos;
+            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
+            data.DesiredSize = new_size;
+            g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
+            new_size = data.DesiredSize;
+        }
+        new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x);
+        new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y);
+    }
+
+    // Minimum size
+    if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(window);
+        const float decoration_up_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight();
+        new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);
+        new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, decoration_up_height + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
+    }
+    return new_size;
+}
+
+static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)
+{
+    bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;
+    if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    if (preserve_old_content_sizes)
+    {
+        *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;
+        *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+    content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
+    ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+    ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(0.0f, decoration_up_height);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        // Tooltip always resize
+        return size_desired;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size
+        const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0;
+        const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0;
+        ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize;
+        if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
+            size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f));
+
+        // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows?
+        ImVec2 avail_size = window->Viewport->Size;
+        if (window->ViewportOwned)
+            avail_size = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        const int monitor_idx = window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend;
+        if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size)
+            avail_size = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx].WorkSize;
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));
+
+        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
+        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - 0.0f                 < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_up_height < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
+            size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
+            size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
+        return size_auto_fit;
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImVec2 size_contents_current;
+    ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;
+    CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+    return size_final;
+}
+
+static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !window->DockIsActive)
+        return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;
+    return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
+}
+
+static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)
+{
+    ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm);                // Expected window upper-left
+    ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
+    ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
+    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
+    *out_pos = pos_min;
+    if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
+        out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
+    if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)
+        out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);
+    *out_size = size_constrained;
+}
+
+// Data for resizing from corner
+struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
+{
+    ImVec2  CornerPosN;
+    ImVec2  InnerDir;
+    int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
+};
+static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
+{
+    { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 },  // Lower-right
+    { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 },  // Lower-left
+    { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 },  // Upper-left (Unused)
+    { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 }  // Upper-right (Unused)
+};
+
+// Data for resizing from borders
+struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
+{
+    ImVec2 InnerDir;
+    ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2;
+    float  OuterAngle;
+};
+static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
+{
+    { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left
+    { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right
+    { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up
+    { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f }  // Down
+};
+
+static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
+{
+    ImRect rect = window->Rect();
+    if (thickness == 0.0f)
+        rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up)    { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);    }
+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return ImRect();
+}
+
+// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);
+    ImGuiID id = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->ID : window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);
+    int n = (int)dir + 4;
+    ImGuiID id = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->ID : window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip)
+static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        return false;
+    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.
+        return false;
+
+    bool ret_auto_fit = false;
+    const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0;
+    const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+    const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);
+    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;
+
+    ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+    ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+    // Clip mouse interaction rectangles within the viewport rectangle (in practice the narrowing is going to happen most of the time).
+    // - Not narrowing would mostly benefit the situation where OS windows _without_ decoration have a threshold for hovering when outside their limits.
+    //   This is however not the case with current backends under Win32, but a custom borderless window implementation would benefit from it.
+    // - When decoration are enabled we typically benefit from that distance, but then our resize elements would be conflicting with OS resize elements, so we also narrow.
+    // - Note that we are unable to tell if the platform setup allows hovering with a distance threshold (on Win32, decorated window have such threshold).
+    // We only clip interaction so we overwrite window->ClipRect, cannot call PushClipRect() yet as DrawList is not yet setup.
+    const bool clip_with_viewport_rect = !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport) || (g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport != window->ViewportId) || !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration);
+    if (clip_with_viewport_rect)
+        window->ClipRect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect();
+
+    // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+    // Manual resize grips
+    PushID("#RESIZE");
+    for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN);
+
+        // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
+        bool hovered, held;
+        ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
+        if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);
+        if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);
+        ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()
+        KeepAliveID(resize_grip_id);
+        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if (hovered || held)
+            g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
+
+        if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0)
+        {
+            // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking
+            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+            ret_auto_fit = true;
+            ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        else if (held)
+        {
+            // Resize from any of the four corners
+            // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
+            ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
+            corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);
+        }
+
+        // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating
+        if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
+            resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
+    }
+    for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
+        const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
+
+        bool hovered, held;
+        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
+        ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()
+        KeepAliveID(border_id);
+        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
+        {
+            g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
+            if (held)
+                *border_held = border_n;
+        }
+        if (held)
+        {
+            ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left  ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up   ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
+            ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
+            border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING;
+            border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target);
+        }
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore nav layer
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+
+    // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
+    // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user.
+    // Not even sure the callback works here.
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree == window)
+    {
+        ImVec2 nav_resize_dir;
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)
+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown);
+        if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;
+            const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step;
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+            resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize);
+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
+            {
+                // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
+                size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored);
+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Apply back modified position/size to window
+    if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        window->SizeFull = size_target;
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    }
+    if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target);
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    }
+
+    window->Size = window->SizeFull;
+    return ret_auto_fit;
+}
+
+static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || window->DockNodeAsHost))
+        size_for_clamping.y = ImGui::GetFrameHeight(); // Not using window->TitleBarHeight() as DockNodeAsHost will report 0.0f here.
+    window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
+
+    int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld;
+    if (border_held != -1)
+    {
+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held];
+        ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f);
+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);
+        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual
+    }
+    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
+    {
+        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Draw background and borders
+// Draw and handle scrollbars
+void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems
+    IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);
+    window->SkipItems = false;
+
+    // Draw window + handle manual resize
+    // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
+    const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (window->Collapsed)
+    {
+        // Title bar only
+        float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
+        ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
+        RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Window background
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        {
+            bool is_docking_transparent_payload = false;
+            if (g.DragDropActive && (g.FrameCount - g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount) <= 1 && g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload)
+                if (g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) && *(ImGuiWindow**)g.DragDropPayload.Data == window)
+                    is_docking_transparent_payload = true;
+
+            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));
+            if (window->ViewportOwned)
+            {
+                // No alpha
+                bg_col = (bg_col | IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+                if (is_docking_transparent_payload)
+                    window->Viewport->Alpha *= DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Adjust alpha. For docking
+                bool override_alpha = false;
+                float alpha = 1.0f;
+                if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)
+                {
+                    alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
+                    override_alpha = true;
+                }
+                if (is_docking_transparent_payload)
+                {
+                    alpha *= DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA; // FIXME-DOCK: Should that be an override?
+                    override_alpha = true;
+                }
+                if (override_alpha)
+                    bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+            }
+
+            // Render, for docked windows and host windows we ensure bg goes before decorations
+            ImDrawList* bg_draw_list = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->DrawList : window->DrawList;
+            if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
+                bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+            if (window->DockIsActive)
+                window->DockNode->LastBgColor = bg_col;
+
+            bg_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);
+
+            if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
+                bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1);
+        }
+        if (window->DockIsActive)
+            window->DockNode->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true;
+
+        // Title bar
+        // (when docked, DockNode are drawing their own title bar. Individual windows however do NOT set the _NoTitleBar flag,
+        // in order for their pos/size to be matching their undocking state.)
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
+        {
+            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
+        }
+
+        // Menu bar
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+        {
+            ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+            menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
+            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+        }
+
+        // Docking: Unhide tab bar (small triangle in the corner), drag from small triangle to quickly undock
+        ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode;
+        if (window->DockIsActive && node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !node->IsNoTabBar())
+        {
+            float unhide_sz_draw = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 0.70f);
+            float unhide_sz_hit = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 0.55f);
+            ImVec2 p = node->Pos;
+            ImRect r(p, p + ImVec2(unhide_sz_hit, unhide_sz_hit));
+            ImGuiID unhide_id = window->GetID("#UNHIDE");
+            KeepAliveID(unhide_id);
+            bool hovered, held;
+            if (ButtonBehavior(r, unhide_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren))
+                node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
+            else if (held && IsMouseDragging(0))
+                StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, node, true);
+
+            // FIXME-DOCK: Ideally we'd use ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive/ImGuiCol_TitleBg here, but neither is guaranteed to be visible enough at this sort of size..
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(((held && hovered) || (node->IsFocused && !hovered)) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+            window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(p, p + ImVec2(unhide_sz_draw, 0.0f), p + ImVec2(0.0f, unhide_sz_draw), col);
+        }
+
+        // Scrollbars
+        if (window->ScrollbarX)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);
+        if (window->ScrollbarY)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+
+        // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+        {
+            for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+            {
+                const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+                const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
+                window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Borders (for dock node host they will be rendered over after the tab bar)
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->DockNodeAsHost)
+            RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render title text, collapse button, close button
+// When inside a dock node, this is handled in DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout() instead.
+void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);
+    const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+    // Layout buttons
+    // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.
+    float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    ImVec2 close_button_pos;
+    ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;
+    if (has_close_button)
+    {
+        pad_r += button_sz;
+        close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
+    {
+        pad_r += button_sz;
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
+    {
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);
+        pad_l += button_sz;
+    }
+
+    // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)
+    if (has_collapse_button)
+        if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos, NULL))
+            window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
+
+    // Close button
+    if (has_close_button)
+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
+            *p_open = false;
+
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+
+    // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
+    // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
+    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
+
+    // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
+    // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.
+    if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center
+        float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);
+        pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);
+        pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);
+    }
+
+    ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
+    ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
+    {
+        ImVec2 marker_pos;
+        marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);
+        marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;
+        if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)
+        {
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+            clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));
+        }
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
+{
+    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
+    window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowDockTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;
+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+    {
+        window->RootWindowDockTree = parent_window->RootWindowDockTree;
+        if (!window->DockIsActive && !(parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
+            window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;
+    }
+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;
+    if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) // FIXME: simply use _NoTitleBar ?
+        window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
+    while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
+        window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
+    }
+}
+
+// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
+// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.
+// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.
+// - Window             // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1
+//   - Window           //                  .. returns Modal1
+//   - Modal1           //                  .. returns Modal2
+//      - Window        //                  .. returns Modal2
+//          - Window    //                  .. returns Modal2
+//          - Modal2    //                  .. returns Modal2
+static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.
+    for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window;
+        if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+            continue;
+        if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive)      // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.
+            continue;
+        if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window))       // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed.
+            break;
+        for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow)
+            if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent))
+                return popup_window;                                // Place window above its begin stack parent.
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.
+// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
+// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
+// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
+//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
+// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
+// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0');     // Window name required
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
+
+    // Find or create
+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
+    if (window_just_created)
+        window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);
+    else
+        UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags);
+
+    // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set
+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+        IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);
+
+    const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
+    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
+    window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
+
+    // Update the Appearing flag (note: the BeginDocked() path may also set this to true later)
+    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
+    }
+
+    // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
+    const bool window_was_appearing = window->Appearing;
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
+        if (window->Appearing)
+            SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+
+        window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags;
+        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
+        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
+        window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        flags = window->Flags;
+    }
+
+    // Docking
+    // (NB: during the frame dock nodes are created, it is possible that (window->DockIsActive == false) even though (window->DockNode->Windows.Size > 1)
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL); // Cannot be both
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock)
+        SetWindowDock(window, g.NextWindowData.DockId, g.NextWindowData.DockCond);
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        bool has_dock_node = (window->DockId != 0 || window->DockNode != NULL);
+        bool new_auto_dock_node = !has_dock_node && GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window);
+        bool dock_node_was_visible = window->DockNodeIsVisible;
+        bool dock_tab_was_visible = window->DockTabIsVisible;
+        if (has_dock_node || new_auto_dock_node)
+        {
+            BeginDocked(window, p_open);
+            flags = window->Flags;
+            if (window->DockIsActive)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode != NULL);
+                g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; // Docking currently override constraints
+            }
+
+            // Amend the Appearing flag
+            if (window->DockTabIsVisible && !dock_tab_was_visible && dock_node_was_visible && !window->Appearing && !window_was_appearing)
+            {
+                window->Appearing = true;
+                SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = (window->DockIsActive && window->DockNode->HostWindow) ? window->DockNode->HostWindow : g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+
+    // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.
+    if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)
+        window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
+    g.CurrentWindow = window;
+    ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;
+    window_stack_data.Window = window;
+    window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;
+    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState();
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        g.BeginMenuCount++;
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+        popup_ref.Window = window;
+        popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+        window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
+    }
+
+    // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
+        window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;
+    }
+
+    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
+    // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components
+    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
+    bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)
+    {
+        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
+        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
+        {
+            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
+            // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.
+            window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;
+            window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;
+            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
+        }
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)
+    {
+        window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
+        window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
+        SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)
+    {
+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)
+        {
+            window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;
+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+        }
+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)
+        {
+            window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;
+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
+    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass)
+        window->WindowClass = g.NextWindowData.WindowClass;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)
+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)
+        FocusWindow(window);
+    if (window->Appearing)
+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);
+
+    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        // Initialize
+        const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
+        const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Active = true;
+        window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
+        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);
+        window->IDStack.resize(1);
+        window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();
+        window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)
+        {
+            window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(2);
+            window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); // Render decorations on channel 1 as we will render the backgrounds manually later
+        }
+
+        // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid
+        if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+            GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+
+        // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).
+        // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.
+        bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;
+        if ((window->Viewport && window->Viewport->Window == window) || (window->DockIsActive))
+            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
+        else if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0)   // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB
+            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
+        if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)
+        {
+            size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;
+            window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);
+            window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
+
+        // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
+        CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);
+
+        // FIXME: These flags are decremented before they are used. This means that in order to have these fields produce their intended behaviors
+        // for one frame we must set them to at least 2, which is counter-intuitive. HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is a more complicated case because
+        // it has a single usage before this code block and may be set below before it is finally checked.
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;
+
+        // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
+        if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+
+        // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
+        // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
+        {
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+            {
+                if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+                    window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
+                if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+                    window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
+                window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // SELECT VIEWPORT
+        // We need to do this before using any style/font sizes, as viewport with a different DPI may affect font sizes.
+
+        WindowSelectViewport(window);
+        SetCurrentViewport(window, window->Viewport);
+        window->FontDpiScale = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts) ? window->Viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
+        flags = window->Flags;
+
+        // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+        // We read Style data after the call to UpdateSelectWindowViewport() which might be swapping the style.
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;
+        else
+            window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
+        if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
+            window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
+        else
+            window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
+
+        // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
+
+        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
+        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && !window->DockIsActive)
+        {
+            // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.
+            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)
+                window->WantCollapseToggle = true;
+            if (window->WantCollapseToggle)
+            {
+                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            window->Collapsed = false;
+        }
+        window->WantCollapseToggle = false;
+
+        // SIZE
+
+        // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
+        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        {
+            // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
+            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
+            if (!window->Collapsed)
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+        }
+
+        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
+        window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
+        window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
+
+        // Decoration size
+        const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
+
+        // POSITION
+
+        // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user)
+        {
+            window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()
+                window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
+        }
+
+        // Position child window
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
+            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+                window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
+        }
+
+        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);
+        if (window_pos_with_pivot)
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+
+        // Late create viewport if we don't fit within our current host viewport.
+        if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0 && !window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized))
+            if (!window->Viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(window->Rect()))
+            {
+                // This is based on the assumption that the DPI will be known ahead (same as the DPI of the selection done in UpdateSelectWindowViewport)
+                //ImGuiViewport* old_viewport = window->Viewport;
+                window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing);
+
+                // FIXME-DPI
+                //IM_ASSERT(old_viewport->DpiScale == window->Viewport->DpiScale); // FIXME-DPI: Something went wrong
+                SetCurrentViewport(window, window->Viewport);
+                window->FontDpiScale = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts) ? window->Viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
+                SetCurrentWindow(window);
+            }
+
+        if (window->ViewportOwned)
+            WindowSyncOwnedViewport(window, parent_window_in_stack);
+
+        // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)
+        // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.
+        ImRect viewport_rect(window->Viewport->GetMainRect());
+        ImRect viewport_work_rect(window->Viewport->GetWorkRect());
+        ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
+        ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);
+
+        // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor
+        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+        // FIXME: Similar to code in GetWindowAllowedExtentRect()
+        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+        {
+            if (!window->ViewportOwned && viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0 && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)
+            {
+                ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect);
+            }
+            else if (window->ViewportOwned && g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0)
+            {
+                // Lost windows (e.g. a monitor disconnected) will naturally moved to the fallback/dummy monitor aka the main viewport.
+                const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = GetViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport);
+                visibility_rect.Min = monitor->WorkPos + visibility_padding;
+                visibility_rect.Max = monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize - visibility_padding;
+                ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect);
+            }
+        }
+        window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos);
+
+        // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+        // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+        if (window->ViewportOwned || window->DockIsActive)
+            window->WindowRounding = 0.0f;
+        else
+            window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
+
+        // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.
+        //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        //    window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+        // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
+        bool want_focus = false;
+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+                want_focus = true;
+            else if ((window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+                want_focus = true;
+
+            ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+            if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal))
+            {
+                // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.
+                // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible.
+                // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal.
+                // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.
+                want_focus = false;
+                if (window == window->RootWindow)
+                {
+                    ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window);
+                    IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL);
+                    BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+        if (g.TestEngineHookItems)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);
+            window->IDStack.Size = 0;
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID);
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);
+            window->IDStack.Size = 1;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        // Decide if we are going to handle borders and resize grips
+        const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = (window->DockNodeAsHost || !window->DockIsActive);
+
+        // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+        int border_held = -1;
+        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
+        const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
+        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->Collapsed)
+            if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
+
+        // Synchronize window --> viewport again and one last time (clamping and manual resize may have affected either)
+        if (window->ViewportOwned)
+        {
+            if (!window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
+                window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos;
+            if (!window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
+                window->Viewport->Size = window->Size;
+            window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
+            viewport_rect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect();
+        }
+
+        // Save last known viewport position within the window itself (so it can be saved in .ini file and restored)
+        window->ViewportPos = window->Viewport->Pos;
+
+        // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY
+
+        // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
+        if (!window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.
+            // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again.
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height);
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes;
+            ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
+            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
+            //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
+            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
+            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
+            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
+                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+        // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function.
+        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.
+
+        // Outer rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)
+        // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.
+        // - Begin() clipping whole child
+        const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;
+        const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+        window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;
+        if (window->DockIsActive)
+            window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight();
+        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);
+
+        // Inner rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - InnerClipRect
+        // - ScrollToRectEx()
+        // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+        // - Scrollbar()
+        window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x;
+        window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+
+        // Inner clipping rectangle.
+        // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region.
+        // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.
+        // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
+        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
+        // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:
+        // - Begin() initial clip rect
+        float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);
+
+        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
+        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
+        else
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+
+        // SCROLLING
+
+        // Lock down maximum scrolling
+        // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate
+        // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.
+        window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());
+        window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+
+        // Apply scrolling
+        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+        // DRAWING
+
+        // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);
+        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+        PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);
+
+        // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)
+        // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.
+        // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)
+        const bool is_undocked_or_docked_visible = !window->DockIsActive || window->DockTabIsVisible;
+        if (is_undocked_or_docked_visible)
+        {
+            bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+            {
+                // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)
+                // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs
+                ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;
+                bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false;
+                bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0;
+                if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)
+                    render_decorations_in_parent = true;
+            }
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;
+
+            // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders
+            const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
+            const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && (window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight || (window->DockNode && window->DockNode == window_to_highlight->DockNode)));
+            RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, handle_borders_and_resize_grips, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);
+
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+
+        // Work rectangle.
+        // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:
+        // - Columns() for right-most edge
+        // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge
+        // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+        const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
+        const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;
+        window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;
+        window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+        // [LEGACY] Content Region
+        // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
+        // Used by:
+        // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
+
+        // Setup drawing context
+        // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
+        window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
+        window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+
+        // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.
+        // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.
+        double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + decoration_up_height;
+        window->DC.CursorStartPos  = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);
+        window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));
+        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+
+        window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
+        window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
+
+        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
+        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
+        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
+        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
+        window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+        window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+
+        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
+        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
+        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
+
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+            window->AutoFitFramesX--;
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+            window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+
+        // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)
+        if (want_focus)
+        {
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls
+        }
+
+        // Close requested by platform window
+        if (p_open != NULL && window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose && window->Viewport != GetMainViewport())
+        {
+            if (!window->DockIsActive || window->DockTabIsVisible)
+            {
+                window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose = false;
+                g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue.
+                IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name);
+                *p_open = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Title bar
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
+            RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);
+
+        // Clear hit test shape every frame
+        window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;
+
+        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
+        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
+        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
+        /*
+        //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)
+        if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)
+            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+                LogToClipboard();
+        */
+
+        if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)
+        {
+            // Docking: Dragging a dockable window (or any of its child) turns it into a drag and drop source.
+            // We need to do this _before_ we overwrite window->DC.LastItemId below because BeginDockableDragDropSource() also overwrites it.
+            if ((g.MovingWindow == window) && (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift == g.IO.KeyShift))
+                if ((window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0)
+                    BeginDockableDragDropSource(window);
+
+            // Docking: Any dockable window can act as a target. For dock node hosts we call BeginDockableDragDropTarget() in DockNodeUpdate() instead.
+            if (g.DragDropActive && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking))
+                if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree != window)
+                    if ((window == window->RootWindowDockTree) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
+                        BeginDockableDragDropTarget(window);
+        }
+
+        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
+        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
+        if (window->DockIsActive)
+            SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, window->DockTabItemRect);
+        else
+            SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect);
+
+        // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Append
+        SetCurrentViewport(window, window->Viewport);
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
+    }
+
+    // Pull/inherit current state
+    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : window->GetID("#FOCUSSCOPE"); // Inherit from parent only // -V595
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
+        PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
+
+    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)
+    window->WriteAccessed = false;
+    window->BeginCount++;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+
+    // Update visibility
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        // When we are about to select this tab (which will only be visible on the _next frame_), flag it with a non-zero HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems.
+        // This will have the important effect of actually returning true in Begin() and not setting SkipItems, allowing an earlier submission of the window contents.
+        // This is analogous to regular windows being hidden from one frame.
+        // It is especially important as e.g. nested TabBars would otherwise generate flicker in the form of one empty frame, or focus requests won't be processed.
+        if (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible)
+        {
+            if (window->LastFrameJustFocused == g.FrameCount)
+                window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+            else
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+        }
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
+            // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
+            IM_ASSERT((flags& ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || (window->DockIsActive));
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow??
+            {
+                const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
+                if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)
+                    if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
+                        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+            }
+
+            // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))
+                window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
+        }
+
+        // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
+        if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+
+        // Update the Hidden flag
+        bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);
+
+        // Disable inputs for requested number of frames
+        if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)
+        {
+            window->DisableInputsFrames--;
+            window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;
+        }
+
+        // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
+        bool skip_items = false;
+        if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)
+            if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
+                skip_items = true;
+        window->SkipItems = skip_items;
+
+        // Restore NavLayersActiveMaskNext to previous value when not visible, so a CTRL+Tab back can use a safe value.
+        if (window->SkipItems)
+            window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask;
+
+        // Sanity check: there are two spots which can set Appearing = true
+        // - when 'window_just_activated_by_user' is set -> HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is set -> SkipItems always false
+        // - in BeginDocked() path when DockNodeIsVisible == DockTabIsVisible == true -> hidden _should_ be all zero // FIXME: Not formally proven, hence the assert.
+        if (window->SkipItems && !window->Appearing)
+            IM_ASSERT(window->Appearing == false); // Please report on GitHub if this triggers: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4177
+    }
+
+    return !window->SkipItems;
+}
+
+void ImGui::End()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0);
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->DockIsActive)
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
+
+    // Close anything that is open
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        EndColumns();
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))   // Pop inner window clip rectangle
+        PopClipRect();
+
+    // Stop logging
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
+        LogFinish();
+
+    // Docking: report contents sizes to parent to allow for auto-resize
+    if (window->DockNode && window->DockTabIsVisible)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* host_window = window->DockNode->HostWindow)         // FIXME-DOCK
+            host_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos + window->WindowPadding - host_window->WindowPadding;
+
+    // Pop from window stack
+    g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        g.BeginMenuCount--;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState();
+    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
+    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);
+    if (g.CurrentWindow)
+        SetCurrentViewport(g.CurrentWindow, g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);
+
+    const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);
+    if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)
+        return;
+
+    const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)
+    {
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];
+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);
+    }
+    g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;
+    window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
+    if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindowDockTree == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)
+        return;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+        {
+            memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+            g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.Windows[0] == window)
+        return;
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+        {
+            memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+            g.Windows[0] = window;
+            break;
+        }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window = window->RootWindow;
+    behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;
+    int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);
+    int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window);
+    if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)
+    {
+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes);
+        g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes);
+        g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;
+    }
+}
+
+int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window));
+}
+
+// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
+void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+    {
+        SetNavWindow(window);
+        if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+            g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+        g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
+        g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
+        g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+    }
+
+    // Close popups if any
+    ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);
+
+    // Move the root window to the top of the pile
+    IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != NULL);
+    ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;
+    ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindowDockTree : NULL;
+    ImGuiDockNode* dock_node = window ? window->DockNode : NULL;
+    bool active_id_window_is_dock_node_host = (g.ActiveIdWindow && dock_node && dock_node->HostWindow == g.ActiveIdWindow);
+
+    // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:
+    // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.
+    // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)
+    // - Using dock host items (tab, collapse button) can trigger this before we redirect the ActiveIdWindow toward the child window.
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)
+        if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss && !active_id_window_is_dock_node_host)
+            ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
+    if (!window)
+        return;
+    window->LastFrameJustFocused = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Select in dock node
+    if (dock_node && dock_node->TabBar)
+        dock_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = dock_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = window->TabId;
+
+    // Bring to front
+    BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);
+    if (((window->Flags | focus_front_window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
+        BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    if (under_this_window != NULL)
+    {
+        // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)
+        int offset = -1;
+        while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;
+            offset = 0;
+        }
+        start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset;
+    }
+    for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
+        IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);
+        if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive)
+            if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+            {
+                // FIXME-DOCK: This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows.
+                // If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B.
+                // We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update)
+                // to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself?
+                ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
+                FocusWindow(focus_window);
+                return;
+            }
+    }
+    FocusWindow(NULL);
+}
+
+// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.
+void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
+    g.Font = font;
+    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
+    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
+
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;
+    g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!font)
+        font = GetDefaultFont();
+    SetCurrentFont(font);
+    g.FontStack.push_back(font);
+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+}
+
+void  ImGui::PopFont()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
+    g.FontStack.pop_back();
+    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());
+    if (enabled)
+        item_flags |= option;
+    else
+        item_flags &= ~option;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+}
+
+// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()
+// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
+// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.
+// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
+// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()
+void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (!was_disabled && disabled)
+    {
+        g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;
+        g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);
+    }
+    if (was_disabled || disabled)
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);
+    g.DisabledStackSize++;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDisabled()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
+    g.DisabledStackSize--;
+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    //PopItemFlag();
+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+    if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+        g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system.
+void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
+{
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus()
+{
+    PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+{
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+{
+    PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos);
+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;
+    while (last_window != window)
+    {
+        last_window = window;
+        window = window->RootWindow;
+        if (popup_hierarchy)
+            window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;
+		if (dock_hierarchy)
+			window = window->RootWindowDockTree;
+	}
+    return window;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
+    if (window_root == potential_parent)
+        return true;
+    while (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (window == potential_parent)
+            return true;
+        if (window == window_root) // end of chain
+            return false;
+        window = window->ParentWindow;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
+{
+    if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)
+        return true;
+    while (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (window == potential_parent)
+            return true;
+        window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array
+    const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below);
+    if (display_layer_delta != 0)
+        return display_layer_delta > 0;
+
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (candidate_window == potential_above)
+            return true;
+        if (candidate_window == potential_below)
+            return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (ref_window == NULL)
+        return false;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+        const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
+        const bool dock_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy) != 0;
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
+            cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
+
+        bool result;
+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
+            result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
+        else
+            result = (ref_window == cur_window);
+        if (!result)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags))
+        return false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)
+            return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (ref_window == NULL)
+        return false;
+    if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+        return true;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+    const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
+    const bool dock_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy) != 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
+        cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
+        return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
+    else
+        return (ref_window == cur_window);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowDockID()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.CurrentWindow->DockId;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowDocked()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.CurrentWindow->DockIsActive;
+}
+
+// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
+// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.
+// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
+bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Size.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Size.y;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Pos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+    window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+    // Set
+    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
+    window->Pos = ImFloor(pos);
+    ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;
+    if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)
+        return;
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    // FIXME: share code with TranslateWindow(), need to confirm whether the 3 rect modified by TranslateWindow() are desirable here.
+    window->DC.CursorPos += offset;         // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset;      // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Size;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    // Set
+    ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;
+    window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
+    window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    else
+        window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x);
+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+    else
+        window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y);
+    if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    // Set
+    window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0);     // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters
+    window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);
+    window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Collapsed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->Appearing;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+{
+    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+{
+    if (name)
+    {
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+            FocusWindow(window);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        FocusWindow(NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+    g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
+}
+
+// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.
+// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;
+    g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;
+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;
+    g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport;
+    g.NextWindowData.ViewportId = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock;
+    g.NextWindowData.DockCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+    g.NextWindowData.DockId = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT((window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) == 0); // Cannot set both set and clear for the same bit
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass;
+    g.NextWindowData.WindowClass = *window_class;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    return window->DrawList;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowDpiScale()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.CurrentDpiScale;
+}
+
+ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetWindowViewport()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentViewport != NULL && g.CurrentViewport == g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
+    return g.CurrentViewport;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
+{
+    return GImGui->Font;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFontSize()
+{
+    return GImGui->FontSize;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
+{
+    return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->FontWindowScale = scale;
+    g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavNextActivateId = id;
+    g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent);
+    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ?
+    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back();
+    g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!
+void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1);    // -1 is allowed but not below
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);
+
+    // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.
+    // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.
+    // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but
+    // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.
+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SetNavWindow(window);
+
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
+    if (offset == -1)
+    {
+        NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavTabbingDir = 1;
+        g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!window->Appearing)
+        return;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        return;
+
+    g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+
+    // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via a opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)
+    if (!IsItemVisible())
+        ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+}
+
+ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->DC.StateStorage;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.
+void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call
+// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.
+//  for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopID()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?
+    window->IDStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] INPUTS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
+// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
+// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Clip
+    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
+    if (clip)
+        rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);
+
+    // Expand for touch input
+    const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
+    if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+        return false;
+    if (!g.MouseViewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(rect_clipped))
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int index;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);
+    if (IsLegacyKey(key))
+        index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native
+    else
+        index = key;
+#else
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");
+    index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN;
+#endif
+    return &g.IO.KeysData[index];
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    return (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
+}
+#endif
+
+// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
+static const char* const GKeyNames[] =
+{
+    "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",
+    "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",
+    "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",
+    "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",
+    "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
+    "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",
+    "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",
+    "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",
+    "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",
+    "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",
+    "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",
+    "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack",
+    "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown",
+    "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown",
+    "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",
+    "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown",
+    "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown",
+    "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper"
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));
+
+const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");
+#else
+    if (IsLegacyKey(key))
+    {
+        ImGuiIO& io = GetIO();
+        if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1)
+            return "N/A";
+        IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]));
+        key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key];
+    }
+#endif
+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
+        return "None";
+    if (!IsNamedKey(key))
+        return "Unknown";
+
+    return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
+}
+
+// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)
+// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)
+// An event is triggered at:
+//  t = 0.0f     t = repeat_delay,    t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N
+int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+    if (t1 == 0.0f)
+        return 1;
+    if (t0 >= t1)
+        return 0;
+    if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
+        return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);
+    const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;
+    return count;
+}
+
+void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputReadFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    switch (flags & ImGuiInputReadFlags_RepeatRateMask_)
+    {
+    case ImGuiInputReadFlags_RepeatRateNavMove:             *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return;
+    case ImGuiInputReadFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak:            *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return;
+    case ImGuiInputReadFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default:    *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return;
+    }
+}
+
+// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate
+// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate)
+int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
+    return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+}
+
+// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values).
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down)
+{
+    return ImVec2(
+        GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue,
+        GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue);
+}
+
+// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.
+// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (!key_data->Down)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+{
+    return IsKeyPressedEx(key, repeat ? ImGuiInputReadFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Important: unlike legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat.
+// [Internal] 2022/07: Do not call this directly! It is a temporary entry point which we will soon replace with an overload for IsKeyPressed() when we introduce key ownership.
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputReadFlags flags)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
+    if (t < 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    bool pressed = (t == 0.0f);
+    if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputReadFlags_Repeat) != 0))
+    {
+        float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
+        GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
+        pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!pressed)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
+    if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
+    if (t == 0.0f)
+        return true;
+    if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+        return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];
+}
+
+// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.
+// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+        return false;
+    return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)
+        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
+bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
+{
+    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
+    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
+    const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
+    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
+}
+
+// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
+bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
+            return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.
+// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.
+// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])
+        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
+            if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))
+                return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];
+    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
+    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.MouseCursor;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)
+{
+    const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" };
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
+    return input_source_names[source];
+}
+#endif
+
+/*static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)
+{
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)    { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)  { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)         { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)        { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }
+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)       { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }
+}*/
+
+// Process input queue
+// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.
+// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)
+// - trickle_fast_inputs = true  : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)
+void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()
+    // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?
+    // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)
+    const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);
+
+    bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;
+    int  mouse_button_changed = 0x00;
+    ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE> key_changed_mask;
+
+    int event_n = 0;
+    for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];
+        if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)
+        {
+            ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);
+            if (IsMousePosValid(&event_pos))
+                event_pos = ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(event_pos.x), ImFloorSigned(event_pos.y)); // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()
+            if (io.MousePos.x != event_pos.x || io.MousePos.y != event_pos.y)
+            {
+                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change
+                if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))
+                    break;
+                io.MousePos = event_pos;
+                mouse_moved = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)
+        {
+            const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;
+            IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+            if (io.MouseDown[button] != e->MouseButton.Down)
+            {
+                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
+                if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))
+                    break;
+                io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;
+                mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)
+        {
+            if (e->MouseWheel.WheelX != 0.0f || e->MouseWheel.WheelY != 0.0f)
+            {
+                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event
+                if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))
+                    break;
+                io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;
+                io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;
+                mouse_wheeled = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport)
+        {
+            io.MouseHoveredViewport = e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)
+        {
+            ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;
+            IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);
+            const int keydata_index = (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET);
+            ImGuiKeyData* keydata = &io.KeysData[keydata_index];
+            if (keydata->Down != e->Key.Down || keydata->AnalogValue != e->Key.AnalogValue)
+            {
+                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
+                if (trickle_fast_inputs && keydata->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(keydata_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))
+                    break;
+                keydata->Down = e->Key.Down;
+                keydata->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;
+                key_changed = true;
+                key_changed_mask.SetBit(keydata_index);
+
+                if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper)
+                {
+                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) { io.KeyCtrl = keydata->Down; }
+                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModShift) { io.KeyShift = keydata->Down; }
+                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt) { io.KeyAlt = keydata->Down; }
+                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) { io.KeySuper = keydata->Down; }
+                    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags();
+                }
+
+                // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+                io.KeysDown[key] = keydata->Down;
+                if (io.KeyMap[key] != -1)
+                    io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key]] = keydata->Down;
+#endif
+            }
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)
+        {
+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with
+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))
+                break;
+            unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
+            if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)
+                text_inputted = true;
+        }
+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)
+        {
+            // We intentionally overwrite this and process lower, in order to give a chance
+            // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.
+            io.AppFocusLost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)
+    //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);
+    for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)
+        g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
+
+    // [DEBUG]
+    /*if (event_n != 0)
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)
+            DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);*/
+
+    // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame
+    if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)
+        g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0);
+    else
+        g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);
+
+    // Clear buttons state when focus is lost
+    // (this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle)
+    if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
+    {
+        g.IO.ClearInputKeys();
+        g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;
+    }
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui.
+// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
+// If this triggers you have an issue:
+// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version.
+// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.
+//   The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui,
+//   which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h).
+//   Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout
+bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)
+{
+    bool error = false;
+    if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }
+    if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    return !error;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Check user IM_ASSERT macro
+    // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!
+    //  If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.
+    //  This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!
+    if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);
+
+    // Check user data
+    // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
+    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt()                                     && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f                 && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");
+
+    // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)
+    if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
+#endif
+
+    // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
+        g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;
+
+    // Perform simple check: error if Docking or Viewport are enabled _exactly_ on frame 1 (instead of frame 0 or later), which is a common error leading to loss of .ini data.
+    if (g.FrameCount == 1 && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) && (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) == 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Please set DockingEnable before the first call to NewFrame()! Otherwise you will lose your .ini settings!");
+    if (g.FrameCount == 1 && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) && (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) == 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Please set ViewportsEnable before the first call to NewFrame()! Otherwise you will lose your .ini settings!");
+
+    // Perform simple checks: multi-viewport and platform windows support
+    if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+    {
+        if ((g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports))
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCount == g.FrameCountPlatformEnded) && "Forgot to call UpdatePlatformWindows() in main loop after EndFrame()? Check examples/ applications for reference.");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow  != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos  != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowPos  != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowSize != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowSize != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
+            IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0 && "Platform init didn't setup Monitors list?");
+            IM_ASSERT((g.Viewports[0]->PlatformUserData != NULL || g.Viewports[0]->PlatformHandle != NULL) && "Platform init didn't setup main viewport.");
+            if (g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
+                IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha != NULL && "Platform_SetWindowAlpha handler is required to use io.ConfigDockingTransparent!");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Disable feature, our backends do not support it
+            g.IO.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable;
+        }
+
+        // Perform simple checks on platform monitor data + compute a total bounding box for quick early outs
+        for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; monitor_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n];
+            IM_UNUSED(mon);
+            IM_ASSERT(mon.MainSize.x > 0.0f && mon.MainSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor main bounds not setup properly.");
+            IM_ASSERT(ImRect(mon.MainPos, mon.MainPos + mon.MainSize).Contains(ImRect(mon.WorkPos, mon.WorkPos + mon.WorkSize)) && "Monitor work bounds not setup properly. If you don't have work area information, just copy MainPos/MainSize into them.");
+            IM_ASSERT(mon.DpiScale != 0.0f);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()
+    // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().
+    // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will
+    // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.
+    // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),
+    // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.
+    const ImGuiModFlags key_mods = GetMergedModFlags();
+    IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");
+    IM_UNUSED(key_mods);
+
+    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().
+    //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();
+
+    // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
+    // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");
+            while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+                End();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");
+        }
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");
+}
+
+// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.
+// Must be called during or before EndFrame().
+// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044
+    {
+        ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);
+            break;
+        }
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            EndChild();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            End();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Must be called before End()/EndChild()
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);
+        EndTable();
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;
+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);
+    while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndTabBar();
+    }
+    while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+    while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        EndDisabled();
+    }
+    while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));
+        PopStyleColor();
+    }
+    while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopItemFlag();
+    }
+    while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) //-V1044
+    {
+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);
+        PopFocusScope();
+    }
+}
+
+// Save current stack sizes for later compare
+void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;
+    SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;
+    SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;
+    SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;
+    SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;
+    SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;
+    SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;
+    SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;
+}
+
+// Compare to detect usage errors
+void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+
+    // Window stacks
+    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack         == window->IDStack.Size     && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");
+
+    // Global stacks
+    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack      == g.GroupStack.Size        && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size   && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack   == g.DisabledStackSize      && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack  >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size    && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack      >= g.ColorStack.Size        && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack   >= g.StyleVarStack.Size     && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack       >= g.FontStack.Size         && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");
+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size   && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LAYOUT
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ItemSize()
+// - ItemAdd()
+// - SameLine()
+// - GetCursorScreenPos()
+// - SetCursorScreenPos()
+// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()
+// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()
+// - GetCursorStartPos()
+// - Indent()
+// - Unindent()
+// - SetNextItemWidth()
+// - PushItemWidth()
+// - PushMultiItemsWidths()
+// - PopItemWidth()
+// - CalcItemWidth()
+// - CalcItemSize()
+// - GetTextLineHeight()
+// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+// - GetFrameHeight()
+// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+// - GetContentRegionMax()
+// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]
+// - GetContentRegionAvail(),
+// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+// - BeginGroup()
+// - EndGroup()
+// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
+// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.
+// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.
+    // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,
+    // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.
+    const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;
+
+    const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);
+
+    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);    // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);                    // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
+
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+
+    // Horizontal layout mode
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+        SameLine();
+}
+
+// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
+// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
+// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.
+bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Set item data
+    // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
+    g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;
+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;
+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags;
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
+
+    // Directional navigation processing
+    if (id != 0)
+    {
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+
+        // Runs prior to clipping early-out
+        //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
+        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
+        //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
+        //      thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
+        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able
+        //      to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).
+        // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.
+        // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.
+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
+        if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
+            if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
+                if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
+                    NavProcessItem();
+
+        // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".
+        // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".
+        // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq
+        IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");
+
+        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd()
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX
+        if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId)
+        {
+            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+            g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+    g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (id != 0)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id);
+#endif
+
+    // Clipping test
+    const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id);
+    if (is_clipped)
+        return false;
+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]
+
+    // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
+    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
+//      offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
+//      offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
+//      spacing_w < 0            : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0
+//      spacing_w >= 0           : enforce spacing amount
+void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)
+    {
+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
+            spacing_w = 0.0f;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
+            spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+    }
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = true;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorPos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = pos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+}
+
+// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
+// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+}
+
+// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
+    g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?
+void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components));
+    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)));
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);
+    for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++)
+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().
+// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()
+float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float w;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        w = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    else
+        w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    if (w < 0.0f)
+    {
+        float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;
+        w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);
+    }
+    w = IM_FLOOR(w);
+    return w;
+}
+
+// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().
+// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.
+// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.
+// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImVec2 region_max;
+    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
+        region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+
+    if (size.x == 0.0f)
+        size.x = default_w;
+    else if (size.x < 0.0f)
+        size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);
+
+    if (size.y == 0.0f)
+        size.y = default_h;
+    else if (size.y < 0.0f)
+        size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);
+
+    return size;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+}
+
+// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!
+
+// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable)
+        mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x;
+    return mx;
+}
+
+// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable)
+        mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    return mx;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;
+}
+
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+}
+
+// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.
+// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?
+void ImGui::BeginGroup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1);
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    group_data.WindowID = window->ID;
+    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;
+    group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
+    group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;
+    group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    group_data.EmitItem = true;
+
+    window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+    window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndGroup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
+
+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
+    IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?
+
+    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;
+    window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
+
+    if (!group_data.EmitItem)
+    {
+        g.GroupStack.pop_back();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
+    ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());
+    ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);
+
+    // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
+    // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.
+    // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
+    // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)
+    const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
+    const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
+    else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;
+
+    // Forward Hovered flag
+    const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;
+    if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+
+    // Forward Edited flag
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
+
+    // Forward Deactivated flag
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
+    if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
+
+    g.GroupStack.pop_back();
+    //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,
+// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.
+// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?
+// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.
+static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)
+{
+    if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)
+        return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio);
+    if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)
+        return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio);
+    return target;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
+    if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        float decoration_total_width = window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+        float center_x_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x;
+        float scroll_target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x;
+        if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x > 0.0f)
+        {
+            float snap_x_min = 0.0f;
+            float snap_x_max = window->ScrollMax.x + window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width;
+            scroll_target_x = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x, center_x_ratio);
+        }
+        scroll.x = scroll_target_x - center_x_ratio * (window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width);
+    }
+    if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        float decoration_total_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+        float center_y_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
+        float scroll_target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y;
+        if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y > 0.0f)
+        {
+            float snap_y_min = 0.0f;
+            float snap_y_max = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height;
+            scroll_target_y = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y, center_y_ratio);
+        }
+        scroll.y = scroll_target_y - center_y_ratio * (window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height);
+    }
+    scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f));
+    scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f));
+    if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x);
+        scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y);
+    }
+    return scroll;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
+{
+    ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags);
+}
+
+// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
+ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
+
+    // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));
+
+    // Defaults
+    ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)
+        flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)
+        flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+
+    const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= window_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= window_rect.Max.x;
+    const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= window_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= window_rect.Max.y;
+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetWidth();
+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetHeight();
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)
+    {
+        if (item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))
+    {
+        float target_x = can_be_fully_visible_x ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.x;
+        SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
+    }
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)
+    {
+        if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))
+    {
+        float target_y = can_be_fully_visible_y ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.y;
+        SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+    ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;
+
+    // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+    {
+        // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?
+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)
+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)
+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+        delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags);
+    }
+
+    return delta_scroll;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollX()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollY()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)
+{
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)
+{
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);
+}
+
+// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,
+// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:
+//  - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)
+//  - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,
+//    and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.
+//  - They mostly exists because of legacy API.
+// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:
+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!
+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense
+// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // FIXME: Would be nice to have a more standardized access to our scrollable/client rect;
+    local_y -= decoration_up_height;
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+
+// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);
+    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);
+    SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
+
+    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);
+}
+
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+    float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio);
+    SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
+
+    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
+{
+    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)
+    {
+        // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor)
+        // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor.
+        // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do.
+        //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;
+        ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale);
+        SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);
+        SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
+        //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
+        tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip;
+    }
+
+    char window_name[16];
+    ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+    if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))
+            if (window->Active)
+            {
+                // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
+                window->Hidden = true;
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary?
+                ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+            }
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndTooltip()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
+    End();
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    EndTooltip();
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] POPUPS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)
+    {
+        // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack
+        // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.
+        IM_ASSERT(id == 0);
+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;
+        else
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
+        {
+            // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack
+            for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+                if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id)
+                    return true;
+            return false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)
+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally
+    return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+            if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+                return popup;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+            if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup))
+                return popup;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id);
+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+}
+
+// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
+// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
+// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
+void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+
+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)
+        if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))
+            return;
+
+    ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
+    popup_ref.PopupId = id;
+    popup_ref.Window = NULL;
+    popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow;
+    popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
+    popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;
+
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
+    {
+        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui
+        // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing
+        // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand.
+        if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1)
+        {
+            g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen
+            ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false);
+            g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+        }
+
+        // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().
+        // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.
+        //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
+        //    FocusWindow(parent_window);
+    }
+}
+
+// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
+// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Don't close our own child popup windows.
+    int popup_count_to_keep = 0;
+    if (ref_window)
+    {
+        // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)
+        for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)
+        {
+            ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];
+            if (!popup.Window)
+                continue;
+            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
+            if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+                continue;
+
+            // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)
+            // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:
+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3
+            // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindowDockTree!
+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child
+            bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;
+            for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+                if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)
+                    //if (popup_window->RootWindowDockTree == ref_window->RootWindowDockTree) // FIXME-MERGE
+                    if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window))
+                    {
+                        ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+            if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>");
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    int popup_count_to_keep;
+    for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;
+        if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+            break;
+    }
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);
+
+    // Trim open popup stack
+    ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window;
+    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
+
+    if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
+    {
+        if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window)
+        {
+            // Fallback
+            FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window)
+                focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window);
+            FocusWindow(focus_window);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
+    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
+        return;
+
+    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
+    while (popup_idx > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
+        bool close_parent = false;
+        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+                close_parent = true;
+        if (!close_parent)
+            break;
+        popup_idx--;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
+    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);
+
+    // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
+    // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.
+    // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
+}
+
+// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()!
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    char name[20];
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth
+    else
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags);
+    if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        EndPopup();
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);
+}
+
+// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.
+// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility
+    // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)
+    // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)
+    {
+        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->WasActive ? window->Viewport : GetMainViewport(); // FIXME-VIEWPORT: What may be our reference viewport?
+        SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    }
+
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);
+    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+    {
+        EndPopup();
+        if (is_open)
+            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndPopup()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
+    IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
+
+    // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)
+    if (g.NavWindow == window)
+        NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
+
+    // Child-popups don't need to be laid out
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        g.WithinEndChild = true;
+    End();
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
+}
+
+// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item
+// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()
+void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    }
+}
+
+// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
+// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.
+// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.
+//    - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.
+//    - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.
+// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
+//   This is essentially the same as:
+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
+//       OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+//       return BeginPopup(id);
+//   Which is essentially the same as:
+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
+//       if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+//           OpenPopup(id);
+//       return BeginPopup(id);
+//   The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!str_id)
+        str_id = "window_context";
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+        if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())
+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!str_id)
+        str_id = "void_context";
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))
+        if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
+// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
+// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor
+//  information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.
+//  this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)
+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)
+{
+    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
+
+    // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
+    {
+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };
+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+                continue;
+            ImVec2 pos;
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y);          // Below, Toward Right (default)
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up)    pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left
+            if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
+                continue;
+            *last_dir = dir;
+            return pos;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Tooltip and Default popup policy
+    // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)
+    {
+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };
+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+                continue;
+
+            const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);
+            const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);
+
+            // If there not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)
+            if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))
+                continue;
+            if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))
+                continue;
+
+            ImVec2 pos;
+            pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;
+            pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;
+
+            // Clamp top-left corner of popup
+            pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+            pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y);
+
+            *last_dir = dir;
+            return pos;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Fallback when not enough room:
+    *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;
+
+    // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)
+        return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);
+
+    // Otherwise try to keep within display
+    ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;
+    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
+    return pos;
+}
+
+// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.
+ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect r_screen;
+    if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0)
+    {
+        // Extent with be in the frame of reference of the given viewport (so Min is likely to be negative here)
+        const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend];
+        r_screen.Min = monitor.WorkPos;
+        r_screen.Max = monitor.WorkPos + monitor.WorkSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Use the full viewport area (not work area) for popups
+        r_screen = window->Viewport->GetMainRect();
+    }
+    ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
+    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
+    return r_screen;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+    {
+        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
+        // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow;
+        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
+        ImRect r_avoid;
+        if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
+            r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field
+        else
+            r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);
+    }
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+    {
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here
+    }
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse)
+        float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+        ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+        ImRect r_avoid;
+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))
+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);
+        else
+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.
+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return window->Pos;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.
+// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.
+// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.
+
+void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");
+        g.NavWindow = window;
+    }
+    g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;
+    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+       SetNavWindow(window);
+
+    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid.
+    // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)
+    const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
+    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)
+        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
+
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+    else
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+}
+
+ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)
+{
+    if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
+        return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;
+    return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;
+}
+
+static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1)
+{
+    if (a1 < b0)
+        return a1 - b0;
+    if (b1 < a0)
+        return a0 - b1;
+    return 0.0f;
+}
+
+static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect)
+{
+    if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+    {
+        r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y);
+        r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y);
+    }
+    else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None
+    {
+        r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x);
+        r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x);
+    }
+}
+
+// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
+static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: Those are not good variables names
+    ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect;   // Current item nav rectangle
+    const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect;   // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)
+    g.NavScoringDebugCount++;
+
+    // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring
+    if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
+        if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))
+            return false;
+        cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
+    }
+
+    // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items)
+    // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column.
+    NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect);
+
+    // Compute distance between boxes
+    // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.
+    float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);
+    float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items
+    if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)
+        dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);
+    float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);
+
+    // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)
+    float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);
+    float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);
+    float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)
+
+    // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance
+    ImGuiDir quadrant;
+    float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;
+    if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)
+    {
+        // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes
+        dax = dbx;
+        day = dby;
+        dist_axial = dist_box;
+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby);
+    }
+    else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)
+    {
+        // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers
+        dax = dcx;
+        day = dcy;
+        dist_axial = dist_center;
+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
+        quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
+    }
+
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    char buf[128];
+    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max))
+    {
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]);
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+        draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100));
+        draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150));
+        draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
+    }
+    else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate.
+    {
+        if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to?
+    bool new_best = false;
+    const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+    if (quadrant == move_dir)
+    {
+        // Does it beat the current best candidate?
+        if (dist_box < result->DistBox)
+        {
+            result->DistBox = dist_box;
+            result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+            return true;
+        }
+        if (dist_box == result->DistBox)
+        {
+            // Try using distance between center points to break ties
+            if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)
+            {
+                result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+                new_best = true;
+            }
+            else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)
+            {
+                // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items
+                // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),
+                // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.
+                if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance
+                    new_best = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches
+    // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)
+    // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.
+    // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.
+    // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?
+    if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial)  // Check axial match
+        if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))
+            {
+                result->DistAxial = dist_axial;
+                new_best = true;
+            }
+
+    return new_best;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    result->Window = window;
+    result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
+    result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
+    result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
+}
+
+// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)
+// This is called after LastItemData is set.
+static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
+
+    // Process Init Request
+    if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
+    {
+        // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
+        const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0)
+        {
+            g.NavInitResultId = id;
+            g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb);
+        }
+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)
+        {
+            g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
+            NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
+    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems)
+    {
+        const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0;
+        const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0;
+        if (is_tabbing)
+        {
+            if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi))
+                NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id);
+        }
+        else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)))
+        {
+            ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+            if (!is_tabbing)
+            {
+                if (NavScoreItem(result))
+                    NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+
+                // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.
+                const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
+                if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))
+                    if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
+                        if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))
+                            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item
+    if (g.NavId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.NavWindow != window)
+            SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.
+        g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
+        g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
+        window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb);    // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
+    }
+}
+
+// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().
+// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!
+// - Case 1: no nav/active id:    set result to first eligible item, stop storing.
+// - Case 2: tab forward:         on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result
+// - Case 3: tab forward wrap:    set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request
+// - Case 4: tab backward:        store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing
+// - Case 5: tab backward wrap:   store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested
+void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;
+    if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)
+    {
+        // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0
+        if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)
+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
+        if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
+        else if (g.NavId == id)
+            g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;
+    }
+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
+    {
+        // Tab Backward
+        if (g.NavId == id)
+        {
+            if (result->ID)
+            {
+                g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+                NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)
+    {
+        // Tab Init
+        if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)
+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;
+}
+
+// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+
+    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing)
+        move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;
+
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;
+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;
+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+    g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods;
+    g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();
+    g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();
+    g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+    g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing
+    NavApplyItemToResult(result);
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+}
+
+// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;
+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;
+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
+}
+
+// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire
+// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY
+    // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test
+    if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags;
+}
+
+// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).
+// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?
+static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;
+    while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+        parent = parent->ParentWindow;
+    if (parent && parent != nav_window)
+        parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;
+}
+
+// Restore the last focused child.
+// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()
+static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)
+        return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;
+    if (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar))
+            return tab->Window;
+    return window;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+        g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);    // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?
+        if (prev_nav_window)
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)
+    {
+        SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavLayer = layer;
+        NavInitWindow(window, true);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+    g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+}
+
+static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);
+    if (g.NavAnyRequest)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+}
+
+// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)
+void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
+{
+    // FIXME: ChildWindow test here is wrong for docking
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);
+
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)
+    {
+        g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    bool init_for_nav = false;
+    if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
+        init_for_nav = true;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);
+    if (init_for_nav)
+    {
+        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect());
+        g.NavInitRequest = true;
+        g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+        g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+        g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect();
+        NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window)
+    {
+        // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)
+        // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.
+        // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()
+        ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;
+        return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
+        // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)
+        ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);
+        if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))
+        {
+            ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
+            rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll);
+        }
+        ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport;
+        return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
+    }
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
+    GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputReadFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
+
+    ImGuiKey key_less, key_more;
+    if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+    {
+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp;
+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+    }
+    float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+    if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase
+        amount = 0.0f;
+    return amount;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    io.WantSetMousePos = false;
+    //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
+
+    // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
+    // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?
+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+    const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };
+    if (nav_gamepad_active)
+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)
+            if (IsKeyDown(key))
+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };
+    if (nav_keyboard_active)
+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)
+            if (IsKeyDown(key))
+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+
+    // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
+    if (g.NavInitResultId != 0)
+        NavInitRequestApplyResult();
+    g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+    g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+    g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
+
+    // Process navigation move request
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
+        NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
+
+    // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)
+    bool set_mouse_pos = false;
+    if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)
+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)
+            set_mouse_pos = true;
+    g.NavMousePosDirty = false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+
+    // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+        NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
+
+    // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)
+    NavUpdateWindowing();
+
+    // Set output flags for user application
+    io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
+    io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
+
+    // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+    NavUpdateCancelRequest();
+
+    // Process manual activation request
+    g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0;
+    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+    if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+    {
+        const bool activate_down = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate);
+        const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false));
+        const bool input_down = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput);
+        const bool input_pressed = input_down && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false));
+        if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
+        {
+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;
+        }
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)
+        {
+            g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId;
+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
+        }
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down)
+            g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed)
+            g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
+    }
+    if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    if (g.NavActivateId != 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);
+
+    // Process programmatic activation request
+    // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)
+    if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)
+    {
+        if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)
+            g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId;
+        else
+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;
+        g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;
+    }
+    g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
+
+    // Process move requests
+    NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
+        NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+    g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+
+    // Scrolling
+    if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
+    {
+        // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+        const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
+        const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        {
+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+                SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+                SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+        }
+
+        // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys
+        // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.
+        const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
+        const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+        if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
+            SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
+        if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
+            SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
+    }
+
+    // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled
+    if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)
+    {
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;
+    }
+
+    // Update mouse position if requested
+    // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)
+    if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))
+    {
+        io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+        io.WantSetMousePos = true;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG]
+    g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow);
+        if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG]
+        if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()
+{
+    // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.NavWindow)
+        return;
+
+    // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
+    // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel);
+    g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result
+    if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+
+    if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)
+    {
+        // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)
+        // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);
+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Initiate directional inputs request
+        g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+        g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
+        g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
+        if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        {
+            const ImGuiInputReadFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputReadFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputReadFlags_RepeatRateNavMove;
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left)  && (IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,  repeat_mode) || IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,  repeat_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, repeat_mode) || IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, repeat_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up)    && (IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,    repeat_mode) || IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_UpArrow,    repeat_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down)  && (IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,  repeat_mode) || IsKeyPressedEx(ImGuiKey_DownArrow,  repeat_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
+        }
+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    }
+
+    // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?
+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+    if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)
+        scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
+    if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;
+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] Always send a request
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+        g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);
+    if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
+    {
+        g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;
+        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Submit
+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
+
+    // Moving with no reference triggers a init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", g.NavLayer);
+        g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
+        g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+    }
+
+    // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.
+    // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad every movements are relative
+    // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).
+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))
+    {
+        bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;
+        bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;
+        ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));
+        if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
+        {
+            //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");
+            float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);
+            float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
+            inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;
+            inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;
+            window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel);
+            g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)
+    ImRect scoring_rect;
+    if (window != NULL)
+    {
+        ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
+        scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel);
+        scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
+        scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x);
+        scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x;
+        IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+        //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]
+    }
+    g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;
+    g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect);
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);
+    if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        return;
+
+    const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;
+    if (!tab_pressed)
+        return;
+
+    // Initiate tabbing request
+    // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)
+    // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests.
+    // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.
+    //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything
+    g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;
+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
+    g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;
+}
+
+// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times
+        return;
+#endif
+
+    // Select which result to use
+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;
+
+    // Tabbing forward wrap
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing)
+        if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)
+            result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;
+
+    // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)
+    if (result == NULL)
+    {
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing)
+            g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight;
+        if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0)
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)
+        if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)
+            result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;
+
+    // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.
+    if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
+        if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))
+            result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);
+
+    // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
+    if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+    {
+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)
+        {
+            // FIXME: Should remove this
+            float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;
+            SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel);
+            ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);
+        g.NavWindow = result->Window;
+    }
+    if (g.ActiveId != result->ID)
+        ClearActiveID();
+    if (g.NavId != result->ID)
+    {
+        // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;
+    }
+
+    // Focus
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
+
+    // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+    {
+        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;
+        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState;
+        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight;
+    }
+
+    // Activate
+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)
+    {
+        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;
+        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
+    }
+
+    // Enable nav highlight
+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0)
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+}
+
+// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:
+// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.
+// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, false) && !IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, false))
+        return;
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    // If your custom widget code used:                 { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); }
+    // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be:   { SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape); SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel); }
+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+        SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape);
+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+        IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported
+#endif
+
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n");
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)
+    {
+        if (!IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel))
+            ClearActiveID();
+    }
+    else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+    {
+        // Leave the "menu" layer
+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    }
+    else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow)
+    {
+        // Exit child window
+        ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow;
+        IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
+        ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect();
+        FocusWindow(parent_window);
+        SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect));
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+    }
+    else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+    {
+        // Close open popup/menu
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
+        if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
+            g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
+        g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys
+// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request
+// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference
+// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?
+static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp);
+    const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown);
+    const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home);
+    const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End);
+    if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+
+    if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll)
+    {
+        // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+        else if (home_pressed)
+            SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);
+        else if (end_pressed)
+            SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+        const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
+        float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))
+        {
+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
+        }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))
+        {
+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
+        }
+        else if (home_pressed)
+        {
+            // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y
+            // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.
+            // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.
+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;
+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
+        }
+        else if (end_pressed)
+        {
+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;
+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
+        }
+        return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
+    }
+    return 0.0f;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Show CTRL+TAB list window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
+
+    // Perform wrap-around in menus
+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.
+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.
+    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY;
+    if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+        NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+
+    bool do_forward = false;
+    ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+    {
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;
+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
+        {
+            bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column
+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;
+        }
+        do_forward = true;
+    }
+    if (!do_forward)
+        return;
+    window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;
+    NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
+}
+
+static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_UNUSED(g);
+    int order = window->FocusOrder;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);
+    return order;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))
+            return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+        return;
+
+    const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);
+    if (!window_target)
+        window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);
+    if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list
+    {
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;
+        g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    }
+    g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+}
+
+// Windowing management mode
+// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)
+// Gamepad:  Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
+    bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+    bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL);
+    if (!allow_windowing)
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+
+    // Fade out
+    if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
+    {
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+        if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+            g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection
+    const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, false);
+    const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, false);
+    if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;
+            g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer
+            g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
+        }
+
+    // Gamepad update
+    g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+    {
+        // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
+
+        // Select window to focus
+        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1);
+        if (focus_change_dir != 0)
+        {
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
+            g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)
+        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu))
+        {
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
+            if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)
+                apply_toggle_layer = true;
+            else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+                apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Keyboard: Focus
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
+    {
+        // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true))
+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(io.KeyShift ? +1 : -1);
+        if (!io.KeyCtrl)
+            apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
+    }
+
+    // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
+    // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer.
+    // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway.
+	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+    if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_ModAlt))
+    {
+        g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
+        g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
+    }
+    if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
+    {
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)
+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+
+        // Apply layer toggle on release
+        // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.
+        if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_ModAlt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+                if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
+                    apply_toggle_layer = true;
+        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModAlt))
+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+    }
+
+    // Move window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+    {
+        ImVec2 nav_move_dir;
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)
+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
+        if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f)
+        {
+            const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
+            const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos);
+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree;
+                SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always);
+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Apply final focus
+    if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
+    {
+        ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL;
+        ClearActiveID();
+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window);
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+        FocusWindow(apply_focus_window);
+        if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
+            NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+
+        // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly
+        // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,
+        // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since
+        // the target window as already been previewed once.
+        // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,
+        // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*
+        // won't be valid.
+        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))
+            g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+
+        // Request OS level focus
+        if (apply_focus_window->Viewport != previous_viewport && g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus)
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus(apply_focus_window->Viewport);
+    }
+    if (apply_focus_window)
+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+
+    // Apply menu/layer toggle
+    if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+        // Move to parent menu if necessary
+        ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+        while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow
+            && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+            new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
+        if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+            FocusWindow(new_nav_window);
+            new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;
+        }
+
+        // Toggle layer
+        const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)
+        {
+            // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)
+            const bool preserve_layer_1_nav_id = (new_nav_window->DockNodeAsHost != NULL);
+            if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !preserve_layer_1_nav_id)
+                g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;
+            NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);
+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()
+static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+        return "(Popup)";
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)
+        return "(Main menu bar)";
+    if (window->DockNodeAsHost)
+        return "(Dock node)";
+    return "(Untitled)";
+}
+
+// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
+void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
+
+    if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)
+        return;
+
+    if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)
+        g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");
+    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = /*g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport :*/ GetMainViewport();
+    SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
+    SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);
+    Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+    for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];
+        IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers
+        if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))
+            continue;
+        const char* label = window->Name;
+        if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))
+            label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);
+        Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);
+    }
+    End();
+    PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DragDropActive = false;
+    g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
+
+    g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();
+    memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+}
+
+// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()
+// If the item has an identifier:
+// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).
+// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.
+// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.
+// If the item has no identifier:
+// - Currently always assume left mouse button.
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,
+    // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).
+    ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
+
+    bool source_drag_active = false;
+    ImGuiID source_id = 0;
+    ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
+    {
+        source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+        if (source_id != 0)
+        {
+            // Common path: items with ID
+            if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+                return false;
+            if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)
+                mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
+                return false;
+            g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Uncommon path: items without ID
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
+                return false;
+            if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
+                return false;
+
+            // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:
+            // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(0);
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
+            // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
+            // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
+            // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
+            // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.
+            source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
+            KeepAliveID(source_id);
+            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id);
+            if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
+            {
+                SetActiveID(source_id, window);
+                FocusWindow(window);
+            }
+            if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.
+                g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;
+        }
+        if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+            return false;
+        source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
+        source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);
+
+        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any
+        SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window = NULL;
+        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");
+        source_drag_active = true;
+    }
+
+    if (source_drag_active)
+    {
+        if (!g.DragDropActive)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);
+            ClearDragDrop();
+            ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+            payload.SourceId = source_id;
+            payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;
+            g.DragDropActive = true;
+            g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;
+            g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;
+            if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
+                g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+        }
+        g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
+
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+        {
+            // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
+            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
+            BeginTooltip();
+            if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+                tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;
+                tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");
+
+    if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+        EndTooltip();
+
+    // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+        ClearDragDrop();
+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
+}
+
+// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame
+bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+    if (cond == 0)
+        cond = ImGuiCond_Always;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");
+    IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));
+    IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);
+    IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0);                               // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()
+
+    if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+    {
+        // Copy payload
+        ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));
+        g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);
+        if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))
+        {
+            // Store in heap
+            g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);
+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;
+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+        }
+        else if (data_size > 0)
+        {
+            // Store locally
+            memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;
+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            payload.Data = NULL;
+        }
+        payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;
+    }
+    payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Return whether the payload has been accepted
+    return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree)
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))
+        return false;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);
+    g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;
+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
+    return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:
+// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.
+// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.
+// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+        return false;
+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree || window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;
+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
+    if (id == 0)
+    {
+        id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+    }
+    if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);
+    g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;
+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;
+}
+
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);                        // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?
+    IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1);            // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?
+    if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.
+    // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!
+    const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);
+    ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;
+    float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();
+    if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)
+    {
+        g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;
+        g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;
+        g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;
+    }
+
+    // Render default drop visuals
+    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
+    payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
+    flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame)
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+
+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+    payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
+    if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))
+        return NULL;
+
+    return &payload;
+}
+
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;
+}
+
+// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later.
+void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);
+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.
+// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    if (g.LogFile)
+    {
+        g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+        ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
+}
+
+// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
+// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
+// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.
+void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;
+    const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
+
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+
+    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);
+    if (ref_pos)
+        g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
+    if (log_new_line)
+    {
+        LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+        g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+    }
+
+    if (prefix)
+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.
+
+    // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
+    if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)
+        g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);
+
+    const char* text_remaining = text;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
+        // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.
+        const char* line_start = text_remaining;
+        const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);
+        const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);
+        if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)
+        {
+            const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);
+            const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;
+            LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);
+            g.LogLineFirstItem = false;
+            if (*line_end == '\n')
+            {
+                LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+                g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+            }
+        }
+        if (is_last_line)
+            break;
+        text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+    }
+
+    if (suffix)
+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix));
+}
+
+// Start logging/capturing text output
+void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());
+    g.LogEnabled = true;
+    g.LogType = type;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
+    g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);
+    g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
+}
+
+// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)
+void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;
+    g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = stdout;
+#endif
+}
+
+// Start logging/capturing text output to given file
+void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still
+    // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.
+    // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.
+    if (!filename)
+        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
+    if (!filename || !filename[0])
+        return;
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
+    if (!f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = f;
+}
+
+// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard
+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogFinish()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+    switch (g.LogType)
+    {
+    case ImGuiLogType_TTY:
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        fflush(g.LogFile);
+#endif
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_File:
+        ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:
+        if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())
+            SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_None:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    g.LogEnabled = false;
+    g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
+    g.LogFile = NULL;
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
+}
+
+// Helper to display logging buttons
+// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)
+void ImGui::LogButtons()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    PushID("LogButtons");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
+#else
+    const bool log_to_tty = false;
+#endif
+    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
+    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
+    PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+    SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);
+    SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);
+    PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+    PopID();
+
+    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
+    if (log_to_tty)
+        LogToTTY();
+    if (log_to_file)
+        LogToFile();
+    if (log_to_clipboard)
+        LogToClipboard();
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SETTINGS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]
+// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]
+// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]
+// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]
+// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()
+// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()
+// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()
+// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()
+// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateSettings()
+{
+    // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());
+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+            LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+        g.SettingsLoaded = true;
+    }
+
+    // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)
+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+                SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+            else
+                g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true;  // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.
+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+}
+
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS
+    // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
+    // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier.
+    if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))
+        name = p;
+#endif
+    const size_t name_len = strlen(name);
+
+    // Allocate chunk
+    const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();
+    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);
+    memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1);   // Store with zero terminator
+
+    return settings;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id)
+            return settings;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name)))
+        return settings;
+    return CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
+}
+
+void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);
+    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))
+        g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler);
+}
+
+ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);
+    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash)
+            return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsIniData.clear();
+    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn)
+            g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]);
+}
+
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
+{
+    size_t file_data_size = 0;
+    char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);
+    if (!file_data)
+        return;
+    if (file_data_size > 0)
+        LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);
+    IM_FREE(file_data);
+}
+
+// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+    //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");
+    //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);
+
+    // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).
+    // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
+    if (ini_size == 0)
+        ini_size = strlen(ini_data);
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1);
+    char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;
+    char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;
+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+    buf_end[0] = 0;
+
+    // Call pre-read handlers
+    // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)
+    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn)
+            g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]);
+
+    void* entry_data = NULL;
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;
+
+    char* line_end = NULL;
+    for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)
+    {
+        // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line
+        while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')
+            line++;
+        line_end = line;
+        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
+            line_end++;
+        line_end[0] = 0;
+        if (line[0] == ';')
+            continue;
+        if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')
+        {
+            // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.
+            line_end[-1] = 0;
+            const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
+            const char* type_start = line + 1;
+            char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
+            const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;
+            if (!type_end || !name_start)
+                continue;
+            *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
+            name_start++;  // Skip second '['
+            entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);
+            entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
+        }
+        else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)
+        {
+            // Let type handler parse the line
+            entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
+        }
+    }
+    g.SettingsLoaded = true;
+
+    // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)
+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+
+    // Call post-read handlers
+    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn)
+            g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+    if (!ini_filename)
+        return;
+
+    size_t ini_data_size = 0;
+    const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
+    if (!f)
+        return;
+    ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
+    ImFileClose(f);
+}
+
+// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
+const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);
+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);
+    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];
+        handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData);
+    }
+    if (out_size)
+        *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();
+    return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
+}
+
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+        g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();
+}
+
+static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name);
+    ImGuiID id = settings->ID;
+    *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry
+    settings->ID = id;
+    settings->WantApply = true;
+    return (void*)settings;
+}
+
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
+{
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
+    int x, y;
+    int i;
+    ImU32 u1;
+    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)             { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)       { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportId=0x%08X", &u1) == 1)   { settings->ViewportId = u1; }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportPos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2){ settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)         { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X,%d", &u1, &i) == 2)  { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = (short)i; }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X", &u1) == 1)         { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = -1; }
+    else if (sscanf(line, "ClassId=0x%X", &u1) == 1)        { settings->ClassId = u1; }
+}
+
+// Apply to existing windows (if any)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->WantApply)
+        {
+            if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID))
+                ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
+            settings->WantApply = false;
+        }
+}
+
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+{
+    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
+    // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID);
+        if (!settings)
+        {
+            settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
+        settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos - window->ViewportPos);
+        settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);
+        settings->ViewportId = window->ViewportId;
+        settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih(window->ViewportPos);
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNode->ID == window->DockId);
+        settings->DockId = window->DockId;
+        settings->ClassId = window->WindowClass.ClassId;
+        settings->DockOrder = window->DockOrder;
+        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+    }
+
+    // Write to text buffer
+    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+    {
+        const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();
+        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);
+        if (settings->ViewportId != 0 && settings->ViewportId != ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
+        {
+            buf->appendf("ViewportPos=%d,%d\n", settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y);
+            buf->appendf("ViewportId=0x%08X\n", settings->ViewportId);
+        }
+        if (settings->Pos.x != 0 || settings->Pos.y != 0 || settings->ViewportId == ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
+            buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
+        if (settings->Size.x != 0 || settings->Size.y != 0)
+            buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
+        buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
+        if (settings->DockId != 0)
+        {
+            //buf->appendf("TabId=0x%08X\n", ImHashStr("#TAB", 4, settings->ID)); // window->TabId: this is not read back but writing it makes "debugging" the .ini data easier.
+            if (settings->DockOrder == -1)
+                buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X\n", settings->DockId);
+            else
+                buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X,%d\n", settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder);
+            if (settings->ClassId != 0)
+                buf->appendf("ClassId=0x%08X\n", settings->ClassId);
+        }
+        buf->append("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetMainViewport()
+// - FindViewportByID()
+// - FindViewportByPlatformHandle()
+// - SetCurrentViewport() [Internal]
+// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport() [Internal]
+// - UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport() [Internal]
+// - UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports() [Internal]
+// - TranslateWindowsInViewport() [Internal]
+// - ScaleWindowsInViewport() [Internal]
+// - FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack() [Internal]
+// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]
+// - UpdateViewportsEndFrame() [Internal]
+// - AddUpdateViewport() [Internal]
+// - WindowSelectViewport() [Internal]
+// - WindowSyncOwnedViewport() [Internal]
+// - UpdatePlatformWindows()
+// - RenderPlatformWindowsDefault()
+// - FindPlatformMonitorForPos() [Internal]
+// - FindPlatformMonitorForRect() [Internal]
+// - UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor() [Internal]
+// - DestroyPlatformWindow() [Internal]
+// - DestroyPlatformWindows()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Viewports[0];
+}
+
+// FIXME: This leaks access to viewports not listed in PlatformIO.Viewports[]. Problematic? (#4236)
+ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+        if (g.Viewports[n]->ID == id)
+            return g.Viewports[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Viewports.Size; i++)
+        if (g.Viewports[i]->PlatformHandle == platform_handle)
+            return g.Viewports[i];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* current_window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    (void)current_window;
+
+    if (viewport)
+        viewport->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+    if (g.CurrentViewport == viewport)
+        return;
+    g.CurrentDpiScale = viewport ? viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
+    g.CurrentViewport = viewport;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] SetCurrentViewport changed '%s' 0x%08X\n", current_window ? current_window->Name : NULL, viewport ? viewport->ID : 0);
+
+    // Notify platform layer of viewport changes
+    // FIXME-DPI: This is only currently used for experimenting with handling of multiple DPI
+    if (g.CurrentViewport && g.PlatformIO.Platform_OnChangedViewport)
+        g.PlatformIO.Platform_OnChangedViewport(g.CurrentViewport);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    // Abandon viewport
+    if (window->ViewportOwned && window->Viewport->Window == window)
+        window->Viewport->Size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    window->Viewport = viewport;
+    window->ViewportId = viewport->ID;
+    window->ViewportOwned = (viewport->Window == window);
+}
+
+static bool ImGui::GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    // Tooltips and menus are not automatically forced into their own viewport when the NoMerge flag is set, however the multiplication of viewports makes them more likely to protrude and create their own.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge || (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge))
+        if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+            if (!window->DockIsActive)
+                if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
+                    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0)
+                        return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (window->Viewport == viewport)
+        return false;
+    if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) == 0)
+        return false;
+    if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0)
+        return false;
+    if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(window->Rect()))
+        return false;
+    if (GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(window))
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: Can't use g.WindowsFocusOrder[] for root windows only as we care about Z order. If we maintained a DisplayOrder along with FocusOrder we could..
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window_behind = g.Windows[n];
+        if (window_behind == window)
+            break;
+        if (window_behind->WasActive && window_behind->ViewportOwned && !(window_behind->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            if (window_behind->Viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(window->Rect()))
+                return false;
+    }
+
+    // Move to the existing viewport, Move child/hosted windows as well (FIXME-OPT: iterate child)
+    ImGuiViewportP* old_viewport = window->Viewport;
+    if (window->ViewportOwned)
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
+            if (g.Windows[n]->Viewport == old_viewport)
+                SetWindowViewport(g.Windows[n], viewport);
+    SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);
+    BringWindowToDisplayFront(window);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// FIXME: handle 0 to N host viewports
+static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, g.Viewports[0]);
+}
+
+// Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved
+// (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!)
+void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(viewport->Window == NULL && (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows));
+
+    // 1) We test if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable was just toggled, which allows us to conveniently
+    // translate imgui windows from OS-window-local to absolute coordinates or vice-versa.
+    // 2) If it's not going to fit into the new size, keep it at same absolute position.
+    // One problem with this is that most Win32 applications doesn't update their render while dragging,
+    // and so the window will appear to teleport when releasing the mouse.
+    const bool translate_all_windows = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable);
+    ImRect test_still_fit_rect(old_pos, old_pos + viewport->Size);
+    ImVec2 delta_pos = new_pos - old_pos;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) // FIXME-OPT
+        if (translate_all_windows || (g.Windows[window_n]->Viewport == viewport && test_still_fit_rect.Contains(g.Windows[window_n]->Rect())))
+            TranslateWindow(g.Windows[window_n], delta_pos);
+}
+
+// Scale all windows (position, size). Use when e.g. changing DPI. (This is a lossy operation!)
+void ImGui::ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (viewport->Window)
+    {
+        ScaleWindow(viewport->Window, scale);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+            if (g.Windows[i]->Viewport == viewport)
+                ScaleWindow(g.Windows[i], scale);
+    }
+}
+
+// If the backend doesn't set MouseLastHoveredViewport or doesn't honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves.
+// A) It won't take account of the possibility that non-imgui windows may be in-between our dragged window and our target window.
+// B) It requires Platform_GetWindowFocus to be implemented by backend.
+ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& mouse_platform_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* best_candidate = NULL;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(mouse_platform_pos))
+            if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFrontMostStampCount < viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount)
+                best_candidate = viewport;
+    }
+    return best_candidate;
+}
+
+// Update viewports and monitor infos
+// Note that this is running even if 'ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable' is not set, in order to clear unused viewports (if any) and update monitor info.
+static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.Size <= g.Viewports.Size);
+
+    // Update Minimized status (we need it first in order to decide if we'll apply Pos/Size of the main viewport)
+    const bool viewports_enabled = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != 0;
+    if (viewports_enabled)
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+            const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated;
+            if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized && platform_funcs_available)
+            {
+                bool minimized = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized(viewport);
+                if (minimized)
+                    viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized;
+                else
+                    viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Create/update main viewport with current platform position.
+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.
+    ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];
+    IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID);
+    IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->Window == NULL);
+    ImVec2 main_viewport_pos = viewports_enabled ? g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(main_viewport) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 main_viewport_size = g.IO.DisplaySize;
+    if (viewports_enabled && (main_viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized))
+    {
+        main_viewport_pos = main_viewport->Pos;    // Preserve last pos/size when minimized (FIXME: We don't do the same for Size outside of the viewport path)
+        main_viewport_size = main_viewport->Size;
+    }
+    AddUpdateViewport(NULL, IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID, main_viewport_pos, main_viewport_size, ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp | ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows);
+
+    g.CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
+    g.CurrentViewport = NULL;
+    g.MouseViewport = NULL;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        viewport->Idx = n;
+
+        // Erase unused viewports
+        if (n > 0 && viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 2)
+        {
+            DestroyViewport(viewport);
+            n--;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated;
+        if (viewports_enabled)
+        {
+            // Update Position and Size (from Platform Window to ImGui) if requested.
+            // We do it early in the frame instead of waiting for UpdatePlatformWindows() to avoid a frame of lag when moving/resizing using OS facilities.
+            if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) && platform_funcs_available)
+            {
+                // Viewport->WorkPos and WorkSize will be updated below
+                if (viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
+                    viewport->Pos = viewport->LastPlatformPos = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(viewport);
+                if (viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
+                    viewport->Size = viewport->LastPlatformSize = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowSize(viewport);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update/copy monitor info
+        UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport);
+
+        // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for functions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.
+        viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;
+        viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;
+        viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
+
+        // Reset alpha every frame. Users of transparency (docking) needs to request a lower alpha back.
+        viewport->Alpha = 1.0f;
+
+        // Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved
+        // (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!)
+        const ImVec2 viewport_delta_pos = viewport->Pos - viewport->LastPos;
+        if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) && (viewport_delta_pos.x != 0.0f || viewport_delta_pos.y != 0.0f))
+            TranslateWindowsInViewport(viewport, viewport->LastPos, viewport->Pos);
+
+        // Update DPI scale
+        float new_dpi_scale;
+        if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowDpiScale && platform_funcs_available)
+            new_dpi_scale = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowDpiScale(viewport);
+        else if (viewport->PlatformMonitor != -1)
+            new_dpi_scale = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[viewport->PlatformMonitor].DpiScale;
+        else
+            new_dpi_scale = (viewport->DpiScale != 0.0f) ? viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
+        if (viewport->DpiScale != 0.0f && new_dpi_scale != viewport->DpiScale)
+        {
+            float scale_factor = new_dpi_scale / viewport->DpiScale;
+            if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleViewports)
+                ScaleWindowsInViewport(viewport, scale_factor);
+            //if (viewport == GetMainViewport())
+            //    g.PlatformInterface.SetWindowSize(viewport, viewport->Size * scale_factor);
+
+            // Scale our window moving pivot so that the window will rescale roughly around the mouse position.
+            // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This currently creates a resizing feedback loop when a window is straddling a DPI transition border.
+            // (Minor: since our sizes do not perfectly linearly scale, deferring the click offset scale until we know the actual window scale ratio may get us slightly more precise mouse positioning.)
+            //if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.MovingWindow->Viewport == viewport)
+            //    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = ImFloor(g.ActiveIdClickOffset * scale_factor);
+        }
+        viewport->DpiScale = new_dpi_scale;
+    }
+
+    // Update fallback monitor
+    if (g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size == 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = &g.FallbackMonitor;
+        monitor->MainPos = main_viewport->Pos;
+        monitor->MainSize = main_viewport->Size;
+        monitor->WorkPos = main_viewport->WorkPos;
+        monitor->WorkSize = main_viewport->WorkSize;
+        monitor->DpiScale = main_viewport->DpiScale;
+    }
+
+    if (!viewports_enabled)
+    {
+        g.MouseViewport = main_viewport;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Mouse handling: decide on the actual mouse viewport for this frame between the active/focused viewport and the hovered viewport.
+    // Note that 'viewport_hovered' should skip over any viewport that has the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flags set.
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport_hovered = NULL;
+    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport)
+    {
+        viewport_hovered = g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport ? (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport) : NULL;
+        if (viewport_hovered && (viewport_hovered->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs))
+            viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(g.IO.MousePos); // Backend failed to handle _NoInputs viewport: revert to our fallback.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // If the backend doesn't know how to honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves. Note that this search:
+        // A) won't take account of the possibility that non-imgui windows may be in-between our dragged window and our target window.
+        // B) won't take account of how the backend apply parent<>child relationship to secondary viewports, which affects their Z order.
+        // C) uses LastFrameAsRefViewport as a flawed replacement for the last time a window was focused (we could/should fix that by introducing Focus functions in PlatformIO)
+        viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(g.IO.MousePos);
+    }
+    if (viewport_hovered != NULL)
+        g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = viewport_hovered;
+    else if (g.MouseLastHoveredViewport == NULL)
+        g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = g.Viewports[0];
+
+    // Update mouse reference viewport
+    // (when moving a window we aim at its viewport, but this will be overwritten below if we go in drag and drop mode)
+    // (MovingViewport->Viewport will be NULL in the rare situation where the window disappared while moving, set UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() for details)
+    if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->Viewport)
+        g.MouseViewport = g.MovingWindow->Viewport;
+    else
+        g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport;
+
+    // When dragging something, always refer to the last hovered viewport.
+    // - when releasing a moving window we will revert to aiming behind (at viewport_hovered)
+    // - when we are between viewports, our dragged preview will tend to show in the last viewport _even_ if we don't have tooltips in their viewports (when lacking monitor info)
+    // - consider the case of holding on a menu item to browse child menus: even thou a mouse button is held, there's no active id because menu items only react on mouse release.
+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is essentially broken, when ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport is set we want to trust when viewport_hovered==NULL and use that.
+    const bool is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination = g.DragDropActive;
+    if (is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination && viewport_hovered == NULL)
+        viewport_hovered = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport;
+    if (is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination || g.ActiveId == 0 || !IsAnyMouseDown())
+        if (viewport_hovered != NULL && viewport_hovered != g.MouseViewport && !(viewport_hovered->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs))
+            g.MouseViewport = viewport_hovered;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(g.MouseViewport != NULL);
+}
+
+// Update user-facing viewport list (g.Viewports -> g.PlatformIO.Viewports after filtering out some)
+static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsEndFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.PlatformIO.Viewports.resize(0);
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[i];
+        viewport->LastPos = viewport->Pos;
+        if (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount || viewport->Size.x <= 0.0f || viewport->Size.y <= 0.0f)
+            if (i > 0) // Always include main viewport in the list
+                continue;
+        if (viewport->Window && !IsWindowActiveAndVisible(viewport->Window))
+            continue;
+        if (i > 0)
+            IM_ASSERT(viewport->Window != NULL);
+        g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(viewport);
+    }
+    g.Viewports[0]->ClearRequestFlags(); // Clear main viewport flags because UpdatePlatformWindows() won't do it and may not even be called
+}
+
+// FIXME: We should ideally refactor the system to call this every frame (we currently don't)
+ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewportFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+
+    flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow;
+    if (window != NULL)
+    {
+        if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window)
+            flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
+        if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+            flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs;
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
+            flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(id);
+    if (viewport)
+    {
+        // Always update for main viewport as we are already pulling correct platform pos/size (see #4900)
+        if (!viewport->PlatformRequestMove || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
+            viewport->Pos = pos;
+        if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
+            viewport->Size = size;
+        viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized); // Preserve existing flags
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // New viewport
+        viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
+        viewport->ID = id;
+        viewport->Idx = g.Viewports.Size;
+        viewport->Pos = viewport->LastPos = pos;
+        viewport->Size = size;
+        viewport->Flags = flags;
+        UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport);
+        g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Add Viewport %08X '%s'\n", id, window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");
+
+        // We normally setup for all viewports in NewFrame() but here need to handle the mid-frame creation of a new viewport.
+        // We need to extend the fullscreen clip rect so the OverlayDrawList clip is correct for that the first frame
+        g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.x = ImMin(g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.x, viewport->Pos.x);
+        g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.y = ImMin(g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.y, viewport->Pos.y);
+        g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.z = ImMax(g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.z, viewport->Pos.x + viewport->Size.x);
+        g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.w = ImMax(g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.w, viewport->Pos.y + viewport->Size.y);
+
+        // Store initial DpiScale before the OS platform window creation, based on expected monitor data.
+        // This is so we can select an appropriate font size on the first frame of our window lifetime
+        if (viewport->PlatformMonitor != -1)
+            viewport->DpiScale = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[viewport->PlatformMonitor].DpiScale;
+    }
+
+    viewport->Window = window;
+    viewport->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+    viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
+    IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || viewport->ID == window->ID);
+
+    if (window != NULL)
+        window->ViewportOwned = true;
+
+    return viewport;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    // Clear references to this viewport in windows (window->ViewportId becomes the master data)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n];
+        if (window->Viewport != viewport)
+            continue;
+        window->Viewport = NULL;
+        window->ViewportOwned = false;
+    }
+    if (viewport == g.MouseLastHoveredViewport)
+        g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
+
+    // Destroy
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Delete Viewport %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a");
+    DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport); // In most circumstances the platform window will already be destroyed here.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.contains(viewport) == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports[viewport->Idx] == viewport);
+    g.Viewports.erase(g.Viewports.Data + viewport->Idx);
+    IM_DELETE(viewport);
+}
+
+// FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is all super messy and ought to be clarified or rewritten.
+static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+    window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1;
+
+    // Restore main viewport if multi-viewport is not supported by the backend
+    ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
+    if (!(g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable))
+    {
+        SetWindowViewport(window, main_viewport);
+        return;
+    }
+    window->ViewportOwned = false;
+
+    // Appearing popups reset their viewport so they can inherit again
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && window->Appearing)
+    {
+        window->Viewport = NULL;
+        window->ViewportId = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) == 0)
+    {
+        // By default inherit from parent window
+        if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && (!window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow || window->ParentWindow->WasActive))
+            window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport;
+
+        // Attempt to restore saved viewport id (= window that hasn't been activated yet), try to restore the viewport based on saved 'window->ViewportPos' restored from .ini file
+        if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ViewportId != 0)
+        {
+            window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(window->ViewportId);
+            if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ViewportPos.x != FLT_MAX && window->ViewportPos.y != FLT_MAX)
+                window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->ViewportPos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool lock_viewport = false;
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport)
+    {
+        // Code explicitly request a viewport
+        window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(g.NextWindowData.ViewportId);
+        window->ViewportId = g.NextWindowData.ViewportId; // Store ID even if Viewport isn't resolved yet.
+        lock_viewport = true;
+    }
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Always inherit viewport from parent window
+        if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->HostWindow)
+            IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode->HostWindow->Viewport == window->ParentWindow->Viewport);
+        window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport;
+    }
+    else if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->HostWindow)
+    {
+        // This covers the "always inherit viewport from parent window" case for when a window reattach to a node that was just created mid-frame
+        window->Viewport = window->DockNode->HostWindow->Viewport;
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+    {
+        window->Viewport = g.MouseViewport;
+    }
+    else if (GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(window))
+    {
+        window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
+    }
+    else if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window && IsMousePosValid())
+    {
+        if (window->Viewport != NULL && window->Viewport->Window == window)
+            window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Merge into host viewport?
+        // We cannot test window->ViewportOwned as it set lower in the function.
+        // Testing (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) to avoid merging during a short-term widget interaction. Main intent was to avoid during resize (see #4212)
+        bool try_to_merge_into_host_viewport = (window->Viewport && window == window->Viewport->Window && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap));
+        if (try_to_merge_into_host_viewport)
+            UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(window);
+    }
+
+    // Fallback: merge in default viewport if z-order matches, otherwise create a new viewport
+    if (window->Viewport == NULL)
+        if (!UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, main_viewport))
+            window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
+
+    // Mark window as allowed to protrude outside of its viewport and into the current monitor
+    if (!lock_viewport)
+    {
+        if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        {
+            // We need to take account of the possibility that mouse may become invalid.
+            // Popups/Tooltip always set ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend so GetWindowAllowedExtentRect() will return full monitor bounds.
+            ImVec2 mouse_ref = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenMousePos;
+            bool use_mouse_ref = (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow);
+            bool mouse_valid = IsMousePosValid(&mouse_ref);
+            if ((window->Appearing || (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))) && (!use_mouse_ref || mouse_valid))
+                window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = FindPlatformMonitorForPos((use_mouse_ref && mouse_valid) ? mouse_ref : NavCalcPreferredRefPos());
+            else
+                window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor;
+        }
+        else if (window->Viewport && window != window->Viewport->Window && window->Viewport->Window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->DockNode == NULL)
+        {
+            // When called from Begin() we don't have access to a proper version of the Hidden flag yet, so we replicate this code.
+            const bool will_be_visible = (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible) ? false : true;
+            if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && window->Viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount && will_be_visible)
+            {
+                // Steal/transfer ownership
+                IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' steal Viewport %08X from Window '%s'\n", window->Name, window->Viewport->ID, window->Viewport->Window->Name);
+                window->Viewport->Window = window;
+                window->Viewport->ID = window->ID;
+                window->Viewport->LastNameHash = 0;
+            }
+            else if (!UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(window)) // Merge?
+            {
+                // New viewport
+                window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend < 0 && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0)
+        {
+            // Regular (non-child, non-popup) windows by default are also allowed to protrude
+            // Child windows are kept contained within their parent.
+            window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Update flags
+    window->ViewportOwned = (window == window->Viewport->Window);
+    window->ViewportId = window->Viewport->ID;
+
+    // If the OS window has a title bar, hide our imgui title bar
+    //if (window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration))
+    //    window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+}
+
+void ImGui::WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    bool viewport_rect_changed = false;
+
+    // Synchronize window --> viewport in most situations
+    // Synchronize viewport -> window in case the platform window has been moved or resized from the OS/WM
+    if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
+    {
+        window->Pos = window->Viewport->Pos;
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    }
+    else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Pos, &window->Pos, sizeof(window->Pos)) != 0)
+    {
+        viewport_rect_changed = true;
+        window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos;
+    }
+
+    if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
+    {
+        window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->Viewport->Size;
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+    }
+    else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Size, &window->Size, sizeof(window->Size)) != 0)
+    {
+        viewport_rect_changed = true;
+        window->Viewport->Size = window->Size;
+    }
+    window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
+
+    // The viewport may have changed monitor since the global update in UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
+    // Either a SetNextWindowPos() call in the current frame or a SetWindowPos() call in the previous frame may have this effect.
+    if (viewport_rect_changed)
+        UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport);
+
+    // Update common viewport flags
+    const ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags_to_clear = ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
+    ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = window->Viewport->Flags & ~viewport_flags_to_clear;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = window->Flags;
+    const bool is_modal = (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0;
+    const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0;
+    if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
+    if ((g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) && !is_modal)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration;
+
+    // Not correct to set modal as topmost because:
+    // - Because other popups can be stacked above a modal (e.g. combo box in a modal)
+    // - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost is currently handled different in backends: in Win32 it is "appear top most" whereas in GLFW and SDL it is "stay topmost"
+    //if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+    //    viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
+
+    // For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them
+    // won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration).
+    // Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app,
+    // but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere.
+    if (is_short_lived_floating_window && !is_modal)
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick;
+
+    // We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users)
+    if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet)
+        viewport_flags |= window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet;
+    if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear)
+        viewport_flags &= ~window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear;
+
+    // We can also tell the backend that clearing the platform window won't be necessary,
+    // as our window background is filling the viewport and we have disabled BgAlpha.
+    // FIXME: Work on support for per-viewport transparency (#2766)
+    if (!(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
+
+    window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags;
+
+    // Update parent viewport ID
+    // (the !IsFallbackWindow test mimic the one done in WindowSelectViewport())
+    if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId != (ImGuiID)-1)
+        window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId;
+    else if ((window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && parent_window_in_stack && (!parent_window_in_stack->IsFallbackWindow || parent_window_in_stack->WasActive))
+        window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = parent_window_in_stack->Viewport->ID;
+    else
+        window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent ? 0 : IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
+}
+
+// Called by user at the end of the main loop, after EndFrame()
+// This will handle the creation/update of all OS windows via function defined in the ImGuiPlatformIO api.
+void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() before UpdatePlatformWindows()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountPlatformEnded < g.FrameCount);
+    g.FrameCountPlatformEnded = g.FrameCount;
+    if (!(g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable))
+        return;
+
+    // Create/resize/destroy platform windows to match each active viewport.
+    // Skip the main viewport (index 0), which is always fully handled by the application!
+    for (int i = 1; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[i];
+
+        // Destroy platform window if the viewport hasn't been submitted or if it is hosting a hidden window
+        // (the implicit/fallback Debug##Default window will be registering its viewport then be disabled, causing a dummy DestroyPlatformWindow to be made each frame)
+        bool destroy_platform_window = false;
+        destroy_platform_window |= (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1);
+        destroy_platform_window |= (viewport->Window && !IsWindowActiveAndVisible(viewport->Window));
+        if (destroy_platform_window)
+        {
+            DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport);
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // New windows that appears directly in a new viewport won't always have a size on their first frame
+        if (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount || viewport->Size.x <= 0 || viewport->Size.y <= 0)
+            continue;
+
+        // Create window
+        bool is_new_platform_window = (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false);
+        if (is_new_platform_window)
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Create Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a");
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow(viewport);
+            if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow != NULL)
+                g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow(viewport);
+            viewport->LastNameHash = 0;
+            viewport->LastPlatformPos = viewport->LastPlatformSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); // By clearing those we'll enforce a call to Platform_SetWindowPos/Size below, before Platform_ShowWindow (FIXME: Is that necessary?)
+            viewport->LastRendererSize = viewport->Size;                                       // We don't need to call Renderer_SetWindowSize() as it is expected Renderer_CreateWindow() already did it.
+            viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true;
+        }
+
+        // Apply Position and Size (from ImGui to Platform/Renderer backends)
+        if ((viewport->LastPlatformPos.x != viewport->Pos.x || viewport->LastPlatformPos.y != viewport->Pos.y) && !viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowPos(viewport, viewport->Pos);
+        if ((viewport->LastPlatformSize.x != viewport->Size.x || viewport->LastPlatformSize.y != viewport->Size.y) && !viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowSize(viewport, viewport->Size);
+        if ((viewport->LastRendererSize.x != viewport->Size.x || viewport->LastRendererSize.y != viewport->Size.y) && g.PlatformIO.Renderer_SetWindowSize)
+            g.PlatformIO.Renderer_SetWindowSize(viewport, viewport->Size);
+        viewport->LastPlatformPos = viewport->Pos;
+        viewport->LastPlatformSize = viewport->LastRendererSize = viewport->Size;
+
+        // Update title bar (if it changed)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window_for_title = GetWindowForTitleDisplay(viewport->Window))
+        {
+            const char* title_begin = window_for_title->Name;
+            char* title_end = (char*)(intptr_t)FindRenderedTextEnd(title_begin);
+            const ImGuiID title_hash = ImHashStr(title_begin, title_end - title_begin);
+            if (viewport->LastNameHash != title_hash)
+            {
+                char title_end_backup_c = *title_end;
+                *title_end = 0; // Cut existing buffer short instead of doing an alloc/free, no small gain.
+                g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowTitle(viewport, title_begin);
+                *title_end = title_end_backup_c;
+                viewport->LastNameHash = title_hash;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update alpha (if it changed)
+        if (viewport->LastAlpha != viewport->Alpha && g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha)
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha(viewport, viewport->Alpha);
+        viewport->LastAlpha = viewport->Alpha;
+
+        // Optional, general purpose call to allow the backend to perform general book-keeping even if things haven't changed.
+        if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_UpdateWindow)
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_UpdateWindow(viewport);
+
+        if (is_new_platform_window)
+        {
+            // On startup ensure new platform window don't steal focus (give it a few frames, as nested contents may lead to viewport being created a few frames late)
+            if (g.FrameCount < 3)
+                viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
+
+            // Show window
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_ShowWindow(viewport);
+
+            // Even without focus, we assume the window becomes front-most.
+            // This is useful for our platform z-order heuristic when io.MouseHoveredViewport is not available.
+            if (viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount)
+                viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount;
+            }
+
+        // Clear request flags
+        viewport->ClearRequestFlags();
+    }
+
+    // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport.
+    // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored.
+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: We should use this information to also set dear imgui-side focus, allowing us to handle os-level alt+tab.
+    if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus != NULL)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL;
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size && focused_viewport == NULL; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+            if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated)
+                if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport))
+                    focused_viewport = viewport;
+        }
+
+        // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows
+        // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag
+        // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport.
+        if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID)
+        {
+            if (focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount)
+                focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount;
+            g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// This is a default/basic function for performing the rendering/swap of multiple Platform Windows.
+// Custom renderers may prefer to not call this function at all, and instead iterate the publicly exposed platform data and handle rendering/sync themselves.
+// The Render/Swap functions stored in ImGuiPlatformIO are merely here to allow for this helper to exist, but you can do it yourself:
+//
+//    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+//    for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
+//        if ((platform_io.Viewports[i]->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) == 0)
+//            MyRenderFunction(platform_io.Viewports[i], my_args);
+//    for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
+//        if ((platform_io.Viewports[i]->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) == 0)
+//            MySwapBufferFunction(platform_io.Viewports[i], my_args);
+//
+void ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg, void* renderer_render_arg)
+{
+    // Skip the main viewport (index 0), which is always fully handled by the application!
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i];
+        if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)
+            continue;
+        if (platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow) platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow(viewport, platform_render_arg);
+        if (platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow) platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow(viewport, renderer_render_arg);
+    }
+    for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i];
+        if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)
+            continue;
+        if (platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers(viewport, platform_render_arg);
+        if (platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers(viewport, renderer_render_arg);
+    }
+}
+
+static int ImGui::FindPlatformMonitorForPos(const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; monitor_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n];
+        if (ImRect(monitor.MainPos, monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize).Contains(pos))
+            return monitor_n;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+// Search for the monitor with the largest intersection area with the given rectangle
+// We generally try to avoid searching loops but the monitor count should be very small here
+// FIXME-OPT: We could test the last monitor used for that viewport first, and early
+static int ImGui::FindPlatformMonitorForRect(const ImRect& rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const int monitor_count = g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size;
+    if (monitor_count <= 1)
+        return monitor_count - 1;
+
+    // Use a minimum threshold of 1.0f so a zero-sized rect won't false positive, and will still find the correct monitor given its position.
+    // This is necessary for tooltips which always resize down to zero at first.
+    const float surface_threshold = ImMax(rect.GetWidth() * rect.GetHeight() * 0.5f, 1.0f);
+    int best_monitor_n = -1;
+    float best_monitor_surface = 0.001f;
+
+    for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size && best_monitor_surface < surface_threshold; monitor_n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n];
+        const ImRect monitor_rect = ImRect(monitor.MainPos, monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize);
+        if (monitor_rect.Contains(rect))
+            return monitor_n;
+        ImRect overlapping_rect = rect;
+        overlapping_rect.ClipWithFull(monitor_rect);
+        float overlapping_surface = overlapping_rect.GetWidth() * overlapping_rect.GetHeight();
+        if (overlapping_surface < best_monitor_surface)
+            continue;
+        best_monitor_surface = overlapping_surface;
+        best_monitor_n = monitor_n;
+    }
+    return best_monitor_n;
+}
+
+// Update monitor from viewport rectangle (we'll use this info to clamp windows and save windows lost in a removed monitor)
+static void ImGui::UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    viewport->PlatformMonitor = (short)FindPlatformMonitorForRect(viewport->GetMainRect());
+}
+
+// Return value is always != NULL, but don't hold on it across frames.
+const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport_p)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)viewport_p;
+    int monitor_idx = viewport->PlatformMonitor;
+    if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size)
+        return &g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx];
+    return &g.FallbackMonitor;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated)
+    {
+        if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow)
+            g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow(viewport);
+        if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow)
+            g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow(viewport);
+        IM_ASSERT(viewport->RendererUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformUserData == NULL);
+
+        // Don't clear PlatformWindowCreated for the main viewport, as we initially set that up to true in Initialize()
+        // The righter way may be to leave it to the backend to set this flag all-together, and made the flag public.
+        if (viewport->ID != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
+            viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(viewport->RendererUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformHandle == NULL);
+    }
+    viewport->RendererUserData = viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = NULL;
+    viewport->ClearRequestFlags();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows()
+{
+    // We call the destroy window on every viewport (including the main viewport, index 0) to give a chance to the backend
+    // to clear any data they may have stored in e.g. PlatformUserData, RendererUserData.
+    // It is convenient for the platform backend code to store something in the main viewport, in order for e.g. the mouse handling
+    // code to operator a consistent manner.
+    // It is expected that the backend can handle calls to Renderer_DestroyWindow/Platform_DestroyWindow without
+    // crashing if it doesn't have data stored.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
+        DestroyPlatformWindow(g.Viewports[i]);
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DOCKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Internal Types
+// Docking: Forward Declarations
+// Docking: ImGuiDockContext
+// Docking: ImGuiDockContext Docking/Undocking functions
+// Docking: ImGuiDockNode
+// Docking: ImGuiDockNode Tree manipulation functions
+// Docking: Public Functions (SetWindowDock, DockSpace, DockSpaceOverViewport)
+// Docking: Builder Functions
+// Docking: Begin/End Support Functions (called from Begin/End)
+// Docking: Settings
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Typical Docking call flow: (root level is generally public API):
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - NewFrame()                               new dear imgui frame
+//    | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()  - process queued undocking requests
+//    | - DockContextProcessUndockWindow()    - process one window undocking request
+//    | - DockContextProcessUndockNode()      - process one whole node undocking request
+//    | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()  - process queue docking requests, create floating dock nodes
+//    | - update g.HoveredDockNode            - [debug] update node hovered by mouse
+//    | - DockContextProcessDock()            - process one docking request
+//    | - DockNodeUpdate()
+//    |   - DockNodeUpdateForRootNode()
+//    |     - DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse()
+//    |     - DockNodeFindInfo()
+//    |   - destroy unused node or tab bar
+//    |   - create dock node host window
+//    |      - Begin() etc.
+//    |   - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow()
+//    |   - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize()
+//    |   - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter()
+//    |   - draw node background
+//    |   - DockNodeUpdateTabBar()            - create/update tab bar for a docking node
+//    |     - DockNodeAddTabBar()
+//    |     - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu()
+//    |     - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout()
+//    |     - BeginTabBarEx()
+//    |     - TabItemEx() calls
+//    |     - EndTabBar()
+//    |   - BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
+//    |      - DockNodeUpdate()               - recurse into child nodes...
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockSpace()                              user submit a dockspace into a window
+//    | Begin(Child)                          - create a child window
+//    | DockNodeUpdate()                      - call main dock node update function
+//    | End(Child)
+//    | ItemSize()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Begin()
+//    | BeginDocked()
+//    | BeginDockableDragDropSource()
+//    | BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
+//    | - DockNodePreviewDockRender()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - EndFrame()
+//    | DockContextEndFrame()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Internal Types
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImGuiDockRequestType
+// - ImGuiDockRequest
+// - ImGuiDockPreviewData
+// - ImGuiDockNodeSettings
+// - ImGuiDockContext
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiDockRequestType
+{
+    ImGuiDockRequestType_None = 0,
+    ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock,
+    ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock,
+    ImGuiDockRequestType_Split                  // Split is the same as Dock but without a DockPayload
+};
+
+struct ImGuiDockRequest
+{
+    ImGuiDockRequestType    Type;
+    ImGuiWindow*            DockTargetWindow;   // Destination/Target Window to dock into (may be a loose window or a DockNode, might be NULL in which case DockTargetNode cannot be NULL)
+    ImGuiDockNode*          DockTargetNode;     // Destination/Target Node to dock into
+    ImGuiWindow*            DockPayload;        // Source/Payload window to dock (may be a loose window or a DockNode), [Optional]
+    ImGuiDir                DockSplitDir;
+    float                   DockSplitRatio;
+    bool                    DockSplitOuter;
+    ImGuiWindow*            UndockTargetWindow;
+    ImGuiDockNode*          UndockTargetNode;
+
+    ImGuiDockRequest()
+    {
+        Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None;
+        DockTargetWindow = DockPayload = UndockTargetWindow = NULL;
+        DockTargetNode = UndockTargetNode = NULL;
+        DockSplitDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+        DockSplitRatio = 0.5f;
+        DockSplitOuter = false;
+    }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiDockPreviewData
+{
+    ImGuiDockNode   FutureNode;
+    bool            IsDropAllowed;
+    bool            IsCenterAvailable;
+    bool            IsSidesAvailable;           // Hold your breath, grammar freaks..
+    bool            IsSplitDirExplicit;         // Set when hovered the drop rect (vs. implicit SplitDir==None when hovered the window)
+    ImGuiDockNode*  SplitNode;
+    ImGuiDir        SplitDir;
+    float           SplitRatio;
+    ImRect          DropRectsDraw[ImGuiDir_COUNT + 1];  // May be slightly different from hit-testing drop rects used in DockNodeCalcDropRects()
+
+    ImGuiDockPreviewData() : FutureNode(0) { IsDropAllowed = IsCenterAvailable = IsSidesAvailable = IsSplitDirExplicit = false; SplitNode = NULL; SplitDir = ImGuiDir_None; SplitRatio = 0.f; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(DropRectsDraw); n++) DropRectsDraw[n] = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); }
+};
+
+// Persistent Settings data, stored contiguously in SettingsNodes (sizeof() ~32 bytes)
+struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiID             ParentNodeId;
+    ImGuiID             ParentWindowId;
+    ImGuiID             SelectedTabId;
+    signed char         SplitAxis;
+    char                Depth;
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags  Flags;                  // NB: We save individual flags one by one in ascii format (ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_)
+    ImVec2ih            Pos;
+    ImVec2ih            Size;
+    ImVec2ih            SizeRef;
+    ImGuiDockNodeSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Forward Declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    // ImGuiDockContext
+    static ImGuiDockNode*   DockContextAddNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
+    static void             DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node);
+    static void             DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req);
+    static void             DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true);
+    static void             DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+    static ImGuiDockNode*   DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
+    static ImGuiDockNode*   DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window);
+    static void             DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count);
+    static void             DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id);                            // Use root_id==0 to add all
+
+    // ImGuiDockNode
+    static void             DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, bool add_to_tab_bar);
+    static void             DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node);
+    static void             DockNodeMoveChildNodes(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node);
+    static ImGuiWindow*     DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id);
+    static void             DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID save_dock_id);
+    static void             DockNodeHideHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window);
+    static void             DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static ImGuiID          DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static void             DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static void             DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window);
+    static bool             DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* payload_window);
+    static void             DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking);
+    static void             DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, const ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data);
+    static void             DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos);
+    static void             DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& pos_new, ImVec2& size_new, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_new_desired);
+    static bool             DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir dir, ImRect& out_draw, bool outer_docking, ImVec2* test_mouse_pos);
+    static const char*      DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(ImGuiDockNode* node, char* buf, int buf_size) { ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "##DockNode_%02X", node->ID); return buf; }
+    static int              DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+    // ImGuiDockNode tree manipulations
+    static void             DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiAxis split_axis, int split_first_child, float split_ratio, ImGuiDockNode* new_node);
+    static void             DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiDockNode* merge_lead_child);
+    static void             DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, ImGuiDockNode* only_write_to_single_node = NULL);
+    static void             DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+    static ImGuiDockNode*   DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos);
+    static ImGuiDockNode*   DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(ImGuiDockNode* node);
+
+    // Settings
+    static void             DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(ImGuiID old_node_id, ImGuiID new_node_id);
+    static void             DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ids_count);
+    static ImGuiDockNodeSettings*   DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID node_id);
+    static void             DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+    static void             DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
+    static void*            DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
+    static void             DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
+    static void             DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: ImGuiDockContext
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The lifetime model is different from the one of regular windows: we always create a ImGuiDockNode for each ImGuiDockNodeSettings,
+// or we always hold the entire docking node tree. Nodes are frequently hidden, e.g. if the window(s) or child nodes they host are not active.
+// At boot time only, we run a simple GC to remove nodes that have no references.
+// Because dock node settings (which are small, contiguous structures) are always mirrored by their corresponding dock nodes (more complete structures),
+// we can also very easily recreate the nodes from scratch given the settings data (this is what DockContextRebuild() does).
+// This is convenient as docking reconfiguration can be implemented by mostly poking at the simpler settings data.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockContextInitialize()
+// - DockContextShutdown()
+// - DockContextClearNodes()
+// - DockContextRebuildNodes()
+// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()
+// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
+// - DockContextEndFrame()
+// - DockContextFindNodeByID()
+// - DockContextBindNodeToWindow()
+// - DockContextGenNodeID()
+// - DockContextAddNode()
+// - DockContextRemoveNode()
+// - ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData
+// - DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes()
+// - DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings()
+// - DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+
+    // Add .ini handle for persistent docking data
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+    ini_handler.TypeName = "Docking";
+    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Docking");
+    ini_handler.ClearAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+    ini_handler.ReadInitFn = DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll; // Also clear on read
+    ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+    ini_handler.ReadLineFn = DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+    ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+    ini_handler.WriteAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+        if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+            IM_DELETE(node);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(ctx);
+    IM_ASSERT(ctx == GImGui);
+    DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(root_id, clear_settings_refs);
+    DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(root_id);
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] This function also acts as a defacto test to make sure we can rebuild from scratch without a glitch
+// (Different from DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll() + DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() because this reuses current settings!)
+void ImGui::DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRebuildNodes\n");
+    SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
+    ImGuiID root_id = 0; // Rebuild all
+    DockContextClearNodes(ctx, root_id, false);
+    DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->NodesSettings.Data, dc->NodesSettings.Size);
+    DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, root_id);
+}
+
+// Docking context update function, called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
+    if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
+    {
+        if (dc->Nodes.Data.Size > 0 || dc->Requests.Size > 0)
+            DockContextClearNodes(ctx, 0, true);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Setting NoSplit at runtime merges all nodes
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
+        for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+            if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+                if (node->IsRootNode() && node->IsSplitNode())
+                {
+                    DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node->ID);
+                    //dc->WantFullRebuild = true;
+                }
+
+    // Process full rebuild
+#if 0
+    if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_C)))
+        dc->WantFullRebuild = true;
+#endif
+    if (dc->WantFullRebuild)
+    {
+        DockContextRebuildNodes(ctx);
+        dc->WantFullRebuild = false;
+    }
+
+    // Process Undocking requests (we need to process them _before_ the UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame call in NewFrame)
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiDockRequest* req = &dc->Requests[n];
+        if (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req->UndockTargetWindow)
+            DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, req->UndockTargetWindow);
+        else if (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req->UndockTargetNode)
+            DockContextProcessUndockNode(ctx, req->UndockTargetNode);
+    }
+}
+
+// Docking context update function, called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
+        return;
+
+    // [DEBUG] Store hovered dock node.
+    // We could in theory use DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos() on the root host dock node, but using ->DockNode is a good shortcut.
+    // Note this is mostly a debug thing and isn't actually used for docking target, because docking involve more detailed filtering.
+    g.HoveredDockNode = NULL;
+    if (ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow)
+    {
+        if (hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost)
+            g.HoveredDockNode = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos);
+        else if (hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode)
+            g.HoveredDockNode = hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode;
+    }
+
+    // Process Docking requests
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++)
+        if (dc->Requests[n].Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock)
+            DockContextProcessDock(ctx, &dc->Requests[n]);
+    dc->Requests.resize(0);
+
+    // Create windows for each automatic docking nodes
+    // We can have NULL pointers when we delete nodes, but because ID are recycled this should amortize nicely (and our node count will never be very high)
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+        if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+            if (node->IsFloatingNode())
+                DockNodeUpdate(node);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    // Draw backgrounds of node missing their window
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+        if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+            if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow && node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame)
+            {
+                ImRect bg_rect(node->Pos + ImVec2(0.0f, GetFrameHeight()), node->Pos + node->Size);
+                ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE);
+                node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+                node->HostWindow->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bg_rect.Min, bg_rect.Max, node->LastBgColor, node->HostWindow->WindowRounding, bg_rounding_flags);
+            }
+}
+
+static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    return (ImGuiDockNode*)ctx->DockContext.Nodes.GetVoidPtr(id);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    // Generate an ID for new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used)
+    // FIXME-OPT FIXME-DOCK: This is suboptimal, even if the node count is small enough not to be a worry.0
+    // We should poke in ctx->Nodes to find a suitable ID faster. Even more so trivial that ctx->Nodes lookup is already sorted.
+    ImGuiID id = 0x0001;
+    while (DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) != NULL)
+        id++;
+    return id;
+}
+
+static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // Generate an ID for the new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used) and add the first window.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    if (id == 0)
+        id = DockContextGenNodeID(ctx);
+    else
+        IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) == NULL);
+
+    // We don't set node->LastFrameAlive on construction. Nodes are always created at all time to reflect .ini settings!
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextAddNode 0x%08X\n", id);
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = IM_NEW(ImGuiDockNode)(id);
+    ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(node->ID, node);
+    return node;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node->ID);
+    IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node->ID) == node);
+    IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL && node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size == 0);
+
+    if (node->HostWindow)
+        node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = node->ParentNode;
+    const bool merge = (merge_sibling_into_parent_node && parent_node != NULL);
+    if (merge)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(parent_node->ChildNodes[0] == node || parent_node->ChildNodes[1] == node);
+        ImGuiDockNode* sibling_node = (parent_node->ChildNodes[0] == node ? parent_node->ChildNodes[1] : parent_node->ChildNodes[0]);
+        DockNodeTreeMerge(&g, parent_node, sibling_node);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; parent_node && n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(parent_node->ChildNodes); n++)
+            if (parent_node->ChildNodes[n] == node)
+                node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[n] = NULL;
+        dc->Nodes.SetVoidPtr(node->ID, NULL);
+        IM_DELETE(node);
+    }
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL DockNodeComparerDepthMostFirst(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiDockNode* a = *(const ImGuiDockNode* const*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiDockNode* b = *(const ImGuiDockNode* const*)rhs;
+    return ImGui::DockNodeGetDepth(b) - ImGui::DockNodeGetDepth(a);
+}
+
+// Pre C++0x doesn't allow us to use a function-local type (without linkage) as template parameter, so we moved this here.
+struct ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData
+{
+    int         CountWindows, CountChildWindows, CountChildNodes;
+    ImGuiID     RootId;
+    ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData() { CountWindows = CountChildWindows = CountChildNodes = 0; RootId = 0; }
+};
+
+// Garbage collect unused nodes (run once at init time)
+static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == 0);
+
+    ImPool<ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData> pool;
+    pool.Reserve(dc->NodesSettings.Size);
+
+    // Count child nodes and compute RootID
+    for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n];
+        ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* parent_data = settings->ParentNodeId ? pool.GetByKey(settings->ParentNodeId) : 0;
+        pool.GetOrAddByKey(settings->ID)->RootId = parent_data ? parent_data->RootId : settings->ID;
+        if (settings->ParentNodeId)
+            pool.GetOrAddByKey(settings->ParentNodeId)->CountChildNodes++;
+    }
+
+    // Count reference to dock ids from dockspaces
+    // We track the 'auto-DockNode <- manual-Window <- manual-DockSpace' in order to avoid 'auto-DockNode' being ditched by DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes()
+    for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n];
+        if (settings->ParentWindowId != 0)
+            if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->ParentWindowId))
+                if (window_settings->DockId)
+                    if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(window_settings->DockId))
+                        data->CountChildNodes++;
+    }
+
+    // Count reference to dock ids from window settings
+    // We guard against the possibility of an invalid .ini file (RootID may point to a missing node)
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (ImGuiID dock_id = settings->DockId)
+            if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(dock_id))
+            {
+                data->CountWindows++;
+                if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data_root = (data->RootId == dock_id) ? data : pool.GetByKey(data->RootId))
+                    data_root->CountChildWindows++;
+            }
+
+    // Prune
+    for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n];
+        ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(settings->ID);
+        if (data->CountWindows > 1)
+            continue;
+        ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data_root = (data->RootId == settings->ID) ? data : pool.GetByKey(data->RootId);
+
+        bool remove = false;
+        remove |= (data->CountWindows == 1 && settings->ParentNodeId == 0 && data->CountChildNodes == 0 && !(settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode));  // Floating root node with only 1 window
+        remove |= (data->CountWindows == 0 && settings->ParentNodeId == 0 && data->CountChildNodes == 0); // Leaf nodes with 0 window
+        remove |= (data_root->CountChildWindows == 0);
+        if (remove)
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes: Prune 0x%08X\n", settings->ID);
+            DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(&settings->ID, 1);
+            settings->ID = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count)
+{
+    // Build nodes
+    for (int node_n = 0; node_n < node_settings_count; node_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &node_settings_array[node_n];
+        if (settings->ID == 0)
+            continue;
+        ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, settings->ID);
+        node->ParentNode = settings->ParentNodeId ? DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, settings->ParentNodeId) : NULL;
+        node->Pos = ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
+        node->Size = ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
+        node->SizeRef = ImVec2(settings->SizeRef.x, settings->SizeRef.y);
+        node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
+        if (node->ParentNode && node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == NULL)
+            node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] = node;
+        else if (node->ParentNode && node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == NULL)
+            node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] = node;
+        node->SelectedTabId = settings->SelectedTabId;
+        node->SplitAxis = (ImGuiAxis)settings->SplitAxis;
+        node->SetLocalFlags(settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_);
+
+        // Bind host window immediately if it already exist (in case of a rebuild)
+        // This is useful as the RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight links necessary to highlight the currently focused node requires node->HostWindow to be set.
+        char host_window_title[20];
+        ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
+        node->HostWindow = FindWindowByName(DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(root_node, host_window_title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(host_window_title)));
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id)
+{
+    // Rebind all windows to nodes (they can also lazily rebind but we'll have a visible glitch during the first frame)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+        if (window->DockId == 0 || window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
+            continue;
+        if (window->DockNode != NULL)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, window->DockId);
+        IM_ASSERT(node != NULL);   // This should have been called after DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings()
+        if (root_id == 0 || DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id)
+            DockNodeAddWindow(node, window, true);
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: ImGuiDockContext Docking/Undocking functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockContextQueueDock()
+// - DockContextQueueUndockWindow()
+// - DockContextQueueUndockNode()
+// - DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode()
+// - DockContextProcessDock()
+// - DockContextProcessUndockWindow()
+// - DockContextProcessUndockNode()
+// - DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(target != payload);
+    ImGuiDockRequest req;
+    req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock;
+    req.DockTargetWindow = target;
+    req.DockTargetNode = target_node;
+    req.DockPayload = payload;
+    req.DockSplitDir = split_dir;
+    req.DockSplitRatio = split_ratio;
+    req.DockSplitOuter = split_outer;
+    ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(req);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiDockRequest req;
+    req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock;
+    req.UndockTargetWindow = window;
+    ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(req);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    ImGuiDockRequest req;
+    req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock;
+    req.UndockTargetNode = node;
+    ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(req);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++)
+        if (dc->Requests[n].DockTargetNode == node)
+            dc->Requests[n].Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT((req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock && req->DockPayload != NULL) || (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Split && req->DockPayload == NULL));
+    IM_ASSERT(req->DockTargetWindow != NULL || req->DockTargetNode != NULL);
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IM_UNUSED(g);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* payload_window = req->DockPayload;     // Optional
+    ImGuiWindow* target_window = req->DockTargetWindow;
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = req->DockTargetNode;
+    if (payload_window)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X target '%s' dock window '%s', split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, target_window ? target_window->Name : "NULL", payload_window->Name, req->DockSplitDir);
+    else
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, req->DockSplitDir);
+
+    // Decide which Tab will be selected at the end of the operation
+    ImGuiID next_selected_id = 0;
+    ImGuiDockNode* payload_node = NULL;
+    if (payload_window)
+    {
+        payload_node = payload_window->DockNodeAsHost;
+        payload_window->DockNodeAsHost = NULL; // Important to clear this as the node will have its life as a child which might be merged/deleted later.
+        if (payload_node && payload_node->IsLeafNode())
+            next_selected_id = payload_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId ? payload_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId : payload_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId;
+        if (payload_node == NULL)
+            next_selected_id = payload_window->TabId;
+    }
+
+    // FIXME-DOCK: When we are trying to dock an existing single-window node into a loose window, transfer Node ID as well
+    // When processing an interactive split, usually LastFrameAlive will be < g.FrameCount. But DockBuilder operations can make it ==.
+    if (node)
+        IM_ASSERT(node->LastFrameAlive <= g.FrameCount);
+    if (node && target_window && node == target_window->DockNodeAsHost)
+        IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size > 0 || node->IsSplitNode() || node->IsCentralNode());
+
+    // Create new node and add existing window to it
+    if (node == NULL)
+    {
+        node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, 0);
+        node->Pos = target_window->Pos;
+        node->Size = target_window->Size;
+        if (target_window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL)
+        {
+            DockNodeAddWindow(node, target_window, true);
+            node->TabBar->Tabs[0].Flags &= ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted;
+            target_window->DockIsActive = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImGuiDir split_dir = req->DockSplitDir;
+    if (split_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
+    {
+        // Split into two, one side will be our payload node unless we are dropping a loose window
+        const ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
+        const int split_inheritor_child_idx = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 1 : 0; // Current contents will be moved to the opposite side
+        const float split_ratio = req->DockSplitRatio;
+        DockNodeTreeSplit(ctx, node, split_axis, split_inheritor_child_idx, split_ratio, payload_node);  // payload_node may be NULL here!
+        ImGuiDockNode* new_node = node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx ^ 1];
+        new_node->HostWindow = node->HostWindow;
+        node = new_node;
+    }
+    node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
+
+    if (node != payload_node)
+    {
+        // Create tab bar before we call DockNodeMoveWindows (which would attempt to move the old tab-bar, which would lead us to payload tabs wrongly appearing before target tabs!)
+        if (node->Windows.Size > 0 && node->TabBar == NULL)
+        {
+            DockNodeAddTabBar(node);
+            for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++)
+                TabBarAddTab(node->TabBar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None, node->Windows[n]);
+        }
+
+        if (payload_node != NULL)
+        {
+            // Transfer full payload node (with 1+ child windows or child nodes)
+            if (payload_node->IsSplitNode())
+            {
+                if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
+                {
+                    // We can dock a split payload into a node that already has windows _only_ if our payload is a node tree with a single visible node.
+                    // In this situation, we move the windows of the target node into the currently visible node of the payload.
+                    // This allows us to preserve some of the underlying dock tree settings nicely.
+                    IM_ASSERT(payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows != NULL); // The docking should have been blocked by DockNodePreviewDockSetup() early on and never submitted.
+                    ImGuiDockNode* visible_node = payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows;
+                    if (visible_node->TabBar)
+                        IM_ASSERT(visible_node->TabBar->Tabs.Size > 0);
+                    DockNodeMoveWindows(node, visible_node);
+                    DockNodeMoveWindows(visible_node, node);
+                    DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(node->ID, visible_node->ID);
+                }
+                if (node->IsCentralNode())
+                {
+                    // Central node property needs to be moved to a leaf node, pick the last focused one.
+                    // FIXME-DOCK: If we had to transfer other flags here, what would the policy be?
+                    ImGuiDockNode* last_focused_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, payload_node->LastFocusedNodeId);
+                    IM_ASSERT(last_focused_node != NULL);
+                    ImGuiDockNode* last_focused_root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(last_focused_node);
+                    IM_ASSERT(last_focused_root_node == DockNodeGetRootNode(payload_node));
+                    last_focused_node->SetLocalFlags(last_focused_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+                    node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+                    last_focused_root_node->CentralNode = last_focused_node;
+                }
+
+                IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size == 0);
+                DockNodeMoveChildNodes(node, payload_node);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const ImGuiID payload_dock_id = payload_node->ID;
+                DockNodeMoveWindows(node, payload_node);
+                DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(payload_dock_id, node->ID);
+            }
+            DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, payload_node, true);
+        }
+        else if (payload_window)
+        {
+            // Transfer single window
+            const ImGuiID payload_dock_id = payload_window->DockId;
+            node->VisibleWindow = payload_window;
+            DockNodeAddWindow(node, payload_window, true);
+            if (payload_dock_id != 0)
+                DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(payload_dock_id, node->ID);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When docking a floating single window node we want to reevaluate auto-hiding of the tab bar
+        node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true;
+    }
+
+    // Update selection immediately
+    if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = node->TabBar)
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = next_selected_id;
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+// Problem:
+//   Undocking a large (~full screen) window would leave it so large that the bottom right sizing corner would more
+//   than likely be off the screen and the window would be hard to resize to fit on screen. This can be particularly problematic
+//   with 'ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly=true' and/or with 'ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=false' as well (the later can be
+//   due to missing ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors backend flag).
+// Solution:
+//   When undocking a window we currently force its maximum size to 90% of the host viewport or monitor.
+// Reevaluate this when we implement preserving docked/undocked size ("docking_wip/undocked_size" branch).
+static ImVec2 FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewport* ref_viewport)
+{
+    if (ref_viewport == NULL)
+        return size;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 max_size = ImFloor(ref_viewport->WorkSize * 0.90f);
+    if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+    {
+        const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ref_viewport);
+        max_size = ImFloor(monitor->WorkSize * 0.90f);
+    }
+    return ImMin(size, max_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessUndockWindow window '%s', clear_persistent_docking_ref = %d\n", window->Name, clear_persistent_docking_ref);
+    if (window->DockNode)
+        DockNodeRemoveWindow(window->DockNode, window, clear_persistent_docking_ref ? 0 : window->DockId);
+    else
+        window->DockId = 0;
+    window->Collapsed = false;
+    window->DockIsActive = false;
+    window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+    window->Size = window->SizeFull = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(window->SizeFull, window->Viewport);
+
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessUndockNode node %08X\n", node->ID);
+    IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode());
+    IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size >= 1);
+
+    if (node->IsRootNode() || node->IsCentralNode())
+    {
+        // In the case of a root node or central node, the node will have to stay in place. Create a new node to receive the payload.
+        ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, 0);
+        new_node->Pos = node->Pos;
+        new_node->Size = node->Size;
+        new_node->SizeRef = node->SizeRef;
+        DockNodeMoveWindows(new_node, node);
+        DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(node->ID, new_node->ID);
+        for (int n = 0; n < new_node->Windows.Size; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = new_node->Windows[n];
+            window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+            if (window->ParentWindow)
+                window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window);
+            UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL);
+        }
+        node = new_node;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Otherwise extract our node and merge our sibling back into the parent node.
+        IM_ASSERT(node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == node);
+        int index_in_parent = (node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node) ? 0 : 1;
+        node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[index_in_parent] = NULL;
+        DockNodeTreeMerge(ctx, node->ParentNode, node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[index_in_parent ^ 1]);
+        node->ParentNode->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; // The node that stays in place keeps the viewport, so our newly dragged out node will create a new viewport
+        node->ParentNode = NULL;
+    }
+    node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
+    node->Size = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(node->Size, node->Windows[0]->Viewport);
+    node->WantMouseMove = true;
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+// This is mostly used for automation.
+bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos)
+{
+    // In DockNodePreviewDockSetup() for a root central node instead of showing both "inner" and "outer" drop rects
+    // (which would be functionally identical) we only show the outer one. Reflect this here.
+    if (target_node && target_node->ParentNode == NULL && target_node->IsCentralNode() && split_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
+        split_outer = true;
+    ImGuiDockPreviewData split_data;
+    DockNodePreviewDockSetup(target, target_node, payload, &split_data, false, split_outer);
+    if (split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].IsInverted())
+        return false;
+    *out_pos = split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].GetCenter();
+    return true;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: ImGuiDockNode
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockNodeGetTabOrder()
+// - DockNodeAddWindow()
+// - DockNodeRemoveWindow()
+// - DockNodeMoveChildNodes()
+// - DockNodeMoveWindows()
+// - DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows()
+// - DockNodeHideHostWindow()
+// - ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults
+// - DockNodeFindInfo()
+// - DockNodeFindWindowByID()
+// - DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse()
+// - DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeFlag()
+// - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag()
+// - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow()
+// - DockNodeUpdate()
+// - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu()
+// - DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar()
+// - DockNodeEndAmendTabBar()
+// - DockNodeUpdateTabBar()
+// - DockNodeAddTabBar()
+// - DockNodeRemoveTabBar()
+// - DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne()
+// - DockNodeIsDropAllowed()
+// - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout()
+// - DockNodeCalcSplitRects()
+// - DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos()
+// - DockNodePreviewDockSetup()
+// - DockNodePreviewDockRender()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ID = id;
+    SharedFlags = LocalFlags = LocalFlagsInWindows = MergedFlags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
+    ParentNode = ChildNodes[0] = ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
+    TabBar = NULL;
+    SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None;
+
+    State = ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown;
+    LastBgColor = IM_COL32_WHITE;
+    HostWindow = VisibleWindow = NULL;
+    CentralNode = OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
+    CountNodeWithWindows = 0;
+    LastFrameAlive = LastFrameActive = LastFrameFocused = -1;
+    LastFocusedNodeId = 0;
+    SelectedTabId = 0;
+    WantCloseTabId = 0;
+    AuthorityForPos = AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
+    AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
+    IsVisible = true;
+    IsFocused = HasCloseButton = HasWindowMenuButton = HasCentralNodeChild = false;
+    IsBgDrawnThisFrame = false;
+    WantCloseAll = WantLockSizeOnce = WantMouseMove = WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
+}
+
+ImGuiDockNode::~ImGuiDockNode()
+{
+    IM_DELETE(TabBar);
+    TabBar = NULL;
+    ChildNodes[0] = ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
+}
+
+int ImGui::DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = window->DockNode->TabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId);
+    return tab ? tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) : -1;
+}
+
+static void DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    window->Hidden = true;
+    window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = window->Active ? 1 : 2;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, bool add_to_tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g;
+    if (window->DockNode)
+    {
+        // Can overwrite an existing window->DockNode (e.g. pointing to a disabled DockSpace node)
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode->ID != node->ID);
+        DockNodeRemoveWindow(window->DockNode, window, 0);
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeAddWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name);
+
+    // If more than 2 windows appeared on the same frame leading to the creation of a new hosting window,
+    // we'll hide windows until the host window is ready. Hide the 1st window after its been output (so it is not visible for one frame).
+    // We will call DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation() on ourselves in Begin()
+    if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->Windows.Size == 1 && node->Windows[0]->WasActive == false)
+        DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(node->Windows[0]);
+
+    node->Windows.push_back(window);
+    node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true;
+    window->DockNode = node;
+    window->DockId = node->ID;
+    window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1);
+    window->DockTabWantClose = false;
+
+    // When reactivating a node with one or two loose window, the window pos/size/viewport are authoritative over the node storage.
+    // In particular it is important we init the viewport from the first window so we don't create two viewports and drop one.
+    if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->IsFloatingNode())
+    {
+        if (node->AuthorityForPos == ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto)
+            node->AuthorityForPos = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
+        if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto)
+            node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
+        if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto)
+            node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
+    }
+
+    // Add to tab bar if requested
+    if (add_to_tab_bar)
+    {
+        if (node->TabBar == NULL)
+        {
+            DockNodeAddTabBar(node);
+            node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId;
+
+            // Add existing windows
+            for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size - 1; n++)
+                TabBarAddTab(node->TabBar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None, node->Windows[n]);
+        }
+        TabBarAddTab(node->TabBar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window);
+    }
+
+    DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
+
+    // Update this without waiting for the next time we Begin() in the window, so our host window will have the proper title bar color on its first frame.
+    if (node->HostWindow)
+        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow, node->HostWindow);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID save_dock_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == node);
+    //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == node->HostWindow);
+    //IM_ASSERT(window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount);    // We may call this from Begin()
+    IM_ASSERT(save_dock_id == 0 || save_dock_id == node->ID);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeRemoveWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name);
+
+    window->DockNode = NULL;
+    window->DockIsActive = window->DockTabWantClose = false;
+    window->DockId = save_dock_id;
+    window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+    if (window->ParentWindow)
+        window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window);
+    UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); // Update immediately
+
+    // Remove window
+    bool erased = false;
+    for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++)
+        if (node->Windows[n] == window)
+        {
+            node->Windows.erase(node->Windows.Data + n);
+            erased = true;
+            break;
+        }
+    if (!erased)
+        IM_ASSERT(erased);
+    if (node->VisibleWindow == window)
+        node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
+
+    // Remove tab and possibly tab bar
+    node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true;
+    if (node->TabBar)
+    {
+        TabBarRemoveTab(node->TabBar, window->TabId);
+        const int tab_count_threshold_for_tab_bar = node->IsCentralNode() ? 1 : 2;
+        if (node->Windows.Size < tab_count_threshold_for_tab_bar)
+            DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node);
+    }
+
+    if (node->Windows.Size == 0 && !node->IsCentralNode() && !node->IsDockSpace() && window->DockId != node->ID)
+    {
+        // Automatic dock node delete themselves if they are not holding at least one tab
+        DockContextRemoveNode(&g, node, true);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (node->Windows.Size == 1 && !node->IsCentralNode() && node->HostWindow)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* remaining_window = node->Windows[0];
+        if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned && node->IsRootNode())
+        {
+            // Transfer viewport back to the remaining loose window
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X=>%08X for Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, remaining_window->ID, remaining_window->Name);
+            IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window == node->HostWindow);
+            node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window = remaining_window;
+            node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID = remaining_window->ID;
+        }
+        remaining_window->Collapsed = node->HostWindow->Collapsed;
+    }
+
+    // Update visibility immediately is required so the DockNodeUpdateRemoveInactiveChilds() processing can reflect changes up the tree
+    DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveChildNodes(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dst_node->Windows.Size == 0);
+    dst_node->ChildNodes[0] = src_node->ChildNodes[0];
+    dst_node->ChildNodes[1] = src_node->ChildNodes[1];
+    if (dst_node->ChildNodes[0])
+        dst_node->ChildNodes[0]->ParentNode = dst_node;
+    if (dst_node->ChildNodes[1])
+        dst_node->ChildNodes[1]->ParentNode = dst_node;
+    dst_node->SplitAxis = src_node->SplitAxis;
+    dst_node->SizeRef = src_node->SizeRef;
+    src_node->ChildNodes[0] = src_node->ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node)
+{
+    // Insert tabs in the same orders as currently ordered (node->Windows isn't ordered)
+    IM_ASSERT(src_node && dst_node && dst_node != src_node);
+    ImGuiTabBar* src_tab_bar = src_node->TabBar;
+    if (src_tab_bar != NULL)
+        IM_ASSERT(src_node->Windows.Size <= src_node->TabBar->Tabs.Size);
+
+    // If the dst_node is empty we can just move the entire tab bar (to preserve selection, scrolling, etc.)
+    bool move_tab_bar = (src_tab_bar != NULL) && (dst_node->TabBar == NULL);
+    if (move_tab_bar)
+    {
+        dst_node->TabBar = src_node->TabBar;
+        src_node->TabBar = NULL;
+    }
+
+    for (int n = 0; n < src_node->Windows.Size; n++)
+    {
+        // DockNode's TabBar may have non-window Tabs manually appended by user
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = src_tab_bar ? src_tab_bar->Tabs[n].Window : src_node->Windows[n])
+        {
+            window->DockNode = NULL;
+            window->DockIsActive = false;
+            DockNodeAddWindow(dst_node, window, move_tab_bar ? false : true);
+        }
+    }
+    src_node->Windows.clear();
+
+    if (!move_tab_bar && src_node->TabBar)
+    {
+        if (dst_node->TabBar)
+            dst_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = src_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId;
+        DockNodeRemoveTabBar(src_node);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++)
+    {
+        SetWindowPos(node->Windows[n], node->Pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // We don't assign directly to Pos because it can break the calculation of SizeContents on next frame
+        SetWindowSize(node->Windows[n], node->Size, ImGuiCond_Always);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeHideHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    if (node->HostWindow)
+    {
+        if (node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost == node)
+            node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
+        node->HostWindow = NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (node->Windows.Size == 1)
+    {
+        node->VisibleWindow = node->Windows[0];
+        node->Windows[0]->DockIsActive = false;
+    }
+
+    if (node->TabBar)
+        DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node);
+}
+
+// Search function called once by root node in DockNodeUpdate()
+struct ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo
+{
+    ImGuiDockNode*      CentralNode;
+    ImGuiDockNode*      FirstNodeWithWindows;
+    int                 CountNodesWithWindows;
+    //ImGuiWindowClass  WindowClassForMerges;
+
+    ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+static void DockNodeFindInfo(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo* info)
+{
+    if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
+    {
+        if (info->FirstNodeWithWindows == NULL)
+            info->FirstNodeWithWindows = node;
+        info->CountNodesWithWindows++;
+    }
+    if (node->IsCentralNode())
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(info->CentralNode == NULL); // Should be only one
+        IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode() && "If you get this assert: please submit .ini file + repro of actions leading to this.");
+        info->CentralNode = node;
+    }
+    if (info->CountNodesWithWindows > 1 && info->CentralNode != NULL)
+        return;
+    if (node->ChildNodes[0])
+        DockNodeFindInfo(node->ChildNodes[0], info);
+    if (node->ChildNodes[1])
+        DockNodeFindInfo(node->ChildNodes[1], info);
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+    for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++)
+        if (node->Windows[n]->ID == id)
+            return node->Windows[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// - Remove inactive windows/nodes.
+// - Update visibility flag.
+static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(node->ParentNode == NULL || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == node);
+
+    // Inherit most flags
+    if (node->ParentNode)
+        node->SharedFlags = node->ParentNode->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
+
+    // Recurse into children
+    // There is the possibility that one of our child becoming empty will delete itself and moving its sibling contents into 'node'.
+    // If 'node->ChildNode[0]' delete itself, then 'node->ChildNode[1]->Windows' will be moved into 'node'
+    // If 'node->ChildNode[1]' delete itself, then 'node->ChildNode[0]->Windows' will be moved into 'node' and the "remove inactive windows" loop will have run twice on those windows (harmless)
+    node->HasCentralNodeChild = false;
+    if (node->ChildNodes[0])
+        DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node->ChildNodes[0]);
+    if (node->ChildNodes[1])
+        DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node->ChildNodes[1]);
+
+    // Remove inactive windows, collapse nodes
+    // Merge node flags overrides stored in windows
+    node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == node);
+
+        bool node_was_active = (node->LastFrameActive + 1 == g.FrameCount);
+        bool remove = false;
+        remove |= node_was_active && (window->LastFrameActive + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+        remove |= node_was_active && (node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->TabId) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument);  // Submit all _expected_ closure from last frame
+        remove |= (window->DockTabWantClose);
+        if (remove)
+        {
+            window->DockTabWantClose = false;
+            if (node->Windows.Size == 1 && !node->IsCentralNode())
+            {
+                DockNodeHideHostWindow(node);
+                node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow;
+                DockNodeRemoveWindow(node, window, node->ID); // Will delete the node so it'll be invalid on return
+                return;
+            }
+            DockNodeRemoveWindow(node, window, node->ID);
+            window_n--;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // FIXME-DOCKING: Missing policies for conflict resolution, hence the "Experimental" tag on this.
+        //node->LocalFlagsInWindow &= ~window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear;
+        node->LocalFlagsInWindows |= window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
+    }
+    node->UpdateMergedFlags();
+
+    // Auto-hide tab bar option
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
+    if (node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate && node->Windows.Size == 1 && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) && !node->IsHiddenTabBar())
+        node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
+    node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = false;
+
+    // Cancel toggling if we know our tab bar is enforced to be hidden at all times
+    if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle && node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar))
+        node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
+
+    // Apply toggles at a single point of the frame (here!)
+    if (node->Windows.Size > 1)
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
+    else if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle)
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags ^ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
+    node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
+
+    DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
+}
+
+// This is rarely called as DockNodeUpdateForRootNode() generally does it most frames.
+static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    node->HasCentralNodeChild = false;
+    if (node->ChildNodes[0])
+        DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node->ChildNodes[0]);
+    if (node->ChildNodes[1])
+        DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node->ChildNodes[1]);
+    if (node->IsRootNode())
+    {
+        ImGuiDockNode* mark_node = node->CentralNode;
+        while (mark_node)
+        {
+            mark_node->HasCentralNodeChild = true;
+            mark_node = mark_node->ParentNode;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    // Update visibility flag
+    bool is_visible = (node->ParentNode == NULL) ? node->IsDockSpace() : node->IsCentralNode();
+    is_visible |= (node->Windows.Size > 0);
+    is_visible |= (node->ChildNodes[0] && node->ChildNodes[0]->IsVisible);
+    is_visible |= (node->ChildNodes[1] && node->ChildNodes[1]->IsVisible);
+    node->IsVisible = is_visible;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(node->WantMouseMove == true);
+    StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
+    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - node->Pos;
+    g.MovingWindow = window; // If we are docked into a non moveable root window, StartMouseMovingWindow() won't set g.MovingWindow. Override that decision.
+    node->WantMouseMove = false;
+}
+
+// Update CentralNode, OnlyNodeWithWindows, LastFocusedNodeID. Copy window class.
+static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node);
+
+    // - Setup central node pointers
+    // - Find if there's only a single visible window in the hierarchy (in which case we need to display a regular title bar -> FIXME-DOCK: that last part is not done yet!)
+    // Cannot merge this with DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse() because FirstNodeWithWindows is found after window removal and child collapsing
+    ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo info;
+    DockNodeFindInfo(node, &info);
+    node->CentralNode = info.CentralNode;
+    node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = (info.CountNodesWithWindows == 1) ? info.FirstNodeWithWindows : NULL;
+    node->CountNodeWithWindows = info.CountNodesWithWindows;
+    if (node->LastFocusedNodeId == 0 && info.FirstNodeWithWindows != NULL)
+        node->LastFocusedNodeId = info.FirstNodeWithWindows->ID;
+
+    // Copy the window class from of our first window so it can be used for proper dock filtering.
+    // When node has mixed windows, prioritize the class with the most constraint (DockingAllowUnclassed = false) as the reference to copy.
+    // FIXME-DOCK: We don't recurse properly, this code could be reworked to work from DockNodeUpdateScanRec.
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* first_node_with_windows = info.FirstNodeWithWindows)
+    {
+        node->WindowClass = first_node_with_windows->Windows[0]->WindowClass;
+        for (int n = 1; n < first_node_with_windows->Windows.Size; n++)
+            if (first_node_with_windows->Windows[n]->WindowClass.DockingAllowUnclassed == false)
+            {
+                node->WindowClass = first_node_with_windows->Windows[n]->WindowClass;
+                break;
+            }
+    }
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* mark_node = node->CentralNode;
+    while (mark_node)
+    {
+        mark_node->HasCentralNodeChild = true;
+        mark_node = mark_node->ParentNode;
+    }
+}
+
+static void DockNodeSetupHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
+{
+    // Remove ourselves from any previous different host window
+    // This can happen if a user mistakenly does (see #4295 for details):
+    //  - N+0: DockBuilderAddNode(id, 0)    // missing ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace
+    //  - N+1: NewFrame()                   // will create floating host window for that node
+    //  - N+1: DockSpace(id)                // requalify node as dockspace, moving host window
+    if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow != host_window && node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost == node)
+        node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
+
+    host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node;
+    node->HostWindow = host_window;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(node->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount);
+    node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount;
+    node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = false;
+
+    node->CentralNode = node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
+    if (node->IsRootNode())
+        DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(node);
+
+    // Remove tab bar if not needed
+    if (node->TabBar && node->IsNoTabBar())
+        DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node);
+
+    // Early out for hidden root dock nodes (when all DockId references are in inactive windows, or there is only 1 floating window holding on the DockId)
+    bool want_to_hide_host_window = false;
+    if (node->IsFloatingNode())
+    {
+        if (node->Windows.Size <= 1 && node->IsLeafNode())
+            if (!g.IO.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar && (node->Windows.Size == 0 || !node->Windows[0]->WindowClass.DockingAlwaysTabBar))
+                want_to_hide_host_window = true;
+        if (node->CountNodeWithWindows == 0)
+            want_to_hide_host_window = true;
+    }
+    if (want_to_hide_host_window)
+    {
+        if (node->Windows.Size == 1)
+        {
+            // Floating window pos/size is authoritative
+            ImGuiWindow* single_window = node->Windows[0];
+            node->Pos = single_window->Pos;
+            node->Size = single_window->SizeFull;
+            node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
+
+            // Transfer focus immediately so when we revert to a regular window it is immediately selected
+            if (node->HostWindow && g.NavWindow == node->HostWindow)
+                FocusWindow(single_window);
+            if (node->HostWindow)
+            {
+                single_window->Viewport = node->HostWindow->Viewport;
+                single_window->ViewportId = node->HostWindow->ViewportId;
+                if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned)
+                {
+                    single_window->Viewport->Window = single_window;
+                    single_window->ViewportOwned = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        DockNodeHideHostWindow(node);
+        node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow;
+        node->WantCloseAll = false;
+        node->WantCloseTabId = 0;
+        node->HasCloseButton = node->HasWindowMenuButton = false;
+        node->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+
+        if (node->WantMouseMove && node->Windows.Size == 1)
+            DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(node, node->Windows[0]);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // In some circumstance we will defer creating the host window (so everything will be kept hidden),
+    // while the expected visible window is resizing itself.
+    // This is important for first-time (no ini settings restored) single window when io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar is enabled,
+    // otherwise the node ends up using the minimum window size. Effectively those windows will take an extra frame to show up:
+    //   N+0: Begin(): window created (with no known size), node is created
+    //   N+1: DockNodeUpdate(): node skip creating host window / Begin(): window size applied, not visible
+    //   N+2: DockNodeUpdate(): node can create host window / Begin(): window becomes visible
+    // We could remove this frame if we could reliably calculate the expected window size during node update, before the Begin() code.
+    // It would require a generalization of CalcWindowExpectedSize(), probably extracting code away from Begin().
+    // In reality it isn't very important as user quickly ends up with size data in .ini file.
+    if (node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow == NULL && node->IsFloatingNode() && node->IsLeafNode())
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size > 0);
+        ImGuiWindow* ref_window = NULL;
+        if (node->SelectedTabId != 0) // Note that we prune single-window-node settings on .ini loading, so this is generally 0 for them!
+            ref_window = DockNodeFindWindowByID(node, node->SelectedTabId);
+        if (ref_window == NULL)
+            ref_window = node->Windows[0];
+        if (ref_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || ref_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+        {
+            node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing;
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
+
+    // Decide if the node will have a close button and a window menu button
+    node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0;
+    node->HasCloseButton = false;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        // FIXME-DOCK: Setting DockIsActive here means that for single active window in a leaf node, DockIsActive will be cleared until the next Begin() call.
+        ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
+        node->HasCloseButton |= window->HasCloseButton;
+        window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1);
+    }
+    if (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton)
+        node->HasCloseButton = false;
+
+    // Bind or create host window
+    ImGuiWindow* host_window = NULL;
+    bool beginned_into_host_window = false;
+    if (node->IsDockSpace())
+    {
+        // [Explicit root dockspace node]
+        IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow);
+        host_window = node->HostWindow;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // [Automatic root or child nodes]
+        if (node->IsRootNode() && node->IsVisible)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* ref_window = (node->Windows.Size > 0) ? node->Windows[0] : NULL;
+
+            // Sync Pos
+            if (node->AuthorityForPos == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
+                SetNextWindowPos(ref_window->Pos);
+            else if (node->AuthorityForPos == ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode)
+                SetNextWindowPos(node->Pos);
+
+            // Sync Size
+            if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
+                SetNextWindowSize(ref_window->SizeFull);
+            else if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode)
+                SetNextWindowSize(node->Size);
+
+            // Sync Collapsed
+            if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
+                SetNextWindowCollapsed(ref_window->Collapsed);
+
+            // Sync Viewport
+            if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
+                SetNextWindowViewport(ref_window->ViewportId);
+
+            SetNextWindowClass(&node->WindowClass);
+
+            // Begin into the host window
+            char window_label[20];
+            DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(node, window_label, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_label));
+            ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse | ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost;
+            window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
+            window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+            window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+
+            SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f); // Don't set ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground because it disables borders
+            PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0));
+            Begin(window_label, NULL, window_flags);
+            PopStyleVar();
+            beginned_into_host_window = true;
+
+            host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+            DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window);
+            host_window->DC.CursorPos = host_window->Pos;
+            node->Pos = host_window->Pos;
+            node->Size = host_window->Size;
+
+            // We set ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing because we don't want the host window to take full focus (e.g. steal NavWindow)
+            // But we still it bring it to the front of display. There's no way to choose this precise behavior via window flags.
+            // One simple case to ponder if: window A has a toggle to create windows B/C/D. Dock B/C/D together, clear the toggle and enable it again.
+            // When reappearing B/C/D will request focus and be moved to the top of the display pile, but they are not linked to the dock host window
+            // during the frame they appear. The dock host window would keep its old display order, and the sorting in EndFrame would move B/C/D back
+            // after the dock host window, losing their top-most status.
+            if (node->HostWindow->Appearing)
+                BringWindowToDisplayFront(node->HostWindow);
+
+            node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
+        }
+        else if (node->ParentNode)
+        {
+            node->HostWindow = host_window = node->ParentNode->HostWindow;
+            node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
+        }
+        if (node->WantMouseMove && node->HostWindow)
+            DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(node, node->HostWindow);
+    }
+
+    // Update focused node (the one whose title bar is highlight) within a node tree
+    if (node->IsSplitNode())
+        IM_ASSERT(node->TabBar == NULL);
+    if (node->IsRootNode())
+        if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->ParentWindow == host_window)
+            node->LastFocusedNodeId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode->ID;
+
+    // Register a hit-test hole in the window unless we are currently dragging a window that is compatible with our dockspace
+    ImGuiDockNode* central_node = node->CentralNode;
+    const bool central_node_hole = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0 && central_node != NULL && central_node->IsEmpty();
+    bool central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole = central_node_hole;
+    if (central_node_hole)
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload())
+            if (payload->IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) && DockNodeIsDropAllowed(host_window, *(ImGuiWindow**)payload->Data))
+                central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole = false;
+    if (central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole)
+    {
+        // We add a little padding to match the "resize from edges" behavior and allow grabbing the splitter easily.
+        // (But we only add it if there's something else on the other side of the hole, otherwise for e.g. fullscreen
+        // covering passthru node we'd have a gap on the edge not covered by the hole)
+        IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace()); // We cannot pass this flag without the DockSpace() api. Testing this because we also setup the hole in host_window->ParentNode
+        ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(central_node);
+        ImRect root_rect(root_node->Pos, root_node->Pos + root_node->Size);
+        ImRect hole_rect(central_node->Pos, central_node->Pos + central_node->Size);
+        if (hole_rect.Min.x > root_rect.Min.x) { hole_rect.Min.x += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
+        if (hole_rect.Max.x < root_rect.Max.x) { hole_rect.Max.x -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
+        if (hole_rect.Min.y > root_rect.Min.y) { hole_rect.Min.y += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
+        if (hole_rect.Max.y < root_rect.Max.y) { hole_rect.Max.y -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+        if (central_node_hole && !hole_rect.IsInverted())
+        {
+            SetWindowHitTestHole(host_window, hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max - hole_rect.Min);
+            if (host_window->ParentWindow)
+                SetWindowHitTestHole(host_window->ParentWindow, hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max - hole_rect.Min);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Update position/size, process and draw resizing splitters
+    if (node->IsRootNode() && host_window)
+    {
+        host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1);
+        DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node, host_window->Pos, host_window->Size);
+        DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node);
+    }
+
+    // Draw empty node background (currently can only be the Central Node)
+    if (host_window && node->IsEmpty() && node->IsVisible)
+    {
+        host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+        node->LastBgColor = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) ? 0 : GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg);
+        if (node->LastBgColor != 0)
+            host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, node->LastBgColor);
+        node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true;
+    }
+
+    // Draw whole dockspace background if ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode if set.
+    // We need to draw a background at the root level if requested by ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, but we will only know the correct pos/size
+    // _after_ processing the resizing splitters. So we are using the DrawList channel splitting facility to submit drawing primitives out of order!
+    const bool render_dockspace_bg = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0;
+    if (render_dockspace_bg && node->IsVisible)
+    {
+        host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+        if (central_node_hole)
+            RenderRectFilledWithHole(host_window->DrawList, node->Rect(), central_node->Rect(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg), 0.0f);
+        else
+            host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg), 0.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Draw and populate Tab Bar
+    if (host_window)
+        host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1);
+    if (host_window && node->Windows.Size > 0)
+    {
+        DockNodeUpdateTabBar(node, host_window);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        node->WantCloseAll = false;
+        node->WantCloseTabId = 0;
+        node->IsFocused = false;
+    }
+    if (node->TabBar && node->TabBar->SelectedTabId)
+        node->SelectedTabId = node->TabBar->SelectedTabId;
+    else if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
+        node->SelectedTabId = node->Windows[0]->TabId;
+
+    // Draw payload drop target
+    if (host_window && node->IsVisible)
+        if (node->IsRootNode() && (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree != host_window))
+            BeginDockableDragDropTarget(host_window);
+
+    // We update this after DockNodeUpdateTabBar()
+    node->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Recurse into children
+    // FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Should not need to recurse into children
+    if (host_window)
+    {
+        if (node->ChildNodes[0])
+            DockNodeUpdate(node->ChildNodes[0]);
+        if (node->ChildNodes[1])
+            DockNodeUpdate(node->ChildNodes[1]);
+
+        // Render outer borders last (after the tab bar)
+        if (node->IsRootNode())
+        {
+            host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1);
+            RenderWindowOuterBorders(host_window);
+        }
+
+        // Further rendering (= hosted windows background) will be drawn on layer 0
+        host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+    }
+
+    // End host window
+    if (beginned_into_host_window) //-V1020
+        End();
+}
+
+// Compare TabItem nodes given the last known DockOrder (will persist in .ini file as hint), used to sort tabs when multiple tabs are added on the same frame.
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByDockOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* a = ((const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs)->Window;
+    ImGuiWindow* b = ((const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs)->Window;
+    if (int d = ((a->DockOrder == -1) ? INT_MAX : a->DockOrder) - ((b->DockOrder == -1) ? INT_MAX : b->DockOrder))
+        return d;
+    return (a->BeginOrderWithinContext - b->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+}
+
+static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    // Try to position the menu so it is more likely to stays within the same viewport
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID ret_tab_id = 0;
+    if (g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
+        SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y + GetFrameHeight()), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    else
+        SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(node->Pos.x + node->Size.x, node->Pos.y + GetFrameHeight()), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(1.0f, 0.0f));
+    if (BeginPopup("#WindowMenu"))
+    {
+        node->IsFocused = true;
+        if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1)
+        {
+            if (MenuItem("Hide tab bar", NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar()))
+                node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+            {
+                ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+                if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                    continue;
+                if (Selectable(tab_bar->GetTabName(tab), tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
+                    ret_tab_id = tab->ID;
+                SameLine();
+                Text("   ");
+            }
+        }
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+    return ret_tab_id;
+}
+
+// User helper to append/amend into a dock node tab bar. Most commonly used to add e.g. a "+" button.
+bool ImGui::DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    if (node->TabBar == NULL || node->HostWindow == NULL)
+        return false;
+    if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
+        return false;
+    Begin(node->HostWindow->Name);
+    PushOverrideID(node->ID);
+    bool ret = BeginTabBarEx(node->TabBar, node->TabBar->BarRect, node->TabBar->Flags, node);
+    IM_UNUSED(ret);
+    IM_ASSERT(ret);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockNodeEndAmendTabBar()
+{
+    EndTabBar();
+    PopID();
+    End();
+}
+
+static bool IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* root_node, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
+{
+    // CTRL+Tab highlight (only highlighting leaf node, not whole hierarchy)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget)
+        return (g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode == node);
+
+    // FIXME-DOCKING: May want alternative to treat central node void differently? e.g. if (g.NavWindow == host_window)
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == host_window->RootWindowDockTree && root_node->LastFocusedNodeId == node->ID)
+        for (ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode; parent_node != NULL; parent_node = parent_node->HostWindow ? parent_node->HostWindow->RootWindow->DockNode : NULL)
+            if ((parent_node = ImGui::DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)) == root_node)
+                return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Submit the tab bar corresponding to a dock node and various housekeeping details.
+static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const bool node_was_active = (node->LastFrameActive + 1 == g.FrameCount);
+    const bool closed_all = node->WantCloseAll && node_was_active;
+    const ImGuiID closed_one = node->WantCloseTabId && node_was_active;
+    node->WantCloseAll = false;
+    node->WantCloseTabId = 0;
+
+    // Decide if we should use a focused title bar color
+    bool is_focused = false;
+    ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
+    if (IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(node, root_node, host_window))
+        is_focused = true;
+
+    // Hidden tab bar will show a triangle on the upper-left (in Begin)
+    if (node->IsHiddenTabBar() || node->IsNoTabBar())
+    {
+        node->VisibleWindow = (node->Windows.Size > 0) ? node->Windows[0] : NULL;
+        node->IsFocused = is_focused;
+        if (is_focused)
+            node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount;
+        if (node->VisibleWindow)
+        {
+            // Notify root of visible window (used to display title in OS task bar)
+            if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL)
+                root_node->VisibleWindow = node->VisibleWindow;
+            if (node->TabBar)
+                node->TabBar->VisibleTabId = node->VisibleWindow->TabId;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Move ourselves to the Menu layer (so we can be accessed by tapping Alt) + undo SkipItems flag in order to draw over the title bar even if the window is collapsed
+    bool backup_skip_item = host_window->SkipItems;
+    if (!node->IsDockSpace())
+    {
+        host_window->SkipItems = false;
+        host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    }
+
+    // Use PushOverrideID() instead of PushID() to use the node id _without_ the host window ID.
+    // This is to facilitate computing those ID from the outside, and will affect more or less only the ID of the collapse button, popup and tabs,
+    // as docked windows themselves will override the stack with their own root ID.
+    PushOverrideID(node->ID);
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = node->TabBar;
+    bool tab_bar_is_recreated = (tab_bar == NULL); // Tab bar are automatically destroyed when a node gets hidden
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        DockNodeAddTabBar(node);
+        tab_bar = node->TabBar;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiID focus_tab_id = 0;
+    node->IsFocused = is_focused;
+
+    const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
+    const bool has_window_menu_button = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0 && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    // In a dock node, the Collapse Button turns into the Window Menu button.
+    // FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Could we recycle popups id across multiple dock nodes?
+    if (has_window_menu_button && IsPopupOpen("#WindowMenu"))
+    {
+        if (ImGuiID tab_id = DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(node, tab_bar))
+            focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_id;
+        is_focused |= node->IsFocused;
+    }
+
+    // Layout
+    ImRect title_bar_rect, tab_bar_rect;
+    ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos;
+    ImVec2 close_button_pos;
+    DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(node, &title_bar_rect, &tab_bar_rect, &window_menu_button_pos, &close_button_pos);
+
+    // Submit new tabs, they will be added as Unsorted and sorted below based on relative DockOrder value.
+    const int tabs_count_old = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
+        if (TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId) == NULL)
+            TabBarAddTab(tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window);
+    }
+
+    // Title bar
+    if (is_focused)
+        node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount;
+    ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(host_window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+    ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(title_bar_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE);
+    host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, host_window->WindowRounding, rounding_flags);
+
+    // Docking/Collapse button
+    if (has_window_menu_button)
+    {
+        if (CollapseButton(host_window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), window_menu_button_pos, node)) // == DockNodeGetWindowMenuButtonId(node)
+            OpenPopup("#WindowMenu");
+        if (IsItemActive())
+            focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    }
+
+    // If multiple tabs are appearing on the same frame, sort them based on their persistent DockOrder value
+    int tabs_unsorted_start = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
+    for (int tab_n = tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1; tab_n >= 0 && (tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted); tab_n--)
+    {
+        // FIXME-DOCK: Consider only clearing the flag after the tab has been alive for a few consecutive frames, allowing late comers to not break sorting?
+        tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Flags &= ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted;
+        tabs_unsorted_start = tab_n;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] In node 0x%08X: %d new appearing tabs:%s\n", node->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) ? " (will sort)" : "");
+        for (int tab_n = tabs_unsorted_start; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] - Tab '%s' Order %d\n", tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->Name, tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->DockOrder);
+        if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1)
+            ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data + tabs_unsorted_start, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByDockOrder);
+    }
+
+    // Apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode == node)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->TabId;
+
+    // Selected newly added tabs, or persistent tab ID if the tab bar was just recreated
+    if (tab_bar_is_recreated && TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, node->SelectedTabId) != NULL)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId;
+    else if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_count_old)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_bar->Tabs.back().Window->TabId;
+
+    // Begin tab bar
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs; // | ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons);
+    tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings | ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode;
+    if (!host_window->Collapsed && is_focused)
+        tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused;
+    BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_rect, tab_bar_flags, node);
+    //host_window->DrawList->AddRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+
+    // Backup style colors
+    ImVec4 backup_style_cols[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT];
+    for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+        backup_style_cols[color_n] = g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]];
+
+    // Submit actual tabs
+    node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
+        if ((closed_all || closed_one == window->TabId) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument))
+            continue;
+        if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount || !node_was_active)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_item_flags = 0;
+            tab_item_flags |= window->WindowClass.TabItemFlagsOverrideSet;
+            if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
+                tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument;
+            if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
+                tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
+
+            // Apply stored style overrides for the window
+            for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+                g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n]);
+
+            // Note that TabItemEx() calls TabBarCalcTabID() so our tab item ID will ignore the current ID stack (rightly so)
+            bool tab_open = true;
+            TabItemEx(tab_bar, window->Name, window->HasCloseButton ? &tab_open : NULL, tab_item_flags, window);
+            if (!tab_open)
+                node->WantCloseTabId = window->TabId;
+            if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == window->TabId)
+                node->VisibleWindow = window;
+
+            // Store last item data so it can be queried with IsItemXXX functions after the user Begin() call
+            window->DockTabItemStatusFlags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+            window->DockTabItemRect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
+
+            // Update navigation ID on menu layer
+            if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == window && (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0)
+                host_window->NavLastIds[1] = window->TabId;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Restore style colors
+    for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+        g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = backup_style_cols[color_n];
+
+    // Notify root of visible window (used to display title in OS task bar)
+    if (node->VisibleWindow)
+        if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL)
+            root_node->VisibleWindow = node->VisibleWindow;
+
+    // Close button (after VisibleWindow was updated)
+    // Note that VisibleWindow may have been overrided by CTRL+Tabbing, so VisibleWindow->TabId may be != from tab_bar->SelectedTabId
+    const bool close_button_is_enabled = node->HasCloseButton && node->VisibleWindow && node->VisibleWindow->HasCloseButton;
+    const bool close_button_is_visible = node->HasCloseButton;
+    //const bool close_button_is_visible = close_button_is_enabled; // Most people would expect this behavior of not even showing the button (leaving a hole since we can't claim that space as other windows in the tba bar have one)
+    if (close_button_is_visible)
+    {
+        if (!close_button_is_enabled)
+        {
+            PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled, true);
+            PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text] * ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.4f));
+        }
+        if (CloseButton(host_window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
+        {
+            node->WantCloseAll = true;
+            for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
+                TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, &tab_bar->Tabs[n]);
+        }
+        //if (IsItemActive())
+        //    focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+        if (!close_button_is_enabled)
+        {
+            PopStyleColor();
+            PopItemFlag();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // When clicking on the title bar outside of tabs, we still focus the selected tab for that node
+    // FIXME: TabItem use AllowItemOverlap so we manually perform a more specific test for now (hovered || held)
+    ImGuiID title_bar_id = host_window->GetID("#TITLEBAR");
+    if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == title_bar_id || g.ActiveId == title_bar_id)
+    {
+        bool held;
+        ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+        if (g.HoveredId == title_bar_id)
+        {
+            // ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap + SetItemAllowOverlap() required for appending into dock node tab bar,
+            // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them.
+            g.LastItemData.ID = title_bar_id;
+            SetItemAllowOverlap();
+        }
+        if (held)
+        {
+            if (IsMouseClicked(0))
+                focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+
+            // Forward moving request to selected window
+            if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
+                StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(tab->Window ? tab->Window : node->HostWindow, node, false);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Forward focus from host node to selected window
+    //if (is_focused && g.NavWindow == host_window && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
+    //    focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+
+    // When clicked on a tab we requested focus to the docked child
+    // This overrides the value set by "forward focus from host node to selected window".
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId)
+        focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
+
+    // Apply navigation focus
+    if (focus_tab_id != 0)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, focus_tab_id))
+            if (tab->Window)
+            {
+                FocusWindow(tab->Window);
+                NavInitWindow(tab->Window, false);
+            }
+
+    EndTabBar();
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore SkipItems flag
+    if (!node->IsDockSpace())
+    {
+        host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        host_window->SkipItems = backup_skip_item;
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(node->TabBar == NULL);
+    node->TabBar = IM_NEW(ImGuiTabBar);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    if (node->TabBar == NULL)
+        return;
+    IM_DELETE(node->TabBar);
+    node->TabBar = NULL;
+}
+
+static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
+{
+    if (host_window->DockNodeAsHost && host_window->DockNodeAsHost->IsDockSpace() && payload->BeginOrderWithinContext < host_window->BeginOrderWithinContext)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiWindowClass* host_class = host_window->DockNodeAsHost ? &host_window->DockNodeAsHost->WindowClass : &host_window->WindowClass;
+    ImGuiWindowClass* payload_class = &payload->WindowClass;
+    if (host_class->ClassId != payload_class->ClassId)
+    {
+        if (host_class->ClassId != 0 && host_class->DockingAllowUnclassed && payload_class->ClassId == 0)
+            return true;
+        if (payload_class->ClassId != 0 && payload_class->DockingAllowUnclassed && host_class->ClassId == 0)
+            return true;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Prevent docking any window created above a popup
+    // Technically we should support it (e.g. in the case of a long-lived modal window that had fancy docking features),
+    // by e.g. adding a 'if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(host_window, popup_window))' test.
+    // But it would requires more work on our end because the dock host windows is technically created in NewFrame()
+    // and our ->ParentXXX and ->RootXXX pointers inside windows are currently mislading or lacking.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window)
+            if (ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(payload, popup_window))   // Payload is created from within a popup begin stack.
+                return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool ImGui::DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* root_payload)
+{
+    if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost && root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->IsSplitNode()) // FIXME-DOCK: Missing filtering
+        return true;
+
+    const int payload_count = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size : 1;
+    for (int payload_n = 0; payload_n < payload_count; payload_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* payload = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows[payload_n] : root_payload;
+        if (DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(payload, host_window))
+            return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+// window menu button == collapse button when not in a dock node.
+// FIXME: This is similar to RenderWindowTitleBarContents(), may want to share code.
+static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    ImRect r = ImRect(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Pos.x + node->Size.x, node->Pos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    if (out_title_rect) { *out_title_rect = r; }
+
+    r.Min.x += style.WindowBorderSize;
+    r.Max.x -= style.WindowBorderSize;
+
+    float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+
+    ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = r.Min;
+    r.Min.x += style.FramePadding.x;
+    r.Max.x -= style.FramePadding.x;
+    if (node->HasCloseButton)
+    {
+        r.Max.x -= button_sz;
+        if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - style.FramePadding.x, r.Min.y);
+    }
+    if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
+    {
+        r.Min.x += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+    else if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
+    {
+        r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.FramePadding.x;
+        window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x, r.Min.y);
+    }
+    if (out_tab_bar_rect) { *out_tab_bar_rect = r; }
+    if (out_window_menu_button_pos) { *out_window_menu_button_pos = window_menu_button_pos; }
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& pos_new, ImVec2& size_new, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_new_desired)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float dock_spacing = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
+    pos_new[axis ^ 1] = pos_old[axis ^ 1];
+    size_new[axis ^ 1] = size_old[axis ^ 1];
+
+    // Distribute size on given axis (with a desired size or equally)
+    const float w_avail = size_old[axis] - dock_spacing;
+    if (size_new_desired[axis] > 0.0f && size_new_desired[axis] <= w_avail * 0.5f)
+    {
+        size_new[axis] = size_new_desired[axis];
+        size_old[axis] = IM_FLOOR(w_avail - size_new[axis]);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        size_new[axis] = IM_FLOOR(w_avail * 0.5f);
+        size_old[axis] = IM_FLOOR(w_avail - size_new[axis]);
+    }
+
+    // Position each node
+    if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+    {
+        pos_new[axis] = pos_old[axis] + size_old[axis] + dock_spacing;
+    }
+    else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Up)
+    {
+        pos_new[axis] = pos_old[axis];
+        pos_old[axis] = pos_new[axis] + size_new[axis] + dock_spacing;
+    }
+}
+
+// Retrieve the drop rectangles for a given direction or for the center + perform hit testing.
+bool ImGui::DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir dir, ImRect& out_r, bool outer_docking, ImVec2* test_mouse_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    const float parent_smaller_axis = ImMin(parent.GetWidth(), parent.GetHeight());
+    const float hs_for_central_nodes = ImMin(g.FontSize * 1.5f, ImMax(g.FontSize * 0.5f, parent_smaller_axis / 8.0f));
+    float hs_w; // Half-size, longer axis
+    float hs_h; // Half-size, smaller axis
+    ImVec2 off; // Distance from edge or center
+    if (outer_docking)
+    {
+        //hs_w = ImFloor(ImClamp(parent_smaller_axis - hs_for_central_nodes * 4.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 8.0f));
+        //hs_h = ImFloor(hs_w * 0.15f);
+        //off = ImVec2(ImFloor(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h), ImFloor(parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h));
+        hs_w = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes * 1.50f);
+        hs_h = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes * 0.80f);
+        off = ImVec2(ImFloor(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - hs_h), ImFloor(parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - hs_h));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        hs_w = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes);
+        hs_h = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes * 0.90f);
+        off = ImVec2(ImFloor(hs_w * 2.40f), ImFloor(hs_w * 2.40f));
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 c = ImFloor(parent.GetCenter());
+    if      (dir == ImGuiDir_None)  { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y - hs_w,         c.x + hs_w, c.y + hs_w);         }
+    else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up)    { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y - off.y - hs_h, c.x + hs_w, c.y - off.y + hs_h); }
+    else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down)  { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y + off.y - hs_h, c.x + hs_w, c.y + off.y + hs_h); }
+    else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left)  { out_r = ImRect(c.x - off.x - hs_h, c.y - hs_w, c.x - off.x + hs_h, c.y + hs_w); }
+    else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) { out_r = ImRect(c.x + off.x - hs_h, c.y - hs_w, c.x + off.x + hs_h, c.y + hs_w); }
+
+    if (test_mouse_pos == NULL)
+        return false;
+
+    ImRect hit_r = out_r;
+    if (!outer_docking)
+    {
+        // Custom hit testing for the 5-way selection, designed to reduce flickering when moving diagonally between sides
+        hit_r.Expand(ImFloor(hs_w * 0.30f));
+        ImVec2 mouse_delta = (*test_mouse_pos - c);
+        float mouse_delta_len2 = ImLengthSqr(mouse_delta);
+        float r_threshold_center = hs_w * 1.4f;
+        float r_threshold_sides = hs_w * (1.4f + 1.2f);
+        if (mouse_delta_len2 < r_threshold_center * r_threshold_center)
+            return (dir == ImGuiDir_None);
+        if (mouse_delta_len2 < r_threshold_sides * r_threshold_sides)
+            return (dir == ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y));
+    }
+    return hit_r.Contains(*test_mouse_pos);
+}
+
+// host_node may be NULL if the window doesn't have a DockNode already.
+// FIXME-DOCK: This is misnamed since it's also doing the filtering.
+static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* root_payload, ImGuiDockPreviewData* data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has inactive nodes.
+    // In this case DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos() will have selected a leaf node which is inactive.
+    // Because the inactive leaf node doesn't have proper pos/size yet, we'll use the root node as reference.
+    ImGuiDockNode* root_payload_as_host = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost;
+    ImGuiDockNode* ref_node_for_rect = (host_node && !host_node->IsVisible) ? DockNodeGetRootNode(host_node) : host_node;
+    if (ref_node_for_rect)
+        IM_ASSERT(ref_node_for_rect->IsVisible == true);
+
+    // Filter, figure out where we are allowed to dock
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = root_payload_as_host ? root_payload_as_host->MergedFlags : root_payload->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
+    ImGuiDockNodeFlags dst_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->MergedFlags : host_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
+    data->IsCenterAvailable = true;
+    if (is_outer_docking)
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking)
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if (host_node && (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode())
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && root_payload_as_host && root_payload_as_host->IsSplitNode() && (root_payload_as_host->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split?
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe)
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther) && (!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()))
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+    else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty) && host_node && host_node->IsEmpty())
+        data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
+
+    data->IsSidesAvailable = true;
+    if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
+        data->IsSidesAvailable = false;
+    else if (!is_outer_docking && host_node && host_node->ParentNode == NULL && host_node->IsCentralNode())
+        data->IsSidesAvailable = false;
+    else if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe) || (src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther))
+        data->IsSidesAvailable = false;
+
+    // Build a tentative future node (reuse same structure because it is practical. Shape will be readjusted when previewing a split)
+    data->FutureNode.HasCloseButton = (host_node ? host_node->HasCloseButton : host_window->HasCloseButton) || (root_payload->HasCloseButton);
+    data->FutureNode.HasWindowMenuButton = host_node ? true : ((host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0);
+    data->FutureNode.Pos = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Pos : host_window->Pos;
+    data->FutureNode.Size = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Size : host_window->Size;
+
+    // Calculate drop shapes geometry for allowed splitting directions
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGuiDir_None == -1);
+    data->SplitNode = host_node;
+    data->SplitDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+    data->IsSplitDirExplicit = false;
+    if (!host_window->Collapsed)
+        for (int dir = ImGuiDir_None; dir < ImGuiDir_COUNT; dir++)
+        {
+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_None && !data->IsCenterAvailable)
+                continue;
+            if (dir != ImGuiDir_None && !data->IsSidesAvailable)
+                continue;
+            if (DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(data->FutureNode.Rect(), (ImGuiDir)dir, data->DropRectsDraw[dir+1], is_outer_docking, &g.IO.MousePos))
+            {
+                data->SplitDir = (ImGuiDir)dir;
+                data->IsSplitDirExplicit = true;
+            }
+        }
+
+    // When docking without holding Shift, we only allow and preview docking when hovering over a drop rect or over the title bar
+    data->IsDropAllowed = (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None) || (data->IsCenterAvailable);
+    if (!is_explicit_target && !data->IsSplitDirExplicit && !g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift)
+        data->IsDropAllowed = false;
+
+    // Calculate split area
+    data->SplitRatio = 0.0f;
+    if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None)
+    {
+        ImGuiDir split_dir = data->SplitDir;
+        ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
+        ImVec2 pos_new, pos_old = data->FutureNode.Pos;
+        ImVec2 size_new, size_old = data->FutureNode.Size;
+        DockNodeCalcSplitRects(pos_old, size_old, pos_new, size_new, split_dir, root_payload->Size);
+
+        // Calculate split ratio so we can pass it down the docking request
+        float split_ratio = ImSaturate(size_new[split_axis] / data->FutureNode.Size[split_axis]);
+        data->FutureNode.Pos = pos_new;
+        data->FutureNode.Size = size_new;
+        data->SplitRatio = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? (1.0f - split_ratio) : (split_ratio);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* root_payload, const ImGuiDockPreviewData* data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == host_window);   // Because we rely on font size to calculate tab sizes
+
+    // With this option, we only display the preview on the target viewport, and the payload viewport is made transparent.
+    // To compensate for the single layer obstructed by the payload, we'll increase the alpha of the preview nodes.
+    const bool is_transparent_payload = g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload;
+
+    // In case the two windows involved are on different viewports, we will draw the overlay on each of them.
+    int overlay_draw_lists_count = 0;
+    ImDrawList* overlay_draw_lists[2];
+    overlay_draw_lists[overlay_draw_lists_count++] = GetForegroundDrawList(host_window->Viewport);
+    if (host_window->Viewport != root_payload->Viewport && !is_transparent_payload)
+        overlay_draw_lists[overlay_draw_lists_count++] = GetForegroundDrawList(root_payload->Viewport);
+
+    // Draw main preview rectangle
+    const ImU32 overlay_col_main = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 0.60f : 0.40f);
+    const ImU32 overlay_col_drop = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 0.90f : 0.70f);
+    const ImU32 overlay_col_drop_hovered = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 1.20f : 1.00f);
+    const ImU32 overlay_col_lines = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, is_transparent_payload ? 0.80f : 0.60f);
+
+    // Display area preview
+    const bool can_preview_tabs = (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost == NULL || root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size > 0);
+    if (data->IsDropAllowed)
+    {
+        ImRect overlay_rect = data->FutureNode.Rect();
+        if (data->SplitDir == ImGuiDir_None && can_preview_tabs)
+            overlay_rect.Min.y += GetFrameHeight();
+        if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None || data->IsCenterAvailable)
+            for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
+                overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding, CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(overlay_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE));
+    }
+
+    // Display tab shape/label preview unless we are splitting node (it generally makes the situation harder to read)
+    if (data->IsDropAllowed && can_preview_tabs && data->SplitDir == ImGuiDir_None && data->IsCenterAvailable)
+    {
+        // Compute target tab bar geometry so we can locate our preview tabs
+        ImRect tab_bar_rect;
+        DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(&data->FutureNode, NULL, &tab_bar_rect, NULL, NULL);
+        ImVec2 tab_pos = tab_bar_rect.Min;
+        if (host_node && host_node->TabBar)
+        {
+            if (!host_node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !host_node->IsNoTabBar())
+                tab_pos.x += host_node->TabBar->WidthAllTabs + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We don't use OffsetNewTab because when using non-persistent-order tab bar it is incremented with each Tab submission.
+            else
+                tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_node->Windows[0]->Name, host_node->Windows[0]->HasCloseButton).x;
+        }
+        else if (!(host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
+        {
+            tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_window->Name, host_window->HasCloseButton).x; // Account for slight offset which will be added when changing from title bar to tab bar
+        }
+
+        // Draw tab shape/label preview (payload may be a loose window or a host window carrying multiple tabbed windows)
+        if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost)
+            IM_ASSERT(root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size <= root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar->Tabs.Size);
+        ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar_with_payload = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar : NULL;
+        const int payload_count = tab_bar_with_payload ? tab_bar_with_payload->Tabs.Size : 1;
+        for (int payload_n = 0; payload_n < payload_count; payload_n++)
+        {
+            // DockNode's TabBar may have non-window Tabs manually appended by user
+            ImGuiWindow* payload_window = tab_bar_with_payload ? tab_bar_with_payload->Tabs[payload_n].Window : root_payload;
+            if (tab_bar_with_payload && payload_window == NULL)
+                continue;
+            if (!DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(payload_window, host_window))
+                continue;
+
+            // Calculate the tab bounding box for each payload window
+            ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(payload_window->Name, payload_window->HasCloseButton);
+            ImRect tab_bb(tab_pos.x, tab_pos.y, tab_pos.x + tab_size.x, tab_pos.y + tab_size.y);
+            tab_pos.x += tab_size.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+            const ImU32 overlay_col_text = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text]);
+            const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive]);
+            PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, overlay_col_text);
+            for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
+            {
+                ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview | ((payload_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
+                if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(tab_bb))
+                    overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PushClipRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max);
+                TabItemBackground(overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], tab_bb, tab_flags, overlay_col_tabs);
+                TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], tab_bb, tab_flags, g.Style.FramePadding, payload_window->Name, 0, 0, false, NULL, NULL);
+                if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(tab_bb))
+                    overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PopClipRect();
+            }
+            PopStyleColor();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Display drop boxes
+    const float overlay_rounding = ImMax(3.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    for (int dir = ImGuiDir_None; dir < ImGuiDir_COUNT; dir++)
+    {
+        if (!data->DropRectsDraw[dir + 1].IsInverted())
+        {
+            ImRect draw_r = data->DropRectsDraw[dir + 1];
+            ImRect draw_r_in = draw_r;
+            draw_r_in.Expand(-2.0f);
+            ImU32 overlay_col = (data->SplitDir == (ImGuiDir)dir && data->IsSplitDirExplicit) ? overlay_col_drop_hovered : overlay_col_drop;
+            for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
+            {
+                ImVec2 center = ImFloor(draw_r_in.GetCenter());
+                overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(draw_r.Min, draw_r.Max, overlay_col, overlay_rounding);
+                overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRect(draw_r_in.Min, draw_r_in.Max, overlay_col_lines, overlay_rounding);
+                if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+                    overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddLine(ImVec2(center.x, draw_r_in.Min.y), ImVec2(center.x, draw_r_in.Max.y), overlay_col_lines);
+                if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+                    overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddLine(ImVec2(draw_r_in.Min.x, center.y), ImVec2(draw_r_in.Max.x, center.y), overlay_col_lines);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Stop after ImGuiDir_None
+        if ((host_node && (host_node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
+            return;
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: ImGuiDockNode Tree manipulation functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockNodeTreeSplit()
+// - DockNodeTreeMerge()
+// - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize()
+// - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode()
+// - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter()
+// - DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode()
+// - DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiAxis split_axis, int split_inheritor_child_idx, float split_ratio, ImGuiDockNode* new_node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(split_axis != ImGuiAxis_None);
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = (new_node && split_inheritor_child_idx != 0) ? new_node : DockContextAddNode(ctx, 0);
+    child_0->ParentNode = parent_node;
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = (new_node && split_inheritor_child_idx != 1) ? new_node : DockContextAddNode(ctx, 0);
+    child_1->ParentNode = parent_node;
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_inheritor = (split_inheritor_child_idx == 0) ? child_0 : child_1;
+    DockNodeMoveChildNodes(child_inheritor, parent_node);
+    parent_node->ChildNodes[0] = child_0;
+    parent_node->ChildNodes[1] = child_1;
+    parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx]->VisibleWindow = parent_node->VisibleWindow;
+    parent_node->SplitAxis = split_axis;
+    parent_node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
+    parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
+
+    float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE);
+    size_avail = ImMax(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[split_axis] * 2.0f);
+    IM_ASSERT(size_avail > 0.0f); // If you created a node manually with DockBuilderAddNode(), you need to also call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() before splitting.
+    child_0->SizeRef = child_1->SizeRef = parent_node->Size;
+    child_0->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio);
+    child_1->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImFloor(size_avail - child_0->SizeRef[split_axis]);
+
+    DockNodeMoveWindows(parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx], parent_node);
+    DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(parent_node->ID, parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx]->ID);
+    DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node));
+    DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(parent_node, parent_node->Pos, parent_node->Size);
+
+    // Flags transfer (e.g. this is where we transfer the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode property)
+    child_0->SharedFlags = parent_node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
+    child_1->SharedFlags = parent_node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
+    child_inheritor->LocalFlags = parent_node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
+    parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
+    child_0->UpdateMergedFlags();
+    child_1->UpdateMergedFlags();
+    parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
+    if (child_inheritor->IsCentralNode())
+        DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)->CentralNode = child_inheritor;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiDockNode* merge_lead_child)
+{
+    // When called from DockContextProcessUndockNode() it is possible that one of the child is NULL.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = parent_node->ChildNodes[0];
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = parent_node->ChildNodes[1];
+    IM_ASSERT(child_0 || child_1);
+    IM_ASSERT(merge_lead_child == child_0 || merge_lead_child == child_1);
+    if ((child_0 && child_0->Windows.Size > 0) || (child_1 && child_1->Windows.Size > 0))
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(parent_node->TabBar == NULL);
+        IM_ASSERT(parent_node->Windows.Size == 0);
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeTreeMerge: 0x%08X + 0x%08X back into parent 0x%08X\n", child_0 ? child_0->ID : 0, child_1 ? child_1->ID : 0, parent_node->ID);
+
+    ImVec2 backup_last_explicit_size = parent_node->SizeRef;
+    DockNodeMoveChildNodes(parent_node, merge_lead_child);
+    if (child_0)
+    {
+        DockNodeMoveWindows(parent_node, child_0); // Generally only 1 of the 2 child node will have windows
+        DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(child_0->ID, parent_node->ID);
+    }
+    if (child_1)
+    {
+        DockNodeMoveWindows(parent_node, child_1);
+        DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(child_1->ID, parent_node->ID);
+    }
+    DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(parent_node);
+    parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = parent_node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
+    parent_node->VisibleWindow = merge_lead_child->VisibleWindow;
+    parent_node->SizeRef = backup_last_explicit_size;
+
+    // Flags transfer
+    parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; // Preserve Dockspace flag
+    parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
+    parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
+    parent_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0) | (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0); // FIXME: Would be more consistent to update from actual windows
+    parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
+
+    if (child_0)
+    {
+        ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(child_0->ID, NULL);
+        IM_DELETE(child_0);
+    }
+    if (child_1)
+    {
+        ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(child_1->ID, NULL);
+        IM_DELETE(child_1);
+    }
+}
+
+// Update Pos/Size for a node hierarchy (don't affect child Windows yet)
+// (Depth-first, Pre-Order)
+void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, ImGuiDockNode* only_write_to_single_node)
+{
+    // During the regular dock node update we write to all nodes.
+    // 'only_write_to_single_node' is only set when turning a node visible mid-frame and we need its size right-away.
+    const bool write_to_node = only_write_to_single_node == NULL || only_write_to_single_node == node;
+    if (write_to_node)
+    {
+        node->Pos = pos;
+        node->Size = size;
+    }
+
+    if (node->IsLeafNode())
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = node->ChildNodes[0];
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = node->ChildNodes[1];
+    ImVec2 child_0_pos = pos, child_1_pos = pos;
+    ImVec2 child_0_size = size, child_1_size = size;
+
+    const bool child_0_is_toward_single_node = (only_write_to_single_node != NULL && DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(only_write_to_single_node, child_0));
+    const bool child_1_is_toward_single_node = (only_write_to_single_node != NULL && DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(only_write_to_single_node, child_1));
+    const bool child_0_is_or_will_be_visible = child_0->IsVisible || child_0_is_toward_single_node;
+    const bool child_1_is_or_will_be_visible = child_1->IsVisible || child_1_is_toward_single_node;
+
+    if (child_0_is_or_will_be_visible && child_1_is_or_will_be_visible)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        const float spacing = DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE;
+        const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis;
+        const float size_avail = ImMax(size[axis] - spacing, 0.0f);
+
+        // Size allocation policy
+        // 1) The first 0..WindowMinSize[axis]*2 are allocated evenly to both windows.
+        const float size_min_each = ImFloor(ImMin(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis] * 2.0f) * 0.5f);
+
+        // FIXME: Blocks 2) and 3) are essentially doing nearly the same thing.
+        // Difference are: write-back to SizeRef; application of a minimum size; rounding before ImFloor()
+        // Clarify and rework differences between Size & SizeRef and purpose of WantLockSizeOnce
+
+        // 2) Process locked absolute size (during a splitter resize we preserve the child of nodes not touching the splitter edge)
+        if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && !child_1->WantLockSizeOnce)
+        {
+            child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - 1.0f, child_0->Size[axis]);
+            child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
+            IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f);
+        }
+        else if (child_1->WantLockSizeOnce && !child_0->WantLockSizeOnce)
+        {
+            child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - 1.0f, child_1->Size[axis]);
+            child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_1_size[axis]);
+            IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f);
+        }
+        else if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && child_1->WantLockSizeOnce)
+        {
+            // FIXME-DOCK: We cannot honor the requested size, so apply ratio.
+            // Currently this path will only be taken if code programmatically sets WantLockSizeOnce
+            float split_ratio = child_0_size[axis] / (child_0_size[axis] + child_1_size[axis]);
+            child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio);
+            child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
+            IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f);
+        }
+
+        // 3) If one window is the central node (~ use remaining space, should be made explicit!), use explicit size from the other, and remainder for the central node
+        else if (child_0->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f && child_1->HasCentralNodeChild)
+        {
+            child_0_size[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - size_min_each, child_0->SizeRef[axis]);
+            child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
+        }
+        else if (child_1->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f && child_0->HasCentralNodeChild)
+        {
+            child_1_size[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - size_min_each, child_1->SizeRef[axis]);
+            child_0_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_1_size[axis]);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // 4) Otherwise distribute according to the relative ratio of each SizeRef value
+            float split_ratio = child_0->SizeRef[axis] / (child_0->SizeRef[axis] + child_1->SizeRef[axis]);
+            child_0_size[axis] = ImMax(size_min_each, ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio + 0.5f));
+            child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
+        }
+
+        child_1_pos[axis] += spacing + child_0_size[axis];
+    }
+
+    if (only_write_to_single_node == NULL)
+        child_0->WantLockSizeOnce = child_1->WantLockSizeOnce = false;
+
+    const bool child_0_recurse = only_write_to_single_node ? child_0_is_toward_single_node : child_0->IsVisible;
+    const bool child_1_recurse = only_write_to_single_node ? child_1_is_toward_single_node : child_1->IsVisible;
+    if (child_0_recurse)
+        DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(child_0, child_0_pos, child_0_size);
+    if (child_1_recurse)
+        DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(child_1, child_1_pos, child_1_size);
+}
+
+static void DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiAxis axis, int side, ImVector<ImGuiDockNode*>* touching_nodes)
+{
+    if (node->IsLeafNode())
+    {
+        touching_nodes->push_back(node);
+        return;
+    }
+    if (node->ChildNodes[0]->IsVisible)
+        if (node->SplitAxis != axis || side == 0 || !node->ChildNodes[1]->IsVisible)
+            DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node->ChildNodes[0], axis, side, touching_nodes);
+    if (node->ChildNodes[1]->IsVisible)
+        if (node->SplitAxis != axis || side == 1 || !node->ChildNodes[0]->IsVisible)
+            DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node->ChildNodes[1], axis, side, touching_nodes);
+}
+
+// (Depth-First, Pre-Order)
+void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    if (node->IsLeafNode())
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = node->ChildNodes[0];
+    ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = node->ChildNodes[1];
+    if (child_0->IsVisible && child_1->IsVisible)
+    {
+        // Bounding box of the splitter cover the space between both nodes (w = Spacing, h = Size[xy^1] for when splitting horizontally)
+        const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis;
+        IM_ASSERT(axis != ImGuiAxis_None);
+        ImRect bb;
+        bb.Min = child_0->Pos;
+        bb.Max = child_1->Pos;
+        bb.Min[axis] += child_0->Size[axis];
+        bb.Max[axis ^ 1] += child_1->Size[axis ^ 1];
+        //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport)->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+
+        const ImGuiDockNodeFlags merged_flags = child_0->MergedFlags | child_1->MergedFlags; // Merged flags for BOTH childs
+        const ImGuiDockNodeFlags no_resize_axis_flag = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX : ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY;
+        if ((merged_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) || (merged_flags & no_resize_axis_flag))
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator), g.Style.FrameRounding);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            //bb.Min[axis] += 1; // Display a little inward so highlight doesn't connect with nearby tabs on the neighbor node.
+            //bb.Max[axis] -= 1;
+            PushID(node->ID);
+
+            // Find resizing limits by gathering list of nodes that are touching the splitter line.
+            ImVector<ImGuiDockNode*> touching_nodes[2];
+            float min_size = g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis];
+            float resize_limits[2];
+            resize_limits[0] = node->ChildNodes[0]->Pos[axis] + min_size;
+            resize_limits[1] = node->ChildNodes[1]->Pos[axis] + node->ChildNodes[1]->Size[axis] - min_size;
+
+            ImGuiID splitter_id = GetID("##Splitter");
+            if (g.ActiveId == splitter_id) // Only process when splitter is active
+            {
+                DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(child_0, axis, 1, &touching_nodes[0]);
+                DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(child_1, axis, 0, &touching_nodes[1]);
+                for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[0].Size; touching_node_n++)
+                    resize_limits[0] = ImMax(resize_limits[0], touching_nodes[0][touching_node_n]->Rect().Min[axis] + min_size);
+                for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[1].Size; touching_node_n++)
+                    resize_limits[1] = ImMin(resize_limits[1], touching_nodes[1][touching_node_n]->Rect().Max[axis] - min_size);
+
+                // [DEBUG] Render touching nodes & limits
+                /*
+                ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport());
+                for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
+                {
+                    for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[n].Size; touching_node_n++)
+                        draw_list->AddRect(touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Pos, touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Pos + touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Size, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+                    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+                        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(resize_limits[n], node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.y), ImVec2(resize_limits[n], node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.y + node->ChildNodes[n]->Size.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255), 3.0f);
+                    else
+                        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.x, resize_limits[n]), ImVec2(node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.x + node->ChildNodes[n]->Size.x, resize_limits[n]), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255), 3.0f);
+                }
+                */
+            }
+
+            // Use a short delay before highlighting the splitter (and changing the mouse cursor) in order for regular mouse movement to not highlight many splitters
+            float cur_size_0 = child_0->Size[axis];
+            float cur_size_1 = child_1->Size[axis];
+            float min_size_0 = resize_limits[0] - child_0->Pos[axis];
+            float min_size_1 = child_1->Pos[axis] + child_1->Size[axis] - resize_limits[1];
+            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg);
+            if (SplitterBehavior(bb, GetID("##Splitter"), axis, &cur_size_0, &cur_size_1, min_size_0, min_size_1, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER, bg_col))
+            {
+                if (touching_nodes[0].Size > 0 && touching_nodes[1].Size > 0)
+                {
+                    child_0->Size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = cur_size_0;
+                    child_1->Pos[axis] -= cur_size_1 - child_1->Size[axis];
+                    child_1->Size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = cur_size_1;
+
+                    // Lock the size of every node that is a sibling of the node we are touching
+                    // This might be less desirable if we can merge sibling of a same axis into the same parental level.
+                    for (int side_n = 0; side_n < 2; side_n++)
+                        for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[side_n].Size; touching_node_n++)
+                        {
+                            ImGuiDockNode* touching_node = touching_nodes[side_n][touching_node_n];
+                            //ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport());
+                            //draw_list->AddRect(touching_node->Pos, touching_node->Pos + touching_node->Size, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255));
+                            while (touching_node->ParentNode != node)
+                            {
+                                if (touching_node->ParentNode->SplitAxis == axis)
+                                {
+                                    // Mark other node so its size will be preserved during the upcoming call to DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize().
+                                    ImGuiDockNode* node_to_preserve = touching_node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[side_n];
+                                    node_to_preserve->WantLockSizeOnce = true;
+                                    //draw_list->AddRect(touching_node->Pos, touching_node->Rect().Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+                                    //draw_list->AddRectFilled(node_to_preserve->Pos, node_to_preserve->Rect().Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 100));
+                                }
+                                touching_node = touching_node->ParentNode;
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                    DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(child_0, child_0->Pos, child_0->Size);
+                    DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(child_1, child_1->Pos, child_1->Size);
+                    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+                }
+            }
+            PopID();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (child_0->IsVisible)
+        DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(child_0);
+    if (child_1->IsVisible)
+        DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(child_1);
+}
+
+ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)
+{
+    if (node->IsLeafNode())
+        return node;
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* leaf_node = DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node->ChildNodes[0]))
+        return leaf_node;
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* leaf_node = DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node->ChildNodes[1]))
+        return leaf_node;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos)
+{
+    if (!node->IsVisible)
+        return NULL;
+
+    const float dock_spacing = 0.0f;// g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // FIXME: Relation to DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE?
+    ImRect r(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size);
+    r.Expand(dock_spacing * 0.5f);
+    bool inside = r.Contains(pos);
+    if (!inside)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (node->IsLeafNode())
+        return node;
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[0], pos))
+        return hovered_node;
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[1], pos))
+        return hovered_node;
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Public Functions (SetWindowDock, DockSpace, DockSpaceOverViewport)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - SetWindowDock() [Internal]
+// - DockSpace()
+// - DockSpaceOverViewport()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Internal] Called via SetNextWindowDockID()
+void ImGui::SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+        return;
+    window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+    if (window->DockId == dock_id)
+        return;
+
+    // If the user attempt to set a dock id that is a split node, we'll dig within to find a suitable docking spot
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    if (ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, dock_id))
+        if (new_node->IsSplitNode())
+        {
+            // Policy: Find central node or latest focused node. We first move back to our root node.
+            new_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(new_node);
+            if (new_node->CentralNode)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(new_node->CentralNode->IsCentralNode());
+                dock_id = new_node->CentralNode->ID;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                dock_id = new_node->LastFocusedNodeId;
+            }
+        }
+
+    if (window->DockId == dock_id)
+        return;
+
+    if (window->DockNode)
+        DockNodeRemoveWindow(window->DockNode, window, 0);
+    window->DockId = dock_id;
+}
+
+// Create an explicit dockspace node within an existing window. Also expose dock node flags and creates a CentralNode by default.
+// The Central Node is always displayed even when empty and shrink/extend according to the requested size of its neighbors.
+// DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app.
+ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
+        return 0;
+
+    // Early out if parent window is hidden/collapsed
+    // This is faster but also DockNodeUpdateTabBar() relies on TabBarLayout() running (which won't if SkipItems=true) to set NextSelectedTabId = 0). See #2960.
+    // If for whichever reason this is causing problem we would need to ensure that DockNodeUpdateTabBar() ends up clearing NextSelectedTabId even if SkipItems=true.
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly;
+
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id);
+    if (!node)
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", id);
+        node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id);
+        node->SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+    }
+    if (window_class && window_class->ClassId != node->WindowClass.ClassId)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId);
+    node->SharedFlags = flags;
+    node->WindowClass = window_class ? *window_class : ImGuiWindowClass();
+
+    // When a DockSpace transitioned form implicit to explicit this may be called a second time
+    // It is possible that the node has already been claimed by a docked window which appeared before the DockSpace() node, so we overwrite IsDockSpace again.
+    if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && !(flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly))
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace() == false && "Cannot call DockSpace() twice a frame with the same ID");
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace);
+        return id;
+    }
+    node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace);
+
+    // Keep alive mode, this is allow windows docked into this node so stay docked even if they are not visible
+    if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
+    {
+        node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount;
+        return id;
+    }
+
+    const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);
+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+        size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues)
+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+        size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f);
+    IM_ASSERT(size.x > 0.0f && size.y > 0.0f);
+
+    node->Pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    node->Size = node->SizeRef = size;
+    SetNextWindowPos(node->Pos);
+    SetNextWindowSize(node->Size);
+    g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false;
+
+    // FIXME-DOCK: Why do we need a child window to host a dockspace, could we host it in the existing window?
+    // FIXME-DOCK: What is the reason for not simply calling BeginChild()? (OK to have a reason but should be commented)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost;
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse;
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
+
+    char title[256];
+    ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/DockSpace_%08X", window->Name, id);
+
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, 0.0f);
+    Begin(title, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar();
+
+    ImGuiWindow* host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window);
+    host_window->ChildId = window->GetID(title);
+    node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(node->IsRootNode());
+
+    // We need to handle the rare case were a central node is missing.
+    // This can happen if the node was first created manually with DockBuilderAddNode() but _without_ the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_Dockspace.
+    // Doing it correctly would set the _CentralNode flags, which would then propagate according to subsequent split.
+    // It would also be ambiguous to attempt to assign a central node while there are split nodes, so we wait until there's a single node remaining.
+    // The specific sub-property of _CentralNode we are interested in recovering here is the "Don't delete when empty" property,
+    // as it doesn't make sense for an empty dockspace to not have this property.
+    if (node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsCentralNode())
+        node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+
+    // Update the node
+    DockNodeUpdate(node);
+
+    End();
+    ItemSize(size);
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Tips: Use with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode!
+// The limitation with this call is that your window won't have a menu bar.
+// Even though we could pass window flags, it would also require the user to be able to call BeginMenuBar() somehow meaning we can't Begin/End in a single function.
+// But you can also use BeginMainMenuBar(). If you really want a menu bar inside the same window as the one hosting the dockspace, you will need to copy this code somewhere and tweak it.
+ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class)
+{
+    if (viewport == NULL)
+        viewport = GetMainViewport();
+
+    SetNextWindowPos(viewport->WorkPos);
+    SetNextWindowSize(viewport->WorkSize);
+    SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID);
+
+    ImGuiWindowFlags host_window_flags = 0;
+    host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus;
+    if (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode)
+        host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
+
+    char label[32];
+    ImFormatString(label, IM_ARRAYSIZE(label), "DockSpaceViewport_%08X", viewport->ID);
+
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, 0.0f);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    Begin(label, NULL, host_window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar(3);
+
+    ImGuiID dockspace_id = GetID("DockSpace");
+    DockSpace(dockspace_id, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), dockspace_flags, window_class);
+    End();
+
+    return dockspace_id;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Builder Functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Very early end-user API to manipulate dock nodes.
+// Only available in imgui_internal.h. Expect this API to change/break!
+// It is expected that those functions are all called _before_ the dockspace node submission.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockBuilderDockWindow()
+// - DockBuilderGetNode()
+// - DockBuilderSetNodePos()
+// - DockBuilderSetNodeSize()
+// - DockBuilderAddNode()
+// - DockBuilderRemoveNode()
+// - DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes()
+// - DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows()
+// - DockBuilderSplitNode()
+// - DockBuilderCopyNodeRec()
+// - DockBuilderCopyNode()
+// - DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings()
+// - DockBuilderCopyDockSpace()
+// - DockBuilderFinish()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id)
+{
+    // We don't preserve relative order of multiple docked windows (by clearing DockOrder back to -1)
+    ImGuiID window_id = ImHashStr(window_name);
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(window_id))
+    {
+        // Apply to created window
+        SetWindowDock(window, node_id, ImGuiCond_Always);
+        window->DockOrder = -1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Apply to settings
+        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(window_id);
+        if (settings == NULL)
+            settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(window_name);
+        settings->DockId = node_id;
+        settings->DockOrder = -1;
+    }
+}
+
+ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockBuilderGetNode(ImGuiID node_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    return DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id);
+    if (node == NULL)
+        return;
+    node->Pos = pos;
+    node->AuthorityForPos = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id);
+    if (node == NULL)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(size.x > 0.0f && size.y > 0.0f);
+    node->Size = node->SizeRef = size;
+    node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
+}
+
+// Make sure to use the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace flag to create a dockspace node! Otherwise this will create a floating node!
+// - Floating node: you can then call DockBuilderSetNodePos()/DockBuilderSetNodeSize() to position and size the floating node.
+// - Dockspace node: calling DockBuilderSetNodePos() is unnecessary.
+// - If you intend to split a node immediately after creation using DockBuilderSplitNode(), make sure to call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() beforehand!
+//   For various reason, the splitting code currently needs a base size otherwise space may not be allocated as precisely as you would expect.
+// - Use (id == 0) to let the system allocate a node identifier.
+// - Existing node with a same id will be removed.
+ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+
+    if (id != 0)
+        DockBuilderRemoveNode(id);
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL;
+    if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace)
+    {
+        DockSpace(id, ImVec2(0, 0), (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly);
+        node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id);
+        node->SetLocalFlags(flags);
+    }
+    node->LastFrameAlive = ctx->FrameCount;   // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame.
+    return node->ID;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id);
+    if (node == NULL)
+        return;
+    DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(node_id, true);
+    DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id);
+    // Node may have moved or deleted if e.g. any merge happened
+    node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id);
+    if (node == NULL)
+        return;
+    if (node->IsCentralNode() && node->ParentNode)
+        node->ParentNode->SetLocalFlags(node->ParentNode->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+    DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, node, true);
+}
+
+// root_id = 0 to remove all, root_id != 0 to remove child of given node.
+void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* root_node = root_id ? DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, root_id) : NULL;
+    if (root_id && root_node == NULL)
+        return;
+    bool has_central_node = false;
+
+    ImGuiDataAuthority backup_root_node_authority_for_pos = root_node ? root_node->AuthorityForPos : ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
+    ImGuiDataAuthority backup_root_node_authority_for_size = root_node ? root_node->AuthorityForSize : ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
+
+    // Process active windows
+    ImVector<ImGuiDockNode*> nodes_to_remove;
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+        if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+        {
+            bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (node->ID != root_id && DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id);
+            if (want_removal)
+            {
+                if (node->IsCentralNode())
+                    has_central_node = true;
+                if (root_id != 0)
+                    DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ctx, node);
+                if (root_node)
+                {
+                    DockNodeMoveWindows(root_node, node);
+                    DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(node->ID, root_node->ID);
+                }
+                nodes_to_remove.push_back(node);
+            }
+        }
+
+    // DockNodeMoveWindows->DockNodeAddWindow will normally set those when reaching two windows (which is only adequate during interactive merge)
+    // Make sure we don't lose our current pos/size. (FIXME-DOCK: Consider tidying up that code in DockNodeAddWindow instead)
+    if (root_node)
+    {
+        root_node->AuthorityForPos = backup_root_node_authority_for_pos;
+        root_node->AuthorityForSize = backup_root_node_authority_for_size;
+    }
+
+    // Apply to settings
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ctx->SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = ctx->SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (ImGuiID window_settings_dock_id = settings->DockId)
+            for (int n = 0; n < nodes_to_remove.Size; n++)
+                if (nodes_to_remove[n]->ID == window_settings_dock_id)
+                {
+                    settings->DockId = root_id;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+    // Not really efficient, but easier to destroy a whole hierarchy considering DockContextRemoveNode is attempting to merge nodes
+    if (nodes_to_remove.Size > 1)
+        ImQsort(nodes_to_remove.Data, nodes_to_remove.Size, sizeof(ImGuiDockNode*), DockNodeComparerDepthMostFirst);
+    for (int n = 0; n < nodes_to_remove.Size; n++)
+        DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, nodes_to_remove[n], false);
+
+    if (root_id == 0)
+    {
+        dc->Nodes.Clear();
+        dc->Requests.clear();
+    }
+    else if (has_central_node)
+    {
+        root_node->CentralNode = root_node;
+        root_node->SetLocalFlags(root_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs)
+{
+    // Clear references in settings
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    if (clear_settings_refs)
+    {
+        for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        {
+            bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (settings->DockId == root_id);
+            if (!want_removal && settings->DockId != 0)
+                if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, settings->DockId))
+                    if (DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id)
+                        want_removal = true;
+            if (want_removal)
+                settings->DockId = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Clear references in windows
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+        bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (window->DockNode && DockNodeGetRootNode(window->DockNode)->ID == root_id) || (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->ID == root_id);
+        if (want_removal)
+        {
+            const ImGuiID backup_dock_id = window->DockId;
+            IM_UNUSED(backup_dock_id);
+            DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window, clear_settings_refs);
+            if (!clear_settings_refs)
+                IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == backup_dock_id);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// If 'out_id_at_dir' or 'out_id_at_opposite_dir' are non NULL, the function will write out the ID of the two new nodes created.
+// Return value is ID of the node at the specified direction, so same as (*out_id_at_dir) if that pointer is set.
+// FIXME-DOCK: We are not exposing nor using split_outer.
+ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_ratio_for_node_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_opposite_dir)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(split_dir != ImGuiDir_None);
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderSplitNode: node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", id, split_dir);
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, id);
+    if (node == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(node != NULL);
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!node->IsSplitNode()); // Assert if already Split
+
+    ImGuiDockRequest req;
+    req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Split;
+    req.DockTargetWindow = NULL;
+    req.DockTargetNode = node;
+    req.DockPayload = NULL;
+    req.DockSplitDir = split_dir;
+    req.DockSplitRatio = ImSaturate((split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? size_ratio_for_node_at_dir : 1.0f - size_ratio_for_node_at_dir);
+    req.DockSplitOuter = false;
+    DockContextProcessDock(&g, &req);
+
+    ImGuiID id_at_dir = node->ChildNodes[(split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 0 : 1]->ID;
+    ImGuiID id_at_opposite_dir = node->ChildNodes[(split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 1 : 0]->ID;
+    if (out_id_at_dir)
+        *out_id_at_dir = id_at_dir;
+    if (out_id_at_opposite_dir)
+        *out_id_at_opposite_dir = id_at_opposite_dir;
+    return id_at_dir;
+}
+
+static ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(ImGuiDockNode* src_node, ImGuiID dst_node_id_if_known, ImVector<ImGuiID>* out_node_remap_pairs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiDockNode* dst_node = ImGui::DockContextAddNode(&g, dst_node_id_if_known);
+    dst_node->SharedFlags = src_node->SharedFlags;
+    dst_node->LocalFlags = src_node->LocalFlags;
+    dst_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
+    dst_node->Pos = src_node->Pos;
+    dst_node->Size = src_node->Size;
+    dst_node->SizeRef = src_node->SizeRef;
+    dst_node->SplitAxis = src_node->SplitAxis;
+    dst_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
+
+    out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(src_node->ID);
+    out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(dst_node->ID);
+
+    for (int child_n = 0; child_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(src_node->ChildNodes); child_n++)
+        if (src_node->ChildNodes[child_n])
+        {
+            dst_node->ChildNodes[child_n] = DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(src_node->ChildNodes[child_n], 0, out_node_remap_pairs);
+            dst_node->ChildNodes[child_n]->ParentNode = dst_node;
+        }
+
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Fork node %08X -> %08X (%d childs)\n", src_node->ID, dst_node->ID, dst_node->IsSplitNode() ? 2 : 0);
+    return dst_node;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVector<ImGuiID>* out_node_remap_pairs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(src_node_id != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(dst_node_id != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(out_node_remap_pairs != NULL);
+
+    DockBuilderRemoveNode(dst_node_id);
+
+    ImGuiDockNode* src_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, src_node_id);
+    IM_ASSERT(src_node != NULL);
+
+    out_node_remap_pairs->clear();
+    DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(src_node, dst_node_id, out_node_remap_pairs);
+
+    IM_ASSERT((out_node_remap_pairs->Size % 2) == 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_name)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* src_window = FindWindowByName(src_name);
+    if (src_window == NULL)
+        return;
+    if (ImGuiWindow* dst_window = FindWindowByName(dst_name))
+    {
+        dst_window->Pos = src_window->Pos;
+        dst_window->Size = src_window->Size;
+        dst_window->SizeFull = src_window->SizeFull;
+        dst_window->Collapsed = src_window->Collapsed;
+    }
+    else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* dst_settings = FindOrCreateWindowSettings(dst_name))
+    {
+        ImVec2ih window_pos_2ih = ImVec2ih(src_window->Pos);
+        if (src_window->ViewportId != 0 && src_window->ViewportId != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
+        {
+            dst_settings->ViewportPos = window_pos_2ih;
+            dst_settings->ViewportId = src_window->ViewportId;
+            dst_settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(0, 0);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            dst_settings->Pos = window_pos_2ih;
+        }
+        dst_settings->Size = ImVec2ih(src_window->SizeFull);
+        dst_settings->Collapsed = src_window->Collapsed;
+    }
+}
+
+// FIXME: Will probably want to change this signature, in particular how the window remapping pairs are passed.
+void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_dockspace_id, ImVector<const char*>* in_window_remap_pairs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(src_dockspace_id != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(dst_dockspace_id != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(in_window_remap_pairs != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT((in_window_remap_pairs->Size % 2) == 0);
+
+    // Duplicate entire dock
+    // FIXME: When overwriting dst_dockspace_id, windows that aren't part of our dockspace window class but that are docked in a same node will be split apart,
+    // whereas we could attempt to at least keep them together in a new, same floating node.
+    ImVector<ImGuiID> node_remap_pairs;
+    DockBuilderCopyNode(src_dockspace_id, dst_dockspace_id, &node_remap_pairs);
+
+    // Attempt to transition all the upcoming windows associated to dst_dockspace_id into the newly created hierarchy of dock nodes
+    // (The windows associated to src_dockspace_id are staying in place)
+    ImVector<ImGuiID> src_windows;
+    for (int remap_window_n = 0; remap_window_n < in_window_remap_pairs->Size; remap_window_n += 2)
+    {
+        const char* src_window_name = (*in_window_remap_pairs)[remap_window_n];
+        const char* dst_window_name = (*in_window_remap_pairs)[remap_window_n + 1];
+        ImGuiID src_window_id = ImHashStr(src_window_name);
+        src_windows.push_back(src_window_id);
+
+        // Search in the remapping tables
+        ImGuiID src_dock_id = 0;
+        if (ImGuiWindow* src_window = FindWindowByID(src_window_id))
+            src_dock_id = src_window->DockId;
+        else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* src_window_settings = FindWindowSettings(src_window_id))
+            src_dock_id = src_window_settings->DockId;
+        ImGuiID dst_dock_id = 0;
+        for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2)
+            if (node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n] == src_dock_id)
+            {
+                dst_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n + 1];
+                //node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n] = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n + 1] = 0; // Clear
+                break;
+            }
+
+        if (dst_dock_id != 0)
+        {
+            // Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy.
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap live window '%s' 0x%08X -> '%s' 0x%08X\n", src_window_name, src_dock_id, dst_window_name, dst_dock_id);
+            DockBuilderDockWindow(dst_window_name, dst_dock_id);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Floating windows gets their settings transferred (regardless of whether the new window already exist or not)
+            // When this is leading to a Copy and not a Move, we would get two overlapping floating windows. Could we possibly dock them together?
+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window settings '%s' -> '%s'\n", src_window_name, dst_window_name);
+            DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(src_window_name, dst_window_name);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Anything else in the source nodes of 'node_remap_pairs' are windows that were docked in src_dockspace_id but are not owned by it (unaffiliated windows, e.g. "ImGui Demo")
+    // Find those windows and move to them to the cloned dock node. This may be optional?
+    for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2)
+        if (ImGuiID src_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n])
+        {
+            ImGuiID dst_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n + 1];
+            ImGuiDockNode* node = DockBuilderGetNode(src_dock_id);
+            for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
+                if (src_windows.contains(window->ID))
+                    continue;
+
+                // Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy.
+                IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window '%s' %08X -> %08X\n", window->Name, src_dock_id, dst_dock_id);
+                DockBuilderDockWindow(window->Name, dst_dock_id);
+            }
+        }
+}
+
+// FIXME-DOCK: This is awkward because in series of split user is likely to loose access to its root node.
+void ImGui::DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID root_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    //DockContextRebuild(ctx);
+    DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, root_id);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Begin/End Support Functions (called from Begin/End)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar()
+// - DockContextBindNodeToWindow()
+// - BeginDocked()
+// - BeginDockableDragDropSource()
+// - BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.IO.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar || window->WindowClass.DockingAlwaysTabBar)
+        if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking)) == 0)
+            if (!window->IsFallbackWindow)    // We don't support AlwaysTabBar on the fallback/implicit window to avoid unused dock-node overhead/noise
+                return true;
+    return false;
+}
+
+static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, window->DockId);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL);
+
+    // We should not be docking into a split node (SetWindowDock should avoid this)
+    if (node && node->IsSplitNode())
+    {
+        DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Create node
+    if (node == NULL)
+    {
+        node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, window->DockId);
+        node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
+        node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount;
+    }
+
+    // If the node just turned visible and is part of a hierarchy, it doesn't have a Size assigned by DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize() yet,
+    // so we're forcing a Pos/Size update from the first ancestor that is already visible (often it will be the root node).
+    // If we don't do this, the window will be assigned a zero-size on its first frame, which won't ideally warm up the layout.
+    // This is a little wonky because we don't normally update the Pos/Size of visible node mid-frame.
+    if (!node->IsVisible)
+    {
+        ImGuiDockNode* ancestor_node = node;
+        while (!ancestor_node->IsVisible && ancestor_node->ParentNode)
+            ancestor_node = ancestor_node->ParentNode;
+        IM_ASSERT(ancestor_node->Size.x > 0.0f && ancestor_node->Size.y > 0.0f);
+        DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(DockNodeGetRootNode(ancestor_node));
+        DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ancestor_node, ancestor_node->Pos, ancestor_node->Size, node);
+    }
+
+    // Add window to node
+    bool node_was_visible = node->IsVisible;
+    DockNodeAddWindow(node, window, true);
+    node->IsVisible = node_was_visible; // Don't mark visible right away (so DockContextEndFrame() doesn't render it, maybe other side effects? will see)
+    IM_ASSERT(node == window->DockNode);
+    return node;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+
+    // Clear fields ahead so most early-out paths don't have to do it
+    window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+
+    const bool auto_dock_node = GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window);
+    if (auto_dock_node)
+    {
+        if (window->DockId == 0)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL);
+            window->DockId = DockContextGenNodeID(ctx);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Calling SetNextWindowPos() undock windows by default (by setting PosUndock)
+        bool want_undock = false;
+        want_undock |= (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) != 0;
+        want_undock |= (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) && g.NextWindowData.PosUndock;
+        if (want_undock)
+        {
+            DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Bind to our dock node
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode;
+    if (node != NULL)
+        IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == node->ID);
+    if (window->DockId != 0 && node == NULL)
+    {
+        node = DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ctx, window);
+        if (node == NULL)
+            return;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    // Undock if the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode got set
+    if (node->IsCentralNode && (node->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode))
+    {
+        DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Undock if our dockspace node disappeared
+    // Note how we are testing for LastFrameAlive and NOT LastFrameActive. A DockSpace node can be maintained alive while being inactive with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
+    if (node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
+    {
+        // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
+        ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
+        if (root_node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
+            DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
+        else
+            window->DockIsActive = true;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Store style overrides
+    for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+        window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]);
+
+    // Fast path return. It is common for windows to hold on a persistent DockId but be the only visible window,
+    // and never create neither a host window neither a tab bar.
+    // FIXME-DOCK: replace ->HostWindow NULL compare with something more explicit (~was initially intended as a first frame test)
+    if (node->HostWindow == NULL)
+    {
+        if (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing)
+            window->DockIsActive = true;
+        if (node->Windows.Size > 1)
+            DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // We can have zero-sized nodes (e.g. children of a small-size dockspace)
+    IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode());
+    IM_ASSERT(node->Size.x >= 0.0f && node->Size.y >= 0.0f);
+    node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible;
+
+    // Undock if we are submitted earlier than the host window
+    if (!(node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) && window->BeginOrderWithinContext < node->HostWindow->BeginOrderWithinContext)
+    {
+        DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Position/Size window
+    SetNextWindowPos(node->Pos);
+    SetNextWindowSize(node->Size);
+    g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false; // Cancel implicit undocking of SetNextWindowPos()
+    window->DockIsActive = true;
+    window->DockNodeIsVisible = true;
+    window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
+    if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
+        return;
+
+    // When the window is selected we mark it as visible.
+    if (node->VisibleWindow == window)
+        window->DockTabIsVisible = true;
+
+    // Update window flag
+    IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0);
+    window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+    if (node->IsHiddenTabBar() || node->IsNoTabBar())
+        window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+    else
+        window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;      // Clear the NoTitleBar flag in case the user set it: confusingly enough we need a title bar height so we are correctly offset, but it won't be displayed!
+
+    // Save new dock order only if the window has been visible once already
+    // This allows multiple windows to be created in the same frame and have their respective dock orders preserved.
+    if (node->TabBar && window->WasActive)
+        window->DockOrder = (short)DockNodeGetTabOrder(window);
+
+    if ((node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->TabId) && p_open != NULL)
+        *p_open = false;
+
+    // Update ChildId to allow returning from Child to Parent with Escape
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->DockNode->HostWindow;
+    window->ChildId = parent_window->GetID(window->Name);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->MoveId);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow == window);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
+
+    g.LastItemData.ID = window->MoveId;
+    window = window->RootWindowDockTree;
+    IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0);
+    bool is_drag_docking = (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift) || ImRect(0, 0, window->SizeFull.x, GetFrameHeight()).Contains(g.ActiveIdClickOffset); // FIXME-DOCKING: Need to make this stateful and explicit
+    if (is_drag_docking && BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload))
+    {
+        SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, &window, sizeof(window));
+        EndDragDropSource();
+
+        // Store style overrides
+        for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+            window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == window); // May also be a DockSpace
+    IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0);
+    if (!g.DragDropActive)
+        return;
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!BeginDragDropTargetCustom(window->Rect(), window->ID))
+        return;
+
+    // Peek into the payload before calling AcceptDragDropPayload() so we can handle overlapping dock nodes with filtering
+    // (this is a little unusual pattern, normally most code would call AcceptDragDropPayload directly)
+    const ImGuiPayload* payload = &g.DragDropPayload;
+    if (!payload->IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) || !DockNodeIsDropAllowed(window, *(ImGuiWindow**)payload->Data))
+    {
+        EndDragDropTarget();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* payload_window = *(ImGuiWindow**)payload->Data;
+    if (AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect))
+    {
+        // Select target node
+        // (Important: we cannot use g.HoveredDockNode here! Because each of our target node have filters based on payload, each candidate drop target will do its own evaluation)
+        bool dock_into_floating_window = false;
+        ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL;
+        if (window->DockNodeAsHost)
+        {
+            // Cannot assume that node will != NULL even though we passed the rectangle test: it depends on padding/spacing handled by DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos().
+            node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos);
+
+            // There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has _inactive_ nodes (because none of the windows are active)
+            // In this case we need to fallback into any leaf mode, possibly the central node.
+            // FIXME-20181220: We should not have to test for IsLeafNode() here but we have another bug to fix first.
+            if (node && node->IsDockSpace() && node->IsRootNode())
+                node = (node->CentralNode && node->IsLeafNode()) ? node->CentralNode : DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (window->DockNode)
+                node = window->DockNode;
+            else
+                dock_into_floating_window = true; // Dock into a regular window
+        }
+
+        const ImRect explicit_target_rect = (node && node->TabBar && !node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !node->IsNoTabBar()) ? node->TabBar->BarRect : ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x, GetFrameHeight()));
+        const bool is_explicit_target = g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift || IsMouseHoveringRect(explicit_target_rect.Min, explicit_target_rect.Max);
+
+        // Preview docking request and find out split direction/ratio
+        //const bool do_preview = true;     // Ignore testing for payload->IsPreview() which removes one frame of delay, but breaks overlapping drop targets within the same window.
+        const bool do_preview = payload->IsPreview() || payload->IsDelivery();
+        if (do_preview && (node != NULL || dock_into_floating_window))
+        {
+            ImGuiDockPreviewData split_inner;
+            ImGuiDockPreviewData split_outer;
+            ImGuiDockPreviewData* split_data = &split_inner;
+            if (node && (node->ParentNode || node->IsCentralNode()))
+                if (ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node))
+                {
+                    DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, root_node, payload_window, &split_outer, is_explicit_target, true);
+                    if (split_outer.IsSplitDirExplicit)
+                        split_data = &split_outer;
+                }
+            DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, node, payload_window, &split_inner, is_explicit_target, false);
+            if (split_data == &split_outer)
+                split_inner.IsDropAllowed = false;
+
+            // Draw inner then outer, so that previewed tab (in inner data) will be behind the outer drop boxes
+            DockNodePreviewDockRender(window, node, payload_window, &split_inner);
+            DockNodePreviewDockRender(window, node, payload_window, &split_outer);
+
+            // Queue docking request
+            if (split_data->IsDropAllowed && payload->IsDelivery())
+                DockContextQueueDock(ctx, window, split_data->SplitNode, payload_window, split_data->SplitDir, split_data->SplitRatio, split_data == &split_outer);
+        }
+    }
+    EndDragDropTarget();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Docking: Settings
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences()
+// - DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences()
+// - DockSettingsFindNodeSettings()
+// - DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll()
+// - DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen()
+// - DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine()
+// - DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings()
+// - DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void ImGui::DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(ImGuiID old_node_id, ImGuiID new_node_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences: from 0x%08X -> to 0x%08X\n", old_node_id, new_node_id);
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n];
+        if (window->DockId == old_node_id && window->DockNode == NULL)
+            window->DockId = new_node_id;
+    }
+    //// FIXME-OPT: We could remove this loop by storing the index in the map
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->DockId == old_node_id)
+            settings->DockId = new_node_id;
+}
+
+// Remove references stored in ImGuiWindowSettings to the given ImGuiDockNodeSettings
+static void ImGui::DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ids_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int found = 0;
+    //// FIXME-OPT: We could remove this loop by storing the index in the map
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        for (int node_n = 0; node_n < node_ids_count; node_n++)
+            if (settings->DockId == node_ids[node_n])
+            {
+                settings->DockId = 0;
+                settings->DockOrder = -1;
+                if (++found < node_ids_count)
+                    break;
+                return;
+            }
+}
+
+static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* ImGui::DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++)
+        if (dc->NodesSettings[n].ID == id)
+            return &dc->NodesSettings[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Clear settings data
+static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    dc->NodesSettings.clear();
+    DockContextClearNodes(ctx, 0, true);
+}
+
+// Recreate nodes based on settings data
+static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    // Prune settings at boot time only
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
+    if (ctx->Windows.Size == 0)
+        DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ctx);
+    DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->NodesSettings.Data, dc->NodesSettings.Size);
+    DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, 0);
+}
+
+static void* ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+{
+    if (strcmp(name, "Data") != 0)
+        return NULL;
+    return (void*)1;
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void*, const char* line)
+{
+    char c = 0;
+    int x = 0, y = 0;
+    int r = 0;
+
+    // Parsing, e.g.
+    // " DockNode   ID=0x00000001 Pos=383,193 Size=201,322 Split=Y,0.506 "
+    // "   DockNode ID=0x00000002 Parent=0x00000001 "
+    // Important: this code expect currently fields in a fixed order.
+    ImGuiDockNodeSettings node;
+    line = ImStrSkipBlank(line);
+    if      (strncmp(line, "DockNode", 8) == 0)  { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + strlen("DockNode")); }
+    else if (strncmp(line, "DockSpace", 9) == 0) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + strlen("DockSpace")); node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace; }
+    else return;
+    if (sscanf(line, "ID=0x%08X%n",      &node.ID, &r) == 1)            { line += r; } else return;
+    if (sscanf(line, " Parent=0x%08X%n", &node.ParentNodeId, &r) == 1)  { line += r; if (node.ParentNodeId == 0) return; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " Window=0x%08X%n", &node.ParentWindowId, &r) ==1) { line += r; if (node.ParentWindowId == 0) return; }
+    if (node.ParentNodeId == 0)
+    {
+        if (sscanf(line, " Pos=%i,%i%n",  &x, &y, &r) == 2)         { line += r; node.Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else return;
+        if (sscanf(line, " Size=%i,%i%n", &x, &y, &r) == 2)         { line += r; node.Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else return;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (sscanf(line, " SizeRef=%i,%i%n", &x, &y, &r) == 2)      { line += r; node.SizeRef = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
+    }
+    if (sscanf(line, " Split=%c%n", &c, &r) == 1)                   { line += r; if (c == 'X') node.SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_X; else if (c == 'Y') node.SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_Y; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " NoResize=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1)                { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " CentralNode=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1)             { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " NoTabBar=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1)                { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " HiddenTabBar=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1)            { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " NoWindowMenuButton=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1)      { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " NoCloseButton=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1)           { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton; }
+    if (sscanf(line, " Selected=0x%08X%n", &node.SelectedTabId,&r) == 1) { line += r; }
+    if (node.ParentNodeId != 0)
+        if (ImGuiDockNodeSettings* parent_settings = DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ctx, node.ParentNodeId))
+            node.Depth = parent_settings->Depth + 1;
+    ctx->DockContext.NodesSettings.push_back(node);
+}
+
+static void DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(ImGuiDockContext* dc, ImGuiDockNode* node, int depth)
+{
+    ImGuiDockNodeSettings node_settings;
+    IM_ASSERT(depth < (1 << (sizeof(node_settings.Depth) << 3)));
+    node_settings.ID = node->ID;
+    node_settings.ParentNodeId = node->ParentNode ? node->ParentNode->ID : 0;
+    node_settings.ParentWindowId = (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) ? node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->ID : 0;
+    node_settings.SelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId;
+    node_settings.SplitAxis = (signed char)(node->IsSplitNode() ? node->SplitAxis : ImGuiAxis_None);
+    node_settings.Depth = (char)depth;
+    node_settings.Flags = (node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_);
+    node_settings.Pos = ImVec2ih(node->Pos);
+    node_settings.Size = ImVec2ih(node->Size);
+    node_settings.SizeRef = ImVec2ih(node->SizeRef);
+    dc->NodesSettings.push_back(node_settings);
+    if (node->ChildNodes[0])
+        DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node->ChildNodes[0], depth + 1);
+    if (node->ChildNodes[1])
+        DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node->ChildNodes[1], depth + 1);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
+    if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
+        return;
+
+    // Gather settings data
+    // (unlike our windows settings, because nodes are always built we can do a full rewrite of the SettingsNode buffer)
+    dc->NodesSettings.resize(0);
+    dc->NodesSettings.reserve(dc->Nodes.Data.Size);
+    for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+        if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+            if (node->IsRootNode())
+                DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node, 0);
+
+    int max_depth = 0;
+    for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; node_n++)
+        max_depth = ImMax((int)dc->NodesSettings[node_n].Depth, max_depth);
+
+    // Write to text buffer
+    buf->appendf("[%s][Data]\n", handler->TypeName);
+    for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; node_n++)
+    {
+        const int line_start_pos = buf->size(); (void)line_start_pos;
+        const ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings = &dc->NodesSettings[node_n];
+        buf->appendf("%*s%s%*s", node_settings->Depth * 2, "", (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) ? "DockSpace" : "DockNode ", (max_depth - node_settings->Depth) * 2, "");  // Text align nodes to facilitate looking at .ini file
+        buf->appendf(" ID=0x%08X", node_settings->ID);
+        if (node_settings->ParentNodeId)
+        {
+            buf->appendf(" Parent=0x%08X SizeRef=%d,%d", node_settings->ParentNodeId, node_settings->SizeRef.x, node_settings->SizeRef.y);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (node_settings->ParentWindowId)
+                buf->appendf(" Window=0x%08X", node_settings->ParentWindowId);
+            buf->appendf(" Pos=%d,%d Size=%d,%d", node_settings->Pos.x, node_settings->Pos.y, node_settings->Size.x, node_settings->Size.y);
+        }
+        if (node_settings->SplitAxis != ImGuiAxis_None)
+            buf->appendf(" Split=%c", (node_settings->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? 'X' : 'Y');
+        if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize)
+            buf->appendf(" NoResize=1");
+        if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode)
+            buf->appendf(" CentralNode=1");
+        if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar)
+            buf->appendf(" NoTabBar=1");
+        if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar)
+            buf->appendf(" HiddenTabBar=1");
+        if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton)
+            buf->appendf(" NoWindowMenuButton=1");
+        if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton)
+            buf->appendf(" NoCloseButton=1");
+        if (node_settings->SelectedTabId)
+            buf->appendf(" Selected=0x%08X", node_settings->SelectedTabId);
+
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS
+        // [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging
+        if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_settings->ID))
+        {
+            buf->appendf("%*s", ImMax(2, (line_start_pos + 92) - buf->size()), "");     // Align everything
+            if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow)
+                buf->appendf(" ; in '%s'", node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->Name);
+            // Iterate settings so we can give info about windows that didn't exist during the session.
+            int contains_window = 0;
+            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+                if (settings->DockId == node_settings->ID)
+                {
+                    if (contains_window++ == 0)
+                        buf->appendf(" ; contains ");
+                    buf->appendf("'%s' ", settings->GetName());
+                }
+        }
+#endif
+        buf->appendf("\n");
+    }
+    buf->appendf("\n");
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
+#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")
+#endif
+
+// Win32 clipboard implementation
+// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return NULL;
+    HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+    {
+        ::CloseClipboard();
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
+    {
+        int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+        g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);
+        ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::CloseClipboard();
+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
+}
+
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return;
+    const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);
+    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+    {
+        ::CloseClipboard();
+        return;
+    }
+    WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);
+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+    ::EmptyClipboard();
+    if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)
+        ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);
+    ::CloseClipboard();
+}
+
+#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
+
+#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>  // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file
+static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;
+
+// OSX clipboard implementation
+// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);
+    CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));
+    if (cf_data)
+    {
+        PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);
+        CFRelease(cf_data);
+    }
+}
+
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
+{
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);
+
+    ItemCount item_count = 0;
+    PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);
+    for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)
+    {
+        PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;
+        PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);
+        CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;
+        PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);
+        for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)
+        {
+            CFDataRef cf_data;
+            if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)
+            {
+                ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+                int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);
+                CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);
+                g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;
+                CFRelease(cf_data);
+                return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+#else
+
+// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();
+}
+
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
+    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);
+    memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
+    g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+
+#include <imm.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
+#endif
+
+static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)
+{
+    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    if (hwnd == 0)
+        hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle;
+#endif
+    if (hwnd == 0)
+        return;
+
+    ::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);
+
+    if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
+    {
+        COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};
+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x);
+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y);
+        composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
+        ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);
+        CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};
+        candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;
+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x);
+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y);
+        ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);
+        ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);
+    }
+}
+
+#else
+
+static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}
+
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]
+// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]
+// - DebugTextEncoding()
+// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]
+// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]
+// - ShowMetricsWindow()
+// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDockNode() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;
+    ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;
+    float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f;
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f));
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            continue;
+        if (thumb_window->Viewport != viewport)
+            continue;
+
+        ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();
+        ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();
+        thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off +  thumb_r.Max * scale));
+        title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off +  ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height
+        thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
+        title_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
+        const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name));
+    }
+    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
+}
+
+static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports.
+    float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;
+    ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+        bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect());
+    ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;
+    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
+        ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);
+        ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb);
+    }
+    ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiViewportP* a = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiViewportP* b = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)rhs;
+    return b->LastFrontMostStampCount - a->LastFrontMostStampCount;
+}
+
+// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.
+void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)
+{
+    Text("Text: \"%s\"", str);
+    if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit))
+        return;
+    TableSetupColumn("Offset");
+    TableSetupColumn("UTF-8");
+    TableSetupColumn("Glyph");
+    TableSetupColumn("Codepoint");
+    TableHeadersRow();
+    for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )
+    {
+        unsigned int c;
+        const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL);
+        TableNextColumn();
+        Text("%d", (int)(p - str));
+        TableNextColumn();
+        for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)
+        {
+            if (byte_index > 0)
+                SameLine();
+            Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);
+        }
+        TableNextColumn();
+        if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c))
+            TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len);
+        else
+            TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");
+        TableNextColumn();
+        Text("U+%04X", (int)c);
+        p += c_utf8_len;
+    }
+    EndTable();
+}
+
+// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.
+static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+    {
+        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
+    {
+        ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
+        PushID(font);
+        DebugNodeFont(font);
+        PopID();
+    }
+    if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
+    {
+        ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
+        Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+    if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)
+        ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog);
+    if (cfg->ShowStackTool)
+        ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool);
+
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
+    {
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Basic info
+    Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());
+    Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);
+    Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
+    Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations);
+    //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
+
+    Separator();
+
+    // Debugging enums
+    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
+    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };
+    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
+    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)
+        cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;
+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)
+        cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;
+
+    struct Funcs
+    {
+        static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance
+            if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect)                     { return table->OuterRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect)                { return table->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect)                 { return table->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect)             { return table->HostClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect)            { return table->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect)       { return table->BgClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect)              { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen)     { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen)   { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
+
+        static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)
+        {
+            if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect)                 { return window->Rect(); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped)     { return window->OuterRectClipped; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)       { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal)         { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
+    };
+
+    // Tools
+    if (TreeNode("Tools"))
+    {
+        bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer");
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");
+        if (show_encoding_viewer)
+        {
+            static char buf[100] = "";
+            SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+            InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            if (buf[0] != 0)
+                DebugTextEncoding(buf);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+
+        // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.
+        if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+            DebugStartItemPicker();
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");
+
+        // Stack Tool is your best friend!
+        Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");
+
+        // Stack Tool is your best friend!
+        Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code.");
+
+        Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);
+        Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);
+        SameLine();
+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
+        cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);
+        if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);
+            Indent();
+            for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);
+                Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+            }
+            Unindent();
+        }
+
+        Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects);
+        SameLine();
+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
+        cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);
+        if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
+            {
+                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+                if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
+                    continue;
+
+                BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
+                if (IsItemHovered())
+                    GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                Indent();
+                char buf[128];
+                for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)
+                {
+                    if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
+                    {
+                        if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)
+                            continue;
+                        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                        {
+                            ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n);
+                            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+                            Selectable(buf);
+                            if (IsItemHovered())
+                                GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1);
+                        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+                        Selectable(buf);
+                        if (IsItemHovered())
+                            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
+                    }
+                }
+                Unindent();
+            }
+        }
+
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Windows
+    if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))
+    {
+        //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order");
+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)");
+        if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)"))
+        {
+            // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!
+            ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;
+            temp_buffer.resize(0);
+            for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+                if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)
+                    temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]);
+            struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };
+            ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);
+            DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // DrawLists
+    int drawlist_count = 0;
+    for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++)
+        drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount();
+    if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))
+    {
+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);
+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
+        for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++)
+        {
+            ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i];
+            bool viewport_has_drawlist = false;
+            for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++)
+                for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++)
+                {
+                    if (!viewport_has_drawlist)
+                        Text("Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID);
+                    viewport_has_drawlist = true;
+                    DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList");
+                }
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Viewports
+    if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))
+    {
+        Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+        RenderViewportsThumbnails();
+        Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+
+        bool open = TreeNode("Monitors", "Monitors (%d)", g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size);
+        SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Dear ImGui uses monitor data:\n- to query DPI settings on a per monitor basis\n- to position popup/tooltips so they don't straddle monitors.");
+        if (open)
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; i++)
+            {
+                const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i];
+                BulletText("Monitor #%d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)",
+                    i, mon.DpiScale * 100.0f,
+                    mon.MainPos.x, mon.MainPos.y, mon.MainPos.x + mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainPos.y + mon.MainSize.y, mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainSize.y,
+                    mon.WorkPos.x, mon.WorkPos.y, mon.WorkPos.x + mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkPos.y + mon.WorkSize.y, mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkSize.y);
+            }
+            TreePop();
+        }
+
+        BulletText("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport ? g.MouseViewport->ID : 0, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0);
+        if (TreeNode("Inferred Z order (front-to-back)"))
+        {
+            static ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> viewports;
+            viewports.resize(g.Viewports.Size);
+            memcpy(viewports.Data, g.Viewports.Data, g.Viewports.size_in_bytes());
+            if (viewports.Size > 1)
+                ImQsort(viewports.Data, viewports.Size, sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount);
+            for (int i = 0; i < viewports.Size; i++)
+                BulletText("Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, FrontMostStampCount = %08d, Window: \"%s\"", viewports[i]->Idx, viewports[i]->ID, viewports[i]->LastFrontMostStampCount, viewports[i]->Window ? viewports[i]->Window->Name : "N/A");
+            TreePop();
+        }
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
+            DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for Popups
+    if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
+    {
+        for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window;
+            BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : "");
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for TabBars
+    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))
+            {
+                PushID(tab_bar);
+                DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");
+                PopID();
+            }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for Tables
+    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)
+            if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))
+                DebugNodeTable(table);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for Fonts
+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;
+    if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))
+    {
+        ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for InputText
+    if (TreeNode("InputText"))
+    {
+        DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for Docking
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    if (TreeNode("Docking"))
+    {
+        static bool root_nodes_only = true;
+        ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
+        Checkbox("List root nodes", &root_nodes_only);
+        Checkbox("Ctrl shows window dock info", &cfg->ShowDockingNodes);
+        if (SmallButton("Clear nodes")) { DockContextClearNodes(&g, 0, true); }
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Rebuild all")) { dc->WantFullRebuild = true; }
+        for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
+            if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
+                if (!root_nodes_only || node->IsRootNode())
+                    DebugNodeDockNode(node, "Node");
+        TreePop();
+    }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
+    // Settings
+    if (TreeNode("Settings"))
+    {
+        if (SmallButton("Clear"))
+            ClearIniSettings();
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Save to memory"))
+            SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
+        SameLine();
+        if (SmallButton("Save to disk"))
+            SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+        SameLine();
+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+            Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);
+        else
+            TextUnformatted("<NULL>");
+        Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))
+        {
+            for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++)
+                BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+                DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))
+        {
+            for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+                DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsDocking", "Settings packed data: Docking"))
+        {
+            ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
+            Text("In SettingsWindows:");
+            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+                if (settings->DockId != 0)
+                    BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId);
+            Text("In SettingsNodes:");
+            for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++)
+            {
+                ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[n];
+                const char* selected_tab_name = NULL;
+                if (settings->SelectedTabId)
+                {
+                    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(settings->SelectedTabId))
+                        selected_tab_name = window->Name;
+                    else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->SelectedTabId))
+                        selected_tab_name = window_settings->GetName();
+                }
+                BulletText("Node %08X, Parent %08X, SelectedTab %08X ('%s')", settings->ID, settings->ParentNodeId, settings->SelectedTabId, selected_tab_name ? selected_tab_name : settings->SelectedTabId ? "N/A" : "");
+            }
+            TreePop();
+        }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
+        if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))
+        {
+            InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Misc Details
+    if (TreeNode("Internal state"))
+    {
+        Text("WINDOWING");
+        Indent();
+        Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("HoveredDockNode: 0x%08X", g.HoveredDockNode ? g.HoveredDockNode->ID : 0);
+        Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport->ID, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0);
+        Unindent();
+
+        Text("ITEMS");
+        Indent();
+        Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource));
+        Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
+
+        int active_id_using_key_input_count = 0;
+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
+            active_id_using_key_input_count += g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[n] ? 1 : 0;
+        Text("ActiveIdUsing: Wheel: %d, NavDirMask: %X, KeyInputMask: %d key(s)", g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask, active_id_using_key_input_count);
+        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame
+        Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
+        Unindent();
+
+        Text("NAV,FOCUS");
+        Indent();
+        Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+        Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);
+        Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource));
+        Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);
+        Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId);
+        Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);
+        Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);
+        Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);
+        Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");
+        Unindent();
+
+        TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order
+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+            if (!window->WasActive)
+                continue;
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
+            }
+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            {
+                char buf[32];
+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+                float font_size = GetFontSize();
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)
+    {
+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
+            if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
+                continue;
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);
+            if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
+            {
+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                {
+                    ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);
+                    ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);
+                    float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;
+                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    // Overlay: Display Docking info
+    if (cfg->ShowDockingNodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.HoveredDockNode)
+    {
+        char buf[64] = "";
+        char* p = buf;
+        ImGuiDockNode* node = g.HoveredDockNode;
+        ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport());
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "DockId: %X%s\n", node->ID, node->IsCentralNode() ? " *CentralNode*" : "");
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "WindowClass: %08X\n", node->WindowClass.ClassId);
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "Size: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->Size.x, node->Size.y);
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "SizeRef: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y);
+        int depth = DockNodeGetDepth(node);
+        overlay_draw_list->AddRect(node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, node->Pos + node->Size - ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+        ImVec2 pos = node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth;
+        overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(pos - ImVec2(1, 1), pos + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+        overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+    }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
+    End();
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
+{
+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
+        return;
+    BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++)
+        BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm));
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+static void DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags* p_flags, const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+    using namespace ImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    Text("%s:", label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    CheckboxFlags("NoSplit", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoResizeX", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoResizeY",p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar);
+    CheckboxFlags("HiddenTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoWindowMenuButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoCloseButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDocking", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther);
+    CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverEmpty", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty);
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+    PopStyleVar();
+    PopID();
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDockNode
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool is_alive = (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameAlive < 2);    // Submitted with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly
+    const bool is_active = (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameActive < 2);  // Submitted
+    if (!is_alive) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open;
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = node->IsFocused ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
+        open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %d windows (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", node->Windows.Size, node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL");
+    else
+        open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %s split (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? "horizontal" : (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? "vertical" : "n/a", node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL");
+    if (!is_alive) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = node->HostWindow ? node->HostWindow : node->VisibleWindow)
+            GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (open)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[0]->ParentNode == node);
+        IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[1]->ParentNode == node);
+        BulletText("Pos (%.0f,%.0f), Size (%.0f, %.0f) Ref (%.0f, %.0f)",
+            node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Size.x, node->Size.y, node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y);
+        DebugNodeWindow(node->HostWindow, "HostWindow");
+        DebugNodeWindow(node->VisibleWindow, "VisibleWindow");
+        BulletText("SelectedTabID: 0x%08X, LastFocusedNodeID: 0x%08X", node->SelectedTabId, node->LastFocusedNodeId);
+        BulletText("Misc:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
+            node->IsDockSpace() ? " IsDockSpace" : "",
+            node->IsCentralNode() ? " IsCentralNode" : "",
+            is_alive ? " IsAlive" : "", is_active ? " IsActive" : "", node->IsFocused ? " IsFocused" : "",
+            node->WantLockSizeOnce ? " WantLockSizeOnce" : "",
+            node->HasCentralNodeChild ? " HasCentralNodeChild" : "");
+        if (TreeNode("flags", "Flags Merged: 0x%04X, Local: 0x%04X, InWindows: 0x%04X, Shared: 0x%04X", node->MergedFlags, node->LocalFlags, node->LocalFlagsInWindows, node->SharedFlags))
+        {
+            if (BeginTable("flags", 4))
+            {
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->MergedFlags, "MergedFlags", false);
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->LocalFlags, "LocalFlags", true);
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->LocalFlagsInWindows, "LocalFlagsInWindows", false);
+                TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->SharedFlags, "SharedFlags", true);
+                EndTable();
+            }
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        if (node->ParentNode)
+            DebugNodeDockNode(node->ParentNode, "ParentNode");
+        if (node->ChildNodes[0])
+            DebugNodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[0], "Child[0]");
+        if (node->ChildNodes[1])
+            DebugNodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[1], "Child[1]");
+        if (node->TabBar)
+            DebugNodeTabBar(node->TabBar, "TabBar");
+        TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList
+// Note that both 'window' and 'viewport' may be NULL here. Viewport is generally null of destroyed popups which previously owned a viewport.
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
+    int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
+    if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)
+        cmd_count--;
+    bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);
+    if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())
+    {
+        SameLine();
+        TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+        if (node_open)
+            TreePop();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = viewport ? GetForegroundDrawList(viewport) : NULL; // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
+    if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
+        fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!node_open)
+        return;
+
+    if (window && !window->WasActive)
+        TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");
+
+    for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)
+    {
+        if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+        {
+            BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        char buf[300];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",
+            pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId,
+            pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
+        bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)
+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
+        if (!pcmd_node_open)
+            continue;
+
+        // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)
+        // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.
+        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
+        const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;
+        float total_area = 0.0f;
+        for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )
+        {
+            ImVec2 triangle[3];
+            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
+                triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;
+            total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);
+        }
+
+        // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);
+        Selectable(buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false);
+
+        // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
+        ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+        clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
+        while (clipper.Step())
+            for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
+            {
+                char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+                ImVec2 triangle[3];
+                for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
+                {
+                    const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];
+                    triangle[n] = v.pos;
+                    buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
+                        (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : "     ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
+                }
+
+                Selectable(buf, false);
+                if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())
+                {
+                    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+                }
+            }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);
+
+    // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles
+    ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;
+    ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;
+    out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )
+    {
+        ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list
+        ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
+
+        ImVec2 triangle[3];
+        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
+            vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
+        if (show_mesh)
+            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles
+    }
+    // Draw bounding boxes
+    if (show_aabb)
+    {
+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU
+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles
+    }
+    out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+    bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
+        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Set as default"))
+        GetIO().FontDefault = font;
+    if (!opened)
+        return;
+
+    // Display preview text
+    PushFont(font);
+    Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+    PopFont();
+
+    // Display details
+    SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);
+    DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");
+    SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(
+        "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
+        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
+        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
+        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
+        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
+    Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
+    char c_str[5];
+    Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);
+    Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
+    Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
+    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
+        if (font->ConfigData)
+            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
+                BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
+                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
+
+    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
+    if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();
+        const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
+        const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
+        {
+            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
+            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
+            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
+            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))
+            {
+                base += 4096 - 256;
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            int count = 0;
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))
+                    count++;
+            if (count <= 0)
+                continue;
+            if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
+                continue;
+
+            // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs
+            ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+            {
+                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
+                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
+                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
+                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
+                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
+                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
+                if (!glyph)
+                    continue;
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));
+                if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2))
+                {
+                    BeginTooltip();
+                    DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);
+                    EndTooltip();
+                }
+            }
+            Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)
+{
+    Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);
+    Separator();
+    Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
+    Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
+    Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
+    Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage
+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
+{
+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))
+        return;
+    for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++)
+    {
+        const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n];
+        BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
+{
+    // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
+    char buf[256];
+    char* p = buf;
+    const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+    const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "  { ");
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'",
+            tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???");
+    }
+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf);
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();
+        draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            PushID(tab);
+            if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2);
+            if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine();
+            Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.1f, Width: %.1f/%.1f",
+                tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
+{
+    SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+    if (TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)viewport->ID, "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, Parent: 0x%08X, Window: \"%s\"", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->ParentViewportId, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A"))
+    {
+        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;
+        BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f\nMonitor: %d, DpiScale: %.0f%%",
+            viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,
+            viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y,
+            viewport->PlatformMonitor, viewport->DpiScale * 100.0f);
+        if (viewport->Idx > 0) { SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Reset Pos")) { viewport->Pos = ImVec2(200, 200); viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); if (viewport->Window) viewport->Window->Pos = viewport->Pos; } }
+        BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,
+            //(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", // Omitting because it is the standard
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? " NoDecoration" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? " NoTaskBarIcon" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) ? " NoFocusOnAppearing" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick) ? " NoFocusOnClick" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) ? " NoInputs" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear) ? " NoRendererClear" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? " Minimized" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : "",
+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : "");
+        for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++)
+            for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++)
+                DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList");
+        TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
+{
+    if (window == NULL)
+    {
+        BulletText("%s: NULL", label);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool is_active = window->WasActive;
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)
+        GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!open)
+        return;
+
+    if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+        TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");
+
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+    DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
+    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);
+    BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
+    BulletText("WindowClassId: 0x%08X", window->WindowClass.ClassId);
+    BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");
+    BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
+    BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);
+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
+    {
+        ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];
+        if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)
+        {
+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);
+            continue;
+        }
+        BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);
+        if (IsItemHovered())
+            GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(r.Min + window->Pos, r.Max + window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+    BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+
+    BulletText("Viewport: %d%s, ViewportId: 0x%08X, ViewportPos: (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->Idx : -1, window->ViewportOwned ? " (Owned)" : "", window->ViewportId, window->ViewportPos.x, window->ViewportPos.y);
+    BulletText("ViewportMonitor: %d", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor : -1);
+    BulletText("DockId: 0x%04X, DockOrder: %d, Act: %d, Vis: %d", window->DockId, window->DockOrder, window->DockIsActive, window->DockTabIsVisible);
+    if (window->DockNode || window->DockNodeAsHost)
+        DebugNodeDockNode(window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost : window->DockNode, window->DockNodeAsHost ? "DockNodeAsHost" : "DockNode");
+
+    if (window->RootWindow != window)       { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); }
+    if (window->RootWindowDockTree != window->RootWindow) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree, "RootWindowDockTree"); }
+    if (window->ParentWindow != NULL)       { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); }
+    if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0)   { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); }
+    if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+            DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]);
+        TreePop();
+    }
+    DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
+{
+    Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",
+        settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label)
+{
+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))
+        return;
+    for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back
+    {
+        PushID((*windows)[i]);
+        DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window");
+        PopID();
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];
+        if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)
+            continue;
+        char buf[20];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+        //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);
+        DebugNodeWindow(window, buf);
+        Indent();
+        DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window);
+        Unindent();
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    DebugLogV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
+    g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);
+    g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);
+    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)
+        IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
+    {
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    Text("Log events:");
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_);
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Docking", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking);
+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Viewport", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport);
+
+    if (SmallButton("Clear"))
+        g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
+    SameLine();
+    if (SmallButton("Copy"))
+        SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());
+    BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
+    TextUnformatted(g.DebugLogBuf.begin(), g.DebugLogBuf.end()); // FIXME-OPT: Could use a line index, but TextUnformatted() has a semi-decent fast path for large text.
+    if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())
+        SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
+    EndChild();
+
+    End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+    if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+        return;
+
+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);
+    if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape))
+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+    const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl | ImGuiModFlags_Shift);
+    if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id)
+    {
+        g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;
+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+    }
+    for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++)
+        if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
+            g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button;
+    SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f);
+    BeginTooltip();
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);
+    Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");
+    const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" };
+    if (change_mapping)
+        Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button.");
+    else
+        TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]);
+    EndTooltip();
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;
+
+    // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible
+    g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
+    if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item
+    // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time
+    const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;
+    if (tool->QueryId != query_id)
+    {
+        tool->QueryId = query_id;
+        tool->StackLevel = -1;
+        tool->Results.resize(0);
+    }
+    if (query_id == 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)
+    int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
+        if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)
+            tool->StackLevel++;
+
+    // Update hook
+    stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
+    if (stack_level == -1)
+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;
+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
+    {
+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;
+        tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;
+    }
+}
+
+// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions
+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;
+
+    // Step 0: stack query
+    // This assume that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.
+    if (tool->StackLevel == -1)
+    {
+        tool->StackLevel++;
+        tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo());
+        for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)
+            tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Step 1+: query for individual level
+    IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);
+    if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)
+        return;
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];
+    IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_String:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDataType_ID:
+        if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.
+            return;
+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id);
+        break;
+    default:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+    info->QuerySuccess = true;
+    info->DataType = data_type;
+}
+
+static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
+{
+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL;
+    if (window)                                                                 // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);
+    if (info->QuerySuccess)                                                     // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);
+    if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size)                                  // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.
+        return (*buf = 0);
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID))   // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);
+#endif
+    return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???");
+}
+
+// Stack Tool: Display UI
+void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
+    {
+        End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Display hovered/active status
+    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;
+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+    const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId:  0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");
+#else
+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId:  0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);
+#endif
+    SameLine();
+    MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");
+
+    // CTRL+C to copy path
+    const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;
+    Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);
+    SameLine();
+    TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*");
+    if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
+    {
+        tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;
+        char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;
+        char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;
+        for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)
+        {
+            *p++ = '/';
+            char level_desc[256];
+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));
+            for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)
+            {
+                if (level_desc[n] == '/')
+                    *p++ = '\\';
+                *p++ = level_desc[n];
+            }
+        }
+        *p = '\0';
+        SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);
+    }
+
+    // Display decorated stack
+    tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;
+    if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+    {
+        const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x;
+        TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
+        TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+        TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
+        TableHeadersRow();
+        for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
+            TableNextColumn();
+            Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);
+            TableNextColumn();
+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size);
+            TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data);
+            TableNextColumn();
+            Text("0x%08X", info->ID);
+            if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)
+                TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header));
+        }
+        EndTable();
+    }
+    End();
+}
+
+#else
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>*, const char*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {}
+
+void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {}
+void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {}
+void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {}
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {}
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {}
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
+// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github.
+#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL
+#include "imgui_user.inl"
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47b8341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,8260 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP
+// (demo code)
+
+// Help:
+// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments.
+// Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+
+// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase:
+// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other
+// coders will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available
+// debug menu of your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone
+// in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library.
+// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow().
+// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be
+// linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty.
+// In another situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference.
+// Thank you,
+// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete)
+
+// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword:
+// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls,
+// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to
+// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller
+// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function
+// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code,
+// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions.
+
+// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application!
+// Because of this:
+// - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace.
+// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them.
+// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API.
+// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided
+//   by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional
+//   and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h.
+//   Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp.
+
+// Navigating this file:
+// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers
+// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
+// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
+// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout()
+// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups()
+// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables()
+// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowMisc()
+// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
+// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Docking, DockSpace / ShowExampleAppDockSpace()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+// System includes
+#include <ctype.h>          // toupper
+#include <limits.h>         // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
+#include <math.h>           // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
+#include <stdio.h>          // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#include <stdlib.h>         // NULL, malloc, free, atoi
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h>         // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>         // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                     // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                           // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"        // warning: 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this..   // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code)
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security"                // warning: format string is not a string literal
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"          // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor    // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"                  // warning: macro is not used                               // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                   // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"              // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security"          // warning: format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation"   // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement      // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub.
+#endif
+
+// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: May 2018, Notepad now supports Unix-style carriage returns!)
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define IM_NEWLINE  "\r\n"
+#else
+#define IM_NEWLINE  "\n"
+#endif
+
+// Helpers
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf)
+#define snprintf    _snprintf
+#endif
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
+#define vsnprintf   _vsnprintf
+#endif
+
+// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized...
+// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from <inttypes.h> (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself.
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define IM_PRId64   "I64d"
+#define IM_PRIu64   "I64u"
+#else
+#define IM_PRId64   "lld"
+#define IM_PRIu64   "llu"
+#endif
+
+// Helpers macros
+// We normally try to not use many helpers in imgui_demo.cpp in order to make code easier to copy and paste,
+// but making an exception here as those are largely simplifying code...
+// In other imgui sources we can use nicer internal functions from imgui_internal.h (ImMin/ImMax) but not in the demo.
+#define IM_MIN(A, B)            (((A) < (B)) ? (A) : (B))
+#define IM_MAX(A, B)            (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B))
+#define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX)     ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V))
+
+// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
+#ifndef IMGUI_CDECL
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
+#else
+#define IMGUI_CDECL
+#endif
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS)
+
+// Forward Declarations
+static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
+static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleMenuFile();
+
+// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered.
+// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md)
+static void HelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+    {
+        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
+static void ShowDockingDisabledMessage()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui::Text("ERROR: Docking is not enabled! See Demo > Configuration.");
+    ImGui::Text("Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable in your code, or ");
+    ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (ImGui::SmallButton("click here"))
+        io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable;
+}
+
+// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to a interactive browser
+typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section, void* user_data);
+extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback  GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback;
+extern void*                    GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData;
+ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback         GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL;
+void*                           GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL;
+#define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section)  do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0)
+
+// Helper to display basic user controls.
+void ImGui::ShowUserGuide()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window.");
+    ImGui::BulletText(
+        "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n"
+        "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents).");
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+	ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window.");
+	if (io.FontAllowUserScaling)
+        ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n");
+    ImGui::Indent();
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert.");
+    ImGui::Unindent();
+    ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:");
+    ImGui::Indent();
+    ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window.");
+    ImGui::Unindent();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
+// - ShowDemoWindowLayout()
+// - ShowDemoWindowPopups()
+// - ShowDemoWindowTables()
+// - ShowDemoWindowColumns()
+// - ShowDemoWindowMisc()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions
+// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly)
+static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets();
+static void ShowDemoWindowLayout();
+static void ShowDemoWindowPopups();
+static void ShowDemoWindowTables();
+static void ShowDemoWindowColumns();
+static void ShowDemoWindowMisc();
+
+// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!)
+// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does.
+// You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature.
+void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup
+    // Most ImGui functions would normally just crash if the context is missing.
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!");
+
+    // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
+    static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
+    static bool show_app_dockspace = false;
+    static bool show_app_documents = false;
+
+    static bool show_app_console = false;
+    static bool show_app_log = false;
+    static bool show_app_layout = false;
+    static bool show_app_property_editor = false;
+    static bool show_app_long_text = false;
+    static bool show_app_auto_resize = false;
+    static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false;
+    static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false;
+    static bool show_app_fullscreen = false;
+    static bool show_app_window_titles = false;
+    static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false;
+
+    if (show_app_main_menu_bar)       ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
+    if (show_app_dockspace)           ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&show_app_dockspace);     // Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function)
+    if (show_app_documents)           ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents);     // Process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace()
+
+    if (show_app_console)             ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console);
+    if (show_app_log)                 ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log);
+    if (show_app_layout)              ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout);
+    if (show_app_property_editor)     ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor);
+    if (show_app_long_text)           ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text);
+    if (show_app_auto_resize)         ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize);
+    if (show_app_constrained_resize)  ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize);
+    if (show_app_simple_overlay)      ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay);
+    if (show_app_fullscreen)          ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen);
+    if (show_app_window_titles)       ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles);
+    if (show_app_custom_rendering)    ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering);
+
+    // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu)
+    static bool show_app_metrics = false;
+    static bool show_app_debug_log = false;
+    static bool show_app_stack_tool = false;
+    static bool show_app_about = false;
+    static bool show_app_style_editor = false;
+
+    if (show_app_metrics)
+        ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics);
+    if (show_app_debug_log)
+        ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log);
+    if (show_app_stack_tool)
+        ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool);
+    if (show_app_about)
+        ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about);
+    if (show_app_style_editor)
+    {
+        ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor);
+        ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
+        ImGui::End();
+    }
+
+    // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default!
+    static bool no_titlebar = false;
+    static bool no_scrollbar = false;
+    static bool no_menu = false;
+    static bool no_move = false;
+    static bool no_resize = false;
+    static bool no_collapse = false;
+    static bool no_close = false;
+    static bool no_nav = false;
+    static bool no_background = false;
+    static bool no_bring_to_front = false;
+    static bool no_docking = false;
+    static bool unsaved_document = false;
+
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0;
+    if (no_titlebar)        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+    if (no_scrollbar)       window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar;
+    if (!no_menu)           window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+    if (no_move)            window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    if (no_resize)          window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+    if (no_collapse)        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+    if (no_nav)             window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
+    if (no_background)      window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
+    if (no_bring_to_front)  window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus;
+    if (no_docking)         window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    if (unsaved_document)   window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument;
+    if (no_close)           p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin
+
+    // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file.
+    // We only do it to make the demo applications a little more welcoming, but typically this isn't required.
+    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->WorkPos.x + 650, main_viewport->WorkPos.y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+
+    // Main body of the Demo window starts here.
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags))
+    {
+        // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization.
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details.
+
+    // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align)
+    //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f);
+
+    // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets.
+    ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12);
+
+    // Menu Bar
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File");
+            ShowExampleMenuFile();
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples"))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples");
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &show_app_dockspace);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents);
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar!
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools"))
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+            const bool has_debug_tools = true;
+#else
+            const bool has_debug_tools = false;
+#endif
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about);
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM);
+    ImGui::Spacing();
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help");
+    if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n"
+                          "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool).");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:");
+        ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!");
+        ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls.");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:");
+        ImGui::ShowUserGuide();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration");
+    if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration"))
+    {
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2"))
+        {
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard",    &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls.");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad",     &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable gamepad controls. Require backend to set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details.");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos.");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse",              &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse);
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
+            {
+                // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it:
+                if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f)
+                {
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::Text("<<PRESS SPACE TO DISABLE>>");
+                }
+                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space))
+                    io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse;
+            }
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility.");
+
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: DockingEnable", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable);
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (io.ConfigDockingWithShift)
+                HelpMarker("Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to enable docking.\n\nDrag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows).");
+            else
+                HelpMarker("Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking.\n\nDrag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows).");
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)
+            {
+                ImGui::Indent();
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingNoSplit", &io.ConfigDockingNoSplit);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Simplified docking mode: disable window splitting, so docking is limited to merging multiple windows together into tab-bars.");
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingWithShift", &io.ConfigDockingWithShift);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable docking when holding Shift only (allow to drop in wider space, reduce visual noise)");
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar", &io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Create a docking node and tab-bar on single floating windows.");
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload", &io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make window or viewport transparent when docking and only display docking boxes on the target viewport. Useful if rendering of multiple viewport cannot be synced. Best used with ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge.");
+                ImGui::Unindent();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: ViewportsEnable", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("[beta] Enable beta multi-viewports support. See ImGuiPlatformIO for details.");
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+            {
+                ImGui::Indent();
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge", &io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Set to make all floating imgui windows always create their own viewport. Otherwise, they are merged into the main host viewports when overlapping it.");
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon", &io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform backends won't refresh the task bar icon state right away).");
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration", &io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform backends won't refresh the decoration right away).");
+                ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent", &io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform backends won't refresh the parenting right away).");
+                ImGui::Unindent();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving).");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something).");
+            ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options.");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+            ImGui::Separator();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker(
+                "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n"
+                "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend.");
+
+            // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags.
+            // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent..
+            ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad",             &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors",        &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos",         &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports",   &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport",&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset",   &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports",   &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+            ImGui::Separator();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function.");
+            ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+            ImGui::Separator();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker(
+                "The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of "
+                "a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded.\n"
+                "Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button.");
+            ImGui::LogButtons();
+
+            HelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output.");
+            if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard"))
+            {
+                ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+                ImGui::LogText("Hello, world!");
+                ImGui::LogFinish();
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Window options");
+    if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options"))
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No docking", &no_docking);
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("Unsaved document", &unsaved_document);
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // All demo contents
+    ShowDemoWindowWidgets();
+    ShowDemoWindowLayout();
+    ShowDemoWindowPopups();
+    ShowDemoWindowTables();
+    ShowDemoWindowMisc();
+
+    // End of ShowDemoWindow()
+    ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets");
+    if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets"))
+        return;
+
+    static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom
+    if (disable_all)
+        ImGui::BeginDisabled();
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button");
+        static int clicked = 0;
+        if (ImGui::Button("Button"))
+            clicked++;
+        if (clicked & 1)
+        {
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!");
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Checkbox");
+        static bool check = true;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/RadioButton");
+        static int e = 0;
+        ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2);
+
+        // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style.
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Colored)");
+        for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+        {
+            if (i > 0)
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::PushID(i);
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f));
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f));
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f));
+            ImGui::Button("Click");
+            ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+
+        // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed widgets elements
+        // (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default!)
+        // See 'Demo->Layout->Text Baseline Alignment' for details.
+        ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+        ImGui::Text("Hold to repeat:");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+
+        // Arrow buttons with Repeater
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)");
+        static int counter = 0;
+        float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true);
+        if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; }
+        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+        if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; }
+        ImGui::PopButtonRepeat();
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Text("%d", counter);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips");
+        ImGui::Text("Hover over me");
+        if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+            ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip");
+
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Text("- or me");
+        if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+        {
+            ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+            ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip");
+            static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+            ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+            ImGui::EndTooltip();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value");
+
+        {
+            // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here
+            // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo");
+            const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" };
+            static int item_current = 0;
+            ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API.");
+        }
+
+        {
+            // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
+            // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file.
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputText");
+            static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!";
+            ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0));
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "USER:\n"
+                "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n"
+                "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n"
+                "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n"
+                "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n"
+                "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n"
+                "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n"
+                "PROGRAMMER:\n"
+                "You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() "
+                "to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated "
+                "in imgui_demo.cpp).");
+
+            static char str1[128] = "";
+            ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1));
+
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputInt, InputFloat");
+            static int i0 = 123;
+            ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0);
+
+            static float f0 = 0.001f;
+            ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f");
+
+            static double d0 = 999999.00000001;
+            ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f");
+
+            static float f1 = 1.e10f;
+            ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "You can input value using the scientific notation,\n"
+                "  e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".");
+
+            static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
+            ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a);
+        }
+
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat");
+            static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42;
+            ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "Click and drag to edit value.\n"
+                "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n"
+                "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value.");
+
+            ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+
+            static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f;
+            ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns");
+        }
+
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat");
+            static int i1 = 0;
+            ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value.");
+
+            static float f1 = 0.123f, f2 = 0.0f;
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (log)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
+
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderAngle");
+            static float angle = 0.0f;
+            ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle);
+
+            // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer.
+            // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name.
+            // This technique can also be used with DragInt().
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Slider (enum)");
+            enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT };
+            static int elem = Element_Fire;
+            const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" };
+            const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown";
+            ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer.");
+        }
+
+        {
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4");
+            static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f };
+            static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
+            ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n"
+                "Click and hold to use drag and drop.\n"
+                "Right-click on the color square to show options.\n"
+                "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
+        }
+
+        {
+            // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here
+            // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api.
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ListBox");
+            const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" };
+            static int item_current = 1;
+            ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API.");
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper.
+    //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once;
+    //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+    //    if (once)
+    //        ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once.");
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees"))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees"))
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+            {
+                // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could
+                // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing!
+                if (i == 0)
+                    ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+
+                if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("blah blah");
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
+                    if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {}
+                    ImGui::TreePop();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker(
+                "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n"
+                "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.");
+            static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth;
+            static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false;
+            static bool test_drag_and_drop = false;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow",       &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth",    &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node.");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth",     &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop);
+            ImGui::Text("Hello!");
+            if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
+                ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+
+            // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state.
+            //  You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit.
+            // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end
+            /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc.
+            static int selection_mask = (1 << 2);
+            int node_clicked = -1;
+            for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+            {
+                // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection.
+                // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection.
+                ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags;
+                const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0;
+                if (is_selected)
+                    node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected;
+                if (i < 3)
+                {
+                    // Items 0..2 are Tree Node
+                    bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i);
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
+                        node_clicked = i;
+                    if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
+                    {
+                        ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0);
+                        ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
+                        ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
+                    }
+                    if (node_open)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
+                        ImGui::TreePop();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves
+                    // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can
+                    // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text().
+                    node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
+                    ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i);
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
+                        node_clicked = i;
+                    if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
+                    {
+                        ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0);
+                        ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
+                        ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if (node_clicked != -1)
+            {
+                // Update selection state
+                // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame)
+                if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
+                    selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked);          // CTRL+click to toggle
+                else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection
+                    selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked);           // Click to single-select
+            }
+            if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
+                ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Collapsing Headers");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers"))
+    {
+        static bool closable_group = true;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show 2nd header", &closable_group);
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
+            for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+                ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i);
+        }
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
+            for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+                ImGui::Text("More content %d", i);
+        }
+        /*
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a bullet", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet))
+            ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
+        */
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets"))
+    {
+        ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node"))
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)");
+        ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button");
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text"))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text"))
+        {
+            // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility.
+            ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink");
+            ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow");
+            ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle.");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping"))
+        {
+            // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility.
+            ImGui::TextWrapped(
+                "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation "
+                "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages.");
+            ImGui::Spacing();
+
+            static float wrap_width = 200.0f;
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f");
+
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+            for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n);
+                ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y);
+                ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight());
+                ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width);
+                if (n == 0)
+                    ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width);
+                else
+                    ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee   ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh");
+
+                // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!)
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
+                ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text"))
+        {
+            // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters
+            // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.)
+            // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8
+            // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you
+            //   can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature').
+            // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8
+            //   CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants.
+            //   Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application!
+            // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed,
+            // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application.
+            ImGui::TextWrapped(
+                "CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. "
+                "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. "
+                "Read docs/FONTS.md for details.");
+            ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string.
+            ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)");
+            static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e";
+            //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis
+            ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images"))
+    {
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+        ImGui::TextWrapped(
+            "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). "
+            "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. "
+            "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!");
+
+        // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo!
+        // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that
+        // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure.
+        // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top
+        // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example:
+        // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer
+        // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc.
+        // More:
+        // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers
+        //   to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc.
+        // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer,
+        //   it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it.
+        // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage().
+        // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md
+        // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
+        ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID;
+        float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth;
+        float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight;
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
+            ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+            ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);                 // Top-left
+            ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);                 // Lower-right
+            ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);   // No tint
+            ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white
+            ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col);
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+            {
+                ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+                float region_sz = 32.0f;
+                float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f;
+                float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f;
+                float zoom = 4.0f;
+                if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; }
+                else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; }
+                if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; }
+                else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; }
+                ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y);
+                ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz);
+                ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h);
+                ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h);
+                ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, tint_col, border_col);
+                ImGui::EndTooltip();
+            }
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons");
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons..");
+        static int pressed_count = 0;
+        for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+        {
+            ImGui::PushID(i);
+            int frame_padding = -1 + i;                             // -1 == uses default padding (style.FramePadding)
+            ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f);                     // Size of the image we want to make visible
+            ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);                        // UV coordinates for lower-left
+            ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h);// UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture
+            ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f);         // Black background
+            ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);       // No tint
+            if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, frame_padding, bg_col, tint_col))
+                pressed_count += 1;
+            ImGui::PopID();
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+        }
+        ImGui::NewLine();
+        ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count);
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo"))
+    {
+        // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo
+        static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0;
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo");
+        if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
+            flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview;     // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both
+        if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+            flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both
+
+        // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents.
+        // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively
+        // stored in the object itself, etc.)
+        const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
+        static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
+        const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx];  // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything)
+        if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags))
+        {
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
+            {
+                const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
+                    item_current_idx = n;
+
+                // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
+                if (is_selected)
+                    ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndCombo();
+        }
+
+        // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string
+        // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time.
+        static int item_current_2 = 0;
+        ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
+
+        // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char*
+        // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control.
+        static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview
+        ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+
+        // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function
+        struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } };
+        static int item_current_4 = 0;
+        ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes"))
+    {
+        // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents.
+        // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively
+        // stored in the object itself, etc.)
+        const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
+        static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
+        if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1"))
+        {
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
+            {
+                const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
+                    item_current_idx = n;
+
+                // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
+                if (is_selected)
+                    ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndListBox();
+        }
+
+        // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall
+        ImGui::Text("Full-width:");
+        if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing())))
+        {
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
+            {
+                const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
+                    item_current_idx = n;
+
+                // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
+                if (is_selected)
+                    ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndListBox();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables"))
+    {
+        // Selectable() has 2 overloads:
+        // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information.
+        //   When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly.
+        // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases)
+        // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways
+        // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc).
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+        {
+            static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false };
+            ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]);
+            ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]);
+            ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)");
+            ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]);
+            if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick))
+                if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
+                    selection[4] = !selection[4];
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection"))
+        {
+            static int selected = -1;
+            for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+            {
+                char buf[32];
+                sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n);
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n))
+                    selected = n;
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items.");
+            static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false };
+            for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+            {
+                char buf[32];
+                sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n);
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n]))
+                {
+                    if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)    // Clear selection when CTRL is not held
+                        memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection));
+                    selection[n] ^= 1;
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line"))
+        {
+            // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter,
+            // this function toggle your bool value automatically.
+            static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false };
+            ImGui::Selectable("main.c",    &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes");
+            ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes");
+            ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h",   &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns"))
+        {
+            static bool selected[10] = {};
+
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+            {
+                for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+                {
+                    char label[32];
+                    sprintf(label, "Item %d", i);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTable();
+            }
+            ImGui::Spacing();
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+            {
+                for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+                {
+                    char label[32];
+                    sprintf(label, "Item %d", i);
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("Some other contents");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("123456");
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTable();
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid"))
+        {
+            static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } };
+
+            // Add in a bit of silly fun...
+            const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime();
+            const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected...
+            if (winning_state)
+                ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f)));
+
+            for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++)
+                for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++)
+                {
+                    if (x > 0)
+                        ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x);
+                    if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50)))
+                    {
+                        // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors
+                        selected[y][x] ^= 1;
+                        if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; }
+                        if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; }
+                        if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; }
+                        if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; }
+                    }
+                    ImGui::PopID();
+                }
+
+            if (winning_state)
+                ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker(
+                "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item "
+                "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to "
+                "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line");
+            static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true };
+            for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
+            {
+                for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
+                {
+                    ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f);
+                    char name[32];
+                    sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y);
+                    if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment);
+                    ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80));
+                    ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
+    // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file.
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input"))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
+        {
+            // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize
+            // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings.
+            static char text[1024 * 16] =
+                "/*\n"
+                " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n"
+                " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n"
+                " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n"
+                " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n"
+                " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n"
+                " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n"
+                "*/\n\n"
+                "label:\n"
+                "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n";
+
+            static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput;
+            HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include <string> in here)");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine);
+            ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input"))
+        {
+            struct TextFilters
+            {
+                // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i'
+                static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
+                {
+                    if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar))
+                        return 0;
+                    return 1;
+                }
+            };
+
+            static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default",     buf1, 64);
+            static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal",     buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
+            static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+            static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase",   buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+            static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank",    buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+            static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input"))
+        {
+            static char password[64] = "password123";
+            ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n");
+            ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "<password>", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password);
+            ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password));
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"))
+        {
+            struct Funcs
+            {
+                static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
+                {
+                    if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion)
+                    {
+                        data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, "..");
+                    }
+                    else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)
+                    {
+                        if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow)
+                        {
+                            data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen);
+                            data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!");
+                            data->SelectAll();
+                        }
+                        else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow)
+                        {
+                            data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen);
+                            data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!");
+                            data->SelectAll();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit)
+                    {
+                        // Toggle casing of first character
+                        char c = data->Buf[0];
+                        if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32;
+                        data->BufDirty = true;
+
+                        // Increment a counter
+                        int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData;
+                        *p_int = *p_int + 1;
+                    }
+                    return 0;
+                }
+            };
+            static char buf1[64];
+            ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback.");
+
+            static char buf2[64];
+            ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback.");
+
+            static char buf3[64];
+            static int edit_count = 0;
+            ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edits + count edits.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count);
+
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback"))
+        {
+            // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
+            // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper
+            // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string.
+            HelpMarker(
+                "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n"
+                "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string.");
+            struct Funcs
+            {
+                static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
+                {
+                    if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize)
+                    {
+                        ImVector<char>* my_str = (ImVector<char>*)data->UserData;
+                        IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf);
+                        my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1
+                        data->Buf = my_str->begin();
+                    }
+                    return 0;
+                }
+
+                // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace.
+                // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)'
+                static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector<char>* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0)
+                {
+                    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0);
+                    return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str);
+                }
+            };
+
+            // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container.
+            // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more
+            // than usually reported by a typical string class.
+            static ImVector<char> my_str;
+            if (my_str.empty())
+                my_str.push_back(0);
+            Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16));
+            ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity());
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Tabs
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs"))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+        {
+            ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None;
+            if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button"))
+        {
+            // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0).
+            static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton);
+            if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
+                tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+            if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown))
+                tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown);
+            if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
+                tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll);
+
+            // Tab Bar
+            const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" };
+            static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++)
+            {
+                if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); }
+                ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]);
+            }
+
+            // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin():
+            // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed.
+            if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
+            {
+                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++)
+                    if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]);
+                        if (n & 1)
+                            ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab.");
+                        ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                    }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags"))
+        {
+            static ImVector<int> active_tabs;
+            static int next_tab_id = 0;
+            if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs
+                for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+                    active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++);
+
+            // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together.
+            // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags...
+            // but they tend to make more sense together)
+            static bool show_leading_button = true;
+            static bool show_trailing_button = true;
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button);
+
+            // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs
+            static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton);
+            if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown))
+                tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown);
+            if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
+                tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll);
+
+            if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
+            {
+                // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu
+                if (show_leading_button)
+                    if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
+                        ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu");
+                if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Selectable("Hello!");
+                    ImGui::EndPopup();
+                }
+
+                // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+")
+                // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end.
+                if (show_trailing_button)
+                    if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
+                        active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab
+
+                // Submit our regular tabs
+                for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; )
+                {
+                    bool open = true;
+                    char name[16];
+                    snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]);
+                    if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name);
+                        ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                    }
+
+                    if (!open)
+                        active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n);
+                    else
+                        n++;
+                }
+
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
+    // Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot
+    // (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions)
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting"))
+    {
+        static bool animate = true;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate);
+
+        // Plot as lines and plot as histogram
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram");
+        static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+        ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+        ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f));
+
+        // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot
+        // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float
+        // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter.
+        static float values[90] = {};
+        static int values_offset = 0;
+        static double refresh_time = 0.0;
+        if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0)
+            refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime();
+        while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo
+        {
+            static float phase = 0.0f;
+            values[values_offset] = cosf(phase);
+            values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values);
+            phase += 0.10f * values_offset;
+            refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Plots can display overlay texts
+        // (in this example, we will display an average value)
+        {
+            float average = 0.0f;
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++)
+                average += values[n];
+            average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values);
+            char overlay[32];
+            sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average);
+            ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f));
+        }
+
+        // Use functions to generate output
+        // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices.
+        // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count.
+        struct Funcs
+        {
+            static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); }
+            static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; }
+        };
+        static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+        ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400);
+        float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw;
+        ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80));
+        ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80));
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        // Animate a simple progress bar
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar");
+        static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f;
+        if (animate)
+        {
+            progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime;
+            if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+            if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+        }
+
+        // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width,
+        // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
+        ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        ImGui::Text("Progress Bar");
+
+        float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        char buf[32];
+        sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753);
+        ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf);
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets"))
+    {
+        static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f / 255.0f, 144.0f / 255.0f, 154.0f / 255.0f, 200.0f / 255.0f);
+
+        static bool alpha_preview = true;
+        static bool alpha_half_preview = false;
+        static bool drag_and_drop = true;
+        static bool options_menu = true;
+        static bool hdr = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options.");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets.");
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit");
+        ImGui::Text("Color widget:");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+            "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n"
+            "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+        ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (HSV, with Alpha)");
+        ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:");
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (float display)");
+        ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:");
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with Picker)");
+        ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+            "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\n"
+            "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only "
+            "be used for the tooltip and picker popup.");
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with custom Picker popup)");
+        ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:");
+
+        // Generate a default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited.
+        static bool saved_palette_init = true;
+        static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {};
+        if (saved_palette_init)
+        {
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
+            {
+                ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f,
+                    saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z);
+                saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha
+            }
+            saved_palette_init = false;
+        }
+
+        static ImVec4 backup_color;
+        bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags);
+        ImGui::SameLine(0, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette");
+        if (open_popup)
+        {
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker");
+            backup_color = color;
+        }
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!");
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview);
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+
+            ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position
+            ImGui::Text("Current");
+            ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40));
+            ImGui::Text("Previous");
+            if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40)))
+                color = backup_color;
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Text("Palette");
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
+            {
+                ImGui::PushID(n);
+                if ((n % 8) != 0)
+                    ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y);
+
+                ImGuiColorEditFlags palette_button_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
+                if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], palette_button_flags, ImVec2(20, 20)))
+                    color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha!
+
+                // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry. Note that ColorButton() is already a
+                // drag source by default, unless specifying the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop flag.
+                if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
+                {
+                    if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
+                        memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3);
+                    if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
+                        memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4);
+                    ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
+                }
+
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (simple)");
+        ImGui::Text("Color button only:");
+        static bool no_border = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder", &no_border);
+        ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80));
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker");
+        ImGui::Text("Color picker:");
+        static bool alpha = true;
+        static bool alpha_bar = true;
+        static bool side_preview = true;
+        static bool ref_color = false;
+        static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
+        static int display_mode = 0;
+        static int picker_mode = 0;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview);
+        if (side_preview)
+        {
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color);
+            if (ref_color)
+            {
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags);
+            }
+        }
+        ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+            "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, "
+            "but the user can change it with a right-click on those inputs.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex "
+            "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions().");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When not specified explicitly (Auto/Current mode), user can right-click the picker to change mode.");
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags;
+        if (!alpha)            flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha;        // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4()
+        if (alpha_bar)         flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+        if (!side_preview)     flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview;
+        if (picker_mode == 1)  flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+        if (picker_mode == 2)  flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+        if (display_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs;       // Disable all RGB/HSV/Hex displays
+        if (display_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;     // Override display mode
+        if (display_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
+        ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL);
+
+        ImGui::Text("Set defaults in code:");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+            "SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\n"
+            "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed,"
+            "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid"
+            "encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible.");
+        if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar"))
+            ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar);
+        if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel"))
+            ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel);
+
+        // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it)
+        ImGui::Text("Both types:");
+        float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f;
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w);
+        ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##5", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w);
+        ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##6", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+
+        // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0)
+        static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV!
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+        ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+            "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV"
+            "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the"
+            "added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero.");
+        ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:");
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float);
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float);
+        ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags"))
+    {
+        // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same!
+        static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None;
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click.");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values).");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits).");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget.");
+
+        // Drags
+        static float drag_f = 0.5f;
+        static int drag_i = 50;
+        ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags);
+        ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags);
+
+        // Sliders
+        static float slider_f = 0.5f;
+        static int slider_i = 50;
+        ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f);
+        ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags);
+        ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags);
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Range Widgets");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets"))
+    {
+        static float begin = 10, end = 90;
+        static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000;
+        ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+        ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units");
+        ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units");
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types"))
+    {
+        // DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types
+        // - signed/unsigned
+        // - 8/16/32/64-bits
+        // - integer/float/double
+        // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum
+        // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer.
+        // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types.
+        // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points,
+        // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*,
+        // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example:
+        //   bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld")
+        //   {
+        //      return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format);
+        //   }
+
+        // Setup limits (as helper variables so we can take their address, as explained above)
+        // Note: SliderScalar() functions have a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2.
+        #ifndef LLONG_MIN
+        ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
+        ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
+        ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
+        #endif
+        const char    s8_zero  = 0,   s8_one  = 1,   s8_fifty  = 50, s8_min  = -128,        s8_max = 127;
+        const ImU8    u8_zero  = 0,   u8_one  = 1,   u8_fifty  = 50, u8_min  = 0,           u8_max = 255;
+        const short   s16_zero = 0,   s16_one = 1,   s16_fifty = 50, s16_min = -32768,      s16_max = 32767;
+        const ImU16   u16_zero = 0,   u16_one = 1,   u16_fifty = 50, u16_min = 0,           u16_max = 65535;
+        const ImS32   s32_zero = 0,   s32_one = 1,   s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2,   s32_max = INT_MAX/2,    s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100,    s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2;
+        const ImU32   u32_zero = 0,   u32_one = 1,   u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0,           u32_max = UINT_MAX/2,   u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100,   u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2;
+        const ImS64   s64_zero = 0,   s64_one = 1,   s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2,  s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100,  s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2;
+        const ImU64   u64_zero = 0,   u64_one = 1,   u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0,           u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2;
+        const float   f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f;
+        const double  f64_zero = 0.,  f64_one = 1.,  f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0;
+
+        // State
+        static char   s8_v  = 127;
+        static ImU8   u8_v  = 255;
+        static short  s16_v = 32767;
+        static ImU16  u16_v = 65535;
+        static ImS32  s32_v = -1;
+        static ImU32  u32_v = (ImU32)-1;
+        static ImS64  s64_v = -1;
+        static ImU64  u64_v = (ImU64)-1;
+        static float  f32_v = 0.123f;
+        static double f64_v = 90000.01234567890123456789;
+
+        const float drag_speed = 0.2f;
+        static bool drag_clamp = false;
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags");
+        ImGui::Text("Drags:");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+            "As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n"
+            "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value.");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8",        ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero  : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty  : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8",        ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero  : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty  : NULL, "%u ms");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16",       ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16",       ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32",       ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32 hex",   ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL, "0x%08X");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32",       ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64",       ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64",       ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag float",     ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, 0.005f,  &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag float log", ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, 0.005f,  &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag double",    ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL,     "%.10f grams");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders");
+        ImGui::Text("Sliders");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full",       ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  &s8_min,   &s8_max,   "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full",       ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  &u8_min,   &u8_max,   "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full",      ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, &s16_min,  &s16_max,  "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full",      ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, &u16_min,  &u16_max,  "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low",       ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high",      ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full",      ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_min,  &s32_max,  "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 hex",       ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty, "0x%04X");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low",       ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high",      ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full",      ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, &u32_min,  &u32_max,  "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low",       ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high",      ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full",      ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, &s64_min,  &s64_max,  "%" IM_PRId64);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low",       ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high",      ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full",      ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, &u64_min,  &u64_max,  "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low",     ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one,  "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high",    ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low",    ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one,  "%.10f grams");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one,  "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high",   ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams");
+
+        ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse",    ImGuiDataType_S8,   &s8_v,  &s8_max,    &s8_min,   "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse",    ImGuiDataType_U8,   &u8_v,  &u8_max,    &u8_min,   "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse",   ImGuiDataType_S32,  &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse",   ImGuiDataType_U32,  &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse",   ImGuiDataType_S64,  &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64);
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse",   ImGuiDataType_U64,  &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs");
+        static bool inputs_step = true;
+        ImGui::Text("Inputs");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s8",      ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  inputs_step ? &s8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%d");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u8",      ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  inputs_step ? &u8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%u");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s16",     ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u16",     ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s32",     ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u32",     ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s64",     ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u64",     ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input float",   ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input double",  ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL);
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets"))
+    {
+        static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
+        static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 };
+
+        ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i);
+        ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+        ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255);
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i);
+        ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+        ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255);
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i);
+        ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+        ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255);
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders"))
+    {
+        const float spacing = 4;
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing));
+
+        static int int_value = 0;
+        ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+
+        static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f };
+        ImGui::PushID("set1");
+        for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+        {
+            if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::PushID(i);
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f));
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f));
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f));
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f));
+            ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]);
+            ImGui::PopStyleColor(4);
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopID();
+
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::PushID("set2");
+        static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f };
+        const int rows = 3;
+        const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows));
+        for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++)
+        {
+            if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+            for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++)
+            {
+                ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny);
+                ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
+                if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                    ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]);
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopID();
+
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::PushID("set3");
+        for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+        {
+            if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::PushID(i);
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40);
+            ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec");
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopID();
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop"))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Standard widgets");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets"))
+        {
+            // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target.
+            // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F
+            // to allow your own widgets to use colors in their drag and drop interaction.
+            // Also see 'Demo->Widgets->Color/Picker Widgets->Palette' demo.
+            HelpMarker("You can drag from the color squares.");
+            static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f };
+            static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
+            ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Copy-swap items");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items"))
+        {
+            enum Mode
+            {
+                Mode_Copy,
+                Mode_Move,
+                Mode_Swap
+            };
+            static int mode = 0;
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; }
+            static const char* names[9] =
+            {
+                "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty",
+                "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard",
+                "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn"
+            };
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++)
+            {
+                ImGui::PushID(n);
+                if ((n % 3) != 0)
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60, 60));
+
+                // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here!
+                if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None))
+                {
+                    // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything)
+                    ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int));
+
+                    // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display
+                    // the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.)
+                    if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); }
+                    if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); }
+                    if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); }
+                    ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
+                {
+                    if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL"))
+                    {
+                        IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int));
+                        int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data;
+                        if (mode == Mode_Copy)
+                        {
+                            names[n] = names[payload_n];
+                        }
+                        if (mode == Mode_Move)
+                        {
+                            names[n] = names[payload_n];
+                            names[payload_n] = "";
+                        }
+                        if (mode == Mode_Swap)
+                        {
+                            const char* tmp = names[n];
+                            names[n] = names[payload_n];
+                            names[payload_n] = tmp;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
+                }
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)"))
+        {
+            // Simple reordering
+            HelpMarker(
+                "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! "
+                "Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly.");
+            static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" };
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++)
+            {
+                const char* item = item_names[n];
+                ImGui::Selectable(item);
+
+                if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && !ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                {
+                    int n_next = n + (ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0).y < 0.f ? -1 : 1);
+                    if (n_next >= 0 && n_next < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names))
+                    {
+                        item_names[n] = item_names[n_next];
+                        item_names[n_next] = item;
+                        ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Item Status (Edited,Active,Hovered etc.)");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Item Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)"))
+    {
+        // Select an item type
+        const char* item_names[] =
+        {
+            "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputTextMultiline", "InputFloat",
+            "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "Selectable", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox"
+        };
+        static int item_type = 4;
+        static bool item_disabled = false;
+        ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names));
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered().");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled",  &item_disabled);
+
+        // Submit selected item item so we can query their status in the code following it.
+        bool ret = false;
+        static bool b = false;
+        static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f };
+        static char str[16] = {};
+        if (item_disabled)
+            ImGui::BeginDisabled(true);
+        if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); }                                              // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction
+        if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); }                                    // Testing button
+        if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater)
+        if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); }                            // Testing checkbox
+        if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); }   // Testing basic item
+        if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); }  // Testing input text (which handles tabbing)
+        if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputTextMultiline("ITEM: InputTextMultiline", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which uses a child window)
+        if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); }               // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input
+        if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); }                   // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
+        if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); }                     // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
+        if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); }                            // Testing selectable item
+        if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); }                                // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy)
+        if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); }     // Testing tree node
+        if (item_type == 13){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy.
+        if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+        if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+
+        // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions.
+        // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined.
+        // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions,
+        // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code.
+        ImGui::BulletText(
+            "Return value = %d\n"
+            "IsItemFocused() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n"
+            "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n"
+            "IsItemActive() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemEdited() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemActivated() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemVisible() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemClicked() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemToggledOpen() = %d\n"
+            "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n"
+            "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n"
+            "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)",
+            ret,
+            ImGui::IsItemFocused(),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled),
+            ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly),
+            ImGui::IsItemActive(),
+            ImGui::IsItemEdited(),
+            ImGui::IsItemActivated(),
+            ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(),
+            ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(),
+            ImGui::IsItemVisible(),
+            ImGui::IsItemClicked(),
+            ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen(),
+            ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y,
+            ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y,
+            ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y
+        );
+
+        if (item_disabled)
+            ImGui::EndDisabled();
+
+        char buf[1] = "";
+        ImGui::InputText("unused", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker("This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above and see e.g. Deactivated() status.");
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Window Status (Focused,Hovered etc.)");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Window Status (Focused/Hovered etc.)"))
+    {
+        static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window);
+        if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
+            ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true);
+
+        // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags.
+        ImGui::BulletText(
+            "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n",
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow));
+
+        // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags.
+        ImGui::BulletText(
+            "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n",
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow));
+
+        ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true);
+        ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag.");
+        ImGui::EndChild();
+        if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+
+        // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar.
+        // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu associated to the title bar of a window.
+        // This will also work when docked into a Tab (the Tab replace the Title Bar and guarantee the same properties).
+        static bool test_window = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window);
+        if (test_window)
+        {
+            // FIXME-DOCK: This window cannot be docked within the ImGui Demo window, this will cause a feedback loop and get them stuck.
+            // Could we fix this through an ImGuiWindowClass feature? Or an API call to tag our parent as "don't skip items"?
+            ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window);
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered()
+            {
+                if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; }
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+            ImGui::Text(
+                "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n"
+                "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n",
+                ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive());
+            ImGui::End();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd:
+    // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space)
+    if (disable_all)
+        ImGui::EndDisabled();
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section.");
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout");
+    if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling"))
+        return;
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window.");
+        static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false;
+        static bool disable_menu = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu);
+
+        // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar
+        {
+            ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar;
+            if (disable_mouse_wheel)
+                window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse;
+            ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags);
+            for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+                ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i);
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+
+        // Child 2: rounded border
+        {
+            ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
+            if (disable_mouse_wheel)
+                window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse;
+            if (!disable_menu)
+                window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f);
+            ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags);
+            if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
+                {
+                    ShowExampleMenuFile();
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+            {
+                for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+                {
+                    char buf[32];
+                    sprintf(buf, "%03d", i);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTable();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        // Demonstrate a few extra things
+        // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles)
+        // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window)
+        //   You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively
+        //   layout from this position.
+        // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from
+        //   the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details.
+        {
+            static int offset_x = 0;
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+            ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000);
+
+            ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x);
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100));
+            ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
+            for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++)
+                ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n);
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered();
+            ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin();
+            ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax();
+            ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+            ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered);
+            ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y);
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width"))
+    {
+        static float f = 0.0f;
+        static bool show_indented_items = true;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items);
+
+        // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item.
+        // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items.
+        // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size
+        // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc.
+
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width.");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f);
+        if (show_indented_items)
+        {
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f);
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f);
+        if (show_indented_items)
+        {
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f);
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f);
+        if (show_indented_items)
+        {
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f);
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f);
+        if (show_indented_items)
+        {
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f);
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items.
+        // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect.
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f);
+        if (show_indented_items)
+        {
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f);
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout"))
+    {
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)");
+
+        // Text
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine");
+        ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor");
+
+        // Adjust spacing
+        ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20);
+        ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor");
+
+        // Button
+        ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+        ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
+
+        // Button
+        ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block.");
+
+        // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column.
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (with offset)");
+        ImGui::Text("Aligned");
+        ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150");
+        ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300");
+        ImGui::Text("Aligned");
+        ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150");
+        ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300");
+
+        // Checkbox
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (more)");
+        static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4);
+
+        // Various
+        static float f0 = 1.0f, f1 = 2.0f, f2 = 3.0f;
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
+        const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" };
+        static int item = -1;
+        ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f, 5.0f);
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
+        ImGui::Text("Lists:");
+        static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+        for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+        {
+            if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::PushID(i);
+            ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+            ImGui::PopID();
+            //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i);
+        }
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        // Dummy
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Dummy");
+        ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40);
+        ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Button("B", button_sz);
+
+        // Manually wrapping
+        // (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually)
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Manual wrapping");
+        ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:");
+        ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+        int buttons_count = 20;
+        float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x;
+        for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGui::PushID(n);
+            ImGui::Button("Box", button_sz);
+            float last_button_x2 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x;
+            float next_button_x2 = last_button_x2 + style.ItemSpacing.x + button_sz.x; // Expected position if next button was on same line
+            if (n + 1 < buttons_count && next_button_x2 < window_visible_x2)
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Groups");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker(
+            "BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. "
+            "EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as "
+            "IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group.");
+        ImGui::BeginGroup();
+        {
+            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+            ImGui::Button("AAA");
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("BBB");
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+            ImGui::Button("CCC");
+            ImGui::Button("DDD");
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("EEE");
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered");
+        }
+        // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size
+        ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize();
+        const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f };
+        ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size);
+
+        ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y));
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y));
+        ImGui::EndGroup();
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+
+        ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginListBox("List", size))
+        {
+            ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true);
+            ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false);
+            ImGui::EndListBox();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Baseline Alignment");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment"))
+    {
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. "
+                "Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets use less vertical space than lines with framed widgets.");
+            ImGui::Indent();
+
+            ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text..");
+
+            // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets.
+            // (because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline
+            // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time)
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y");
+
+            // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text
+            ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2");
+
+            // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets.
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::Text("Text aligned to framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Item##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("Item##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Item##3");
+
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Multi-line text:");
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+            ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree");
+
+            ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+            ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana");
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:");
+            ImGui::Indent();
+
+            // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button.
+            ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80));
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50));
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Button()");
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("SmallButton()");
+
+            // Tree
+            const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+            ImGui::Button("Button##1");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+            if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1"))
+            {
+                // Placeholder tree data
+                for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+                    ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i);
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget.
+            // Otherwise you can use SmallButton() (smaller fit).
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+
+            // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add
+            // other contents below the node.
+            bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2");
+            if (node_open)
+            {
+                // Placeholder tree data
+                for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+                    ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i);
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            // Bullet
+            ImGui::Button("Button##3");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+            ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text");
+
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::BulletText("Node");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4");
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling"))
+    {
+        // Vertical scroll functions
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Vertical");
+        HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position.");
+
+        static int track_item = 50;
+        static bool enable_track = true;
+        static bool enable_extra_decorations = false;
+        static float scroll_to_off_px = 0.0f;
+        static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f;
+
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations);
+
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track);
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+        ImGui::SameLine(140); enable_track |= ImGui::DragInt("##item", &track_item, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Item = %d");
+
+        bool scroll_to_off = ImGui::Button("Scroll Offset");
+        ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_off |= ImGui::DragFloat("##off", &scroll_to_off_px, 1.00f, 0, FLT_MAX, "+%.0f px");
+
+        bool scroll_to_pos = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos");
+        ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_pos |= ImGui::DragFloat("##pos", &scroll_to_pos_px, 1.00f, -10, FLT_MAX, "X/Y = %.0f px");
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+        if (scroll_to_off || scroll_to_pos)
+            enable_track = false;
+
+        ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+        float child_w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 4 * style.ItemSpacing.x) / 5;
+        if (child_w < 1.0f)
+            child_w = 1.0f;
+        ImGui::PushID("##VerticalScrolling");
+        for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+        {
+            if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+            const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" };
+            ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]);
+
+            const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0;
+            const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+            const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags);
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc");
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
+            if (scroll_to_off)
+                ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px);
+            if (scroll_to_pos)
+                ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f);
+            if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items
+            {
+                for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
+                {
+                    if (enable_track && item == track_item)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
+                        ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY();
+            float scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY();
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y);
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopID();
+
+        // Horizontal scroll functions
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal");
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\n"
+            "Because the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the "
+            "left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the "
+            "equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't.");
+        ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling");
+        for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+        {
+            float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f;
+            ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0);
+            ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+            bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags);
+            if (scroll_to_off)
+                ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px);
+            if (scroll_to_pos)
+                ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f);
+            if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items
+            {
+                for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
+                {
+                    if (item > 0)
+                        ImGui::SameLine();
+                    if (enable_track && item == track_item)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
+                        ImGui::SetScrollHereX(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:left, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:right
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
+            float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            const char* names[] = { "Left", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Right" };
+            ImGui::Text("%s\n%.0f/%.0f", names[i], scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
+            ImGui::Spacing();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopID();
+
+        // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal (more)");
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Horizontal scrolling for a window is enabled via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\n"
+            "You may want to also explicitly specify content width by using SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin().");
+        static int lines = 7;
+        ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15);
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f);
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f));
+        ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30);
+        ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++)
+        {
+            // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine()
+            // If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off manipulating
+            // the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets
+            // yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API.
+            int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3);
+            for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++)
+            {
+                if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000);
+                char num_buf[16];
+                sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n);
+                const char* label = (!(n % 15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n % 3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n % 5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf;
+                float hue = n * 0.05f;
+                ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f));
+                ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f));
+                ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f));
+                ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f));
+                ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+        }
+        float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
+        float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
+        ImGui::EndChild();
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+        float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f;
+        ImGui::SmallButton("<<");
+        if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
+            scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f;
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SmallButton(">>");
+        if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
+            scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f;
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
+        if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f)
+        {
+            // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window
+            // (here we are already out of your child window)
+            ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling");
+            ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta);
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+        }
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        static bool show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window);
+
+        if (show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window)
+        {
+            static bool show_h_scrollbar = true;
+            static bool show_button = true;
+            static bool show_tree_nodes = true;
+            static bool show_text_wrapped = false;
+            static bool show_columns = true;
+            static bool show_tab_bar = true;
+            static bool show_child = false;
+            static bool explicit_content_size = false;
+            static float contents_size_x = 300.0f;
+            if (explicit_content_size)
+                ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f));
+            ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0);
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window");
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0));
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0));
+            HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button);            // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten)
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes);    // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Text wrapped", &show_text_wrapped);// Will grow and use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Columns", &show_columns);          // Will use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Tab bar", &show_tab_bar);          // Will use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Child", &show_child);              // Will grow and use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Explicit content size", &explicit_content_size);
+            ImGui::Text("Scroll %.1f/%.1f %.1f/%.1f", ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollY(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY());
+            if (explicit_content_size)
+            {
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
+                ImGui::DragFloat("##csx", &contents_size_x);
+                ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + 10, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE);
+                ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x - 10, p.y), ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE);
+                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 10));
+            }
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            if (show_button)
+            {
+                ImGui::Button("this is a 300-wide button", ImVec2(300, 0));
+            }
+            if (show_tree_nodes)
+            {
+                bool open = true;
+                if (ImGui::TreeNode("this is a tree node"))
+                {
+                    if (ImGui::TreeNode("another one of those tree node..."))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Some tree contents");
+                        ImGui::TreePop();
+                    }
+                    ImGui::TreePop();
+                }
+                ImGui::CollapsingHeader("CollapsingHeader", &open);
+            }
+            if (show_text_wrapped)
+            {
+                ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the work rectangle.");
+            }
+            if (show_columns)
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("Tables:");
+                if (ImGui::BeginTable("table", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                        ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
+                    }
+                    ImGui::EndTable();
+                }
+                ImGui::Text("Columns:");
+                ImGui::Columns(4);
+                for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth());
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                }
+                ImGui::Columns(1);
+            }
+            if (show_tab_bar && ImGui::BeginTabBar("Hello"))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("OneOneOne")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("TwoTwoTwo")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("ThreeThreeThree")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("FourFourFour")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            if (show_child)
+            {
+                ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true);
+                ImGui::EndChild();
+            }
+            ImGui::End();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping"))
+    {
+        static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f);
+        static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f");
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)");
+
+        HelpMarker(
+            "(Left) Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n"
+            "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n"
+            "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)\n\n"
+            "(Center) Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n"
+            "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n"
+            "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)\n\n"
+            "(Right) Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n"
+            "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n"
+            "This is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls.");
+
+        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+        {
+            if (n > 0)
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+
+            ImGui::PushID(n);
+            ImGui::InvisibleButton("##canvas", size);
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left))
+            {
+                offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x;
+                offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y;
+            }
+            ImGui::PopID();
+            if (!ImGui::IsItemVisible()) // Skip rendering as ImDrawList elements are not clipped.
+                continue;
+
+            const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin();
+            const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax();
+            const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!";
+            const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+            switch (n)
+            {
+            case 0:
+                ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true);
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str);
+                ImGui::PopClipRect();
+                break;
+            case 1:
+                draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true);
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str);
+                draw_list->PopClipRect();
+                break;
+            case 2:
+                ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert.
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups");
+    if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows"))
+        return;
+
+    // The properties of popups windows are:
+    // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*)
+    // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as
+    //   we are used to with regular Begin() calls. User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup().
+    // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even
+    //     when normally blocked by a popup.
+    // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state BECAUSE it can close
+    // popups at any time.
+
+    // Typical use for regular windows:
+    //   bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End();
+    // Typical use for popups:
+    //   if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); }
+
+    // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state.
+    // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below.
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Popups");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups"))
+    {
+        ImGui::TextWrapped(
+            "When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. "
+            "Clicking outside the popup closes it.");
+
+        static int selected_fish = -1;
+        const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" };
+        static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false };
+
+        // Simple selection popup (if you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself,
+        // you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label)
+        if (ImGui::Button("Select.."))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("my_select_popup");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "<None>" : names[selected_fish]);
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("Aquarium");
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i]))
+                    selected_fish = i;
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Showing a menu with toggles
+        if (ImGui::Button("Toggle.."))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("my_toggle_popup");
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_toggle_popup"))
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+                ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
+            {
+                ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+                ImGui::EndMenu();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Text("Tooltip here");
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup");
+
+            if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
+                ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
+            {
+                for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+                    ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+                    if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
+                        ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
+                    if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("I am the last one here.");
+                        ImGui::EndPopup();
+                    }
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo
+        if (ImGui::Button("With a menu.."))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup");
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup", ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        {
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+                {
+                    ShowExampleMenuFile();
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy");
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Text("Hello from popup!");
+            ImGui::Button("This is a dummy button..");
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Context menus");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier.");
+
+        // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing:
+        //     if (id == 0)
+        //         id = GetItemID(); // Use last item id
+        //     if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+        //         OpenPopup(id);
+        //     return BeginPopup(id);
+        // For advanced advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code.
+        // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem().
+
+        // Example 1
+        // When used after an item that has an ID (e.g. Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(),
+        // and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID.
+        {
+            const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" };
+            for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+            {
+                ImGui::Selectable(names[n]);
+                if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]);
+                    if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+                        ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                    ImGui::EndPopup();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                    ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup");
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Example 2
+        // Popup on a Text() element which doesn't have an identifier: we need to provide an identifier to BeginPopupContextItem().
+        // Using an explicit identifier is also convenient if you want to activate the popups from different locations.
+        {
+            HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one.");
+            static float value = 0.5f;
+            ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this text", value);
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup"))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f;
+                if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f;
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+                ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+
+            // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() to toggle the visibility of a given popup.
+            // Here we make it that right-clicking this other text element opens the same popup as above.
+            // The popup itself will be submitted by the code above.
+            ImGui::Text("(2) Or right-click this text");
+            ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("my popup", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+            // Back to square one: manually open the same popup.
+            if (ImGui::Button("(3) Or click this button"))
+                ImGui::OpenPopup("my popup");
+        }
+
+        // Example 3
+        // When using BeginPopupContextItem() with an implicit identifier (NULL == use last item ID),
+        // we need to make sure your item identifier is stable.
+        // In this example we showcase altering the item label while preserving its identifier, using the ### operator (see FAQ).
+        {
+            HelpMarker("Showcase using a popup ID linked to item ID, with the item having a changing label + stable ID using the ### operator.");
+            static char name[32] = "Label1";
+            char buf[64];
+            sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label
+            ImGui::Button(buf);
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("Edit name:");
+                ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name));
+                if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+            ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)");
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Modals");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals"))
+    {
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside.");
+
+        if (ImGui::Button("Delete.."))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?");
+
+        // Always center this window when appearing
+        ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter();
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n");
+            ImGui::Separator();
+
+            //static int unused_i = 0;
+            //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &unused_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0");
+
+            static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false;
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0));
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time);
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+            if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
+            ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals.."))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1");
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        {
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+                {
+                    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Some menu item")) {}
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it.");
+
+            // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal.
+            static int item = 1;
+            static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
+            ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);
+
+            if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
+                ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
+
+            // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which
+            // will close the popup. Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value
+            // of the bool actually doesn't matter here.
+            bool unused_open = true;
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open))
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!");
+                if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+                ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Menus inside a regular window");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window"))
+    {
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M");
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window"))
+        {
+            ShowExampleMenuFile();
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+}
+
+// Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo.
+// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector<MyItem> template if this structure if defined inside the demo function)
+namespace
+{
+// We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code.
+// This identifier will be passed down into ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnUserID.
+// But it is possible to omit the user id parameter of TableSetupColumn() and just use the column index instead! (ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnIndex)
+// If you don't use sorting, you will generally never care about giving column an ID!
+enum MyItemColumnID
+{
+    MyItemColumnID_ID,
+    MyItemColumnID_Name,
+    MyItemColumnID_Action,
+    MyItemColumnID_Quantity,
+    MyItemColumnID_Description
+};
+
+struct MyItem
+{
+    int         ID;
+    const char* Name;
+    int         Quantity;
+
+    // We have a problem which is affecting _only this demo_ and should not affect your code:
+    // As we don't rely on std:: or other third-party library to compile dear imgui, we only have reliable access to qsort(),
+    // however qsort doesn't allow passing user data to comparing function.
+    // As a workaround, we are storing the sort specs in a static/global for the comparing function to access.
+    // In your own use case you would probably pass the sort specs to your sorting/comparing functions directly and not use a global.
+    // We could technically call ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() in CompareWithSortSpecs(), but considering that this function is called
+    // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful.
+    static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs;
+
+    // Compare function to be used by qsort()
+    static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+    {
+        const MyItem* a = (const MyItem*)lhs;
+        const MyItem* b = (const MyItem*)rhs;
+        for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++)
+        {
+            // Here we identify columns using the ColumnUserID value that we ourselves passed to TableSetupColumn()
+            // We could also choose to identify columns based on their index (sort_spec->ColumnIndex), which is simpler!
+            const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n];
+            int delta = 0;
+            switch (sort_spec->ColumnUserID)
+            {
+            case MyItemColumnID_ID:             delta = (a->ID - b->ID);                break;
+            case MyItemColumnID_Name:           delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name));     break;
+            case MyItemColumnID_Quantity:       delta = (a->Quantity - b->Quantity);    break;
+            case MyItemColumnID_Description:    delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name));     break;
+            default: IM_ASSERT(0); break;
+            }
+            if (delta > 0)
+                return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1;
+            if (delta < 0)
+                return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1;
+        }
+
+        // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items.
+        // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs.
+        return (a->ID - b->ID);
+    }
+};
+const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL;
+}
+
+// Make the UI compact because there are so many fields
+static void PushStyleCompact()
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f)));
+    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f)));
+}
+
+static void PopStyleCompact()
+{
+    ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+}
+
+// Show a combo box with a choice of sizing policies
+static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags)
+{
+    struct EnumDesc { ImGuiTableFlags Value; const char* Name; const char* Tooltip; };
+    static const EnumDesc policies[] =
+    {
+        { ImGuiTableFlags_None,               "Default",                            "Use default sizing policy:\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame otherwise." },
+        { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit,     "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit",     "Columns default to _WidthFixed (if resizable) or _WidthAuto (if not resizable), matching contents width." },
+        { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame,    "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame",    "Columns are all the same width, matching the maximum contents width.\nImplicitly disable ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable and enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible." },
+        { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp,  "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp",  "Columns default to _WidthStretch with weights proportional to their widths." },
+        { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame,  "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame",  "Columns default to _WidthStretch with same weights." }
+    };
+    int idx;
+    for (idx = 0; idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); idx++)
+        if (policies[idx].Value == (*p_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_))
+            break;
+    const char* preview_text = (idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies)) ? policies[idx].Name + (idx > 0 ? strlen("ImGuiTableFlags") : 0) : "";
+    if (ImGui::BeginCombo("Sizing Policy", preview_text))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); n++)
+            if (ImGui::Selectable(policies[n].Name, idx == n))
+                *p_flags = (*p_flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) | policies[n].Value;
+        ImGui::EndCombo();
+    }
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+    {
+        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f);
+        for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++)
+        {
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Text("%s:", policies[m].Name);
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetStyle().IndentSpacing * 0.5f);
+            ImGui::TextUnformatted(policies[m].Tooltip);
+        }
+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
+static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags)
+{
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Disabled", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Master disable flag (also hide from context menu)");
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort);
+    if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+        *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+    if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthFixed", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed))
+        *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoReorder", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoClip", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderLabel", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0");
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0");
+}
+
+static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsEnabled", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsSorted", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted);
+    ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered);
+}
+
+static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
+{
+    //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables");
+    if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Tables & Columns"))
+        return;
+
+    // Using those as a base value to create width/height that are factor of the size of our font
+    const float TEXT_BASE_WIDTH = ImGui::CalcTextSize("A").x;
+    const float TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
+
+    ImGui::PushID("Tables");
+
+    int open_action = -1;
+    if (ImGui::Button("Open all"))
+        open_action = 1;
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    if (ImGui::Button("Close all"))
+        open_action = 0;
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+
+    // Options
+    static bool disable_indent = false;
+    ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent);
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo tables can use the full window width.");
+    ImGui::Separator();
+    if (disable_indent)
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f);
+
+    // About Styling of tables
+    // Most settings are configured on a per-table basis via the flags passed to BeginTable() and TableSetupColumns APIs.
+    // There are however a few settings that a shared and part of the ImGuiStyle structure:
+    //   style.CellPadding                          // Padding within each cell
+    //   style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]       // Table header background
+    //   style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]   // Table outer and header borders
+    //   style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]    // Table inner borders
+    //   style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]          // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (even rows)
+    //   style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]       // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (odds rows)
+
+    // Demos
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Basic");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+    {
+        // Here we will showcase three different ways to output a table.
+        // They are very simple variations of a same thing!
+
+        // [Method 1] Using TableNextRow() to create a new row, and TableSetColumnIndex() to select the column.
+        // In many situations, this is the most flexible and easy to use pattern.
+        HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableSetColumnIndex() _before_ each cell, in a loop.");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Row %d Column %d", row, column);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex().
+        // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each columns.
+        HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually.");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::Text("Row %d", row);
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::Text("Some contents");
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::Text("123.456");
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(),
+        // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new roes as needed.
+        // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data.
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cells contains the same type of contents.\n"
+            "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition.");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3))
+        {
+            for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Borders, background");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders, background"))
+    {
+        // Expose a few Borders related flags interactively
+        enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_FillButton };
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg;
+        static bool display_headers = false;
+        static int contents_type = CT_Text;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH");
+        ImGui::Indent();
+
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH);
+        ImGui::Indent();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH);
+        ImGui::Unindent();
+
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
+        ImGui::Indent();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
+        ImGui::Unindent();
+
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner);
+        ImGui::Unindent();
+
+        ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Cell contents:");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers");
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
+        {
+            // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders.
+            // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details)
+            if (display_headers)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+                ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            }
+
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    char buf[32];
+                    sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                    if (contents_type == CT_Text)
+                        ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf);
+                    else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton)
+                        ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, stretch");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch"))
+    {
+        // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each columns is "Stretch"
+        // Each columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width.
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this.");
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, fixed");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, fixed"))
+    {
+        // Here we use ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit (even though _ScrollX is not set)
+        // So columns will adopt the "Fixed" policy and will maintain a fixed width regardless of the whole available width (unless table is small)
+        // If there is not enough available width to fit all columns, they will however be resized down.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Providing a stretch-on-init would make sense especially for tables which don't have saved settings
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Using _Resizable + _SizingFixedFit flags.\n"
+            "Fixed-width columns generally makes more sense if you want to use horizontal scrolling.\n\n"
+            "Double-click a column border to auto-fit the column to its contents.");
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, mixed");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, mixed"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Using TableSetupColumn() to alter resizing policy on a per-column basis.\n\n"
+            "When combining Fixed and Stretch columns, generally you only want one, maybe two trailing columns to use _WidthStretch.");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column == 2) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 6, flags))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("DDD", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("EEE", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("FFF", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 6; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column >= 3) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Reorderable, hideable, with headers");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Reorderable, hideable, with headers"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Click and drag column headers to reorder columns.\n\n"
+            "Right-click on a header to open a context menu.");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)");
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
+        {
+            // Submit columns name with TableSetupColumn() and call TableHeadersRow() to create a row with a header in each column.
+            // (Later we will show how TableSetupColumn() has other uses, optional flags, sizing weight etc.)
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column)
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Fixed %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Padding");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Padding"))
+    {
+        // First example: showcase use of padding flags and effect of BorderOuterV/BorderInnerV on X padding.
+        // We don't expose BorderOuterH/BorderInnerH here because they have no effect on X padding.
+        HelpMarker(
+            "We often want outer padding activated when any using features which makes the edges of a column visible:\n"
+            "e.g.:\n"
+            "- BorderOuterV\n"
+            "- any form of row selection\n"
+            "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n"
+            "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n"
+            "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasis how they don't affect default horizontal padding.");
+
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is set)");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is not set)");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off)");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
+        static bool show_headers = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding", 3, flags1))
+        {
+            if (show_headers)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+                ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            }
+
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    if (row == 0)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        char buf[32];
+                        sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                        ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
+                    }
+                    //if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered)
+                    //    ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, IM_COL32(0, 100, 0, 255));
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        // Second example: set style.CellPadding to (0.0) or a custom value.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Vertical border effectively not displayed the same way as horizontal one...
+        HelpMarker("Setting style.CellPadding to (0,0) or a custom value.");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg;
+        static ImVec2 cell_padding(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        static bool show_widget_frame_bg = true;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("show_widget_frame_bg", &show_widget_frame_bg);
+        ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", &cell_padding.x, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, cell_padding);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding_2", 3, flags2))
+        {
+            static char text_bufs[3 * 5][16]; // Mini text storage for 3x5 cells
+            static bool init = true;
+            if (!show_widget_frame_bg)
+                ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, 0);
+            for (int cell = 0; cell < 3 * 5; cell++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                if (init)
+                    strcpy(text_bufs[cell], "edit me");
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+                ImGui::PushID(cell);
+                ImGui::InputText("##cell", text_bufs[cell], IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_bufs[cell]));
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            if (!show_widget_frame_bg)
+                ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+            init = false;
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Explicit widths");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizing policies"))
+    {
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        static ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy_flags[4] = { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame };
+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < 4; table_n++)
+        {
+            ImGui::PushID(table_n);
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30);
+            EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]);
+
+            // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy,
+            // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width.
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1))
+            {
+                for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear");
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTable();
+            }
+            if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1))
+            {
+                for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("AAAA");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("BBBBBBBB");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("CCCCCCCCCCCC");
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTable();
+            }
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns.");
+
+        enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText };
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+        static int contents_type = CT_ShowWidth;
+        static int column_count = 3;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::PushID("Advanced");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30);
+        EditTableSizingFlags(&flags);
+        ImGui::Combo("Contents", &contents_type, "Show width\0Short Text\0Long Text\0Button\0Fill Button\0InputText\0");
+        if (contents_type == CT_FillButton)
+        {
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width.");
+        }
+        ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip);
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+        ImGui::PopID();
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", column_count, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 7)))
+        {
+            for (int cell = 0; cell < 10 * column_count; cell++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                int column = ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex();
+                int row = ImGui::TableGetRowIndex();
+
+                ImGui::PushID(cell);
+                char label[32];
+                static char text_buf[32] = "";
+                sprintf(label, "Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                switch (contents_type)
+                {
+                case CT_ShortText:  ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); break;
+                case CT_LongText:   ImGui::Text("Some %s text %d,%d\nOver two lines..", column == 0 ? "long" : "longeeer", column, row); break;
+                case CT_ShowWidth:  ImGui::Text("W: %.1f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); break;
+                case CT_Button:     ImGui::Button(label); break;
+                case CT_FillButton: ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); break;
+                case CT_InputText:  ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::InputText("##", text_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_buf)); break;
+                }
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items.");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container!
+        // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call.
+        ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrolly", 3, flags, outer_size))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make top row always visible
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
+            ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+            clipper.Begin(1000);
+            while (clipper.Step())
+            {
+                for (int row = clipper.DisplayStart; row < clipper.DisplayEnd; row++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                    for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                        ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Horizontal scrolling");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal scrolling"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker(
+            "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, "
+            "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n"
+            "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX,"
+            "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions).");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
+        static int freeze_cols = 1;
+        static int freeze_rows = 1;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+        ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+        ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container!
+        // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call.
+        ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrollx", 7, flags, outer_size))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Line #", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); // Make the first column not hideable to match our use of TableSetupScrollFreeze()
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Four");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Five");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Six");
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 20; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 7; column++)
+                {
+                    // Both TableNextColumn() and TableSetColumnIndex() return true when a column is visible or performing width measurement.
+                    // Because here we know that:
+                    // - A) all our columns are contributing the same to row height
+                    // - B) column 0 is always visible,
+                    // We only always submit this one column and can skip others.
+                    // More advanced per-column clipping behaviors may benefit from polling the status flags via TableGetColumnFlags().
+                    if (!ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column) && column > 0)
+                        continue;
+                    if (column == 0)
+                        ImGui::Text("Line %d", row);
+                    else
+                        ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted("Stretch + ScrollX");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: "
+            "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n"
+            "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense.");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
+        static float inner_width = 1000.0f;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::PushID("flags3");
+        ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width", &inner_width, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.1f");
+        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+        ImGui::PopID();
+        PopStyleCompact();
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 7, flags2, outer_size, inner_width))
+        {
+            for (int cell = 0; cell < 20 * 7; cell++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(), ImGui::TableGetRowIndex());
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns flags");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns flags"))
+    {
+        // Create a first table just to show all the options/flags we want to make visible in our example!
+        const int column_count = 3;
+        const char* column_names[column_count] = { "One", "Two", "Three" };
+        static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags[column_count] = { ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide };
+        static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags_out[column_count] = { 0, 0, 0 }; // Output from TableGetColumnFlags()
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags_checkboxes", column_count, ImGuiTableFlags_None))
+        {
+            PushStyleCompact();
+            for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::PushID(column);
+                ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation across columns
+                ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]);
+                ImGui::Spacing();
+                ImGui::Text("Input flags:");
+                EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]);
+                ImGui::Spacing();
+                ImGui::Text("Output flags:");
+                ImGui::BeginDisabled();
+                ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]);
+                ImGui::EndDisabled();
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            PopStyleCompact();
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        // Create the real table we care about for the example!
+        // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in
+        // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down)
+        const ImGuiTableFlags flags
+            = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable;
+        ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size))
+        {
+            for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]);
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
+                column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column);
+            float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2);
+            for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags.
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("%s %s", (column == 0) ? "Indented" : "Hello", ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column));
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::Unindent(indent_step * 8.0f);
+
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns widths");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns widths"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup default width.");
+
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags1))
+        {
+            // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed.
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("one", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); // Default to 100.0f
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 200.0f); // Default to 200.0f
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);       // Default to auto
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    if (row == 0)
+                        ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
+                    else
+                        ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host.");
+
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2))
+        {
+            // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed.
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f);
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 4; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    if (row == 0)
+                        ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
+                    else
+                        ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Nested tables");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("This demonstrate embedding a table into another table cell.");
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A0");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A1");
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+            ImGui::Text("A0 Row 0");
+            {
+                float rows_height = TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 2;
+                if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested2", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B0");
+                    ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B1");
+                    ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("B0 Row 0");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("B1 Row 0");
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("B0 Row 1");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("B1 Row 1");
+
+                    ImGui::EndTable();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 0");
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Row 1");
+            ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 1");
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would requires a unique clipping rectangle per row.");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++)
+            {
+                float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row);
+                ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height);
+                ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                ImGui::Text("min_row_height = %.2f", min_row_height);
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Outer size");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outer size"))
+    {
+        // Showcasing use of ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX and ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY
+        // Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors!
+        ImGui::Text("Using NoHostExtendX and NoHostExtendY:");
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX;
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.");
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 5.5f);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags, outer_size))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Text("Hello!");
+
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        ImGui::Text("Using explicit size:");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f)))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f)))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow(0, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 1.5f);
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Background color");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Background color"))
+    {
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg;
+        static int row_bg_type = 1;
+        static int row_bg_target = 1;
+        static int cell_bg_type = 1;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg automatically sets RowBg0 to alternative colors pulled from the Style.");
+        ImGui::Combo("row bg type", (int*)&row_bg_type, "None\0Red\0Gradient\0");
+        ImGui::Combo("row bg target", (int*)&row_bg_target, "RowBg0\0RowBg1\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Target RowBg0 to override the alternating odd/even colors,\nTarget RowBg1 to blend with them.");
+        ImGui::Combo("cell bg type", (int*)&cell_bg_type, "None\0Blue\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We are colorizing cells to B1->C2 here.");
+        IM_ASSERT(row_bg_type >= 0 && row_bg_type <= 2);
+        IM_ASSERT(row_bg_target >= 0 && row_bg_target <= 1);
+        IM_ASSERT(cell_bg_type >= 0 && cell_bg_type <= 1);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 5, flags))
+        {
+            for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+
+                // Demonstrate setting a row background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBgX, ...)'
+                // We use a transparent color so we can see the one behind in case our target is RowBg1 and RowBg0 was already targeted by the ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg flag.
+                if (row_bg_type != 0)
+                {
+                    ImU32 row_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(row_bg_type == 1 ? ImVec4(0.7f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.65f) : ImVec4(0.2f + row * 0.1f, 0.2f, 0.2f, 0.65f)); // Flat or Gradient?
+                    ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 + row_bg_target, row_bg_color);
+                }
+
+                // Fill cells
+                for (int column = 0; column < 5; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("%c%c", 'A' + row, '0' + column);
+
+                    // Change background of Cells B1->C2
+                    // Demonstrate setting a cell background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, ...)'
+                    // (the CellBg color will be blended over the RowBg and ColumnBg colors)
+                    // We can also pass a column number as a third parameter to TableSetBgColor() and do this outside the column loop.
+                    if (row >= 1 && row <= 2 && column >= 1 && column <= 2 && cell_bg_type == 1)
+                    {
+                        ImU32 cell_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.3f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 0.65f));
+                        ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, cell_bg_color);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Tree view");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree view"))
+    {
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody;
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags))
+        {
+            // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Size", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 12.0f);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 18.0f);
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            // Simple storage to output a dummy file-system.
+            struct MyTreeNode
+            {
+                const char*     Name;
+                const char*     Type;
+                int             Size;
+                int             ChildIdx;
+                int             ChildCount;
+                static void DisplayNode(const MyTreeNode* node, const MyTreeNode* all_nodes)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0);
+                    if (is_folder)
+                    {
+                        bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
+                        ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                        ImGui::TextDisabled("--");
+                        ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                        ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type);
+                        if (open)
+                        {
+                            for (int child_n = 0; child_n < node->ChildCount; child_n++)
+                                DisplayNode(&all_nodes[node->ChildIdx + child_n], all_nodes);
+                            ImGui::TreePop();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
+                        ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                        ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size);
+                        ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                        ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type);
+                    }
+                }
+            };
+            static const MyTreeNode nodes[] =
+            {
+                { "Root",                         "Folder",       -1,       1, 3    }, // 0
+                { "Music",                        "Folder",       -1,       4, 2    }, // 1
+                { "Textures",                     "Folder",       -1,       6, 3    }, // 2
+                { "desktop.ini",                  "System file",  1024,    -1,-1    }, // 3
+                { "File1_a.wav",                  "Audio file",   123000,  -1,-1    }, // 4
+                { "File1_b.wav",                  "Audio file",   456000,  -1,-1    }, // 5
+                { "Image001.png",                 "Image file",   203128,  -1,-1    }, // 6
+                { "Copy of Image001.png",         "Image file",   203256,  -1,-1    }, // 7
+                { "Copy of Image001 (Final2).png","Image file",   203512,  -1,-1    }, // 8
+            };
+
+            MyTreeNode::DisplayNode(&nodes[0], nodes);
+
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Item width");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Item width"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker(
+            "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n"
+            "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense.");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("half");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("right-align");
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                if (row == 0)
+                {
+                    // Setup ItemWidth once (instead of setting up every time, which is also possible but less efficient)
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
+                    ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 3.0f); // Small
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
+                    ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2);
+                    ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); // Right-aligned
+                }
+
+                // Draw our contents
+                static float dummy_f = 0.0f;
+                ImGui::PushID(row);
+                ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
+                ImGui::SliderFloat("float0", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+                ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
+                ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+                ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2);
+                ImGui::SliderFloat("##float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // No visible label since right-aligned
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Demonstrate using TableHeader() calls instead of TableHeadersRow()
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Custom headers");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Custom headers"))
+    {
+        const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3;
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_custom_headers", COLUMNS_COUNT, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Apricot");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Banana");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Cherry");
+
+            // Dummy entire-column selection storage
+            // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox.
+            static bool column_selected[3] = {};
+
+            // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves
+            ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers);
+            for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn()
+                ImGui::PushID(column);
+                ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0));
+                ImGui::Checkbox("##checkall", &column_selected[column]);
+                ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+                ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+                ImGui::TableHeader(column_name);
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+
+            for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
+                {
+                    char buf[32];
+                    sprintf(buf, "Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Selectable(buf, column_selected[column]);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader()
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body.");
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
+
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody);
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        // Context Menus: first example
+        // [1.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
+        // [1.2] Right-click in columns also open the default table context menu (if ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody is set)
+        const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3;
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags1))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+
+            // [1.1]] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            // Submit dummy contents
+            for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+
+        // Context Menus: second example
+        // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
+        // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup
+        // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup
+        HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body).");
+        ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders;
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2))
+        {
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+
+            // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+            for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
+            {
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++)
+                {
+                    // Submit dummy contents
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
+                    ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
+
+                    // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup
+                    ImGui::PushID(row * COLUMNS_COUNT + column);
+                    ImGui::SmallButton("..");
+                    if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("This is the popup for Button(\"..\") in Cell %d,%d", column, row);
+                        if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+                            ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                        ImGui::EndPopup();
+                    }
+                    ImGui::PopID();
+                }
+            }
+
+            // [2.3] Right-click anywhere in columns to open another custom popup
+            // (instead of testing for !IsAnyItemHovered() we could also call OpenPopup() with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup
+            // to manage popup priority as the popups triggers, here "are we hovering a column" are overlapping)
+            int hovered_column = -1;
+            for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT + 1; column++)
+            {
+                ImGui::PushID(column);
+                if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered)
+                    hovered_column = column;
+                if (hovered_column == column && !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(1))
+                    ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup");
+                if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup"))
+                {
+                    if (column == COLUMNS_COUNT)
+                        ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for unused space after the last column.");
+                    else
+                        ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for Column %d", column);
+                    if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+                        ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                    ImGui::EndPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+            ImGui::Text("Hovered column: %d", hovered_column);
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Demonstrate creating multiple tables with the same ID
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Synced instances");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances"))
+    {
+        HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc.");
+        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+        {
+            char buf[32];
+            sprintf(buf, "Synced Table %d", n);
+            bool open = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(buf, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen);
+            if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+            {
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
+                ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+                for (int cell = 0; cell < 9; cell++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("this cell %d", cell);
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTable();
+            }
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Demonstrate using Sorting facilities
+    // This is a simplified version of the "Advanced" example, where we mostly focus on the code necessary to handle sorting.
+    // Note that the "Advanced" example also showcase manually triggering a sort (e.g. if item quantities have been modified)
+    static const char* template_items_names[] =
+    {
+        "Banana", "Apple", "Cherry", "Watermelon", "Grapefruit", "Strawberry", "Mango",
+        "Kiwi", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Blueberry", "Plum", "Coconut", "Pear", "Apricot"
+    };
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Sorting");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sorting"))
+    {
+        // Create item list
+        static ImVector<MyItem> items;
+        if (items.Size == 0)
+        {
+            items.resize(50, MyItem());
+            for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++)
+            {
+                const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names);
+                MyItem& item = items[n];
+                item.ID = n;
+                item.Name = template_items_names[template_n];
+                item.Quantity = (n * n - n) % 20; // Assign default quantities
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Options
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags =
+            ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY;
+        PushStyleCompact();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).");
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).");
+        PopStyleCompact();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_sorting", 4, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 15), 0.0f))
+        {
+            // Declare columns
+            // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications.
+            // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index!
+            // Demonstrate using a mixture of flags among available sort-related flags:
+            // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort
+            // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending
+            // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID",       ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort          | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,   0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name",                                                  ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,   0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action",   ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort               | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,   0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity);
+            ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make row always visible
+            ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed!
+            if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs())
+                if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty)
+                {
+                    MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function.
+                    if (items.Size > 1)
+                        qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs);
+                    MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL;
+                    sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false;
+                }
+
+            // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
+            ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+            clipper.Begin(items.Size);
+            while (clipper.Step())
+                for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++)
+                {
+                    // Display a data item
+                    MyItem* item = &items[row_n];
+                    ImGui::PushID(item->ID);
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("%04d", item->ID);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name);
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::SmallButton("None");
+                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity);
+                    ImGui::PopID();
+                }
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // In this example we'll expose most table flags and settings.
+    // For specific flags and settings refer to the corresponding section for more detailed explanation.
+    // This section is mostly useful to experiment with combining certain flags or settings with each others.
+    //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG]
+    if (open_action != -1)
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Advanced");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced"))
+    {
+        static ImGuiTableFlags flags =
+            ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY
+            | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit;
+
+        enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow };
+        static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow;
+        const char* contents_type_names[] = { "Text", "Button", "SmallButton", "FillButton", "Selectable", "Selectable (span row)" };
+        static int freeze_cols = 1;
+        static int freeze_rows = 1;
+        static int items_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names) * 2;
+        static ImVec2 outer_size_value = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12);
+        static float row_min_height = 0.0f; // Auto
+        static float inner_width_with_scroll = 0.0f; // Auto-extend
+        static bool outer_size_enabled = true;
+        static bool show_headers = true;
+        static bool show_wrapped_text = false;
+        //static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+        //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affects column sizing
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options"))
+        {
+            // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields
+            PushStyleCompact();
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 28.0f);
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Features:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody);
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Decorations:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)");
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sizing:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                EditTableSizingFlags(&flags);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("In the Advanced demo we override the policy of each column so those table-wide settings have less effect that typical.");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only available if ScrollX is disabled.");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with ScrollFreeze options.");
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Padding:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX);
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Scrolling:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+                ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+                ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sorting:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).");
+                ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).");
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
+            {
+                ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers);
+                ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text);
+
+                ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x);
+                ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+                ImGui::Checkbox("outer_size", &outer_size_enabled);
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n"
+                    "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n"
+                    "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n"
+                    "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch column.\n"
+                    "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set).");
+
+                // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling.
+                // To facilitate toying with this demo we will actually pass 0.0f to the BeginTable() when ScrollX is disabled.
+                ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width (when ScrollX active)", &inner_width_with_scroll, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX);
+
+                ImGui::DragFloat("row_min_height", &row_min_height, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Specify height of the Selectable item.");
+
+                ImGui::DragInt("items_count", &items_count, 0.1f, 0, 9999);
+                ImGui::Combo("items_type (first column)", &contents_type, contents_type_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(contents_type_names));
+                //filter.Draw("filter");
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+            PopStyleCompact();
+            ImGui::Spacing();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        // Update item list if we changed the number of items
+        static ImVector<MyItem> items;
+        static ImVector<int> selection;
+        static bool items_need_sort = false;
+        if (items.Size != items_count)
+        {
+            items.resize(items_count, MyItem());
+            for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++)
+            {
+                const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names);
+                MyItem& item = items[n];
+                item.ID = n;
+                item.Name = template_items_names[template_n];
+                item.Quantity = (template_n == 3) ? 10 : (template_n == 4) ? 20 : 0; // Assign default quantities
+            }
+        }
+
+        const ImDrawList* parent_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+        const int parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = parent_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
+        ImVec2 table_scroll_cur, table_scroll_max; // For debug display
+        const ImDrawList* table_draw_list = NULL;  // "
+
+        // Submit table
+        const float inner_width_to_use = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_width_with_scroll : 0.0f;
+        if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_advanced", 6, flags, outer_size_enabled ? outer_size_value : ImVec2(0, 0), inner_width_to_use))
+        {
+            // Declare columns
+            // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications.
+            // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index!
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID",           ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name",         ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action",       ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity",     ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description",  (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description);
+            ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden",       ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort);
+            ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows);
+
+            // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed!
+            ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs();
+            if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty)
+                items_need_sort = true;
+            if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1)
+            {
+                MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function.
+                qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs);
+                MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL;
+                sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false;
+            }
+            items_need_sort = false;
+
+            // Take note of whether we are currently sorting based on the Quantity field,
+            // we will use this to trigger sorting when we know the data of this column has been modified.
+            const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0;
+
+            // Show headers
+            if (show_headers)
+                ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
+
+            // Show data
+            // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here?
+            ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true);
+#if 1
+            // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
+            ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+            clipper.Begin(items.Size);
+            while (clipper.Step())
+            {
+                for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++)
+#else
+            // Without clipper
+            {
+                for (int row_n = 0; row_n < items.Size; row_n++)
+#endif
+                {
+                    MyItem* item = &items[row_n];
+                    //if (!filter.PassFilter(item->Name))
+                    //    continue;
+
+                    const bool item_is_selected = selection.contains(item->ID);
+                    ImGui::PushID(item->ID);
+                    ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, row_min_height);
+
+                    // For the demo purpose we can select among different type of items submitted in the first column
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
+                    char label[32];
+                    sprintf(label, "%04d", item->ID);
+                    if (contents_type == CT_Text)
+                        ImGui::TextUnformatted(label);
+                    else if (contents_type == CT_Button)
+                        ImGui::Button(label);
+                    else if (contents_type == CT_SmallButton)
+                        ImGui::SmallButton(label);
+                    else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton)
+                        ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
+                    else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow)
+                    {
+                        ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None;
+                        if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height)))
+                        {
+                            if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
+                            {
+                                if (item_is_selected)
+                                    selection.find_erase_unsorted(item->ID);
+                                else
+                                    selection.push_back(item->ID);
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                selection.clear();
+                                selection.push_back(item->ID);
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1))
+                        ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name);
+
+                    // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity,
+                    // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity.
+                    // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released.
+                    // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes.
+                    if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2))
+                    {
+                        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; }
+                        if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; }
+                        ImGui::SameLine();
+                        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Eat")) { item->Quantity -= 1; }
+                        if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; }
+                    }
+
+                    if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(3))
+                        ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity);
+
+                    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(4);
+                    if (show_wrapped_text)
+                        ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet");
+                    else
+                        ImGui::Text("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet");
+
+                    if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(5))
+                        ImGui::Text("1234");
+
+                    ImGui::PopID();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::PopButtonRepeat();
+
+            // Store some info to display debug details below
+            table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY());
+            table_scroll_max = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY());
+            table_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+            ImGui::EndTable();
+        }
+        static bool show_debug_details = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Debug details", &show_debug_details);
+        if (show_debug_details && table_draw_list)
+        {
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            const int table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = table_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
+            if (table_draw_list == parent_draw_list)
+                ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in same window)",
+                    table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count);
+            else
+                ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in child window), Scroll: (%.f/%.f) (%.f/%.f)",
+                    table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - 1, table_scroll_cur.x, table_scroll_max.x, table_scroll_cur.y, table_scroll_max.y);
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::PopID();
+
+    ShowDemoWindowColumns();
+
+    if (disable_indent)
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+// Demonstrate old/legacy Columns API!
+// [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!]
+static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)");
+    bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API");
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    HelpMarker("Columns() is an old API! Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!");
+    if (!open)
+        return;
+
+    // Basic columns
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Basic");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Text("Without border:");
+        ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false);  // 3-ways, no border
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++)
+        {
+            char label[32];
+            sprintf(label, "Item %d", n);
+            if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {}
+            //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f))) {}
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+        }
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        ImGui::Text("With border:");
+        ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" };
+        const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" };
+        static int selected = -1;
+        for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+        {
+            char label[32];
+            sprintf(label, "%04d", i);
+            if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns))
+                selected = i;
+            bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered();
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+            ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
+            ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
+            ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn();
+        }
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Borders");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders"))
+    {
+        // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders.
+        static bool h_borders = true;
+        static bool v_borders = true;
+        static int columns_count = 4;
+        const int lines_count = 3;
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+        ImGui::DragInt("##columns_count", &columns_count, 0.1f, 2, 10, "%d columns");
+        if (columns_count < 2)
+            columns_count = 2;
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders);
+        ImGui::Columns(columns_count, NULL, v_borders);
+        for (int i = 0; i < columns_count * lines_count; i++)
+        {
+            if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0)
+                ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i);
+            ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth());
+            ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
+            ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset());
+            ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip");
+            ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+        }
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        if (h_borders)
+            ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Mixed items");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        ImGui::Text("Hello");
+        ImGui::Button("Banana");
+        ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+        ImGui::Text("ImGui");
+        ImGui::Button("Apple");
+        static float foo = 1.0f;
+        ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f");
+        ImGui::Text("An extra line here.");
+        ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+        ImGui::Text("Sailor");
+        ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
+        static float bar = 1.0f;
+        ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f");
+        ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Word wrapping
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Word-wrapping");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left");
+        ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right");
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Horizontal Scrolling");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling"))
+    {
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f));
+        ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f);
+        ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        ImGui::Columns(10);
+
+        // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
+        int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000;
+        ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+        clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT);
+        while (clipper.Step())
+        {
+            for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+                for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j);
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                }
+        }
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        ImGui::EndChild();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Tree");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree"))
+    {
+        ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true);
+        for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
+        {
+            bool open1 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)x, "Node%d", x);
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+            ImGui::Text("Node contents");
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+            if (open1)
+            {
+                for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
+                {
+                    bool open2 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)y, "Node%d.%d", x, y);
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("Node contents");
+                    if (open2)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Even more contents");
+                        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree in column"))
+                        {
+                            ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+                            ImGui::TreePop();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                    if (open2)
+                        ImGui::TreePop();
+                }
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+        }
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::TreePop();
+}
+
+namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); }
+
+static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Filtering");
+    if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering"))
+    {
+        // Helper class to easy setup a text filter.
+        // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application.
+        static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+        ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n"
+                    "  \"\"         display all lines\n"
+                    "  \"xxx\"      display lines containing \"xxx\"\n"
+                    "  \"xxx,yyy\"  display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n"
+                    "  \"-xxx\"     hide lines containing \"xxx\"");
+        filter.Draw();
+        const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" };
+        for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++)
+            if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i]))
+                ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]);
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus");
+    if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus"))
+    {
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+        // Display ImGuiIO output flags
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Output");
+        ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Output"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose);
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput);
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos);
+            ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        // Display Mouse state
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse State");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse State"))
+        {
+            if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
+                ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
+            else
+                ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: <INVALID>");
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
+
+            int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown);
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse down:");         for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i))      { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:");      for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i))   { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%d)", i, ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(i)); }
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse released:");     for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i))  { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
+            ImGui::Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        // Display Keyboard/Mouse state
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State"))
+        {
+            // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allow displaying the data for old/new backends.
+            // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes.
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
+            const ImGuiKey key_first = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN;
+#else
+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
+            const ImGuiKey key_first = 0;
+            //ImGui::Text("Legacy raw:");       for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } }
+#endif
+            ImGui::Text("Keys down:");          for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d (%.02f secs)", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key, ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:");       for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys released:");      for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
+            ImGui::Text("Chars queue:");        for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
+
+            // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys
+            {
+                const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f);
+                const float  key_rounding = 3.0f;
+                const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f);
+                const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f);
+                const float  key_face_rounding = 2.0f;
+                const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f);
+                const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f);
+                const float  key_row_offset = 9.0f;
+
+                ImVec2 board_min = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f);
+                ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y);
+
+                struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; };
+                const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] =
+                {
+                    { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab },      { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R },
+                    { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F },
+                    { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V }
+                };
+
+                // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically.
+                // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view.
+                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(board_max.x - board_min.x, board_max.y - board_min.y));
+                if (ImGui::IsItemVisible())
+                {
+                    ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+                    draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true);
+                    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++)
+                    {
+                        const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n];
+                        ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y);
+                        ImVec2 key_max = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_size.x, key_min.y + key_size.y);
+                        draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding);
+                        draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding);
+                        ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);
+                        ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);
+                        draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);
+                        draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding);
+                        ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);
+                        draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label);
+                        if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key))
+                            draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding);
+                    }
+                    draw_list->PopClipRect();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture override"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker(
+                "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui "
+                "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means "
+                "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n"
+                "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, "
+                "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle "
+                "rules leading to how those flags are set).");
+
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose);
+            ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
+
+            HelpMarker(
+                "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n"
+                "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking.");
+            static int capture_override_mouse = -1;
+            static int capture_override_keyboard = -1;
+            const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" };
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15);
+            ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15);
+            ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+
+            ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(256.0f, 192.0f)); // Dummy item
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1)
+                ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1);
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1)
+                ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1);
+
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Tabbing");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+            static char buf[32] = "hello";
+            ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+            ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
+            ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+            ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Focus from code");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code"))
+        {
+            bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            bool focus_2 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            bool focus_3 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 3");
+            int has_focus = 0;
+            static char buf[128] = "click on a button to set focus";
+
+            if (focus_1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
+            ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 1;
+
+            if (focus_2) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
+            ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2;
+
+            ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+            if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
+            ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3;
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
+            ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+
+            if (has_focus)
+                ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus);
+            else
+                ImGui::Text("Item with focus: <none>");
+
+            // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item
+            static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
+            int focus_ahead = -1;
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; }
+            if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead);
+            ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f);
+
+            ImGui::TextWrapped("NB: Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code.");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Dragging");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging"))
+        {
+            ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget.");
+            for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):", button);
+                ImGui::Text("  w/ default threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button));
+                ImGui::Text("  w/ zero threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f));
+                ImGui::Text("  w/ large threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f));
+            }
+
+            ImGui::Button("Drag Me");
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
+                ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor
+
+            // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold
+            // (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold). You can request a lower or higher
+            // threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta().
+            ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f);
+            ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0);
+            ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta;
+            ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):");
+            ImGui::Text("  w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y);
+            ImGui::Text("  w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y);
+            ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse cursors");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors"))
+        {
+            const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" };
+            IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
+
+            ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
+            ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]);
+            ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. "
+                "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, "
+                "otherwise your backend needs to handle it.");
+            for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++)
+            {
+                char label[32];
+                sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]);
+                ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false);
+                if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                    ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i);
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
+// Access from Dear ImGui Demo -> Tools -> About
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui");
+    ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
+    ImGui::Separator();
+    ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors.");
+    ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
+
+    static bool show_config_info = false;
+    ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info);
+    if (show_config_info)
+    {
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+        ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+
+        bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard");
+        ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18);
+        ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+        if (copy_to_clipboard)
+        {
+            ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+            ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make text appears without formatting when pasting on GitHub
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("sizeof(size_t): %d, sizeof(ImDrawIdx): %d, sizeof(ImDrawVert): %d", (int)sizeof(size_t), (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert));
+        ImGui::Text("define: __cplusplus=%d", (int)__cplusplus);
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR");
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN32
+        ImGui::Text("define: _WIN32");
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN64
+        ImGui::Text("define: _WIN64");
+#endif
+#ifdef __linux__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __linux__");
+#endif
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __APPLE__");
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+        ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER);
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSVC_LANG
+        ImGui::Text("define: _MSVC_LANG=%d", (int)_MSVC_LANG);
+#endif
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__");
+#endif
+#ifdef __MINGW64__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW64__");
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __GNUC__=%d", (int)__GNUC__);
+#endif
+#ifdef __clang_version__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_HAS_DOCK");
+#endif
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL");
+        ImGui::Text("io.BackendRendererName: %s", io.BackendRendererName ? io.BackendRendererName : "NULL");
+        ImGui::Text("io.ConfigFlags: 0x%08X", io.ConfigFlags);
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard)        ImGui::Text(" NavEnableKeyboard");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad)         ImGui::Text(" NavEnableGamepad");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)     ImGui::Text(" NavEnableSetMousePos");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)     ImGui::Text(" NavNoCaptureKeyboard");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)                  ImGui::Text(" NoMouse");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)      ImGui::Text(" NoMouseCursorChange");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)            ImGui::Text(" DockingEnable");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)          ImGui::Text(" ViewportsEnable");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleViewports)  ImGui::Text(" DpiEnableScaleViewports");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts)      ImGui::Text(" DpiEnableScaleFonts");
+        if (io.MouseDrawCursor)                                         ImGui::Text("io.MouseDrawCursor");
+        if (io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge)                              ImGui::Text("io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge");
+        if (io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon)                            ImGui::Text("io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon");
+        if (io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration)                             ImGui::Text("io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration");
+        if (io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent)                          ImGui::Text("io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent");
+        if (io.ConfigDockingNoSplit)                                    ImGui::Text("io.ConfigDockingNoSplit");
+        if (io.ConfigDockingWithShift)                                  ImGui::Text("io.ConfigDockingWithShift");
+        if (io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar)                               ImGui::Text("io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar");
+        if (io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload)                         ImGui::Text("io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload");
+        if (io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors)                                   ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors");
+        if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink)                              ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink");
+        if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges)                            ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges");
+        if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)                       ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly");
+        if (io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f)                        ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = %.1f", io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer);
+        ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags);
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad)             ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)        ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)         ImGui::Text(" HasSetMousePos");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports)   ImGui::Text(" PlatformHasViewports");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport)ImGui::Text(" HasMouseHoveredViewport");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)   ImGui::Text(" RendererHasVtxOffset");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports)   ImGui::Text(" RendererHasViewports");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight);
+        ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y);
+        ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y);
+        ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize);
+        ImGui::Text("style.FramePadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y);
+        ImGui::Text("style.FrameRounding: %.2f", style.FrameRounding);
+        ImGui::Text("style.FrameBorderSize: %.2f", style.FrameBorderSize);
+        ImGui::Text("style.ItemSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemSpacing.x, style.ItemSpacing.y);
+        ImGui::Text("style.ItemInnerSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, style.ItemInnerSpacing.y);
+
+        if (copy_to_clipboard)
+        {
+            ImGui::LogText("\n```\n");
+            ImGui::LogFinish();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndChildFrame();
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ShowFontSelector()
+// - ShowStyleSelector()
+// - ShowStyleEditor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Forward declare ShowFontAtlas() which isn't worth putting in public API yet
+namespace ImGui { IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); }
+
+// Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts.
+// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is the more flexible one.
+void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont();
+    if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++)
+        {
+            ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n];
+            ImGui::PushID((void*)font);
+            if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current))
+                io.FontDefault = font;
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndCombo();
+    }
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    HelpMarker(
+        "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n"
+        "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n"
+        "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for more details.\n"
+        "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame().");
+}
+
+// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options.
+// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string.
+// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally.
+bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label)
+{
+    static int style_idx = -1;
+    if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0"))
+    {
+        switch (style_idx)
+        {
+        case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break;
+        case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break;
+        case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/Style Editor");
+    // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to
+    // (without a reference style pointer, we will use one compared locally as a reference)
+    ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+    static ImGuiStyle ref_saved_style;
+
+    // Default to using internal storage as reference
+    static bool init = true;
+    if (init && ref == NULL)
+        ref_saved_style = style;
+    init = false;
+    if (ref == NULL)
+        ref = &ref_saved_style;
+
+    ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.50f);
+
+    if (ImGui::ShowStyleSelector("Colors##Selector"))
+        ref_saved_style = style;
+    ImGui::ShowFontSelector("Fonts##Selector");
+
+    // Simplified Settings (expose floating-pointer border sizes as boolean representing 0.0f or 1.0f)
+    if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"))
+        style.GrabRounding = style.FrameRounding; // Make GrabRounding always the same value as FrameRounding
+    { bool border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &border)) { style.WindowBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } }
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    { bool border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f);  if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder",  &border)) { style.FrameBorderSize  = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } }
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    { bool border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f);  if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder",  &border)) { style.PopupBorderSize  = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } }
+
+    // Save/Revert button
+    if (ImGui::Button("Save Ref"))
+        *ref = ref_saved_style = style;
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref"))
+        style = *ref;
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    HelpMarker(
+        "Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. "
+        "Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere.");
+
+    ImGui::Separator();
+
+    if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None))
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Text("Main");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::Text("Borders");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::Text("Rounding");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::Text("Alignment");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+            int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1;
+            if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0"))
+                style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1;
+            ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.");
+            ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Colors"))
+        {
+            static int output_dest = 0;
+            static bool output_only_modified = true;
+            if (ImGui::Button("Export"))
+            {
+                if (output_dest == 0)
+                    ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+                else
+                    ImGui::LogToTTY();
+                ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE);
+                for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+                {
+                    const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i];
+                    const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
+                    if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+                        ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE,
+                            name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w);
+                }
+                ImGui::LogFinish();
+            }
+            ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified);
+
+            static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+            filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16);
+
+            static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0;
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_None))             { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_None; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha",  alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview))     { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both",   alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker(
+                "In the color list:\n"
+                "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n"
+                "Right-click to open edit options menu.");
+
+            ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160);
+            for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+            {
+                const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
+                if (!filter.PassFilter(name))
+                    continue;
+                ImGui::PushID(i);
+                ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags);
+                if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+                {
+                    // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font,
+                    // so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons!
+                    // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.md about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient!
+                    ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) { ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; }
+                    ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) { style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; }
+                }
+                ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+                ImGui::TextUnformatted(name);
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts"))
+        {
+            ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+            ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts;
+            HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for details on font loading.");
+            ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
+
+            // Post-baking font scaling. Note that this is NOT the nice way of scaling fonts, read below.
+            // (we enforce hard clamping manually as by default DragFloat/SliderFloat allows CTRL+Click text to get out of bounds).
+            const float MIN_SCALE = 0.3f;
+            const float MAX_SCALE = 2.0f;
+            HelpMarker(
+                "Those are old settings provided for convenience.\n"
+                "However, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, "
+                "rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.\n"
+                "Using those settings here will give you poor quality results.");
+            static float window_scale = 1.0f;
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+            if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp)) // Scale only this window
+                ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); // Scale everything
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines);
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well.");
+
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines use texture", &style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex);
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("Faster lines using texture data. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (not point/nearest filtering).");
+
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill);
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f");
+            if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f;
+
+            // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles.
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
+            if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
+            {
+                ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos());
+                ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+                ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)");
+                ImGui::Spacing();
+                ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+                const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x;
+                for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++)
+                {
+                    const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f;
+                    const float RAD_MAX = 70.0f;
+                    const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (8.0f - 1.0f);
+
+                    ImGui::BeginGroup();
+
+                    ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad));
+
+                    const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f);
+                    const float offset_x     = floorf(canvas_width * 0.5f);
+                    const float offset_y     = floorf(RAD_MAX);
+
+                    const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                    draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p1.x + offset_x, p1.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+                    ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2));
+
+                    /*
+                    const ImVec2 p2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(p2.x + offset_x, p2.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+                    ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2));
+                    */
+
+                    ImGui::EndGroup();
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTooltip();
+            }
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically.");
+
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha).");
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::EndTabBar();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
+// - ShowExampleMenuFile()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it.
+// Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar():
+// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window (which needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag!)
+// - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it.
+static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
+{
+    if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar())
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+        {
+            ShowExampleMenuFile();
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit"))
+        {
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Undo", "CTRL+Z")) {}
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {}  // Disabled item
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Cut", "CTRL+X")) {}
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Copy", "CTRL+C")) {}
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Paste", "CTRL+V")) {}
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndMainMenuBar();
+    }
+}
+
+// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only
+// (future version will add explicit flags to BeginMenu() to request processing shortcuts)
+static void ShowExampleMenuFile()
+{
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu");
+    ImGui::MenuItem("(demo menu)", NULL, false, false);
+    if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {}
+    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {}
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent"))
+    {
+        ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.c");
+        ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.inl");
+        ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.h");
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("More.."))
+        {
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Hello");
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Sailor");
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Recurse.."))
+            {
+                ShowExampleMenuFile();
+                ImGui::EndMenu();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndMenu();
+    }
+    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) {}
+    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {}
+
+    ImGui::Separator();
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Options");
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options"))
+    {
+        static bool enabled = true;
+        ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled);
+        ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true);
+        for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+            ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i);
+        ImGui::EndChild();
+        static float f = 0.5f;
+        static int n = 0;
+        ImGui::SliderFloat("Value", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::InputFloat("Input", &f, 0.1f);
+        ImGui::Combo("Combo", &n, "Yes\0No\0Maybe\0\0");
+        ImGui::EndMenu();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Colors");
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors"))
+    {
+        float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight();
+        for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+        {
+            const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName((ImGuiCol)i);
+            ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+            ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + sz, p.y + sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i));
+            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(sz, sz));
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::MenuItem(name);
+        }
+        ImGui::EndMenu();
+    }
+
+    // Here we demonstrate appending again to the "Options" menu (which we already created above)
+    // Of course in this demo it is a little bit silly that this function calls BeginMenu("Options") twice.
+    // In a real code-base using it would make senses to use this feature from very different code locations.
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) // <-- Append!
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Append to an existing menu");
+        static bool b = true;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("SomeOption", &b);
+        ImGui::EndMenu();
+    }
+
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Disabled", false)) // Disabled
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {}
+    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {}
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history.
+// For the console example, we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold both data and functions.
+struct ExampleAppConsole
+{
+    char                  InputBuf[256];
+    ImVector<char*>       Items;
+    ImVector<const char*> Commands;
+    ImVector<char*>       History;
+    int                   HistoryPos;    // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history.
+    ImGuiTextFilter       Filter;
+    bool                  AutoScroll;
+    bool                  ScrollToBottom;
+
+    ExampleAppConsole()
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Console");
+        ClearLog();
+        memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf));
+        HistoryPos = -1;
+
+        // "CLASSIFY" is here to provide the test case where "C"+[tab] completes to "CL" and display multiple matches.
+        Commands.push_back("HELP");
+        Commands.push_back("HISTORY");
+        Commands.push_back("CLEAR");
+        Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY");
+        AutoScroll = true;
+        ScrollToBottom = false;
+        AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!");
+    }
+    ~ExampleAppConsole()
+    {
+        ClearLog();
+        for (int i = 0; i < History.Size; i++)
+            free(History[i]);
+    }
+
+    // Portable helpers
+    static int   Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2)         { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; }
+    static int   Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; }
+    static char* Strdup(const char* s)                           { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); }
+    static void  Strtrim(char* s)                                { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; }
+
+    void    ClearLog()
+    {
+        for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
+            free(Items[i]);
+        Items.clear();
+    }
+
+    void    AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
+    {
+        // FIXME-OPT
+        char buf[1024];
+        va_list args;
+        va_start(args, fmt);
+        vsnprintf(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt, args);
+        buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0;
+        va_end(args);
+        Items.push_back(Strdup(buf));
+    }
+
+    void    Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open)
+    {
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+        if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open))
+        {
+            ImGui::End();
+            return;
+        }
+
+        // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar.
+        // So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar.
+        // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar.
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
+        {
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close Console"))
+                *p_open = false;
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::TextWrapped(
+            "This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion (TAB key) and history (Up/Down keys). A more elaborate "
+            "implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc.");
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help.");
+
+        // TODO: display items starting from the bottom
+
+        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Text"))  { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); }
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); }
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear"))           { ClearLog(); }
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy");
+        //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); }
+
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        // Options menu
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll);
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Options, Filter
+        if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text
+        const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();
+        ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
+        {
+            if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog();
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets.
+        // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end());
+        // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping
+        // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then
+        // "seek" to display only items in the visible area.
+        // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop:
+        //      for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
+        //   With:
+        //      ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+        //      clipper.Begin(Items.Size);
+        //      while (clipper.Step())
+        //         for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+        // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height)
+        // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index,
+        //   without processing all the ones before)
+        // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property.
+        // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list.
+        // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices
+        // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter,
+        // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage
+        // to improve this example code!
+        // If your items are of variable height:
+        // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list.
+        // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items.
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing
+        if (copy_to_clipboard)
+            ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+        for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
+        {
+            const char* item = Items[i];
+            if (!Filter.PassFilter(item))
+                continue;
+
+            // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string.
+            // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.)
+            ImVec4 color;
+            bool has_color = false;
+            if (strstr(item, "[error]"))          { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; }
+            else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; }
+            if (has_color)
+                ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color);
+            ImGui::TextUnformatted(item);
+            if (has_color)
+                ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+        }
+        if (copy_to_clipboard)
+            ImGui::LogFinish();
+
+        if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()))
+            ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
+        ScrollToBottom = false;
+
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        ImGui::EndChild();
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        // Command-line
+        bool reclaim_focus = false;
+        ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+        if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this))
+        {
+            char* s = InputBuf;
+            Strtrim(s);
+            if (s[0])
+                ExecCommand(s);
+            strcpy(s, "");
+            reclaim_focus = true;
+        }
+
+        // Auto-focus on window apparition
+        ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
+        if (reclaim_focus)
+            ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus previous widget
+
+        ImGui::End();
+    }
+
+    void    ExecCommand(const char* command_line)
+    {
+        AddLog("# %s\n", command_line);
+
+        // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back.
+        // This isn't trying to be smart or optimal.
+        HistoryPos = -1;
+        for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+            if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0)
+            {
+                free(History[i]);
+                History.erase(History.begin() + i);
+                break;
+            }
+        History.push_back(Strdup(command_line));
+
+        // Process command
+        if (Stricmp(command_line, "CLEAR") == 0)
+        {
+            ClearLog();
+        }
+        else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HELP") == 0)
+        {
+            AddLog("Commands:");
+            for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++)
+                AddLog("- %s", Commands[i]);
+        }
+        else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HISTORY") == 0)
+        {
+            int first = History.Size - 10;
+            for (int i = first > 0 ? first : 0; i < History.Size; i++)
+                AddLog("%3d: %s\n", i, History[i]);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line);
+        }
+
+        // On command input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false
+        ScrollToBottom = true;
+    }
+
+    // In C++11 you'd be better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks
+    static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
+    {
+        ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData;
+        return console->TextEditCallback(data);
+    }
+
+    int     TextEditCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
+    {
+        //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd);
+        switch (data->EventFlag)
+        {
+        case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:
+            {
+                // Example of TEXT COMPLETION
+
+                // Locate beginning of current word
+                const char* word_end = data->Buf + data->CursorPos;
+                const char* word_start = word_end;
+                while (word_start > data->Buf)
+                {
+                    const char c = word_start[-1];
+                    if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == ',' || c == ';')
+                        break;
+                    word_start--;
+                }
+
+                // Build a list of candidates
+                ImVector<const char*> candidates;
+                for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++)
+                    if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end - word_start)) == 0)
+                        candidates.push_back(Commands[i]);
+
+                if (candidates.Size == 0)
+                {
+                    // No match
+                    AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end - word_start), word_start);
+                }
+                else if (candidates.Size == 1)
+                {
+                    // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing.
+                    data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start));
+                    data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]);
+                    data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " ");
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can..
+                    // So inputing "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches.
+                    int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start);
+                    for (;;)
+                    {
+                        int c = 0;
+                        bool all_candidates_matches = true;
+                        for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size && all_candidates_matches; i++)
+                            if (i == 0)
+                                c = toupper(candidates[i][match_len]);
+                            else if (c == 0 || c != toupper(candidates[i][match_len]))
+                                all_candidates_matches = false;
+                        if (!all_candidates_matches)
+                            break;
+                        match_len++;
+                    }
+
+                    if (match_len > 0)
+                    {
+                        data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start));
+                        data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len);
+                    }
+
+                    // List matches
+                    AddLog("Possible matches:\n");
+                    for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size; i++)
+                        AddLog("- %s\n", candidates[i]);
+                }
+
+                break;
+            }
+        case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:
+            {
+                // Example of HISTORY
+                const int prev_history_pos = HistoryPos;
+                if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow)
+                {
+                    if (HistoryPos == -1)
+                        HistoryPos = History.Size - 1;
+                    else if (HistoryPos > 0)
+                        HistoryPos--;
+                }
+                else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow)
+                {
+                    if (HistoryPos != -1)
+                        if (++HistoryPos >= History.Size)
+                            HistoryPos = -1;
+                }
+
+                // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position.
+                if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos)
+                {
+                    const char* history_str = (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : "";
+                    data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen);
+                    data->InsertChars(0, history_str);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+};
+
+static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open)
+{
+    static ExampleAppConsole console;
+    console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Usage:
+//  static ExampleAppLog my_log;
+//  my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123);
+//  my_log.Draw("title");
+struct ExampleAppLog
+{
+    ImGuiTextBuffer     Buf;
+    ImGuiTextFilter     Filter;
+    ImVector<int>       LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls.
+    bool                AutoScroll;  // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom.
+
+    ExampleAppLog()
+    {
+        AutoScroll = true;
+        Clear();
+    }
+
+    void    Clear()
+    {
+        Buf.clear();
+        LineOffsets.clear();
+        LineOffsets.push_back(0);
+    }
+
+    void    AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
+    {
+        int old_size = Buf.size();
+        va_list args;
+        va_start(args, fmt);
+        Buf.appendfv(fmt, args);
+        va_end(args);
+        for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++)
+            if (Buf[old_size] == '\n')
+                LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1);
+    }
+
+    void    Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL)
+    {
+        if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open))
+        {
+            ImGui::End();
+            return;
+        }
+
+        // Options menu
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll);
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Main window
+        if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f);
+
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+
+        if (clear)
+            Clear();
+        if (copy)
+            ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+        const char* buf = Buf.begin();
+        const char* buf_end = Buf.end();
+        if (Filter.IsActive())
+        {
+            // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled.
+            // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter.
+            // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of
+            // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp).
+            for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++)
+            {
+                const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
+                const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end;
+                if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end))
+                    ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer:
+            //   ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end);
+            // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward
+            // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are
+            // within the visible area.
+            // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them
+            // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires
+            // - A) random access into your data
+            // - B) items all being the  same height,
+            // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text.
+            // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display
+            // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make
+            // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries).
+            ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+            clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size);
+            while (clipper.Step())
+            {
+                for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
+                {
+                    const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
+                    const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end;
+                    ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end);
+                }
+            }
+            clipper.End();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+        if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())
+            ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
+
+        ImGui::EndChild();
+        ImGui::End();
+    }
+};
+
+// Demonstrate creating a simple log window with basic filtering.
+static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open)
+{
+    static ExampleAppLog log;
+
+    // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents
+    // We take advantage of a rarely used feature: multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the _same_ window.
+    // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call.
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open);
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Log");
+    if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries"))
+    {
+        static int counter = 0;
+        const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" };
+        const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" };
+        for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+        {
+            const char* category = categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)];
+            const char* word = words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)];
+            log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n",
+                ImGui::GetFrameCount(), category, ImGui::GetTime(), word);
+            counter++;
+        }
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+
+    // Actually call in the regular Log helper (which will Begin() into the same window as we just did)
+    log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate create a window with multiple child windows.
+static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple layout");
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+        {
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false;
+                ImGui::EndMenu();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+        }
+
+        // Left
+        static int selected = 0;
+        {
+            ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true);
+            for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+            {
+                // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav
+                char label[128];
+                sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i);
+                if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i))
+                    selected = i;
+            }
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+        }
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+
+        // Right
+        {
+            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+            ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us
+            ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected);
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {}
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {}
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+        }
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid)
+{
+    // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID.
+    ImGui::PushID(uid);
+
+    // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high.
+    ImGui::TableNextRow();
+    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
+    ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid);
+    ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
+    ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich");
+
+    if (node_open)
+    {
+        static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f };
+        for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+        {
+            ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier.
+            if (i < 2)
+            {
+                ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well)
+                ImGui::TableNextRow();
+                ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
+                ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+                ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet;
+                ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i);
+
+                ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
+                if (i >= 5)
+                    ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f);
+                else
+                    ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f);
+                ImGui::NextColumn();
+            }
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+    ImGui::PopID();
+}
+
+// Demonstrate create a simple property editor.
+static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open))
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor");
+
+    HelpMarker(
+        "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n"
+        "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n"
+        "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n"
+        "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API.");
+
+    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2));
+    if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
+    {
+        // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data)
+        for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++)
+        {
+            ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i);
+            //ImGui::Separator();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndTable();
+    }
+    ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping.
+static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", p_open))
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Long text display");
+
+    static int test_type = 0;
+    static ImGuiTextBuffer log;
+    static int lines = 0;
+    ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text.");
+    ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type,
+        "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0"
+        "Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0"
+        "Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0");
+    ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size());
+    if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; }
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines"))
+    {
+        for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++)
+            log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines + i);
+        lines += 1000;
+    }
+    ImGui::BeginChild("Log");
+    switch (test_type)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        // Single call to TextUnformatted() with a big buffer
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end());
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        {
+            // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper.
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+            ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+            clipper.Begin(lines);
+            while (clipper.Step())
+                for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+                    ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i);
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+            break;
+        }
+    case 2:
+        // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+        for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
+            ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i);
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        break;
+    }
+    ImGui::EndChild();
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content.
+static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open)
+{
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Auto-resizing window");
+
+    static int lines = 10;
+    ImGui::TextUnformatted(
+        "Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\n"
+        "Note that you probably don't want to query the window size to\n"
+        "output your content because that would create a feedback loop.");
+    ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20);
+    for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
+        ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints.
+static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
+{
+    struct CustomConstraints
+    {
+        // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints
+        static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); }
+        static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data)   { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); }
+    };
+
+    const char* test_desc[] =
+    {
+        "Resize vertical only",
+        "Resize horizontal only",
+        "Width > 100, Height > 100",
+        "Width 400-500",
+        "Height 400-500",
+        "Custom: Always Square",
+        "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)",
+    };
+
+    static bool auto_resize = false;
+    static int type = 0;
+    static int display_lines = 10;
+    if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0),    ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX));      // Vertical only
+    if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1),    ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1));      // Horizontal only
+    if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100
+    if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1),  ImVec2(500, -1));          // Width 400-500
+    if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400),  ImVec2(-1, 500));          // Height 400-500
+    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square);                     // Always Square
+    if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step
+
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0;
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Constrained Resizing window");
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowDocked())
+            ImGui::Text("Warning: Sizing Constraints won't work if the window is docked!");
+        if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); }
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200);
+        ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc));
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200);
+        ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize);
+        for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++)
+            ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, "");
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration
+// + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use.
+static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
+{
+    static int corner = 0;
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
+    if (corner != -1)
+    {
+        const float PAD = 10.0f;
+        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+        ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any!
+        ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize;
+        ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot;
+        window_pos.x = (corner & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD);
+        window_pos.y = (corner & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD);
+        window_pos_pivot.x = (corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+        window_pos_pivot.y = (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID);
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    }
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags))
+    {
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple Overlay");
+        ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
+        else
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: <invalid>");
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
+        {
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom",       NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1;
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left",     NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0;
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right",    NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1;
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left",  NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2;
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3;
+            if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false;
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate creating a window covering the entire screen/viewport
+static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open)
+{
+    static bool use_work_area = true;
+    static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.)
+    // Based on your use case you may want one of the other.
+    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos);
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size);
+
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fullscreen window", p_open, flags))
+    {
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Use work area instead of main area", &use_work_area);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker("Main Area = entire viewport,\nWork Area = entire viewport minus sections used by the main menu bars, task bars etc.\n\nEnable the main-menu bar in Examples menu to see the difference.");
+
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration);
+        ImGui::Indent();
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+        ImGui::Unindent();
+
+        if (p_open && ImGui::Button("Close this window"))
+            *p_open = false;
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation.
+// This apply to all regular items as well.
+// Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details.
+static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*)
+{
+    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    const ImVec2 base_pos = viewport->Pos;
+
+    // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title.
+    // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID.
+
+    // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier.
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1");
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Manipulating window titles");
+    ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique.");
+    ImGui::End();
+
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2");
+    ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique.");
+    ImGui::End();
+
+    // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle"
+    char buf[128];
+    sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount());
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    ImGui::Begin(buf);
+    ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title.");
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes.
+static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
+{
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open))
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Custom Rendering");
+
+    // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of
+    // overloaded operators, etc. Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your
+    // types and ImVec2/ImVec4. Dear ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not
+    // exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) In this example we are not using the maths operators!
+
+    if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar"))
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives"))
+        {
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+
+            // Draw gradients
+            // (note that those are currently exacerbating our sRGB/Linear issues)
+            // Calling ImGui::GetColorU32() multiplies the given colors by the current Style Alpha, but you may pass the IM_COL32() directly as well..
+            ImGui::Text("Gradients");
+            ImVec2 gradient_size = ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
+            {
+                ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y);
+                ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255));
+                ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
+                draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a);
+                ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient1", gradient_size);
+            }
+            {
+                ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y);
+                ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+                ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+                draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a);
+                ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient2", gradient_size);
+            }
+
+            // Draw a bunch of primitives
+            ImGui::Text("All primitives");
+            static float sz = 36.0f;
+            static float thickness = 3.0f;
+            static int ngon_sides = 6;
+            static bool circle_segments_override = false;
+            static int circle_segments_override_v = 12;
+            static bool curve_segments_override = false;
+            static int curve_segments_override_v = 8;
+            static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 100.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f");
+            ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override);
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            circle_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments override", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("##curvessegmentoverride", &curve_segments_override);
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            curve_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Curves segments override", &curve_segments_override_v, 3, 40);
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x);
+
+            const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+            const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf);
+            const float spacing = 10.0f;
+            const ImDrawFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+            const float rounding = sz / 5.0f;
+            const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0;
+            const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0;
+            float x = p.x + 4.0f;
+            float y = p.y + 4.0f;
+            for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
+            {
+                // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness
+                float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
+                draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th);                 x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
+                draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Square
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th);      x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th);         x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
+                draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing;  // Triangle
+                //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th);                                       x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th);                                       x += spacing;       // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th);                                  x += sz + spacing;  // Diagonal line
+
+                // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points)
+                ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) };
+                draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing;
+
+                // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points)
+                ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) };
+                draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments);
+
+                x = p.x + 4;
+                y += sz + spacing;
+            }
+            draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides);               x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
+            draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments);            x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col);                                    x += sz + spacing;  // Square
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f);                             x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br);              x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
+            draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col);  x += sz + spacing;  // Triangle
+            //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col);                             x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col);                             x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col);                                      x += sz;            // Pixel (faster than AddLine)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+
+            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f));
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas"))
+        {
+            static ImVector<ImVec2> points;
+            static ImVec2 scrolling(0.0f, 0.0f);
+            static bool opt_enable_grid = true;
+            static bool opt_enable_context_menu = true;
+            static bool adding_line = false;
+
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Enable grid", &opt_enable_grid);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Enable context menu", &opt_enable_context_menu);
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse Left: drag to add lines,\nMouse Right: drag to scroll, click for context menu.");
+
+            // Typically you would use a BeginChild()/EndChild() pair to benefit from a clipping region + own scrolling.
+            // Here we demonstrate that this can be replaced by simple offsetting + custom drawing + PushClipRect/PopClipRect() calls.
+            // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g:
+            //      ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0));      // Disable padding
+            //      ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255));  // Set a background color
+            //      ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+            //      ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+            //      ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+            //      [...]
+            //      ImGui::EndChild();
+
+            // Using InvisibleButton() as a convenience 1) it will advance the layout cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive()
+            ImVec2 canvas_p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();      // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates!
+            ImVec2 canvas_sz = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail();   // Resize canvas to what's available
+            if (canvas_sz.x < 50.0f) canvas_sz.x = 50.0f;
+            if (canvas_sz.y < 50.0f) canvas_sz.y = 50.0f;
+            ImVec2 canvas_p1 = ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + canvas_sz.x, canvas_p0.y + canvas_sz.y);
+
+            // Draw border and background color
+            ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255));
+            draw_list->AddRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
+
+            // This will catch our interactions
+            ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+            const bool is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); // Hovered
+            const bool is_active = ImGui::IsItemActive();   // Held
+            const ImVec2 origin(canvas_p0.x + scrolling.x, canvas_p0.y + scrolling.y); // Lock scrolled origin
+            const ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas(io.MousePos.x - origin.x, io.MousePos.y - origin.y);
+
+            // Add first and second point
+            if (is_hovered && !adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left))
+            {
+                points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
+                points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
+                adding_line = true;
+            }
+            if (adding_line)
+            {
+                points.back() = mouse_pos_in_canvas;
+                if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left))
+                    adding_line = false;
+            }
+
+            // Pan (we use a zero mouse threshold when there's no context menu)
+            // You may decide to make that threshold dynamic based on whether the mouse is hovering something etc.
+            const float mouse_threshold_for_pan = opt_enable_context_menu ? -1.0f : 0.0f;
+            if (is_active && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Right, mouse_threshold_for_pan))
+            {
+                scrolling.x += io.MouseDelta.x;
+                scrolling.y += io.MouseDelta.y;
+            }
+
+            // Context menu (under default mouse threshold)
+            ImVec2 drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton_Right);
+            if (opt_enable_context_menu && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f)
+                ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopup("context"))
+            {
+                if (adding_line)
+                    points.resize(points.size() - 2);
+                adding_line = false;
+                if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove one", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.resize(points.size() - 2); }
+                if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove all", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.clear(); }
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+
+            // Draw grid + all lines in the canvas
+            draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, true);
+            if (opt_enable_grid)
+            {
+                const float GRID_STEP = 64.0f;
+                for (float x = fmodf(scrolling.x, GRID_STEP); x < canvas_sz.x; x += GRID_STEP)
+                    draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y), ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p1.y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
+                for (float y = fmodf(scrolling.y, GRID_STEP); y < canvas_sz.y; y += GRID_STEP)
+                    draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p0.y + y), ImVec2(canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
+            }
+            for (int n = 0; n < points.Size; n += 2)
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(origin.x + points[n].x, origin.y + points[n].y), ImVec2(origin.x + points[n + 1].x, origin.y + points[n + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f);
+            draw_list->PopClipRect();
+
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("BG/FG draw lists"))
+        {
+            static bool draw_bg = true;
+            static bool draw_fg = true;
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Background draw list", &draw_bg);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Background draw list will be rendered below every Dear ImGui windows.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Foreground draw list", &draw_fg);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Foreground draw list will be rendered over every Dear ImGui windows.");
+            ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos();
+            ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize();
+            ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f);
+            if (draw_bg)
+                ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0, 10 + 4);
+            if (draw_fg)
+                ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 0, 10);
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::EndTabBar();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Docking, DockSpace / ShowExampleAppDockSpace()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Demonstrate using DockSpace() to create an explicit docking node within an existing window.
+// Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking!
+// - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking.
+// - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows).
+// - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking.
+// About dockspaces:
+// - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window.
+// - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport.
+//   This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode.
+// - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame! (*)
+// - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked.
+//   e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
+// (*) because of this constraint, the implicit \"Debug\" window can not be docked into an explicit DockSpace() node,
+// because that window is submitted as part of the part of the NewFrame() call. An easy workaround is that you can create
+// your own implicit "Debug##2" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use.
+void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open)
+{
+    // If you strip some features of, this demo is pretty much equivalent to calling DockSpaceOverViewport()!
+    // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below!
+    // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because:
+    // - we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false)
+    // - we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true)
+    // - we have a local menu bar in the host window (vs. you could use BeginMainMenuBar() + DockSpaceOverViewport() in your code!)
+    // TL;DR; this demo is more complicated than what you would normally use.
+    // If we removed all the options we are showcasing, this demo would become:
+    //     void ShowExampleAppDockSpace()
+    //     {
+    //         ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGui::GetMainViewport());
+    //     }
+
+    static bool opt_fullscreen = true;
+    static bool opt_padding = false;
+    static ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
+
+    // We are using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking flag to make the parent window not dockable into,
+    // because it would be confusing to have two docking targets within each others.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    if (opt_fullscreen)
+    {
+        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(viewport->WorkPos);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(viewport->WorkSize);
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID);
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, 0.0f);
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        dockspace_flags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode;
+    }
+
+    // When using ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, DockSpace() will render our background
+    // and handle the pass-thru hole, so we ask Begin() to not render a background.
+    if (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode)
+        window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
+
+    // Important: note that we proceed even if Begin() returns false (aka window is collapsed).
+    // This is because we want to keep our DockSpace() active. If a DockSpace() is inactive,
+    // all active windows docked into it will lose their parent and become undocked.
+    // We cannot preserve the docking relationship between an active window and an inactive docking, otherwise
+    // any change of dockspace/settings would lead to windows being stuck in limbo and never being visible.
+    if (!opt_padding)
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    ImGui::Begin("DockSpace Demo", p_open, window_flags);
+    if (!opt_padding)
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+    if (opt_fullscreen)
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+
+    // Submit the DockSpace
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)
+    {
+        ImGuiID dockspace_id = ImGui::GetID("MyDockSpace");
+        ImGui::DockSpace(dockspace_id, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), dockspace_flags);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ShowDockingDisabledMessage();
+    }
+
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options"))
+        {
+            // Disabling fullscreen would allow the window to be moved to the front of other windows,
+            // which we can't undo at the moment without finer window depth/z control.
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen", NULL, &opt_fullscreen);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Padding", NULL, &opt_padding);
+            ImGui::Separator();
+
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoSplit",                "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) != 0))                 { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit; }
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoResize",               "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) != 0))                { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; }
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoDockingInCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) != 0))  { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode; }
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: AutoHideTabBar",         "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) != 0))          { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar; }
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: PassthruCentralNode",    "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0, opt_fullscreen)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode; }
+            ImGui::Separator();
+
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", NULL, false, p_open != NULL))
+                *p_open = false;
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        HelpMarker(
+            "When docking is enabled, you can ALWAYS dock MOST window into another! Try it now!" "\n"
+            "- Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock." "\n"
+            "- Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows)." "\n"
+            "- Hold SHIFT to disable docking (if io.ConfigDockingWithShift == false, default)" "\n"
+            "- Hold SHIFT to enable docking (if io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true)" "\n"
+            "This demo app has nothing to do with enabling docking!" "\n\n"
+            "This demo app only demonstrate the use of ImGui::DockSpace() which allows you to manually create a docking node _within_ another window." "\n\n"
+            "Read comments in ShowExampleAppDockSpace() for more details.");
+
+        ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model
+struct MyDocument
+{
+    const char* Name;       // Document title
+    bool        Open;       // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!)
+    bool        OpenPrev;   // Copy of Open from last update.
+    bool        Dirty;      // Set when the document has been modified
+    bool        WantClose;  // Set when the document
+    ImVec4      Color;      // An arbitrary variable associated to the document
+
+    MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
+    {
+        Name = name;
+        Open = OpenPrev = open;
+        Dirty = false;
+        WantClose = false;
+        Color = color;
+    }
+    void DoOpen()       { Open = true; }
+    void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; }
+    void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; }
+    void DoSave()       { Dirty = false; }
+
+    // Display placeholder contents for the Document
+    static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc)
+    {
+        ImGui::PushID(doc);
+        ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color);
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.");
+        ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+        if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0)))
+            doc->Dirty = true;
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0)))
+            doc->DoSave();
+        ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x);  // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior.
+        ImGui::PopID();
+    }
+
+    // Display context menu for the Document
+    static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
+    {
+        if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
+            return;
+
+        char buf[256];
+        sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name);
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open))
+            doc->DoSave();
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open))
+            doc->DoQueueClose();
+        ImGui::EndPopup();
+    }
+};
+
+struct ExampleAppDocuments
+{
+    ImVector<MyDocument> Documents;
+
+    ExampleAppDocuments()
+    {
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce",             true,  ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant",            true,  ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot",              true,  ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato",              false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document",       false));
+    }
+};
+
+// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
+// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo,
+// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for
+// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has
+// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively
+// give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
+// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
+// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
+static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app)
+{
+    for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+    {
+        MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+        if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev)
+            ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name);
+        doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open;
+    }
+}
+
+void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
+{
+    static ExampleAppDocuments app;
+
+    // Options
+    enum Target
+    {
+        Target_None,
+        Target_Tab,                 // Create documents as local tab into a local tab bar
+        Target_DockSpaceAndWindow   // Create documents as regular windows, and create an embedded dockspace
+    };
+    static Target opt_target = Target_Tab;
+    static bool opt_reorderable = true;
+    static ImGuiTabBarFlags opt_fitting_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+
+    // When (opt_target == Target_DockSpaceAndWindow) there is the possibily that one of our child Document window (e.g. "Eggplant")
+    // that we emit gets docked into the same spot as the parent window ("Example: Documents").
+    // This would create a problematic feedback loop because selecting the "Eggplant" tab would make the "Example: Documents" tab
+    // not visible, which in turn would stop submitting the "Eggplant" window.
+    // We avoid this problem by submitting our documents window even if our parent window is not currently visible.
+    // Another solution may be to make the "Example: Documents" window use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking.
+
+    bool window_contents_visible = ImGui::Begin("Example: Documents", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+    if (!window_contents_visible && opt_target != Target_DockSpaceAndWindow)
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Menu
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+        {
+            int open_count = 0;
+            for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+                open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0;
+
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size))
+            {
+                for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+                {
+                    MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+                    if (!doc->Open)
+                        if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name))
+                            doc->DoOpen();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenu();
+            }
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0))
+                for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+                    app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose();
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open)
+                *p_open = false;
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+    }
+
+    // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each
+    for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+    {
+        MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+        if (doc_n > 0)
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::PushID(doc);
+        if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open))
+            if (!doc->Open)
+                doc->DoForceClose();
+        ImGui::PopID();
+    }
+    ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12);
+    ImGui::Combo("Output", (int*)&opt_target, "None\0TabBar+Tabs\0DockSpace+Window\0");
+    ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+    bool redock_all = false;
+    if (opt_target == Target_Tab)                { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Reorderable Tabs", &opt_reorderable); }
+    if (opt_target == Target_DockSpaceAndWindow) { ImGui::SameLine(); redock_all = ImGui::Button("Redock all"); }
+
+    ImGui::Separator();
+
+    // About the ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument / ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument flags.
+    // They have multiple effects:
+    // - Display a dot next to the title.
+    // - Tab is selected when clicking the X close button.
+    // - Closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab).
+    //   Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
+    //   We need to assume closure by default otherwise waiting for "lack of submission" on the next frame would leave an empty
+    //   hole for one-frame, both in the tab-bar and in tab-contents when closing a tab/window.
+    //   The rarely used SetTabItemClosed() function is a way to notify of programmatic closure to avoid the one-frame hole.
+
+    // Tabs
+    if (opt_target == Target_Tab)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags))
+        {
+            if (opt_reorderable)
+                NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app);
+
+            // [DEBUG] Stress tests
+            //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1;            // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on.
+            //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name);  // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway..
+
+            // Submit Tabs
+            for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+            {
+                MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+                if (!doc->Open)
+                    continue;
+
+                ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
+                bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags);
+
+                // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup.
+                if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty)
+                {
+                    doc->Open = true;
+                    doc->DoQueueClose();
+                }
+
+                MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc);
+                if (visible)
+                {
+                    MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc);
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+            }
+
+            ImGui::EndTabBar();
+        }
+    }
+    else if (opt_target == Target_DockSpaceAndWindow)
+    {
+        if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)
+        {
+            NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app);
+
+            // Create a DockSpace node where any window can be docked
+            ImGuiID dockspace_id = ImGui::GetID("MyDockSpace");
+            ImGui::DockSpace(dockspace_id);
+
+            // Create Windows
+            for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+            {
+                MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+                if (!doc->Open)
+                    continue;
+
+                ImGui::SetNextWindowDockID(dockspace_id, redock_all ? ImGuiCond_Always : ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+                ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
+                bool visible = ImGui::Begin(doc->Name, &doc->Open, window_flags);
+
+                // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup.
+                if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty)
+                {
+                    doc->Open = true;
+                    doc->DoQueueClose();
+                }
+
+                MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc);
+                if (visible)
+                    MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc);
+
+                ImGui::End();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ShowDockingDisabledMessage();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Early out other contents
+    if (!window_contents_visible)
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Update closing queue
+    static ImVector<MyDocument*> close_queue;
+    if (close_queue.empty())
+    {
+        // Close queue is locked once we started a popup
+        for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+        {
+            MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+            if (doc->WantClose)
+            {
+                doc->WantClose = false;
+                close_queue.push_back(doc);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Display closing confirmation UI
+    if (!close_queue.empty())
+    {
+        int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0;
+        for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+            if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+                close_queue_unsaved_documents++;
+
+        if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0)
+        {
+            // Close documents when all are unsaved
+            for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+            close_queue.clear();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?"))
+                ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?");
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?");
+                float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
+                if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height)))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                        if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+                            ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name);
+                    ImGui::EndChildFrame();
+                }
+
+                ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f);
+                if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                    {
+                        if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+                            close_queue[n]->DoSave();
+                        close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+                    }
+                    close_queue.clear();
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                        close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+                    close_queue.clear();
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size))
+                {
+                    close_queue.clear();
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+// End of Demo code
+#else
+
+void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() {}
+void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle*) {}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82e1925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4190 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP
+// (drawing and font code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation
+// [SECTION] Style functions
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
+// [SECTION] ImDrawData
+// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
+// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+// [SECTION] ImFont
+// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
+// [SECTION] Decompression code
+// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#if !defined(alloca)
+#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NEWLIB__)
+#include <alloca.h>     // alloca (glibc uses <alloca.h>. Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here)
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+#include <malloc.h>     // alloca
+#if !defined(alloca)
+#define alloca _alloca  // for clang with MS Codegen
+#endif
+#else
+#include <stdlib.h>     // alloca
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505)     // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 6255)     // [Static Analyzer] _alloca indicates failure by raising a stack overflow exception.  Consider using _malloca instead.
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#if __has_warning("-Walloca")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca"                         // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma"                          // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"              // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector"          // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Compile time options:
+//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE           ImStb
+//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
+namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
+{
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (push)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4456)                             // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
+#pragma warning (disable: 6011)                             // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'.
+#pragma warning (disable: 6385)                             // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer':  the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read.
+#pragma warning (disable: 28182)                            // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"              // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"              // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"                // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION                        // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION          // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
+#define STBRP_STATIC
+#define STBRP_ASSERT(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0)
+#define STBRP_SORT          ImQsort
+#define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_rectpack.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION                         // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION           // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
+#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)   ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x))
+#define STBTT_free(x,u)     ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x))
+#define STBTT_assert(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0)
+#define STBTT_fmod(x,y)     ImFmod(x,y)
+#define STBTT_sqrt(x)       ImSqrt(x)
+#define STBTT_pow(x,y)      ImPow(x,y)
+#define STBTT_fabs(x)       ImFabs(x)
+#define STBTT_ifloor(x)     ((int)ImFloorSigned(x))
+#define STBTT_iceil(x)      ((int)ImCeil(x))
+#define STBTT_STATIC
+#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+#else
+#define STBTT_DEF extern
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_truetype.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#pragma warning (pop)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
+} // namespace ImStb
+using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Style functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = colors[ImGuiCol_Border];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive],    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DockingPreview]         = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg]         = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.43f, 0.39f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.47f, 0.47f, 0.69f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.42f, 0.41f, 0.64f, 0.69f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.40f, 0.61f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.48f, 0.71f, 0.79f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive],    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DockingPreview]         = colors[ImGuiCol_Header] * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg]         = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+// Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder
+void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.94f, 0.94f, 0.94f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.98f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.96f, 0.96f, 0.96f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.82f, 0.82f, 0.82f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.86f, 0.86f, 0.86f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.98f, 0.98f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.69f, 0.69f, 0.69f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive],    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DockingPreview]         = colors[ImGuiCol_Header] * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg]         = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg]          = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawList
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++)
+    {
+        const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx);
+        ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
+    }
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
+{
+    if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
+        return;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f);
+    CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
+    {
+        const float radius = (float)i;
+        CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX);
+    }
+    ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
+
+// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer.
+void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
+{
+    // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory.
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0);
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4));
+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID));
+    if (_Splitter._Count > 1)
+        _Splitter.Merge(this);
+
+    CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+    IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+    VtxBuffer.resize(0);
+    Flags = _Data->InitialFlags;
+    memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader));
+    _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+    _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
+    _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
+    _ClipRectStack.resize(0);
+    _TextureIdStack.resize(0);
+    _Path.resize(0);
+    _Splitter.Clear();
+    CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd());
+    _FringeScale = 1.0f;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory()
+{
+    CmdBuffer.clear();
+    IdxBuffer.clear();
+    VtxBuffer.clear();
+    Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
+    _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+    _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
+    _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
+    _ClipRectStack.clear();
+    _TextureIdStack.clear();
+    _Path.clear();
+    _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory();
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const
+{
+    ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data));
+    dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer;
+    dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer;
+    dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer;
+    dst->Flags = Flags;
+    return dst;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd()
+{
+    ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
+    draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;    // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy()
+    draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
+    draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w);
+    CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
+}
+
+// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user)
+// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL
+void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+{
+    if (CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+        return;
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
+    {
+        AddDrawCmd();
+        curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    }
+    curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
+    curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
+
+    AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below)
+}
+
+// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp()
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize                            (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int))
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS)       (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC)          (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize))    // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1)  (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset)
+
+// Try to merge two last draw commands
+void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
+        prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount;
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+    }
+}
+
+// Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack.
+// The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only.
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect()
+{
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+    {
+        AddDrawCmd();
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+
+    // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID()
+{
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId)
+    {
+        AddDrawCmd();
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+
+    // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
+    ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+    {
+        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset()
+{
+    // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this.
+    _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
+    {
+        AddDrawCmd();
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
+    curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
+}
+
+int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const
+{
+    // Automatic segment count
+    const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
+    if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
+        return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
+    else
+        return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
+}
+
+// Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
+void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+{
+    ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y);
+    if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+    {
+        ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
+        if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x;
+        if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y;
+        if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z;
+        if (cr.w > current.w) cr.w = current.w;
+    }
+    cr.z = ImMax(cr.x, cr.z);
+    cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w);
+
+    _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr);
+    _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr;
+    _OnChangedClipRect();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen()
+{
+    PushClipRect(ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.x, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.y), ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.z, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.w));
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PopClipRect()
+{
+    _ClipRectStack.pop_back();
+    _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1];
+    _OnChangedClipRect();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id)
+{
+    _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id);
+    _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id;
+    _OnChangedTextureID();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PopTextureID()
+{
+    _TextureIdStack.pop_back();
+    _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1];
+    _OnChangedTextureID();
+}
+
+// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices.
+// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or
+// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations.
+void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
+{
+    // Large mesh support (when enabled)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
+    {
+        // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here.
+        // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us
+        // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better.
+        _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size;
+        _OnChangedVtxOffset();
+    }
+
+    ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count;
+
+    int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count);
+    _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_old_size;
+
+    int idx_buffer_old_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
+    IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_old_size + idx_count);
+    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size;
+}
+
+// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve().
+void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
+
+    ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count;
+    VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count);
+    IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count);
+}
+
+// Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast.
+void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
+{
+    ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(_Data->TexUvWhitePixel);
+    ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
+    _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
+    _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
+    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+    _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+    _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_c, ImU32 col)
+{
+    ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv_b(uv_c.x, uv_a.y), uv_d(uv_a.x, uv_c.y);
+    ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
+    _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
+    _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
+    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+    _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+    _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col)
+{
+    ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
+    _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
+    _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
+    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+    _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+    _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+    _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+}
+
+// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
+// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement.
+// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers.
+#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY)     { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2          100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366)
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY)               { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0
+
+// TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
+// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
+void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
+{
+    if (points_count < 2)
+        return;
+
+    const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
+    const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
+
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
+    {
+        // Anti-aliased stroke
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+
+        // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0
+        thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f);
+        const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness;
+        const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness;
+
+        // Do we want to draw this line using a texture?
+        // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved.
+        // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path.
+        const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f);
+
+        // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off
+        IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines));
+
+        const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12);
+        const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3);
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+        // Temporary buffer
+        // The first <points_count> items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630
+        ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
+
+        // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment
+        for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+        {
+            const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
+            float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x;
+            float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i1].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i1].y = -dx;
+        }
+        if (!closed)
+            temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2];
+
+        // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point
+        if (use_texture || !thick_line)
+        {
+            // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick)
+            // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick)
+
+            // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially <thickness> pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA.
+            // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture
+            //   (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code.
+            // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to
+            //   allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe).
+            const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE;
+
+            // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
+            if (!closed)
+            {
+                temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
+                temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
+            }
+
+            // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
+            // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
+            // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
+            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
+            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
+            {
+                const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment
+                const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment
+
+                // Average normals
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area
+                dm_y *= half_draw_size;
+
+                // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y;
+
+                if (use_texture)
+                {
+                    // Add indices for two triangles
+                    _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri
+                    _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri
+                    _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Add indexes for four triangles
+                    _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1
+                    _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2
+                    _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1
+                    _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2
+                    _IdxWritePtr += 12;
+                }
+
+                idx1 = idx2;
+            }
+
+            // Add vertexes for each point on the line
+            if (use_texture)
+            {
+                // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices
+                ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness];
+                /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false!
+                {
+                    const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1];
+                    tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp()
+                    tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness;
+                    tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness;
+                    tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness;
+                }*/
+                ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y);
+                ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w);
+                for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+                {
+                    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well
+                for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+                {
+                    _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i];              _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;       // Center of line
+                    _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge
+                    _VtxWritePtr += 3;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point
+            const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f;
+
+            // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
+            if (!closed)
+            {
+                const int points_last = points_count - 1;
+                temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
+                temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+            }
+
+            // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
+            // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
+            // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
+            unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
+            for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
+            {
+                const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment
+                const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment
+
+                // Average normals
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness;
+                float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness;
+
+                // Add temporary vertices
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y;
+
+                // Add indexes
+                _IdxWritePtr[0]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2);
+                _IdxWritePtr[3]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
+                _IdxWritePtr[6]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0);
+                _IdxWritePtr[9]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
+                _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3);
+                _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2);
+                _IdxWritePtr += 18;
+
+                idx1 = idx2;
+            }
+
+            // Add vertices
+            for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+            {
+                _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
+                _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+                _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+                _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
+                _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+            }
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines
+        const int idx_count = count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = count * 4;    // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+        for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+        {
+            const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
+            const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+            const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2];
+
+            float dx = p2.x - p1.x;
+            float dy = p2.y - p1.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            dx *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+            dy *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2);
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3);
+            _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+            _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
+// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if (points_count < 3)
+        return;
+
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
+    {
+        // Anti-aliased Fill
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+        // Add indexes for fill
+        unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
+        for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
+        {
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+
+        // Compute normals
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
+            const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
+        }
+
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            // Average normals
+            const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
+            const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+
+            // Add vertices
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+
+            // Add indexes for fringes
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Non Anti-aliased Fill
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3;
+        const int vtx_count = points_count;
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+        for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
+        {
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr++;
+        }
+        for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
+        {
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i);
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Calculate arc auto segment step size
+    if (a_step <= 0)
+        a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+
+    // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle
+    a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4);
+
+    const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample);
+    const int a_next_step = a_step;
+
+    int samples = sample_range + 1;
+    bool extra_max_sample = false;
+    if (a_step > 1)
+    {
+        samples            = sample_range / a_step + 1;
+        const int overstep = sample_range % a_step;
+
+        if (overstep > 0)
+        {
+            extra_max_sample = true;
+            samples++;
+
+            // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end,
+            // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size.
+            if (sample_range > 0)
+                a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2;
+        }
+    }
+
+    _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples);
+    ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples);
+
+    int sample_index = a_min_sample;
+    if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
+    {
+        sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        if (sample_index < 0)
+            sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+    }
+
+    if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample)
+    {
+        for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
+        {
+            // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
+            if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
+                sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+            const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
+            out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+            out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+            out_ptr++;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
+        {
+            // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
+            if (sample_index < 0)
+                sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+            const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
+            out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+            out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+            out_ptr++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (extra_max_sample)
+    {
+        int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        if (normalized_max_sample < 0)
+            normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+
+        const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample];
+        out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
+        out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
+        out_ptr++;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max.
+    // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points!
+    _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
+    for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
+    {
+        const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
+        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius));
+    }
+}
+
+// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East
+void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+    _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+{
+    if (radius < 0.5f)
+    {
+        _Path.push_back(center);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (num_segments > 0)
+    {
+        _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Automatic segment count
+    if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff)
+    {
+        const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min;
+
+        // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples.
+        // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc.
+        const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
+        const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
+
+        const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f);
+        const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f);
+        const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0);
+
+        const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
+        const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f;
+        const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f;
+
+        _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0)));
+        if (a_emit_start)
+            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius));
+        if (a_mid_samples > 0)
+            _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0);
+        if (a_emit_end)
+            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min);
+        const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
+        const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length));
+        _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count);
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u * u;
+    float w2 = 3 * u * u * t;
+    float w3 = 3 * u * t * t;
+    float w4 = t * t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u;
+    float w2 = 2 * u * t;
+    float w3 = t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y);
+}
+
+// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp
+static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x4 - x1;
+    float dy = y4 - y1;
+    float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx;
+    float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx;
+    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
+    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
+    {
+        path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4));
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1;
+    float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx;
+    if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
+    {
+        path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3));
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
+{
+    ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
+    if (num_segments == 0)
+    {
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+        for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments)
+{
+    ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
+    if (num_segments == 0)
+    {
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+        for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step));
+    }
+}
+
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4));
+static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All)
+    //   ~0   --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0
+    if (flags == ~0)
+        return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
+
+    // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations)
+    //   0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!)
+    //   0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight
+    //   0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight
+    //   0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft
+    //   0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft
+    //   ...
+    //   0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0
+    // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_)
+    if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F)
+        return (flags << 4);
+
+    // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'
+#endif
+
+    // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values.
+    // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc...
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!");
+
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
+
+    return flags;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+    rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop)  == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop)  || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
+    rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight)  == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight)  ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
+
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
+    {
+        PathLineTo(a);
+        PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y));
+        PathLineTo(b);
+        PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x, b.y));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)     ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)    ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)  ? rounding : 0.0f;
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3);
+        PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_bl, b.y - rounding_bl), rounding_bl, 3, 6);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+    PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
+void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags);
+    else
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
+    {
+        PrimReserve(6, 4);
+        PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
+        PathFillConvex(col);
+    }
+}
+
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
+{
+    if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2));
+    PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3));
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
+        return;
+
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
+
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+        PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
+
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
+        return;
+
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Use arc with automatic segment count
+        _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
+        _Path.Size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
+
+        // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+        const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+        PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    }
+
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    if (text_end == NULL)
+        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
+    if (text_begin == text_end)
+        return;
+
+    // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance
+    if (font == NULL)
+        font = _Data->Font;
+    if (font_size == 0.0f)
+        font_size = _Data->FontSize;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId);  // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
+
+    ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
+    if (cpu_fine_clip_rect)
+    {
+        clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x);
+        clip_rect.y = ImMax(clip_rect.y, cpu_fine_clip_rect->y);
+        clip_rect.z = ImMin(clip_rect.z, cpu_fine_clip_rect->z);
+        clip_rect.w = ImMin(clip_rect.w, cpu_fine_clip_rect->w);
+    }
+    font->RenderText(this, font_size, pos, col, clip_rect, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width, cpu_fine_clip_rect != NULL);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end)
+{
+    AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
+    if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
+    {
+        AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+    int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+    int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
+    ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true);
+
+    if (push_texture_id)
+        PopTextureID();
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap..
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
+    {
+        if (i == _Current)
+            memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i]));  // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
+        _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear();
+        _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear();
+    }
+    _Current = 0;
+    _Count = 1;
+    _Channels.clear();
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(draw_list);
+    IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter.");
+    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
+    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
+    {
+        _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable
+        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
+    }
+    _Count = channels_count;
+
+    // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
+    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+    {
+        if (i >= old_channels_count)
+        {
+            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+            _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
+    if (_Count <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0);
+    draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
+
+    // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command.
+    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0;
+    int new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
+    ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
+    int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+            ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL)
+        {
+            // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves.
+            // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter.
+            ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0];
+            if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+            {
+                // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching.
+                last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount;
+                idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount;
+                ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges.
+            }
+        }
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
+            last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back();
+        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size;
+        new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size;
+        for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++)
+        {
+            ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset;
+            idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount;
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+
+    // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices)
+    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
+    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
+        if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; }
+    }
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
+
+    // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
+        ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+    else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+
+    _Count = 1;
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count);
+    if (_Current == idx)
+        return;
+
+    // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap()
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    _Current = idx;
+    memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+
+    // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+    ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    if (curr_cmd == NULL)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+    else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
+        ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
+    else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImDrawData
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
+{
+    ImVector<ImDrawVert> new_vtx_buffer;
+    TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
+        if (cmd_list->IdxBuffer.empty())
+            continue;
+        new_vtx_buffer.resize(cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+        for (int j = 0; j < cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size; j++)
+            new_vtx_buffer[j] = cmd_list->VtxBuffer[cmd_list->IdxBuffer[j]];
+        cmd_list->VtxBuffer.swap(new_vtx_buffer);
+        cmd_list->IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+        TotalVtxCount += cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+    }
+}
+
+// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd.
+// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize,
+// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
+        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+        {
+            ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched.
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1)
+{
+    ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0;
+    float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent);
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
+    const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r;
+    const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g;
+    const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b;
+    for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++)
+    {
+        float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent);
+        float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t);
+        int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t);
+        int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t);
+        vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+    }
+}
+
+// Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle
+void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp)
+{
+    const ImVec2 size = b - a;
+    const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a;
+    const ImVec2 scale = ImVec2(
+        size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f,
+        size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f);
+
+    ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
+    ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
+    if (clamp)
+    {
+        const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b);
+        const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b);
+        for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+            vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
+            vertex->uv = uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale);
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
+    OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default?
+    OversampleV = 1;
+    GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX;
+    RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
+// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes.
+// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true)
+const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing.
+const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27;
+static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] =
+{
+    "..-         -XXXXXXX-    X    -           X           -XXXXXXX          -          XXXXXXX-     XX          - XX       XX "
+    "..-         -X.....X-   X.X   -          X.X          -X.....X          -          X.....X-    X..X         -X..X     X..X"
+    "---         -XXX.XXX-  X...X  -         X...X         -X....X           -           X....X-    X..X         -X...X   X...X"
+    "X           -  X.X  - X.....X -        X.....X        -X...X            -            X...X-    X..X         - X...X X...X "
+    "XX          -  X.X  -X.......X-       X.......X       -X..X.X           -           X.X..X-    X..X         -  X...X...X  "
+    "X.X         -  X.X  -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -X.X X.X          -          X.X X.X-    X..XXX       -   X.....X   "
+    "X..X        -  X.X  -   X.X   -          X.X          -XX   X.X         -         X.X   XX-    X..X..XXX    -    X...X    "
+    "X...X       -  X.X  -   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -      X.X        -        X.X      -    X..X..X..XX  -     X.X     "
+    "X....X      -  X.X  -   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -       X.X       -       X.X       -    X..X..X..X.X -    X...X    "
+    "X.....X     -  X.X  -   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -        X.X      -      X.X        -XXX X..X..X..X..X-   X.....X   "
+    "X......X    -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -         X.X   XX-XX   X.X         -X..XX........X..X-  X...X...X  "
+    "X.......X   -  X.X  -   X.X   -X.....................X-          X.X X.X-X.X X.X          -X...X...........X- X...X X...X "
+    "X........X  -  X.X  -   X.X   - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X -           X.X..X-X..X.X           - X..............X-X...X   X...X"
+    "X.........X -XXX.XXX-   X.X   -  X..X    X.X    X..X  -            X...X-X...X            -  X.............X-X..X     X..X"
+    "X..........X-X.....X-   X.X   -   X.X    X.X    X.X   -           X....X-X....X           -  X.............X- XX       XX "
+    "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX-   X.X   -    XX    X.X    XX    -          X.....X-X.....X          -   X............X--------------"
+    "X...X..X    ---------   X.X   -          X.X          -          XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX          -   X...........X -             "
+    "X..X X..X   -       -XXXX.XXXX-       XXXX.XXXX       -------------------------------------    X..........X -             "
+    "X.X  X..X   -       -X.......X-       X.......X       -    XX           XX    -           -    X..........X -             "
+    "XX    X..X  -       - X.....X -        X.....X        -   X.X           X.X   -           -     X........X  -             "
+    "      X..X  -       -  X...X  -         X...X         -  X..X           X..X  -           -     X........X  -             "
+    "       XX   -       -   X.X   -          X.X          - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -           -     XXXXXXXXXX  -             "
+    "-------------       -    X    -           X           -X.....................X-           -------------------             "
+    "                    ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X -                                           "
+    "                                                      -  X..X           X..X  -                                           "
+    "                                                      -   X.X           X.X   -                                           "
+    "                                                      -    XX           XX    -                                           "
+};
+
+static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] =
+{
+    // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
+    { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
+    { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
+    { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll
+    { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
+    { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
+    { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
+    { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
+    { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand
+    { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed
+};
+
+ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    TexGlyphPadding = 1;
+    PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
+}
+
+ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    Clear();
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++)
+        if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
+        {
+            IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData);
+            ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL;
+        }
+
+    // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font.
+    for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
+        if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
+        {
+            Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL;
+            Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+        }
+    ConfigData.clear();
+    CustomRects.clear();
+    PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    if (TexPixelsAlpha8)
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8);
+    if (TexPixelsRGBA32)
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32);
+    TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
+    TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
+    TexPixelsUseColors = false;
+    // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    Fonts.clear_delete();
+    TexReady = false;
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlas::Clear()
+{
+    ClearInputData();
+    ClearTexData();
+    ClearFonts();
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel)
+{
+    // Build atlas on demand
+    if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL)
+        Build();
+
+    *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
+    if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
+    if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight;
+    if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 1;
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel)
+{
+    // Convert to RGBA32 format on demand
+    // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp
+    if (!TexPixelsRGBA32)
+    {
+        unsigned char* pixels = NULL;
+        GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
+        if (pixels)
+        {
+            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4);
+            const unsigned char* src = pixels;
+            unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
+            for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
+                *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++));
+        }
+    }
+
+    *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32;
+    if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
+    if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight;
+    if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 4;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f);
+
+    // Create new font
+    if (!font_cfg->MergeMode)
+        Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont));
+    else
+        IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font.
+
+    ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg);
+    ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back();
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
+    if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
+    {
+        new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+        new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
+        memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+    }
+
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar;
+
+    // Invalidate texture
+    TexReady = false;
+    ClearTexData();
+    return new_font_cfg.DstFont;
+}
+
+// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input);
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length);
+static const char*  GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
+static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c)                                    { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; }
+static void         Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst)
+{
+    while (*src)
+    {
+        unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
+        dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF);   // We can't assume little-endianness.
+        src += 5;
+        dst += 4;
+    }
+}
+
+// Load embedded ProggyClean.ttf at size 13, disable oversampling
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
+{
+    ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+    if (!font_cfg_template)
+    {
+        font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
+        font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
+    }
+    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
+        font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels);
+    font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085;
+    font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f);  // Add +1 offset per 13 units
+
+    const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
+    const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+    ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+    return font;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    size_t data_size = 0;
+    void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
+    if (!data)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!");
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
+    {
+        // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience
+        const char* p;
+        for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {}
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels);
+    }
+    return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+}
+
+// NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+    ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+    IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
+    font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data;
+    font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size;
+    font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels;
+    if (glyph_ranges)
+        font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges;
+    return AddFont(&font_cfg);
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+    const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
+    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size);
+    stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
+
+    ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+    IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
+    font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
+    return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(buf_decompressed_data, (int)buf_decompressed_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+    int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4;
+    void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
+    Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf);
+    ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+    IM_FREE(compressed_ttf);
+    return font;
+}
+
+int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
+    IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
+    r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
+    r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
+    CustomRects.push_back(r);
+    return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
+}
+
+int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
+    IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX);
+#endif
+    IM_ASSERT(font != NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
+    IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
+    r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
+    r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
+    r.GlyphID = id;
+    r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x;
+    r.GlyphOffset = offset;
+    r.Font = font;
+    CustomRects.push_back(r);
+    return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0);   // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates
+    IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked());                // Make sure the rectangle has been packed
+    *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X * TexUvScale.x, (float)rect->Y * TexUvScale.y);
+    *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y);
+}
+
+bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2])
+{
+    if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT)
+        return false;
+    if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1);
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors);
+    ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y);
+    ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1];
+    *out_size = size;
+    *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2];
+    out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
+    out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
+    pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
+    out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
+    out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool    ImFontAtlas::Build()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
+
+    // Default font is none are specified
+    if (ConfigData.Size == 0)
+        AddFontDefault();
+
+    // Select builder
+    // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which
+    //   may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are
+    //   using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere
+    //   and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions.
+    const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO;
+    if (builder_io == NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
+        builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType();
+#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE)
+        builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
+#else
+        IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function
+#endif
+    }
+
+    // Build
+    return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this);
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor)
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    {
+        unsigned int value = (unsigned int)(i * in_brighten_factor);
+        out_table[i] = value > 255 ? 255 : (value & 0xFF);
+    }
+}
+
+void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride)
+{
+    unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride;
+    for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride)
+        for (int i = 0; i < w; i++)
+            data[i] = table[data[i]];
+}
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.)
+struct ImFontBuildSrcData
+{
+    stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
+    stbtt_pack_range    PackRange;          // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data)
+    stbrp_rect*         Rects;              // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position.
+    stbtt_packedchar*   PackedChars;        // Output glyphs
+    const ImWchar*      SrcRanges;          // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF)
+    int                 DstIndex;           // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[]
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;      // Highest requested codepoint
+    int                 GlyphsCount;        // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font)
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB)
+    ImVector<int>       GlyphsList;         // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap)
+};
+
+// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+struct ImFontBuildDstData
+{
+    int                 SrcCount;           // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font.
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;
+    int                 GlyphsCount;
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font.
+};
+
+static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector<int>* out)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int));
+    const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin();
+    const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end();
+    for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++)
+        if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it)
+            for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++)
+                if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n))
+                    out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n));
+}
+
+static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas);
+
+    // Clear atlas
+    atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
+    atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->ClearTexData();
+
+    // Temporary storage for building
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildSrcData> src_tmp_array;
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildDstData> dst_tmp_array;
+    src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size);
+    dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size);
+    memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas));
+
+        // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices)
+        src_tmp.DstIndex = -1;
+        for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
+            if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
+                src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
+        if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
+            return false;
+        }
+        // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct
+        const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
+        IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found.");
+        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
+            return false;
+
+        // Measure highest codepoints
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
+        dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
+        dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
+    }
+
+    // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs.
+    int total_glyphs_count = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+        if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
+            dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++)
+            {
+                if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint))    // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true)
+                    continue;
+                if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint))    // It is actually in the font?
+                    continue;
+
+                // Add to avail set/counters
+                src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                total_glyphs_count++;
+            }
+    }
+
+    // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another)
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+        UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList);
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear();
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+    }
+    for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++)
+        dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear();
+    dst_tmp_array.clear();
+
+    // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
+    // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity)
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> buf_rects;
+    ImVector<stbtt_packedchar> buf_packedchars;
+    buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas.
+    int total_surface = 0;
+    int buf_rects_out_n = 0;
+    int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n];
+        src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n];
+        buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+        buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+
+        // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV;
+
+        // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects)
+        const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels);
+        const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++)
+        {
+            int x0, y0, x1, y1;
+            const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]);
+            IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0);
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1);
+            total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width!
+    // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
+    // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface.
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1;
+    atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0)
+        atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth;
+    else
+        atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512;
+
+    // 5. Start packing
+    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
+    const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32;
+    stbtt_pack_context spc = {};
+    stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info);
+
+    // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point.
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+
+        // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them.
+        // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?)
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+            if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed)
+                atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h);
+    }
+
+    // 7. Allocate texture
+    atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8;
+    spc.height = atlas->TexHeight;
+
+    // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects);
+
+        // Apply multiply operator
+        if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f)
+        {
+            unsigned char multiply_table[256];
+            ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply);
+            stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0];
+            for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++)
+                if (r->was_packed)
+                    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1);
+        }
+        src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // End packing
+    stbtt_PackEnd(&spc);
+    buf_rects.clear();
+
+    // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true:
+        // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font.
+        // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration.
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont;
+
+        const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
+        int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
+        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
+
+        const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
+        const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
+        ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
+        const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
+        const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
+
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+        {
+            // Register glyph
+            const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
+            const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i];
+            stbtt_aligned_quad q;
+            float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f;
+            stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0);
+            dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Cleanup
+    src_tmp_array.clear_destruct();
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
+    return true;
+}
+
+const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype()
+{
+    static ImFontBuilderIO io;
+    io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype;
+    return &io;
+}
+
+#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent)
+{
+    if (!font_config->MergeMode)
+    {
+        font->ClearOutputData();
+        font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels;
+        font->ConfigData = font_config;
+        font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+        font->ContainerAtlas = atlas;
+        font->Ascent = ascent;
+        font->Descent = descent;
+    }
+    font->ConfigDataCount++;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque)
+{
+    stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque;
+    IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL);
+
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect>& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
+    IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong.
+
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> pack_rects;
+    pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size);
+    memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++)
+    {
+        pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width;
+        pack_rects[i].h = user_rects[i].Height;
+    }
+    stbrp_pack_rects(pack_context, &pack_rects[0], pack_rects.Size);
+    for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++)
+        if (pack_rects[i].was_packed)
+        {
+            user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x;
+            user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y;
+            IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height);
+            atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h);
+        }
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
+    IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
+    unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
+    for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
+        for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
+            out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
+    IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
+    unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
+    for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
+        for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
+            out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
+}
+
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors);
+    IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
+
+    const int w = atlas->TexWidth;
+    if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
+    {
+        // Render/copy pixels
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
+        const int x_for_white = r->X;
+        const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF);
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE);
+            ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Render 4 white pixels
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2);
+        const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w;
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE;
+        }
+    }
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y);
+}
+
+static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)
+        return;
+
+    // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines);
+    IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
+    for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row
+    {
+        // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle
+        unsigned int y = n;
+        unsigned int line_width = n;
+        unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2;
+        unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width);
+
+        // Write each slice
+        IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels
+        if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
+        {
+            unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00;
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF;
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE;
+
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
+                *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
+        }
+
+        // Calculate UVs for this line
+        ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
+        ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
+        float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts
+        atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v);
+    }
+}
+
+// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder
+void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels
+    if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0)
+    {
+        if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
+            atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
+        else
+            atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2);
+    }
+
+    // Register texture region for thick lines
+    // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row
+    if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0)
+    {
+        if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
+            atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder.
+void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
+{
+    // Render into our custom data blocks
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas);
+
+    // Register custom rectangle glyphs
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++)
+    {
+        const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i];
+        if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH
+        IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas);
+        ImVec2 uv0, uv1;
+        atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1);
+        r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX);
+    }
+
+    // Build all fonts lookup tables
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
+        if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables)
+            atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable();
+
+    atlas->TexReady = true;
+}
+
+// Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
+const ImWchar*   ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets
+        0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
+        0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* accumulative_offsets, int accumulative_offsets_count, ImWchar* out_ranges)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < accumulative_offsets_count; n++, out_ranges += 2)
+    {
+        out_ranges[0] = out_ranges[1] = (ImWchar)(base_codepoint + accumulative_offsets[n]);
+        base_codepoint += accumulative_offsets[n];
+    }
+    out_ranges[0] = 0;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
+{
+    // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese.
+    // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8
+    // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
+    static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+    {
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,5,2,1,2,3,3,3,2,2,4,1,1,1,2,1,5,2,3,1,2,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,4,1,1,1,1,5,10,1,2,19,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,
+        1,5,1,6,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,4,8,5,1,1,4,1,1,3,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,1,1,10,1,1,5,2,4,6,1,4,2,2,2,12,2,1,1,6,1,1,1,4,1,1,4,6,5,1,4,2,2,4,10,7,1,1,4,2,4,
+        2,1,4,3,6,10,12,5,7,2,14,2,9,1,1,6,7,10,4,7,13,1,5,4,8,4,1,1,2,28,5,6,1,1,5,2,5,20,2,2,9,8,11,2,9,17,1,8,6,8,27,4,6,9,20,11,27,6,68,2,2,1,1,
+        1,2,1,2,2,7,6,11,3,3,1,1,3,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,8,3,4,1,5,7,2,1,4,4,8,4,2,1,2,1,1,4,5,6,3,6,2,12,3,1,3,9,2,4,3,4,1,5,3,3,1,3,7,1,5,1,1,1,1,2,
+        3,4,5,2,3,2,6,1,1,2,1,7,1,7,3,4,5,15,2,2,1,5,3,22,19,2,1,1,1,1,2,5,1,1,1,6,1,1,12,8,2,9,18,22,4,1,1,5,1,16,1,2,7,10,15,1,1,6,2,4,1,2,4,1,6,
+        1,1,3,2,4,1,6,4,5,1,2,1,1,2,1,10,3,1,3,2,1,9,3,2,5,7,2,19,4,3,6,1,1,1,1,1,4,3,2,1,1,1,2,5,3,1,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,3,1,1,1,3,7,1,4,1,1,2,1,
+        1,2,1,2,4,4,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,3,5,1,3,1,3,4,6,2,2,14,4,6,6,11,9,1,15,3,1,28,5,2,5,5,3,1,3,4,5,4,6,14,3,2,3,5,21,2,7,20,10,1,2,19,2,4,28,28,2,3,
+        2,1,14,4,1,26,28,42,12,40,3,52,79,5,14,17,3,2,2,11,3,4,6,3,1,8,2,23,4,5,8,10,4,2,7,3,5,1,1,6,3,1,2,2,2,5,28,1,1,7,7,20,5,3,29,3,17,26,1,8,4,
+        27,3,6,11,23,5,3,4,6,13,24,16,6,5,10,25,35,7,3,2,3,3,14,3,6,2,6,1,4,2,3,8,2,1,1,3,3,3,4,1,1,13,2,2,4,5,2,1,14,14,1,2,2,1,4,5,2,3,1,14,3,12,
+        3,17,2,16,5,1,2,1,8,9,3,19,4,2,2,4,17,25,21,20,28,75,1,10,29,103,4,1,2,1,1,4,2,4,1,2,3,24,2,2,2,1,1,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,1,3,1,1,1,6,1,5,3,1,1,
+        1,3,4,1,1,5,2,1,5,6,13,9,16,1,1,1,1,3,2,3,2,4,5,2,5,2,2,3,7,13,7,2,2,1,1,1,1,2,3,3,2,1,6,4,9,2,1,14,2,14,2,1,18,3,4,14,4,11,41,15,23,15,23,
+        176,1,3,4,1,1,1,1,5,3,1,2,3,7,3,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,6,2,4,1,9,7,1,10,5,8,16,29,1,1,2,2,3,1,3,5,2,4,5,4,1,1,2,2,3,3,7,1,6,10,1,17,1,44,4,6,2,1,1,6,
+        5,4,2,10,1,6,9,2,8,1,24,1,2,13,7,8,8,2,1,4,1,3,1,3,3,5,2,5,10,9,4,9,12,2,1,6,1,10,1,1,7,7,4,10,8,3,1,13,4,3,1,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,17,16,5,2,16,6,
+        1,4,2,1,3,3,6,8,5,11,11,1,3,3,2,4,6,10,9,5,7,4,7,4,7,1,1,4,2,1,3,6,8,7,1,6,11,5,5,3,24,9,4,2,7,13,5,1,8,82,16,61,1,1,1,4,2,2,16,10,3,8,1,1,
+        6,4,2,1,3,1,1,1,4,3,8,4,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,6,3,5,1,1,4,6,9,2,1,1,1,2,1,7,2,1,6,1,5,4,4,3,1,8,1,3,3,1,3,2,2,2,2,3,1,6,1,2,1,2,1,3,7,1,8,2,1,2,1,5,
+        2,5,3,5,10,1,2,1,1,3,2,5,11,3,9,3,5,1,1,5,9,1,2,1,5,7,9,9,8,1,3,3,3,6,8,2,3,2,1,1,32,6,1,2,15,9,3,7,13,1,3,10,13,2,14,1,13,10,2,1,3,10,4,15,
+        2,15,15,10,1,3,9,6,9,32,25,26,47,7,3,2,3,1,6,3,4,3,2,8,5,4,1,9,4,2,2,19,10,6,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,2,1,9,4,4,4,6,4,8,9,2,3,1,1,1,1,3,5,5,1,3,8,4,6,
+        2,1,4,12,1,5,3,7,13,2,5,8,1,6,1,2,5,14,6,1,5,2,4,8,15,5,1,23,6,62,2,10,1,1,8,1,2,2,10,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,3,2,3,1,5,3,3,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,11,3,1,1,4,
+        3,7,1,14,1,2,3,12,5,2,5,1,6,7,5,7,14,11,1,3,1,8,9,12,2,1,11,8,4,4,2,6,10,9,13,1,1,3,1,5,1,3,2,4,4,1,18,2,3,14,11,4,29,4,2,7,1,3,13,9,2,2,5,
+        3,5,20,7,16,8,5,72,34,6,4,22,12,12,28,45,36,9,7,39,9,191,1,1,1,4,11,8,4,9,2,3,22,1,1,1,1,4,17,1,7,7,1,11,31,10,2,4,8,2,3,2,1,4,2,16,4,32,2,
+        3,19,13,4,9,1,5,2,14,8,1,1,3,6,19,6,5,1,16,6,2,10,8,5,1,2,3,1,5,5,1,11,6,6,1,3,3,2,6,3,8,1,1,4,10,7,5,7,7,5,8,9,2,1,3,4,1,1,3,1,3,3,2,6,16,
+        1,4,6,3,1,10,6,1,3,15,2,9,2,10,25,13,9,16,6,2,2,10,11,4,3,9,1,2,6,6,5,4,30,40,1,10,7,12,14,33,6,3,6,7,3,1,3,1,11,14,4,9,5,12,11,49,18,51,31,
+        140,31,2,2,1,5,1,8,1,10,1,4,4,3,24,1,10,1,3,6,6,16,3,4,5,2,1,4,2,57,10,6,22,2,22,3,7,22,6,10,11,36,18,16,33,36,2,5,5,1,1,1,4,10,1,4,13,2,7,
+        5,2,9,3,4,1,7,43,3,7,3,9,14,7,9,1,11,1,1,3,7,4,18,13,1,14,1,3,6,10,73,2,2,30,6,1,11,18,19,13,22,3,46,42,37,89,7,3,16,34,2,2,3,9,1,7,1,1,1,2,
+        2,4,10,7,3,10,3,9,5,28,9,2,6,13,7,3,1,3,10,2,7,2,11,3,6,21,54,85,2,1,4,2,2,1,39,3,21,2,2,5,1,1,1,4,1,1,3,4,15,1,3,2,4,4,2,3,8,2,20,1,8,7,13,
+        4,1,26,6,2,9,34,4,21,52,10,4,4,1,5,12,2,11,1,7,2,30,12,44,2,30,1,1,3,6,16,9,17,39,82,2,2,24,7,1,7,3,16,9,14,44,2,1,2,1,2,3,5,2,4,1,6,7,5,3,
+        2,6,1,11,5,11,2,1,18,19,8,1,3,24,29,2,1,3,5,2,2,1,13,6,5,1,46,11,3,5,1,1,5,8,2,10,6,12,6,3,7,11,2,4,16,13,2,5,1,1,2,2,5,2,28,5,2,23,10,8,4,
+        4,22,39,95,38,8,14,9,5,1,13,5,4,3,13,12,11,1,9,1,27,37,2,5,4,4,63,211,95,2,2,2,1,3,5,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,1,3,2,4,1,2,1,1,5,2,2,1,1,2,3,1,3,1,1,1,
+        3,1,4,2,1,3,6,1,1,3,7,15,5,3,2,5,3,9,11,4,2,22,1,6,3,8,7,1,4,28,4,16,3,3,25,4,4,27,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,1,3,5,2,28,8,2,14,1,8,6,16,25,3,3,3,14,3,
+        3,1,1,2,1,4,6,3,8,4,1,1,1,2,3,6,10,6,2,3,18,3,2,5,5,4,3,1,5,2,5,4,23,7,6,12,6,4,17,11,9,5,1,1,10,5,12,1,1,11,26,33,7,3,6,1,17,7,1,5,12,1,11,
+        2,4,1,8,14,17,23,1,2,1,7,8,16,11,9,6,5,2,6,4,16,2,8,14,1,11,8,9,1,1,1,9,25,4,11,19,7,2,15,2,12,8,52,7,5,19,2,16,4,36,8,1,16,8,24,26,4,6,2,9,
+        5,4,36,3,28,12,25,15,37,27,17,12,59,38,5,32,127,1,2,9,17,14,4,1,2,1,1,8,11,50,4,14,2,19,16,4,17,5,4,5,26,12,45,2,23,45,104,30,12,8,3,10,2,2,
+        3,3,1,4,20,7,2,9,6,15,2,20,1,3,16,4,11,15,6,134,2,5,59,1,2,2,2,1,9,17,3,26,137,10,211,59,1,2,4,1,4,1,1,1,2,6,2,3,1,1,2,3,2,3,1,3,4,4,2,3,3,
+        1,4,3,1,7,2,2,3,1,2,1,3,3,3,2,2,3,2,1,3,14,6,1,3,2,9,6,15,27,9,34,145,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,1,2,1,1,1,2,3,5,8,3,5,2,4,1,3,2,2,2,12,
+        4,1,1,1,10,4,5,1,20,4,16,1,15,9,5,12,2,9,2,5,4,2,26,19,7,1,26,4,30,12,15,42,1,6,8,172,1,1,4,2,1,1,11,2,2,4,2,1,2,1,10,8,1,2,1,4,5,1,2,5,1,8,
+        4,1,3,4,2,1,6,2,1,3,4,1,2,1,1,1,1,12,5,7,2,4,3,1,1,1,3,3,6,1,2,2,3,3,3,2,1,2,12,14,11,6,6,4,12,2,8,1,7,10,1,35,7,4,13,15,4,3,23,21,28,52,5,
+        26,5,6,1,7,10,2,7,53,3,2,1,1,1,2,163,532,1,10,11,1,3,3,4,8,2,8,6,2,2,23,22,4,2,2,4,2,1,3,1,3,3,5,9,8,2,1,2,8,1,10,2,12,21,20,15,105,2,3,1,1,
+        3,2,3,1,1,2,5,1,4,15,11,19,1,1,1,1,5,4,5,1,1,2,5,3,5,12,1,2,5,1,11,1,1,15,9,1,4,5,3,26,8,2,1,3,1,1,15,19,2,12,1,2,5,2,7,2,19,2,20,6,26,7,5,
+        2,2,7,34,21,13,70,2,128,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,3,2,2,2,15,1,4,1,3,4,42,10,6,1,49,85,8,1,2,1,1,4,4,2,3,6,1,5,7,4,3,211,4,1,2,1,2,5,1,2,4,2,2,6,5,6,
+        10,3,4,48,100,6,2,16,296,5,27,387,2,2,3,7,16,8,5,38,15,39,21,9,10,3,7,59,13,27,21,47,5,21,6
+    };
+    static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
+    };
+    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
+    if (!full_ranges[0])
+    {
+        memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
+        UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
+    }
+    return &full_ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
+{
+    // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese
+    // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points
+    // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points
+    // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan
+    //   - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/
+    //   - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP).
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode
+    //   - You can generate this code by the script at:
+    //     - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
+    // - References:
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji
+    //     - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji
+    //     - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji
+    // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
+    static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+    {
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1,
+        1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3,
+        2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8,
+        2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5,
+        2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1,
+        1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30,
+        2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3,
+        13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4,
+        5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14,
+        2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1,
+        1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1,
+        7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,
+        1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,
+        6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2,
+        10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7,
+        2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5,
+        3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1,
+        6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7,
+        4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
+        4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5,
+        1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6,
+        12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2,
+        1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16,
+        22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11,
+        2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18,
+        18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9,
+        14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3,
+        1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6,
+        40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1,
+        12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8,
+        2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1,
+        1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10,
+        1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5,
+        3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2,
+        14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5,
+        12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1,
+        2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5,
+        1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4,
+        3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7,
+        2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5,
+        13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13,
+        18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,
+        37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,
+        5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38,
+        32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4,
+        1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4,
+        4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,
+        3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,
+    };
+    static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD  // Invalid
+    };
+    static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
+    if (!full_ranges[0])
+    {
+        memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
+        UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
+    }
+    return &full_ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesCyrillic()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+        0x0400, 0x052F, // Cyrillic + Cyrillic Supplement
+        0x2DE0, 0x2DFF, // Cyrillic Extended-A
+        0xA640, 0xA69F, // Cyrillic Extended-B
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x2010, 0x205E, // Punctuations
+        0x0E00, 0x0E7F, // Thai
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x0102, 0x0103,
+        0x0110, 0x0111,
+        0x0128, 0x0129,
+        0x0168, 0x0169,
+        0x01A0, 0x01A1,
+        0x01AF, 0x01B0,
+        0x1EA0, 0x1EF9,
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        int c_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, text, text_end);
+        text += c_len;
+        if (c_len == 0)
+            break;
+        AddChar((ImWchar)c);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges)
+{
+    for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2)
+        for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560
+            AddChar((ImWchar)c);
+}
+
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
+{
+    const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX;
+    for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++)
+        if (GetBit(n))
+        {
+            out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
+            while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1))
+                n++;
+            out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
+        }
+    out_ranges->push_back(0);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFont
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImFont::ImFont()
+{
+    FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
+    FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    DotChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    ConfigData = NULL;
+    ConfigDataCount = 0;
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    Scale = 1.0f;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
+    memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
+}
+
+ImFont::~ImFont()
+{
+    ClearOutputData();
+}
+
+void    ImFont::ClearOutputData()
+{
+    FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
+    Glyphs.clear();
+    IndexAdvanceX.clear();
+    IndexLookup.clear();
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
+}
+
+static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count)
+{
+    for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++)
+        if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL)
+            return candidate_chars[n];
+    return (ImWchar)-1;
+}
+
+void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
+{
+    int max_codepoint = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++)
+        max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint);
+
+    // Build lookup table
+    IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved
+    IndexAdvanceX.clear();
+    IndexLookup.clear();
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
+    GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1);
+    for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++)
+    {
+        int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint;
+        IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX;
+        IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i;
+
+        // Mark 4K page as used
+        const int page_n = codepoint / 4096;
+        Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7);
+    }
+
+    // Create a glyph to handle TAB
+    // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?)
+    if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '))
+    {
+        if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t')   // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky)
+            Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
+        ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
+        tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ');
+        tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t';
+        tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE;
+        IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX;
+        IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1);
+    }
+
+    // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons)
+    SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false);
+    SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false);
+
+    // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
+    // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
+    // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
+    const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
+    const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E };
+    if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars));
+    if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
+
+    // Setup fallback character
+    const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' };
+    FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+    if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+    {
+        FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars));
+        FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
+        if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
+        {
+            FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back();
+            FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint;
+        }
+    }
+
+    FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX;
+    for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
+        if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f)
+            IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX;
+}
+
+// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size
+// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255)
+bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last)
+{
+    unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096);
+    unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096);
+    for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++)
+        if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap))
+            if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7)))
+                return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible)
+{
+    if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c))
+        glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
+    if (new_size <= IndexLookup.Size)
+        return;
+    IndexAdvanceX.resize(new_size, -1.0f);
+    IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (ImWchar)-1);
+}
+
+// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero.
+// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis).
+// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font.
+void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x)
+{
+    if (cfg != NULL)
+    {
+        // Clamp & recenter if needed
+        const float advance_x_original = advance_x;
+        advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX);
+        if (advance_x != advance_x_original)
+        {
+            float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f;
+            x0 += char_off_x;
+            x1 += char_off_x;
+        }
+
+        // Snap to pixel
+        if (cfg->PixelSnapH)
+            advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x);
+
+        // Bake spacing
+        advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x;
+    }
+
+    Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
+    ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back();
+    glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint;
+    glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1);
+    glyph.Colored = false;
+    glyph.X0 = x0;
+    glyph.Y0 = y0;
+    glyph.X1 = x1;
+    glyph.Y1 = y1;
+    glyph.U0 = u0;
+    glyph.V0 = v0;
+    glyph.U1 = u1;
+    glyph.V1 = v1;
+    glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x;
+
+    // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round)
+    // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling.
+    float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f;
+    DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad);
+}
+
+void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0);    // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function.
+    unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size;
+
+    if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
+        return;
+    if (src >= index_size && dst >= index_size) // both 'dst' and 'src' don't exist -> no-op
+        return;
+
+    GrowIndex(dst + 1);
+    IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (ImWchar)-1;
+    IndexAdvanceX[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[src] : 1.0f;
+}
+
+const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const
+{
+    if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
+        return FallbackGlyph;
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
+    if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
+        return FallbackGlyph;
+    return &Glyphs.Data[i];
+}
+
+const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const
+{
+    if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
+    if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
+        return NULL;
+    return &Glyphs.Data[i];
+}
+
+const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
+{
+    // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
+    // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
+
+    // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^
+    //  "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee   fff. ggg!"
+    //      ^    ^    ^   ^   ^__    ^    ^
+
+    // List of hardcoded separators: .,;!?'"
+
+    // Skip extra blanks after a line returns (that includes not counting them in width computation)
+    // e.g. "Hello    world" --> "Hello" "World"
+
+    // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line.
+    // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish"
+
+    float line_width = 0.0f;
+    float word_width = 0.0f;
+    float blank_width = 0.0f;
+    wrap_width /= scale; // We work with unscaled widths to avoid scaling every characters
+
+    const char* word_end = text;
+    const char* prev_word_end = NULL;
+    bool inside_word = true;
+
+    const char* s = text;
+    while (s < text_end)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
+        const char* next_s;
+        if (c < 0x80)
+            next_s = s + 1;
+        else
+            next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
+        if (c == 0)
+            break;
+
+        if (c < 32)
+        {
+            if (c == '\n')
+            {
+                line_width = word_width = blank_width = 0.0f;
+                inside_word = true;
+                s = next_s;
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (c == '\r')
+            {
+                s = next_s;
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX);
+        if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
+        {
+            if (inside_word)
+            {
+                line_width += blank_width;
+                blank_width = 0.0f;
+                word_end = s;
+            }
+            blank_width += char_width;
+            inside_word = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            word_width += char_width;
+            if (inside_word)
+            {
+                word_end = next_s;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                prev_word_end = word_end;
+                line_width += word_width + blank_width;
+                word_width = blank_width = 0.0f;
+            }
+
+            // Allow wrapping after punctuation.
+            inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"');
+        }
+
+        // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped)
+        if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width)
+        {
+            // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere.
+            if (word_width < wrap_width)
+                s = prev_word_end ? prev_word_end : word_end;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        s = next_s;
+    }
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining) const
+{
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // FIXME-OPT: Need to avoid this.
+
+    const float line_height = size;
+    const float scale = size / FontSize;
+
+    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+    const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
+    const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+    const char* s = text_begin;
+    while (s < text_end)
+    {
+        if (word_wrap_enabled)
+        {
+            // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
+            if (!word_wrap_eol)
+            {
+                word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width);
+                if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
+                    word_wrap_eol++;    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
+            }
+
+            if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
+            {
+                if (text_size.x < line_width)
+                    text_size.x = line_width;
+                text_size.y += line_height;
+                line_width = 0.0f;
+                word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+                // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
+                while (s < text_end)
+                {
+                    const char c = *s;
+                    if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
+                }
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Decode and advance source
+        const char* prev_s = s;
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
+        if (c < 0x80)
+        {
+            s += 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
+            if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8?
+                break;
+        }
+
+        if (c < 32)
+        {
+            if (c == '\n')
+            {
+                text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+                text_size.y += line_height;
+                line_width = 0.0f;
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (c == '\r')
+                continue;
+        }
+
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale;
+        if (line_width + char_width >= max_width)
+        {
+            s = prev_s;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        line_width += char_width;
+    }
+
+    if (text_size.x < line_width)
+        text_size.x = line_width;
+
+    if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)
+        text_size.y += line_height;
+
+    if (remaining)
+        *remaining = s;
+
+    return text_size;
+}
+
+// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
+void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const
+{
+    const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c);
+    if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible)
+        return;
+    if (glyph->Colored)
+        col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+    float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
+    float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x);
+    float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y);
+    draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
+    draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
+}
+
+// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
+void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
+{
+    if (!text_end)
+        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
+
+    // Align to be pixel perfect
+    float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x);
+    float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y);
+    if (y > clip_rect.w)
+        return;
+
+    const float start_x = x;
+    const float scale = size / FontSize;
+    const float line_height = FontSize * scale;
+    const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
+    const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+    // Fast-forward to first visible line
+    const char* s = text_begin;
+    if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled)
+        while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end)
+        {
+            s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s);
+            s = s ? s + 1 : text_end;
+            y += line_height;
+        }
+
+    // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve()
+    // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm)
+    if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled)
+    {
+        const char* s_end = s;
+        float y_end = y;
+        while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end)
+        {
+            s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end);
+            s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end;
+            y_end += line_height;
+        }
+        text_end = s_end;
+    }
+    if (s == text_end)
+        return;
+
+    // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized)
+    const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4;
+    const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6;
+    const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max;
+    draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max);
+
+    ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
+    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
+    unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+
+    const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+
+    while (s < text_end)
+    {
+        if (word_wrap_enabled)
+        {
+            // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
+            if (!word_wrap_eol)
+            {
+                word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x));
+                if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
+                    word_wrap_eol++;    // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
+            }
+
+            if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
+            {
+                x = start_x;
+                y += line_height;
+                word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+                // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
+                while (s < text_end)
+                {
+                    const char c = *s;
+                    if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
+                }
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Decode and advance source
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
+        if (c < 0x80)
+        {
+            s += 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
+            if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8?
+                break;
+        }
+
+        if (c < 32)
+        {
+            if (c == '\n')
+            {
+                x = start_x;
+                y += line_height;
+                if (y > clip_rect.w)
+                    break; // break out of main loop
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (c == '\r')
+                continue;
+        }
+
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c);
+        if (glyph == NULL)
+            continue;
+
+        float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale;
+        if (glyph->Visible)
+        {
+            // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w
+            float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
+            float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
+            float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale;
+            float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale;
+            if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
+            {
+                // Render a character
+                float u1 = glyph->U0;
+                float v1 = glyph->V0;
+                float u2 = glyph->U1;
+                float v2 = glyph->V1;
+
+                // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
+                if (cpu_fine_clip)
+                {
+                    if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
+                    {
+                        u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+                        x1 = clip_rect.x;
+                    }
+                    if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
+                    {
+                        v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+                        y1 = clip_rect.y;
+                    }
+                    if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
+                    {
+                        u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+                        x2 = clip_rect.z;
+                    }
+                    if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
+                    {
+                        v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+                        y2 = clip_rect.w;
+                    }
+                    if (y1 >= y2)
+                    {
+                        x += char_width;
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // Support for untinted glyphs
+                ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col;
+
+                // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here:
+                {
+                    idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2);
+                    idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3);
+                    vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
+                    vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
+                    vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
+                    vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
+                    vtx_write += 4;
+                    vtx_current_idx += 4;
+                    idx_write += 6;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        x += char_width;
+    }
+
+    // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action.
+    draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink()
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data);
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+    draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
+    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state:
+// - RenderArrow()
+// - RenderBullet()
+// - RenderCheckMark()
+// - RenderArrowDockMenu()
+// - RenderArrowPointingAt()
+// - RenderRectFilledRangeH()
+// - RenderRectFilledWithHole()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess)
+// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
+{
+    const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f;
+    float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+    ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
+
+    ImVec2 a, b, c;
+    switch (dir)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDir_Up:
+    case ImGuiDir_Down:
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r;
+        a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
+        c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDir_Left:
+    case ImGuiDir_Right:
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r;
+        a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r;
+        b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r;
+        c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r;
+        break;
+    case ImGuiDir_None:
+    case ImGuiDir_COUNT:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
+    }
+    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
+{
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz)
+{
+    float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f);
+    sz -= thickness * 0.5f;
+    pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f);
+
+    float third = sz / 3.0f;
+    float bx = pos.x + third;
+    float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f;
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f));
+    draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
+}
+
+// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side.
+void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col)
+{
+    switch (direction)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDir_Left:  draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Up:    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_Down:  draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+    case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings
+    }
+}
+
+// This is less wide than RenderArrow() and we use in dock nodes instead of the regular RenderArrow() to denote a change of functionality,
+// and because the saved space means that the left-most tab label can stay at exactly the same position as the label of a loose window.
+void ImGui::RenderArrowDockMenu(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, float sz, ImU32 col)
+{
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.20f, sz * 0.15f), p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.80f, sz * 0.30f), col);
+    RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.50f, sz * 0.85f), ImVec2(sz * 0.30f, sz * 0.40f), ImGuiDir_Down, col);
+}
+
+static inline float ImAcos01(float x)
+{
+    if (x <= 0.0f) return IM_PI * 0.5f;
+    if (x >= 1.0f) return 0.0f;
+    return ImAcos(x);
+    //return (-0.69813170079773212f * x * x - 0.87266462599716477f) * x + 1.5707963267948966f; // Cheap approximation, may be enough for what we do.
+}
+
+// FIXME: Cleanup and move code to ImDrawList.
+void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding)
+{
+    if (x_end_norm == x_start_norm)
+        return;
+    if (x_start_norm > x_end_norm)
+        ImSwap(x_start_norm, x_end_norm);
+
+    ImVec2 p0 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_start_norm), rect.Min.y);
+    ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_end_norm), rect.Max.y);
+    if (rounding == 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, col, 0.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    rounding = ImClamp(ImMin((rect.Max.x - rect.Min.x) * 0.5f, (rect.Max.y - rect.Min.y) * 0.5f) - 1.0f, 0.0f, rounding);
+    const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding;
+    const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return.
+    const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding);
+    if (arc0_b == arc0_e)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y));
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y));
+    }
+    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b, 3); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e, 3); // TR
+    }
+    if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding)
+    {
+        const float arc1_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p1.x) * inv_rounding);
+        const float arc1_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p0.x) * inv_rounding);
+        const float x1 = ImMin(p1.x, rect.Max.x - rounding);
+        if (arc1_b == arc1_e)
+        {
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y));
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y));
+        }
+        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi)
+        {
+            draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3);  // BR
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b, 3); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e, 3); // BR
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding)
+{
+    const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x);
+    const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x);
+    const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y);
+    const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y);
+    if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)    | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft));
+    if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)   | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
+    if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft)    | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight));
+    if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
+    if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft);
+    if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight);
+    if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft);
+    if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight);
+}
+
+ImDrawFlags ImGui::CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(const ImRect& r_in, const ImRect& r_outer, float threshold)
+{
+    bool round_l = r_in.Min.x <= r_outer.Min.x + threshold;
+    bool round_r = r_in.Max.x >= r_outer.Max.x - threshold;
+    bool round_t = r_in.Min.y <= r_outer.Min.y + threshold;
+    bool round_b = r_in.Max.y >= r_outer.Max.y - threshold;
+    return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone
+        | ((round_t && round_l) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft : 0) | ((round_t && round_r) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight : 0)
+        | ((round_b && round_l) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft : 0) | ((round_b && round_r) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight : 0);
+}
+
+// Helper for ColorPicker4()
+// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that.
+// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether.
+// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32
+void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
+        flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_;
+    if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
+    {
+        ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
+        ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags);
+
+        int yi = 0;
+        for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++)
+        {
+            float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y);
+            if (y2 <= y1)
+                continue;
+            for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
+            {
+                float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
+                if (x2 <= x1)
+                    continue;
+                ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+                if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; }
+                if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; }
+
+                // Combine flags
+                cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags);
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags);
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Decompression code
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85.
+// Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
+// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
+// Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input)
+{
+    return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11];
+}
+
+static unsigned char *stb__barrier_out_e, *stb__barrier_out_b;
+static const unsigned char *stb__barrier_in_b;
+static unsigned char *stb__dout;
+static void stb__match(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+{
+    // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next...
+    IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
+    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+    if (data < stb__barrier_out_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
+    while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++;
+}
+
+static void stb__lit(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
+    if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+    if (data < stb__barrier_in_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
+    memcpy(stb__dout, data, length);
+    stb__dout += length;
+}
+
+#define stb__in2(x)   ((i[x] << 8) + i[(x)+1])
+#define stb__in3(x)   ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1))
+#define stb__in4(x)   ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1))
+
+static const unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(const unsigned char *i)
+{
+    if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small
+        if (*i >= 0x80)       stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2;
+        else if (*i >= 0x40)  stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in2(0) - 0x4000 + 1), i[2]+1), i += 3;
+        else /* *i >= 0x20 */ stb__lit(i+1, i[0] - 0x20 + 1), i += 1 + (i[0] - 0x20 + 1);
+    } else { // more ifs for cases that expand large, since overhead is amortized
+        if (*i >= 0x18)       stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x180000 + 1), i[3]+1), i += 4;
+        else if (*i >= 0x10)  stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x100000 + 1), stb__in2(3)+1), i += 5;
+        else if (*i >= 0x08)  stb__lit(i+2, stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1), i += 2 + (stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1);
+        else if (*i == 0x07)  stb__lit(i+3, stb__in2(1) + 1), i += 3 + (stb__in2(1) + 1);
+        else if (*i == 0x06)  stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), i[4]+1), i += 5;
+        else if (*i == 0x04)  stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), stb__in2(4)+1), i += 6;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int buflen)
+{
+    const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521;
+    unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16;
+    unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552;
+
+    unsigned long i;
+    while (buflen) {
+        for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) {
+            s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[1], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[2], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[3], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[4], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[5], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[6], s2 += s1;
+            s1 += buffer[7], s2 += s1;
+
+            buffer += 8;
+        }
+
+        for (; i < blocklen; ++i)
+            s1 += *buffer++, s2 += s1;
+
+        s1 %= ADLER_MOD, s2 %= ADLER_MOD;
+        buflen -= blocklen;
+        blocklen = 5552;
+    }
+    return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1;
+}
+
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/)
+{
+    if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0;
+    if (stb__in4(4) != 0)          return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB
+    const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
+    stb__barrier_in_b = i;
+    stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen;
+    stb__barrier_out_b = output;
+    i += 16;
+
+    stb__dout = output;
+    for (;;) {
+        const unsigned char *old_i = i;
+        i = stb_decompress_token(i);
+        if (i == old_i) {
+            if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) {
+                IM_ASSERT(stb__dout == output + olen);
+                if (stb__dout != output + olen) return 0;
+                if (stb_adler32(1, output, olen) != (unsigned int) stb__in4(2))
+                    return 0;
+                return olen;
+            } else {
+                IM_ASSERT(0); /* NOTREACHED */
+                return 0;
+            }
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(stb__dout <= output + olen);
+        if (stb__dout > output + olen)
+            return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ProggyClean.ttf
+// Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer
+// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip)
+// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes)
+// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding).
+// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] =
+    "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/"
+    "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9<Lh2TlS+f-s$o6Q<BWH`YiU.xfLq$N;$0iR/GX:U(jcW2p/W*q?-qmnUCI;jHSAiFWM.R*kU@C=GH?a9wp8f$e.-4^Qg1)Q-GL(lf(r/7GrRgwV%MS=C#"
+    "`8ND>Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1<q-UE31#^-V'8IRUo7Qf./L>=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a<r:QLtFsLcL6##lOj)#.Y5<-R&KgLwqJfLgN&;Q?gI^#DY2uL"
+    "i@^rMl9t=cWq6##weg>$FBjVQTSDgEKnIS7EM9>ZY9w0#L;>>#Mx&4Mvt//L[MkA#W@lK.N'[0#7RL_&#w+F%HtG9M#XL`N&.,GM4Pg;-<nLENhvx>-VsM.M0rJfLH2eTM`*oJMHRC`N"
+    "kfimM2J,W-jXS:)r0wK#@Fge$U>`w'N7G#$#fB#$E^$#:9:hk+eOe--6x)F7*E%?76%^GMHePW-Z5l'&GiF#$956:rS?dA#fiK:)Yr+`&#0j@'DbG&#^$PG.Ll+DNa<XCMKEV*N)LN/N"
+    "*b=%Q6pia-Xg8I$<MR&,VdJe$<(7G;Ckl'&hF;;$<_=X(b.RS%%)###MPBuuE1V:v&cX&#2m#(&cV]`k9OhLMbn%s$G2,B$BfD3X*sp5#l,$R#]x_X1xKX%b5U*[r5iMfUo9U`N99hG)"
+    "tm+/Us9pG)XPu`<0s-)WTt(gCRxIg(%6sfh=ktMKn3j)<6<b5Sk_/0(^]AaN#(p/L>&VZ>1i%h1S9u5o@YaaW$e+b<TWFn/Z:Oh(Cx2$lNEoN^e)#CFY@@I;BOQ*sRwZtZxRcU7uW6CX"
+    "ow0i(?$Q[cjOd[P4d)]>ROPOpxTO7Stwi1::iB1q)C_=dV26J;2,]7op$]uQr@_V7$q^%lQwtuHY]=DX,n3L#0PHDO4f9>dC@O>HBuKPpP*E,N+b3L#lpR/MrTEH.IAQk.a>D[.e;mc."
+    "x]Ip.PH^'/aqUO/$1WxLoW0[iLA<QT;5HKD+@qQ'NQ(3_PLhE48R.qAPSwQ0/WK?Z,[x?-J;jQTWA0X@KJ(_Y8N-:/M74:/-ZpKrUss?d#dZq]DAbkU*JqkL+nwX@@47`5>w=4h(9.`G"
+    "CRUxHPeR`5Mjol(dUWxZa(>STrPkrJiWx`5U7F#.g*jrohGg`cg:lSTvEY/EV_7H4Q9[Z%cnv;JQYZ5q.l7Zeas:HOIZOB?G<Nald$qs]@]L<J7bR*>gv:[7MI2k).'2($5FNP&EQ(,)"
+    "U]W]+fh18.vsai00);D3@4ku5P?DP8aJt+;qUM]=+b'8@;mViBKx0DE[-auGl8:PJ&Dj+M6OC]O^((##]`0i)drT;-7X`=-H3[igUnPG-NZlo.#k@h#=Ork$m>a>$-?Tm$UV(?#P6YY#"
+    "'/###xe7q.73rI3*pP/$1>s9)W,JrM7SN]'/4C#v$U`0#V.[0>xQsH$fEmPMgY2u7Kh(G%siIfLSoS+MK2eTM$=5,M8p`A.;_R%#u[K#$x4AG8.kK/HSB==-'Ie/QTtG?-.*^N-4B/ZM"
+    "_3YlQC7(p7q)&](`6_c)$/*JL(L-^(]$wIM`dPtOdGA,U3:w2M-0<q-]L_?^)1vw'.,MRsqVr.L;aN&#/EgJ)PBc[-f>+WomX2u7lqM2iEumMTcsF?-aT=Z-97UEnXglEn1K-bnEO`gu"
+    "Ft(c%=;Am_Qs@jLooI&NX;]0#j4#F14;gl8-GQpgwhrq8'=l_f-b49'UOqkLu7-##oDY2L(te+Mch&gLYtJ,MEtJfLh'x'M=$CS-ZZ%P]8bZ>#S?YY#%Q&q'3^Fw&?D)UDNrocM3A76/"
+    "/oL?#h7gl85[qW/NDOk%16ij;+:1a'iNIdb-ou8.P*w,v5#EI$TWS>Pot-R*H'-SEpA:g)f+O$%%`kA#G=8RMmG1&O`>to8bC]T&$,n.LoO>29sp3dt-52U%VM#q7'DHpg+#Z9%H[K<L"
+    "%a2E-grWVM3@2=-k22tL]4$##6We'8UJCKE[d_=%wI;'6X-GsLX4j^SgJ$##R*w,vP3wK#iiW&#*h^D&R?jp7+/u&#(AP##XU8c$fSYW-J95_-Dp[g9wcO&#M-h1OcJlc-*vpw0xUX&#"
+    "OQFKNX@QI'IoPp7nb,QU//MQ&ZDkKP)X<WSVL(68uVl&#c'[0#(s1X&xm$Y%B7*K:eDA323j998GXbA#pwMs-jgD$9QISB-A_(aN4xoFM^@C58D0+Q+q3n0#3U1InDjF682-SjMXJK)("
+    "h$hxua_K]ul92%'BOU&#BRRh-slg8KDlr:%L71Ka:.A;%YULjDPmL<LYs8i#XwJOYaKPKc1h:'9Ke,g)b),78=I39B;xiY$bgGw-&.Zi9InXDuYa%G*f2Bq7mn9^#p1vv%#(Wi-;/Z5h"
+    "o;#2:;%d&#x9v68C5g?ntX0X)pT`;%pB3q7mgGN)3%(P8nTd5L7GeA-GL@+%J3u2:(Yf>et`e;)f#Km8&+DC$I46>#Kr]]u-[=99tts1.qb#q72g1WJO81q+eN'03'eM>&1XxY-caEnO"
+    "j%2n8)),?ILR5^.Ibn<-X-Mq7[a82Lq:F&#ce+S9wsCK*x`569E8ew'He]h:sI[2LM$[guka3ZRd6:t%IG:;$%YiJ:Nq=?eAw;/:nnDq0(CYcMpG)qLN4$##&J<j$UpK<Q4a1]MupW^-"
+    "sj_$%[HK%'F####QRZJ::Y3EGl4'@%FkiAOg#p[##O`gukTfBHagL<LHw%q&OV0##F=6/:chIm0@eCP8X]:kFI%hl8hgO@RcBhS-@Qb$%+m=hPDLg*%K8ln(wcf3/'DW-$.lR?n[nCH-"
+    "eXOONTJlh:.RYF%3'p6sq:UIMA945&^HFS87@$EP2iG<-lCO$%c`uKGD3rC$x0BL8aFn--`ke%#HMP'vh1/R&O_J9'um,.<tx[@%wsJk&bUT2`0uMv7gg#qp/ij.L56'hl;.s5CUrxjO"
+    "M7-##.l+Au'A&O:-T72L]P`&=;ctp'XScX*rU.>-XTt,%OVU4)S1+R-#dg0/Nn?Ku1^0f$B*P:Rowwm-`0PKjYDDM'3]d39VZHEl4,.j']Pk-M.h^&:0FACm$maq-&sgw0t7/6(^xtk%"
+    "LuH88Fj-ekm>GA#_>568x6(OFRl-IZp`&b,_P'$M<Jnq79VsJW/mWS*PUiq76;]/NM_>hLbxfc$mj`,O;&%W2m`Zh:/)Uetw:aJ%]K9h:TcF]u_-Sj9,VK3M.*'&0D[Ca]J9gp8,kAW]"
+    "%(?A%R$f<->Zts'^kn=-^@c4%-pY6qI%J%1IGxfLU9CP8cbPlXv);C=b),<2mOvP8up,UVf3839acAWAW-W?#ao/^#%KYo8fRULNd2.>%m]UK:n%r$'sw]J;5pAoO_#2mO3n,'=H5(et"
+    "Hg*`+RLgv>=4U8guD$I%D:W>-r5V*%j*W:Kvej.Lp$<M-SGZ':+Q_k+uvOSLiEo(<aD/K<CCc`'Lx>'?;++O'>()jLR-^u68PHm8ZFWe+ej8h:9r6L*0//c&iH&R8pRbA#Kjm%upV1g:"
+    "a_#Ur7FuA#(tRh#.Y5K+@?3<-8m0$PEn;J:rh6?I6uG<-`wMU'ircp0LaE_OtlMb&1#6T.#FDKu#1Lw%u%+GM+X'e?YLfjM[VO0MbuFp7;>Q&#WIo)0@F%q7c#4XAXN-U&VB<HFF*qL("
+    "$/V,;(kXZejWO`<[5?\?ewY(*9=%wDc;,u<'9t3W-(H1th3+G]ucQ]kLs7df($/*JL]@*t7Bu_G3_7mp7<iaQjO@.kLg;x3B0lqp7Hf,^Ze7-##@/c58Mo(3;knp0%)A7?-W+eI'o8)b<"
+    "nKnw'Ho8C=Y>pqB>0ie&jhZ[?iLR@@_AvA-iQC(=ksRZRVp7`.=+NpBC%rh&3]R:8XDmE5^V8O(x<<aG/1N$#FX$0V5Y6x'aErI3I$7x%E`v<-BY,)%-?Psf*l?%C3.mM(=/M0:JxG'?"
+    "7WhH%o'a<-80g0NBxoO(GH<dM]n.+%q@jH?f.UsJ2Ggs&4<-e47&Kl+f//9@`b+?.TeN_&B8Ss?v;^Trk;f#YvJkl&w$]>-+k?'(<S:68tq*WoDfZu';mM?8X[ma8W%*`-=;D.(nc7/;"
+    ")g:T1=^J$&BRV(-lTmNB6xqB[@0*o.erM*<SWF]u2=st-*(6v>^](H.aREZSi,#1:[IXaZFOm<-ui#qUq2$##Ri;u75OK#(RtaW-K-F`S+cF]uN`-KMQ%rP/Xri.LRcB##=YL3BgM/3M"
+    "D?@f&1'BW-)Ju<L25gl8uhVm1hL$##*8###'A3/LkKW+(^rWX?5W_8g)a(m&K8P>#bmmWCMkk&#TR`C,5d>g)F;t,4:@_l8G/5h4vUd%&%950:VXD'QdWoY-F$BtUwmfe$YqL'8(PWX("
+    "P?^@Po3$##`MSs?DWBZ/S>+4%>fX,VWv/w'KD`LP5IbH;rTV>n3cEK8U#bX]l-/V+^lj3;vlMb&[5YQ8#pekX9JP3XUC72L,,?+Ni&co7ApnO*5NK,((W-i:$,kp'UDAO(G0Sq7MVjJs"
+    "bIu)'Z,*[>br5fX^:FPAWr-m2KgL<LUN098kTF&#lvo58=/vjDo;.;)Ka*hLR#/k=rKbxuV`>Q_nN6'8uTG&#1T5g)uLv:873UpTLgH+#FgpH'_o1780Ph8KmxQJ8#H72L4@768@Tm&Q"
+    "h4CB/5OvmA&,Q&QbUoi$a_%3M01H)4x7I^&KQVgtFnV+;[Pc>[m4k//,]1?#`VY[Jr*3&&slRfLiVZJ:]?=K3Sw=[$=uRB?3xk48@aeg<Z'<$#4H)6,>e0jT6'N#(q%.O=?2S]u*(m<-"
+    "V8J'(1)G][68hW$5'q[GC&5j`TE?m'esFGNRM)j,ffZ?-qx8;->g4t*:CIP/[Qap7/9'#(1sao7w-.qNUdkJ)tCF&#B^;xGvn2r9FEPFFFcL@.iFNkTve$m%#QvQS8U@)2Z+3K:AKM5i"
+    "sZ88+dKQ)W6>J%CL<KE>`.d*(B`-n8D9oK<Up]c$X$(,)M8Zt7/[rdkqTgl-0cuGMv'?>-XV1q['-5k'cAZ69e;D_?$ZPP&s^+7])$*$#@QYi9,5P&#9r+$%CE=68>K8r0=dSC%%(@p7"
+    ".m7jilQ02'0-VWAg<a/''3u.=4L$Y)6k/K:_[3=&jvL<L0C/2'v:^;-DIBW,B4E68:kZ;%?8(Q8BH=kO65BW?xSG&#@uU,DS*,?.+(o(#1vCS8#CHF>TlGW'b)Tq7VT9q^*^$$.:&N@@"
+    "$&)WHtPm*5_rO0&e%K&#-30j(E4#'Zb.o/(Tpm$>K'f@[PvFl,hfINTNU6u'0pao7%XUp9]5.>%h`8_=VYbxuel.NTSsJfLacFu3B'lQSu/m6-Oqem8T+oE--$0a/k]uj9EwsG>%veR*"
+    "hv^BFpQj:K'#SJ,sB-'#](j.Lg92rTw-*n%@/;39rrJF,l#qV%OrtBeC6/,;qB3ebNW[?,Hqj2L.1NP&GjUR=1D8QaS3Up&@*9wP?+lo7b?@%'k4`p0Z$22%K3+iCZj?XJN4Nm&+YF]u"
+    "@-W$U%VEQ/,,>>#)D<h#`)h0:<Q6909ua+&VU%n2:cG3FJ-%@Bj-DgLr`Hw&HAKjKjseK</xKT*)B,N9X3]krc12t'pgTV(Lv-tL[xg_%=M_q7a^x?7Ubd>#%8cY#YZ?=,`Wdxu/ae&#"
+    "w6)R89tI#6@s'(6Bf7a&?S=^ZI_kS&ai`&=tE72L_D,;^R)7[$s<Eh#c&)q.MXI%#v9ROa5FZO%sF7q7Nwb&#ptUJ:aqJe$Sl68%.D###EC><?-aF&#RNQv>o8lKN%5/$(vdfq7+ebA#"
+    "u1p]ovUKW&Y%q]'>$1@-[xfn$7ZTp7mM,G,Ko7a&Gu%G[RMxJs[0MM%wci.LFDK)(<c`Q8N)jEIF*+?P2a8g%)$q]o2aH8C&<SibC/q,(e:v;-b#6[$NtDZ84Je2KNvB#$P5?tQ3nt(0"
+    "d=j.LQf./Ll33+(;q3L-w=8dX$#WF&uIJ@-bfI>%:_i2B5CsR8&9Z&#=mPEnm0f`<&c)QL5uJ#%u%lJj+D-r;BoF&#4DoS97h5g)E#o:&S4weDF,9^Hoe`h*L+_a*NrLW-1pG_&2UdB8"
+    "6e%B/:=>)N4xeW.*wft-;$'58-ESqr<b?UI(_%@[P46>#U`'6AQ]m&6/`Z>#S?YY#Vc;r7U2&326d=w&H####?TZ`*4?&.MK?LP8Vxg>$[QXc%QJv92.(Db*B)gb*BM9dM*hJMAo*c&#"
+    "b0v=Pjer]$gG&JXDf->'StvU7505l9$AFvgYRI^&<^b68?j#q9QX4SM'RO#&sL1IM.rJfLUAj221]d##DW=m83u5;'bYx,*Sl0hL(W;;$doB&O/TQ:(Z^xBdLjL<Lni;''X.`$#8+1GD"
+    ":k$YUWsbn8ogh6rxZ2Z9]%nd+>V#*8U_72Lh+2Q8Cj0i:6hp&$C/:p(HK>T8Y[gHQ4`4)'$Ab(Nof%V'8hL&#<NEdtg(n'=S1A(Q1/I&4([%dM`,Iu'1:_hL>SfD07&6D<fp8dHM7/g+"
+    "tlPN9J*rKaPct&?'uBCem^jn%9_K)<,C5K3s=5g&GmJb*[SYq7K;TRLGCsM-$$;S%:Y@r7AK0pprpL<Lrh,q7e/%KWK:50I^+m'vi`3?%Zp+<-d+$L-Sv:@.o19n$s0&39;kn;S%BSq*"
+    "$3WoJSCLweV[aZ'MQIjO<7;X-X;&+dMLvu#^UsGEC9WEc[X(wI7#2.(F0jV*eZf<-Qv3J-c+J5AlrB#$p(H68LvEA'q3n0#m,[`*8Ft)FcYgEud]CWfm68,(aLA$@EFTgLXoBq/UPlp7"
+    ":d[/;r_ix=:TF`S5H-b<LI&HY(K=h#)]Lk$K14lVfm:x$H<3^Ql<M`$OhapBnkup'D#L$Pb_`N*g]2e;X/Dtg,bsj&K#2[-:iYr'_wgH)NUIR8a1n#S?Yej'h8^58UbZd+^FKD*T@;6A"
+    "7aQC[K8d-(v6GI$x:T<&'Gp5Uf>@M.*J:;$-rv29'M]8qMv-tLp,'886iaC=Hb*YJoKJ,(j%K=H`K.v9HggqBIiZu'QvBT.#=)0ukruV&.)3=(^1`o*Pj4<-<aN((^7('#Z0wK#5GX@7"
+    "u][`*S^43933A4rl][`*O4CgLEl]v$1Q3AeF37dbXk,.)vj#x'd`;qgbQR%FW,2(?LO=s%Sc68%NP'##Aotl8x=BE#j1UD([3$M(]UI2LX3RpKN@;/#f'f/&_mt&F)XdF<9t4)Qa.*kT"
+    "LwQ'(TTB9.xH'>#MJ+gLq9-##@HuZPN0]u:h7.T..G:;$/Usj(T7`Q8tT72LnYl<-qx8;-HV7Q-&Xdx%1a,hC=0u+HlsV>nuIQL-5<N?)NBS)QN*_I,?&)2'IM%L3I)X((e/dl2&8'<M"
+    ":^#M*Q+[T.Xri.LYS3v%fF`68h;b-X[/En'CR.q7E)p'/kle2HM,u;^%OKC-N+Ll%F9CF<Nf'^#t2L,;27W:0O@6##U6W7:$rJfLWHj$#)woqBefIZ.PK<b*t7ed;p*_m;4ExK#h@&]>"
+    "_>@kXQtMacfD.m-VAb8;IReM3$wf0''hra*so568'Ip&vRs849'MRYSp%:t:h5qSgwpEr$B>Q,;s(C#$)`svQuF$##-D,##,g68@2[T;.XSdN9Qe)rpt._K-#5wF)sP'##p#C0c%-Gb%"
+    "hd+<-j'Ai*x&&HMkT]C'OSl##5RG[JXaHN;d'uA#x._U;.`PU@(Z3dt4r152@:v,'R.Sj'w#0<-;kPI)FfJ&#AYJ&#//)>-k=m=*XnK$>=)72L]0I%>.G690a:$##<,);?;72#?x9+d;"
+    "^V'9;jY@;)br#q^YQpx:X#Te$Z^'=-=bGhLf:D6&bNwZ9-ZD#n^9HhLMr5G;']d&6'wYmTFmL<LD)F^%[tC'8;+9E#C$g%#5Y>q9wI>P(9mI[>kC-ekLC/R&CH+s'B;K-M6$EB%is00:"
+    "+A4[7xks.LrNk0&E)wILYF@2L'0Nb$+pv<(2.768/FrY&h$^3i&@+G%JT'<-,v`3;_)I9M^AE]CN?Cl2AZg+%4iTpT3<n-&%H%b<FDj2M<hH=&Eh<2Len$b*aTX=-8QxN)k11IM1c^j%"
+    "9s<L<NFSo)B?+<-(GxsF,^-Eh@$4dXhN$+#rxK8'je'D7k`e;)2pYwPA'_p9&@^18ml1^[@g4t*[JOa*[=Qp7(qJ_oOL^('7fB&Hq-:sf,sNj8xq^>$U4O]GKx'm9)b@p7YsvK3w^YR-"
+    "CdQ*:Ir<($u&)#(&?L9Rg3H)4fiEp^iI9O8KnTj,]H?D*r7'M;PwZ9K0E^k&-cpI;.p/6_vwoFMV<->#%Xi.LxVnrU(4&8/P+:hLSKj$#U%]49t'I:rgMi'FL@a:0Y-uA[39',(vbma*"
+    "hU%<-SRF`Tt:542R_VV$p@[p8DV[A,?1839FWdF<TddF<9Ah-6&9tWoDlh]&1SpGMq>Ti1O*H&#(AL8[_P%.M>v^-))qOT*F5Cq0`Ye%+$B6i:7@0IX<N+T+0MlMBPQ*Vj>SsD<U4JHY"
+    "8kD2)2fU/M#$e.)T4,_=8hLim[&);?UkK'-x?'(:siIfL<$pFM`i<?%W(mGDHM%>iWP,##P`%/L<eXi:@Z9C.7o=@(pXdAO/NLQ8lPl+HPOQa8wD8=^GlPa8TKI1CjhsCTSLJM'/Wl>-"
+    "S(qw%sf/@%#B6;/U7K]uZbi^Oc^2n<bhPmUkMw>%t<)'mEVE''n`WnJra$^TKvX5B>;_aSEK',(hwa0:i4G?.Bci.(X[?b*($,=-n<.Q%`(X=?+@Am*Js0&=3bh8K]mL<LoNs'6,'85`"
+    "0?t/'_U59@]ddF<#LdF<eWdF<OuN/45rY<-L@&#+fm>69=Lb,OcZV/);TTm8VI;?%OtJ<(b4mq7M6:u?KRdF<gR@2L=FNU-<b[(9c/ML3m;Z[$oF3g)GAWqpARc=<ROu7cL5l;-[A]%/"
+    "+fsd;l#SafT/f*W]0=O'$(Tb<[)*@e775R-:Yob%g*>l*:xP?Yb.5)%w_I?7uk5JC+FS(m#i'k.'a0i)9<7b'fs'59hq$*5Uhv##pi^8+hIEBF`nvo`;'l0.^S1<-wUK2/Coh58KKhLj"
+    "M=SO*rfO`+qC`W-On.=AJ56>>i2@2LH6A:&5q`?9I3@@'04&p2/LVa*T-4<-i3;M9UvZd+N7>b*eIwg:CC)c<>nO&#<IGe;__.thjZl<%w(Wk2xmp4Q@I#I9,DF]u7-P=.-_:YJ]aS@V"
+    "?6*C()dOp7:WL,b&3Rg/.cmM9&r^>$(>.Z-I&J(Q0Hd5Q%7Co-b`-c<N(6r@ip+AurK<m86QIth*#v;-OBqi+L7wDE-Ir8K['m+DDSLwK&/.?-V%U_%3:qKNu$_b*B-kp7NaD'QdWQPK"
+    "Yq[@>P)hI;*_F]u`Rb[.j8_Q/<&>uu+VsH$sM9TA%?)(vmJ80),P7E>)tjD%2L=-t#fK[%`v=Q8<FfNkgg^oIbah*#8/Qt$F&:K*-(N/'+1vMB,u()-a.VUU*#[e%gAAO(S>WlA2);Sa"
+    ">gXm8YB`1d@K#n]76-a$U,mF<fX]idqd)<3,]J7JmW4`6]uks=4-72L(jEk+:bJ0M^q-8Dm_Z?0olP1C9Sa&H[d&c$ooQUj]Exd*3ZM@-WGW2%s',B-_M%>%Ul:#/'xoFM9QX-$.QN'>"
+    "[%$Z$uF6pA6Ki2O5:8w*vP1<-1`[G,)-m#>0`P&#eb#.3i)rtB61(o'$?X3B</R90;eZ]%Ncq;-Tl]#F>2Qft^ae_5tKL9MUe9b*sLEQ95C&`=G?@Mj=wh*'3E>=-<)Gt*Iw)'QG:`@I"
+    "wOf7&]1i'S01B+Ev/Nac#9S;=;YQpg_6U`*kVY39xK,[/6Aj7:'1Bm-_1EYfa1+o&o4hp7KN_Q(OlIo@S%;jVdn0'1<Vc52=u`3^o-n1'g4v58Hj&6_t7$##?M)c<$bgQ_'SY((-xkA#"
+    "Y(,p'H9rIVY-b,'%bCPF7.J<Up^,(dU1VY*5#WkTU>h19w,WQhLI)3S#f$2(eb,jr*b;3Vw]*7NH%$c4Vs,eD9>XW8?N]o+(*pgC%/72LV-u<Hp,3@e^9UB1J+ak9-TN/mhKPg+AJYd$"
+    "MlvAF_jCK*.O-^(63adMT->W%iewS8W6m2rtCpo'RS1R84=@paTKt)>=%&1[)*vp'u+x,VrwN;&]kuO9JDbg=pO$J*.jVe;u'm0dr9l,<*wMK*Oe=g8lV_KEBFkO'oU]^=[-792#ok,)"
+    "i]lR8qQ2oA8wcRCZ^7w/Njh;?.stX?Q1>S1q4Bn$)K1<-rGdO'$Wr.Lc.CG)$/*JL4tNR/,SVO3,aUw'DJN:)Ss;wGn9A32ijw%FL+Z0Fn.U9;reSq)bmI32U==5ALuG&#Vf1398/pVo"
+    "1*c-(aY168o<`JsSbk-,1N;$>0:OUas(3:8Z972LSfF8eb=c-;>SPw7.6hn3m`9^Xkn(r.qS[0;T%&Qc=+STRxX'q1BNk3&*eu2;&8q$&x>Q#Q7^Tf+6<(d%ZVmj2bDi%.3L2n+4W'$P"
+    "iDDG)g,r%+?,$@?uou5tSe2aN_AQU*<h`e-GI7)?OK2A.d7_c)?wQ5AS@DL3r#7fSkgl6-++D:'A,uq7SvlB$pcpH'q3n0#_%dY#xCpr-l<F0NR@-##FEV6NTF6##$l84N1w?AO>'IAO"
+    "URQ##V^Fv-XFbGM7Fl(N<3DhLGF%q.1rC$#:T__&Pi68%0xi_&[qFJ(77j_&JWoF.V735&T,[R*:xFR*K5>>#`bW-?4Ne_&6Ne_&6Ne_&n`kr-#GJcM6X;uM6X;uM(.a..^2TkL%oR(#"
+    ";u.T%fAr%4tJ8&><1=GHZ_+m9/#H1F^R#SC#*N=BA9(D?v[UiFY>>^8p,KKF.W]L29uLkLlu/+4T<XoIB&hx=T1PcDaB&;HH+-AFr?(m9HZV)FKS8JCw;SD=6[^/DZUL`EUDf]GGlG&>"
+    "w$)F./^n3+rlo+DB;5sIYGNk+i1t-69Jg--0pao7Sm#K)pdHW&;LuDNH@H>#/X-TI(;P>#,Gc>#0Su>#4`1?#8lC?#<xU?#@.i?#D:%@#HF7@#LRI@#P_[@#Tkn@#Xw*A#]-=A#a9OA#"
+    "d<F&#*;G##.GY##2Sl##6`($#:l:$#>xL$#B.`$#F:r$#JF.%#NR@%#R_R%#Vke%#Zww%#_-4&#3^Rh%Sflr-k'MS.o?.5/sWel/wpEM0%3'/1)K^f1-d>G21&v(35>V`39V7A4=onx4"
+    "A1OY5EI0;6Ibgr6M$HS7Q<)58C5w,;WoA*#[%T*#`1g*#d=#+#hI5+#lUG+#pbY+#tnl+#x$),#&1;,#*=M,#.I`,#2Ur,#6b.-#;w[H#iQtA#m^0B#qjBB#uvTB##-hB#'9$C#+E6C#"
+    "/QHC#3^ZC#7jmC#;v)D#?,<D#C8ND#GDaD#KPsD#O]/E#g1A5#KA*1#gC17#MGd;#8(02#L-d3#rWM4#Hga1#,<w0#T.j<#O#'2#CYN1#qa^:#_4m3#o@/=#eG8=#t8J5#`+78#4uI-#"
+    "m3B2#SB[8#Q0@8#i[*9#iOn8#1Nm;#^sN9#qh<9#:=x-#P;K2#$%X9#bC+.#Rg;<#mN=.#MTF.#RZO.#2?)4#Y#(/#[)1/#b;L/#dAU/#0Sv;#lY$0#n`-0#sf60#(F24#wrH0#%/e0#"
+    "TmD<#%JSMFove:CTBEXI:<eh2g)B,3h2^G3i;#d3jD>)4kMYD4lVu`4m`:&5niUA5@(A5BA1]PBB:xlBCC=2CDLXMCEUtiCf&0g2'tN?PGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP"
+    "GT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP-qekC`.9kEg^+F$kwViFJTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5o,^<-28ZI'O?;xp"
+    "O?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xp;7q-#lLYI:xvD=#";
+
+static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85()
+{
+    return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85;
+}
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7587d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,910 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2022-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
+//  2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127).
+//  2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states.
+//  2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers.
+//  2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions.
+//  2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader.
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state.
+//  2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader.
+//  2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version.
+//  2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
+//  2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater.
+//  2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer.
+//  2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
+//  2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
+//  2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
+//  2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader.
+//  2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX.
+//  2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix.
+//  2020-04-12: OpenGL: Fixed context version check mistakenly testing for 4.0+ instead of 3.2+ to enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset.
+//  2020-03-24: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 2.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-01-07: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 3.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders.
+//  2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility.
+//  2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call.
+//  2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag.
+//  2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state.
+//  2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop.
+//  2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early.
+//  2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0).
+//  2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader.
+//  2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display.
+//  2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450).
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN.
+//  2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used.
+//  2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES".
+//  2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation.
+//  2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples.
+//  2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle.
+//  2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state.
+//  2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a NULL pointer.
+//  2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150".
+//  2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context.
+//  2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.
+//  2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150.
+//  2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE.
+//  2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.
+//  2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752)
+
+//----------------------------------------
+// OpenGL    GLSL      GLSL
+// version   version   string
+//----------------------------------------
+//  2.0       110       "#version 110"
+//  2.1       120       "#version 120"
+//  3.0       130       "#version 130"
+//  3.1       140       "#version 140"
+//  3.2       150       "#version 150"
+//  3.3       330       "#version 330 core"
+//  4.0       400       "#version 400 core"
+//  4.1       410       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.2       420       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.3       430       "#version 430 core"
+//  ES 2.0    100       "#version 100"      = WebGL 1.0
+//  ES 3.0    300       "#version 300 es"   = WebGL 2.0
+//----------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+// Clang warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"     // warning: use of old-style cast
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"    // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// GL includes
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 2
+#else
+#include <GLES2/gl2.h>          // Use GL ES 2
+#endif
+#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#endif
+#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
+#endif
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES3/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 3
+#else
+#include <GLES3/gl3.h>          // Use GL ES 3
+#endif
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers.
+// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w.
+// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.).
+// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp):
+// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases
+// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version.
+#define IMGL3W_IMPL
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h"
+#endif
+
+// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#define glBindVertexArray       glBindVertexArrayOES
+#define glGenVertexArrays       glGenVertexArraysOES
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays    glDeleteVertexArraysOES
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 2.0+ has glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
+#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_2)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.3+ has glBindSampler()
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_3)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.1+ has GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_1)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL use extension detection
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS
+#endif
+
+// OpenGL Data
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data
+{
+    GLuint          GlVersion;               // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+    char            GlslVersionString[32];   // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings.
+    GLuint          FontTexture;
+    GLuint          ShaderHandle;
+    GLint           AttribLocationTex;       // Uniforms location
+    GLint           AttribLocationProjMtx;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxPos;    // Vertex attributes location
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxUV;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxColor;
+    unsigned int    VboHandle, ElementsHandle;
+    GLsizeiptr      VertexBufferSize;
+    GLsizeiptr      IndexBufferSize;
+    bool            HasClipOrigin;
+    bool            UseBufferSubData;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL;
+}
+
+// Forward Declarations
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitPlatformInterface();
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface();
+
+// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only)
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState
+{
+    GLint   Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride;
+    GLvoid* Ptr;
+
+    void GetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride);
+        glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr);
+    }
+    void SetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr);
+        if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index);
+    }
+};
+#endif
+
+// Functions
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
+
+    // Initialize our loader
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+    if (imgl3wInit() != 0)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)();
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";
+
+    // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+    GLint major = 0;
+    GLint minor = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor);
+    if (major == 0 && minor == 0)
+    {
+        // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
+        const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
+        sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor);
+    }
+    bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);
+
+    // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR))
+        if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0)
+            bd->UseBufferSubData = true;
+#endif
+    //printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
+#else
+    bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+        io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
+#endif
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports;  // We can create multi-viewports on the Renderer side (optional)
+
+    // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders.
+    // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure.
+    if (glsl_version == NULL)
+    {
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+        glsl_version = "#version 100";
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+        glsl_version = "#version 300 es";
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+        glsl_version = "#version 150";
+#else
+        glsl_version = "#version 130";
+#endif
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString));
+    strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version);
+    strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n");
+
+    // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result)
+    // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know!
+    GLint current_texture;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &current_texture);
+
+    // Detect extensions we support
+    bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS
+    GLint num_extensions = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions);
+    for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++)
+    {
+        const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i);
+        if (extension != NULL && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)
+            bd->HasClipOrigin = true;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitPlatformInterface();
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+    io.BackendRendererName = NULL;
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL;
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
+
+    if (!bd->ShaderHandle)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310)
+        glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
+#endif
+
+    // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
+    if (bd->HasClipOrigin)
+    {
+        GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&current_clip_origin);
+        if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+            clip_origin_lower_left = false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
+    // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.
+    glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height);
+    float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x;
+    float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
+    float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
+    float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
+#endif
+    const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
+    {
+        { 2.0f/(R-L),   0.0f,         0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         2.0f/(T-B),   0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         0.0f,        -1.0f,   0.0f },
+        { (R+L)/(L-R),  (T+B)/(B-T),  0.0f,   1.0f },
+    };
+    glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0);
+    glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330)
+        glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise.
+#endif
+
+    (void)vertex_array_object;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+
+    // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle);
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle);
+    glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+    glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos,   2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos));
+    glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV,    2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv));
+    glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE,  sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col));
+}
+
+// OpenGL3 Render function.
+// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly.
+// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so.
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+{
+    // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
+    int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x);
+    int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y);
+    if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture);
+    glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0);
+    GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program);
+    GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; }
+#endif
+    GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+.
+    GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode);
+#endif
+    GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
+    GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND);
+    GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    // Setup desired GL state
+    // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts)
+    // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound.
+    GLuint vertex_array_object = 0;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+
+    // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+    ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;         // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
+    ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2)
+
+    // Render command lists
+    for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+    {
+        const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+
+        // Upload vertex/index buffers
+        // - On Intel windows drivers we got reports that regular glBufferData() led to accumulating leaks when using multi-viewports, so we started using orphaning + glBufferSubData(). (See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468)
+        // - On NVIDIA drivers we got reports that using orphaning + glBufferSubData() led to glitches when using multi-viewports.
+        // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state in 2022, for now we are switching code path based on vendors.
+        const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert);
+        const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
+        if (bd->UseBufferSubData)
+        {
+            if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size;
+                glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW);
+            }
+            if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size;
+                glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW);
+            }
+            glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data);
+            glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW);
+            glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW);
+        }
+
+        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+        {
+            const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+            if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+            {
+                // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
+                // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
+                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
+                    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+                else
+                    pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                    continue;
+
+                // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)
+                glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y));
+
+                // Bind texture, Draw
+                glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID());
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+                if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+                    glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset);
+                else
+#endif
+                glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Destroy the temporary VAO
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    glUseProgram(last_program);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330)
+        glBindSampler(0, last_sampler);
+#endif
+    glActiveTexture(last_active_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+    glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);
+#endif
+    glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
+    glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
+    (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Build texture atlas
+    unsigned char* pixels;
+    int width, height;
+    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);   // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory.
+
+    // Upload texture to graphics system
+    // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
+    GLint last_texture;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
+    glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture);
+    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES
+    glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0);
+#endif
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels);
+
+    // Store our identifier
+    io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);
+
+    // Restore state
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->FontTexture)
+    {
+        glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
+        io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
+        bd->FontTexture = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file.
+static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version.
+static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLint last_vertex_array;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    // Parse GLSL version string
+    int glsl_version = 130;
+    sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version);
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
+        "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision highp float;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
+        "    precision mediump float;\n"
+        "#endif\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision mediump float;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL;
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader = NULL;
+    if (glsl_version < 130)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version >= 410)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version == 300)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130;
+    }
+
+    // Create shaders
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader };
+    GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, NULL);
+    glCompileShader(vert_handle);
+    CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader");
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader };
+    GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, NULL);
+    glCompileShader(frag_handle);
+    CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader");
+
+    // Link
+    bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram();
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program");
+
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(vert_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(frag_handle);
+
+    bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture");
+    bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color");
+
+    // Create buffers
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle);
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle);
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->VboHandle)      { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ShaderHandle)   { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; }
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT
+// This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously.
+// If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first..
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*)
+{
+    if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear))
+    {
+        ImVec4 clear_color = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+        glClearColor(clear_color.x, clear_color.y, clear_color.z, clear_color.w);
+        glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT);
+    }
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(viewport->DrawData);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitPlatformInterface()
+{
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderWindow;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface()
+{
+    ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows();
+}
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1273a2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
+// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)
+// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
+//  [X] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
+// Missing features:
+//  [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME.
+//  [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport + Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows).
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2022-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
+//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations.
+//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2).
+//  2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer.
+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.
+//  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.
+//  2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API.
+//  2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted.
+//  2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.
+//  2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST.
+//  2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+)
+//  2021-06:29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary.
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950)
+//  2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends.
+//  2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2).
+//  2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state).
+//  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor.
+//  2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.
+//  2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application).
+//  2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.
+//  2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls.
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'.
+//  2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.
+//  2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter.
+//  2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText).
+//  2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.
+//  2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value.
+//  2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.
+//  2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.
+//  2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS).
+//  2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes.
+//  2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.
+//  2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS.
+//  2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.
+//  2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).
+//  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#include "imgui_impl_sdl.h"
+
+// SDL
+// (the multi-viewports feature requires SDL features supported from SDL 2.0.4+. SDL 2.0.5+ is highly recommended)
+#include <SDL.h>
+#include <SDL_syswm.h>
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__)
+#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    1
+#else
+#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    0
+#endif
+#define SDL_HAS_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH    SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5)
+#define SDL_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA                SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5)
+#define SDL_HAS_ALWAYS_ON_TOP               SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5)
+#define SDL_HAS_USABLE_DISPLAY_BOUNDS       SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5)
+#define SDL_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI             SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4)
+#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN                      SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6)
+#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN
+static const Uint32 SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN = 0x10000000;
+#endif
+
+// SDL Data
+struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data
+{
+    SDL_Window*     Window;
+    SDL_Renderer*   Renderer;
+    Uint64          Time;
+    Uint32          MouseWindowID;
+    int             MouseButtonsDown;
+    SDL_Cursor*     MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];
+    int             PendingMouseLeaveFrame;
+    char*           ClipboardTextData;
+    bool            MouseCanUseGlobalState;
+    bool            UseVulkan;
+
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.
+// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.
+static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : NULL;
+}
+
+// Forward Declarations
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors();
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context);
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShutdownPlatformInterface();
+
+// Functions
+static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)
+        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);
+    bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText();
+    return bd->ClipboardTextData;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    SDL_SetClipboardText(text);
+}
+
+static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)
+{
+    switch (keycode)
+    {
+        case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;
+        case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;
+        case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;
+        case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+        case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;
+        case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;
+        case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;
+        case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End;
+        case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;
+        case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;
+        case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;
+        case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;
+        case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter;
+        case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;
+        case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
+        case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;
+        case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;
+        case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;
+        case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;
+        case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;
+        case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal;
+        case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;
+        case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;
+        case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;
+        case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
+        case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;
+        case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;
+        case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;
+        case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;
+        case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;
+        case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;
+        case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;
+        case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;
+        case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;
+        case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;
+        case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;
+        case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;
+        case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;
+        case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;
+        case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;
+        case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;
+        case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;
+        case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;
+        case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;
+        case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;
+        case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;
+        case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;
+        case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;
+        case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;
+        case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;
+        case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;
+        case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;
+        case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;
+        case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;
+        case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;
+        case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu;
+        case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0;
+        case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1;
+        case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2;
+        case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3;
+        case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4;
+        case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5;
+        case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6;
+        case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7;
+        case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8;
+        case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9;
+        case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A;
+        case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B;
+        case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C;
+        case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D;
+        case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E;
+        case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F;
+        case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G;
+        case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H;
+        case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I;
+        case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J;
+        case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K;
+        case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L;
+        case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M;
+        case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N;
+        case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O;
+        case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P;
+        case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q;
+        case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R;
+        case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S;
+        case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T;
+        case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U;
+        case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V;
+        case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W;
+        case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X;
+        case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y;
+        case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z;
+        case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;
+        case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;
+        case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;
+        case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;
+        case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;
+        case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;
+        case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;
+        case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;
+        case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;
+        case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;
+        case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;
+        case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;
+    }
+    return ImGuiKey_None;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0);
+}
+
+// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs.
+// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data.
+// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data.
+// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags.
+// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+
+    switch (event->type)
+    {
+        case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
+        {
+            ImVec2 mouse_pos((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y);
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+            {
+                int window_x, window_y;
+                SDL_GetWindowPosition(SDL_GetWindowFromID(event->motion.windowID), &window_x, &window_y);
+                mouse_pos.x += window_x;
+                mouse_pos.y += window_y;
+            }
+            io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_pos.x, mouse_pos.y);
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL:
+        {
+            float wheel_x = (event->wheel.x > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.x < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f;
+            float wheel_y = (event->wheel.y > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.y < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f;
+            io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
+        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
+        {
+            int mouse_button = -1;
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; }
+            if (mouse_button == -1)
+                break;
+            io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN));
+            bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button));
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_TEXTINPUT:
+        {
+            io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text);
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_KEYDOWN:
+        case SDL_KEYUP:
+        {
+            ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod);
+            ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym);
+            io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN));
+            io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions.
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:
+        {
+            // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right.
+            // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window.
+            // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late,
+            //   causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why
+            //   we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details.
+            Uint8 window_event = event->window.event;
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER)
+            {
+                bd->MouseWindowID = event->window.windowID;
+                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;
+            }
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE)
+                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1;
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)
+                io.AddFocusEvent(true);
+            else if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST)
+                io.AddFocusEvent(false);
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE || window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED || window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED)
+                if (ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)SDL_GetWindowFromID(event->window.windowID)))
+                {
+                    if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE)
+                        viewport->PlatformRequestClose = true;
+                    if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED)
+                        viewport->PlatformRequestMove = true;
+                    if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED)
+                        viewport->PlatformRequestResize = true;
+                    return true;
+                }
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
+
+    // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position
+    // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list)
+    bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false;
+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
+    const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver();
+    const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" };
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++)
+        if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0)
+            mouse_can_use_global_state = true;
+#endif
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)();
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl";
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;           // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;            // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
+    if (mouse_can_use_global_state)
+        io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports;  // We can create multi-viewports on the Platform side (optional)
+
+    // SDL on Linux/OSX doesn't report events for unfocused windows (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4960)
+#ifndef __APPLE__
+    if (mouse_can_use_global_state)
+        io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport;// We can call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with correct data (optional)
+#endif
+
+    bd->Window = window;
+    bd->Renderer = renderer;
+    bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state;
+
+    io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText;
+    io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText;
+    io.ClipboardUserData = NULL;
+
+    // Load mouse cursors
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO);
+
+    // Set platform dependent data in viewport
+    // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)window;
+    SDL_SysWMinfo info;
+    SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
+    if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info))
+    {
+#ifdef _WIN32
+        main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window;
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+        main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    // Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event.
+    // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered.
+    // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application.
+    // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click:
+    // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)
+#if SDL_HAS_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH
+    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1");
+#endif
+
+    // Update monitors
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors();
+
+    // We need SDL_CaptureMouse(), SDL_GetGlobalMouseState() from SDL 2.0.4+ to support multiple viewports.
+    // We left the call to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface() outside of #ifdef to avoid unused-function warnings.
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports))
+        ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface(window, sdl_gl_context);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL, sdl_gl_context);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window)
+{
+#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");
+#endif
+    if (!ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL, NULL))
+        return false;
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    bd->UseVulkan = true;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window)
+{
+#if !defined(_WIN32)
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");
+#endif
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer, NULL);
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShutdownPlatformInterface();
+
+    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)
+        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);
+    for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)
+        SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);
+
+    io.BackendPlatformName = NULL;
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = NULL;
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+// This code is incredibly messy because some of the functions we need for full viewport support are not available in SDL < 2.0.4.
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below)
+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
+    // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside
+    SDL_CaptureMouse(bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0 ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE);
+    SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus();
+    const bool is_app_focused = (focused_window && (bd->Window == focused_window || ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)focused_window)));
+#else
+    SDL_Window* focused_window = bd->Window;
+    const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only
+#endif
+
+    if (is_app_focused)
+    {
+        // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)
+        if (io.WantSetMousePos)
+        {
+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
+            if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
+                SDL_WarpMouseGlobal((int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y);
+            else
+#endif
+                SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y);
+        }
+
+        // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured)
+        if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)
+        {
+            // Single-viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window)
+            // Multi-viewport mode: mouse position in OS absolute coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left of the primary monitor)
+            int mouse_x, mouse_y, window_x, window_y;
+            SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x, &mouse_y);
+            if (!(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable))
+            {
+                SDL_GetWindowPosition(focused_window, &window_x, &window_y);
+                mouse_x -= window_x;
+                mouse_y -= window_y;
+            }
+            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // (Optional) When using multiple viewports: call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport the OS mouse cursor is hovering.
+    // If ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport is not set by the backend, Dear imGui will ignore this field and infer the information using its flawed heuristic.
+    // - [!] SDL backend does NOT correctly ignore viewports with the _NoInputs flag.
+    //       Some backend are not able to handle that correctly. If a backend report an hovered viewport that has the _NoInputs flag (e.g. when dragging a window
+    //       for docking, the viewport has the _NoInputs flag in order to allow us to find the viewport under), then Dear ImGui is forced to ignore the value reported
+    //       by the backend, and use its flawed heuristic to guess the viewport behind.
+    // - [X] SDL backend correctly reports this regardless of another viewport behind focused and dragged from (we need this to find a useful drag and drop target).
+    if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport)
+    {
+        ImGuiID mouse_viewport_id = 0;
+        if (SDL_Window* sdl_mouse_window = SDL_GetWindowFromID(bd->MouseWindowID))
+            if (ImGuiViewport* mouse_viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)sdl_mouse_window))
+                mouse_viewport_id = mouse_viewport->ID;
+        io.AddMouseViewportEvent(mouse_viewport_id);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)
+        return;
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+
+    ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
+    if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
+    {
+        // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor
+        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Show OS mouse cursor
+        SDL_SetCursor(bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);
+        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Get gamepad
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+    SDL_GameController* game_controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(0);
+    if (!game_controller)
+        return;
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+
+    // Update gamepad inputs
+    #define IM_SATURATE(V)                      (V < 0.0f ? 0.0f : V > 1.0f ? 1.0f : V)
+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO)       { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, SDL_GameControllerGetButton(game_controller, BUTTON_NO) != 0); }
+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(game_controller, AXIS_NO) - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); vn = IM_SATURATE(vn); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.1f, vn); }
+    const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000;           // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value.
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,           SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,            SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X);              // Xbox X, PS Square
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B);              // Xbox B, PS Circle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y);              // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A);              // Xbox A, PS Cross
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,  0.0f, 32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    #undef MAP_BUTTON
+    #undef MAP_ANALOG
+}
+
+// FIXME-PLATFORM: SDL doesn't have an event to notify the application of display/monitor changes
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors()
+{
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    platform_io.Monitors.resize(0);
+    int display_count = SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays();
+    for (int n = 0; n < display_count; n++)
+    {
+        // Warning: the validity of monitor DPI information on Windows depends on the application DPI awareness settings, which generally needs to be set in the manifest or at runtime.
+        ImGuiPlatformMonitor monitor;
+        SDL_Rect r;
+        SDL_GetDisplayBounds(n, &r);
+        monitor.MainPos = monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y);
+        monitor.MainSize = monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h);
+#if SDL_HAS_USABLE_DISPLAY_BOUNDS
+        SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(n, &r);
+        monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y);
+        monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h);
+#endif
+#if SDL_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI
+        // FIXME-VIEWPORT: On MacOS SDL reports actual monitor DPI scale, ignoring OS configuration. We may want to set
+        //  DpiScale to cocoa_window.backingScaleFactor here.
+        float dpi = 0.0f;
+        if (!SDL_GetDisplayDPI(n, &dpi, NULL, NULL))
+            monitor.DpiScale = dpi / 96.0f;
+#endif
+        platform_io.Monitors.push_back(monitor);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
+    int w, h;
+    int display_w, display_h;
+    SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);
+    if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED)
+        w = h = 0;
+    if (bd->Renderer != NULL)
+        SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h);
+    else
+        SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);
+    io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);
+    if (w > 0 && h > 0)
+        io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h);
+
+    // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution)
+    static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();
+    Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();
+    io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);
+    bd->Time = current_time;
+
+    if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)
+    {
+        bd->MouseWindowID = 0;
+        bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+    }
+
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor();
+
+    // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads();
+}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT
+// This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously.
+// If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first..
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper structure we store in the void* RenderUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data.
+struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData
+{
+    SDL_Window*     Window;
+    Uint32          WindowID;
+    bool            WindowOwned;
+    SDL_GLContext   GLContext;
+
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { Window = NULL; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = NULL; }
+    ~ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == NULL && GLContext == NULL); }
+};
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData)();
+    viewport->PlatformUserData = vd;
+
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* main_viewport_data = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)main_viewport->PlatformUserData;
+
+    // Share GL resources with main context
+    bool use_opengl = (main_viewport_data->GLContext != NULL);
+    SDL_GLContext backup_context = NULL;
+    if (use_opengl)
+    {
+        backup_context = SDL_GL_GetCurrentContext();
+        SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_SHARE_WITH_CURRENT_CONTEXT, 1);
+        SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(main_viewport_data->Window, main_viewport_data->GLContext);
+    }
+
+    Uint32 sdl_flags = 0;
+    sdl_flags |= use_opengl ? SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL : (bd->UseVulkan ? SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN : 0);
+    sdl_flags |= SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI;
+    sdl_flags |= SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN;
+    sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS : 0;
+    sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? 0 : SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE;
+#if !defined(_WIN32)
+    // See SDL hack in ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShowWindow().
+    sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? SDL_WINDOW_SKIP_TASKBAR : 0;
+#endif
+#if SDL_HAS_ALWAYS_ON_TOP
+    sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? SDL_WINDOW_ALWAYS_ON_TOP : 0;
+#endif
+    vd->Window = SDL_CreateWindow("No Title Yet", (int)viewport->Pos.x, (int)viewport->Pos.y, (int)viewport->Size.x, (int)viewport->Size.y, sdl_flags);
+    vd->WindowOwned = true;
+    if (use_opengl)
+    {
+        vd->GLContext = SDL_GL_CreateContext(vd->Window);
+        SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(0);
+    }
+    if (use_opengl && backup_context)
+        SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, backup_context);
+
+    viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)vd->Window;
+    SDL_SysWMinfo info;
+    SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
+    if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(vd->Window, &info))
+    {
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+        viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = info.info.win.window;
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+        viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    if (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData)
+    {
+        if (vd->GLContext && vd->WindowOwned)
+            SDL_GL_DeleteContext(vd->GLContext);
+        if (vd->Window && vd->WindowOwned)
+            SDL_DestroyWindow(vd->Window);
+        vd->GLContext = NULL;
+        vd->Window = NULL;
+        IM_DELETE(vd);
+    }
+    viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = NULL;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;
+
+    // SDL hack: Hide icon from task bar
+    // Note: SDL 2.0.6+ has a SDL_WINDOW_SKIP_TASKBAR flag which is supported under Windows but the way it create the window breaks our seamless transition.
+    if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon)
+    {
+        LONG ex_style = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);
+        ex_style &= ~WS_EX_APPWINDOW;
+        ex_style |= WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
+        ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, ex_style);
+    }
+
+    // SDL hack: SDL always activate/focus windows :/
+    if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
+    {
+        ::ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_SHOWNA);
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    SDL_ShowWindow(vd->Window);
+}
+
+static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    int x = 0, y = 0;
+    SDL_GetWindowPosition(vd->Window, &x, &y);
+    return ImVec2((float)x, (float)y);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 pos)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    SDL_SetWindowPosition(vd->Window, (int)pos.x, (int)pos.y);
+}
+
+static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    int w = 0, h = 0;
+    SDL_GetWindowSize(vd->Window, &w, &h);
+    return ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    SDL_SetWindowSize(vd->Window, (int)size.x, (int)size.y);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowTitle(ImGuiViewport* viewport, const char* title)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    SDL_SetWindowTitle(vd->Window, title);
+}
+
+#if SDL_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowAlpha(ImGuiViewport* viewport, float alpha)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    SDL_SetWindowOpacity(vd->Window, alpha);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    SDL_RaiseWindow(vd->Window);
+}
+
+static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    return (SDL_GetWindowFlags(vd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0;
+}
+
+static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowMinimized(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    return (SDL_GetWindowFlags(vd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) != 0;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_RenderWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    if (vd->GLContext)
+        SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, vd->GLContext);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SwapBuffers(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    if (vd->GLContext)
+    {
+        SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, vd->GLContext);
+        SDL_GL_SwapWindow(vd->Window);
+    }
+}
+
+// Vulkan support (the Vulkan renderer needs to call a platform-side support function to create the surface)
+// SDL is graceful enough to _not_ need <vulkan/vulkan.h> so we can safely include this.
+#if SDL_HAS_VULKAN
+#include <SDL_vulkan.h>
+static int ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateVkSurface(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImU64 vk_instance, const void* vk_allocator, ImU64* out_vk_surface)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData;
+    (void)vk_allocator;
+    SDL_bool ret = SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(vd->Window, (VkInstance)vk_instance, (VkSurfaceKHR*)out_vk_surface);
+    return ret ? 0 : 1; // ret ? VK_SUCCESS : VK_NOT_READY
+}
+#endif // SDL_HAS_VULKAN
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context)
+{
+    // Register platform interface (will be coupled with a renderer interface)
+    ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
+    platform_io.Platform_CreateWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateWindow;
+    platform_io.Platform_DestroyWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_DestroyWindow;
+    platform_io.Platform_ShowWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShowWindow;
+    platform_io.Platform_SetWindowPos = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowPos;
+    platform_io.Platform_GetWindowPos = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowPos;
+    platform_io.Platform_SetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowSize;
+    platform_io.Platform_GetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowSize;
+    platform_io.Platform_SetWindowFocus = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowFocus;
+    platform_io.Platform_GetWindowFocus = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowFocus;
+    platform_io.Platform_GetWindowMinimized = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowMinimized;
+    platform_io.Platform_SetWindowTitle = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowTitle;
+    platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_RenderWindow;
+    platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SwapBuffers;
+#if SDL_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA
+    platform_io.Platform_SetWindowAlpha = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowAlpha;
+#endif
+#if SDL_HAS_VULKAN
+    platform_io.Platform_CreateVkSurface = ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateVkSurface;
+#endif
+
+    // Register main window handle (which is owned by the main application, not by us)
+    // This is mostly for simplicity and consistency, so that our code (e.g. mouse handling etc.) can use same logic for main and secondary viewports.
+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData)();
+    vd->Window = window;
+    vd->WindowID = SDL_GetWindowID(window);
+    vd->WindowOwned = false;
+    vd->GLContext = sdl_gl_context;
+    main_viewport->PlatformUserData = vd;
+    main_viewport->PlatformHandle = vd->Window;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShutdownPlatformInterface()
+{
+    ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows();
+}
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b18f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4071 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP
+// (tables and columns code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Commentary
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
+// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
+// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
+// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing
+// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting
+// [SECTION] Tables: Headers
+// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu
+// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data)
+// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection
+// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging
+// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+
+*/
+
+// Navigating this file:
+// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Commentary
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API):
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTable()                               user begin into a table
+//    | BeginChild()                            - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set)
+//    | TableBeginInitMemory()                  - first time table is used
+//    | TableResetSettings()                    - on settings reset
+//    | TableLoadSettings()                     - on settings load
+//    | TableBeginApplyRequests()               - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+//    | - TableSetColumnWidth()                 - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame)
+//    |    - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width
+// - TableSetupColumn()                         user submit columns details (optional)
+// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()                   user submit scroll freeze information (optional)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]             followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow().
+//    | TableSetupDrawChannels()                - setup ImDrawList channels
+//    | TableUpdateBorders()                    - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission
+//    | TableDrawContextMenu()                  - draw right-click context menu
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader()         user submit a headers row (optional)
+//    | TableSortSpecsClickColumn()             - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction
+//    | TableOpenContextMenu()                  - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu
+// - TableGetSortSpecs()                        user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers)
+// - TableNextRow()                             user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow())
+//    | TableEndRow()                           - finish existing row
+//    | TableBeginRow()                         - add a new row
+// - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn()  user begin into a cell
+//    | TableEndCell()                          - close existing column/cell
+//    | TableBeginCell()                        - enter into current column/cell
+// - [...]                                      user emit contents
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - EndTable()                                 user ends the table
+//    | TableDrawBorders()                      - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders
+//    | TableMergeDrawChannels()                - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required
+//    | EndChild()                              - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TABLE SIZING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About 'outer_size':
+// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags.
+// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f).
+//   X
+//   - outer_size.x <= 0.0f  ->  Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge.
+//   - outer_size.x  > 0.0f  ->  Set Fixed width.
+//   Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window
+//   - outer_size.y  < 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll.
+//   - outer_size.y  = 0.0f  ->  No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set)
+//   - outer_size.y  > 0.0f  ->  Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set)
+//   Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling
+//   - outer_size.y  < 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll.
+//   - outer_size.y  = 0.0f  ->  Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window.
+//   - outer_size.y  > 0.0f  ->  Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags.
+// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors!
+//   - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
+//   - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
+// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height.
+// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About 'inner_width':
+//   With ScrollX disabled:
+//   - inner_width          ->  *ignored*
+//   With ScrollX enabled:
+//   - inner_width  < 0.0f  ->  *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird
+//   - inner_width  = 0.0f  ->  fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns.
+//   - inner_width  > 0.0f  ->  override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space!
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Details:
+// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept
+//   of "available space" doesn't make sense.
+// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding
+//   of what the value does.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn():
+// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'.
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,    init_width  <= 0 (default)  --> width is automatic
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,    init_width  >  0 (explicit) --> width is custom
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,  init_weight <= 0 (default)  --> weight is 1.0f
+//   - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch,  init_weight >  0 (explicit) --> weight is custom
+// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f)
+// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag)
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit      --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame     --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f
+//   - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents
+// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn().
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together:
+//   - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
+//   - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place!
+//     that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in.
+//   - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents.
+//   - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About using column width:
+// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn():
+//   - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column.
+//   - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width.
+// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn():
+//   - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted.
+//   - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
+//   - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables:
+// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows.
+//   ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height.
+//   See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper.
+// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper.
+//   By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize.
+//   So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables:
+// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing
+//   width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know
+//   it is not going to contribute to row height.
+//   In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one).
+// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case).
+// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output.
+// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.).
+//
+//                        [A]         [B]          [C]
+//  TableNextColumn():    true        false        false       -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height.
+//          SkipItems:    false       false        true        -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output.
+//           ClipRect:    normal      zero-width   zero-width  -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way.
+//  ImDrawList output:    normal      dummy        dummy       -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway).
+//
+// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row.
+//   However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About clipping/culling of whole Tables:
+// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableFixFlags() [Internal]
+// - TableFindByID() [Internal]
+// - BeginTable()
+// - BeginTableEx() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal]
+// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal]
+// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal]
+// - EndTable()
+// - TableSetupColumn()
+// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Configuration
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0;
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1;
+static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2;                     // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel)
+static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE                     = 1.0f;    // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering.
+static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;    // Extend outside inner borders.
+static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f;   // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped.
+
+// Helper
+inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window)
+{
+    // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame;
+
+    // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible;
+
+    // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV;
+
+    // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on
+    if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
+        flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
+
+    // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)
+        flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody;
+
+    // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set)
+    if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+
+    return flags;
+}
+
+ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.Tables.GetByKey(id);
+}
+
+// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file.
+bool    ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id);
+    return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible.
+        return false;
+
+    // Sanity checks
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!");
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+        IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f);
+
+    // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve.
+    const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail();
+    ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f);
+    ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size);
+    if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0))
+    {
+        ItemSize(outer_rect);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Acquire storage for the table
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+    const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
+    const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no;
+    const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags;
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID");
+
+    // Acquire temporary buffers
+    const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
+    if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size)
+        g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData());
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1];
+    temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx;
+    table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter;
+    table->DrawSplitter->Clear();
+
+    // Fix flags
+    table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0;
+    flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window);
+
+    // Initialize
+    table->ID = id;
+    table->Flags = flags;
+    table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no;
+    table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
+    table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window;
+    table->ColumnsCount = columns_count;
+    table->IsLayoutLocked = false;
+    table->InnerWidth = inner_width;
+    temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size;
+    if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no)
+        table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData());
+
+    // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents.
+    if (use_child_window)
+    {
+        // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent
+        // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing)
+        ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
+            override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN;
+
+        // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and
+        // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align
+        // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to
+        // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar).
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f)
+            override_content_size.x = inner_width;
+
+        if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX)
+            SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f));
+
+        // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it
+        if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
+            SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+        // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding)
+        ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
+        BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags);
+        table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow;
+        table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect;
+        table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect();
+        table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect;
+        IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect.
+        // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable().
+        table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect;
+    }
+
+    // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables
+    PushOverrideID(instance_id);
+
+    // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x;
+    table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect;
+    table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems;
+    temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect;
+    temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect;
+    temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset;
+    temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size;
+    inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Padding and Spacing
+    // - None               ........Content..... Pad .....Content........
+    // - PadOuter           | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad |
+    // - PadInner           ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........
+    // - PadOuter+PadInner  | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad |
+    const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0;
+    const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true;
+    const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+    const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border;
+    table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit;
+    table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit;
+    table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y;
+
+    const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+    const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f;
+    table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX;
+
+    table->CurrentColumn = -1;
+    table->CurrentRow = -1;
+    table->RowBgColorCounter = 0;
+    table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None;
+    table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect;
+    table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect);     // We need this to honor inner_width
+    table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect);
+    table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y;
+
+    table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow
+    table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow()
+    table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0;
+    table->IsUnfrozenRows = true;
+    table->DeclColumnsCount = 0;
+
+    // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid
+    table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong);
+    table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight);
+
+    // Make table current
+    g.CurrentTable = table;
+    outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
+    if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly.
+        inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
+
+    if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+        table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
+
+    // Mark as used
+    if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size)
+        g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f);
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time;
+    temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+    table->MemoryCompacted = false;
+
+    // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed)
+    ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL;
+    void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL;
+    const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size();
+    if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count)
+    {
+        // Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046)
+        old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data;
+        old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData;
+        table->RawData = NULL;
+    }
+    if (table->RawData == NULL)
+    {
+        TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count);
+        table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+    }
+    if (table->IsResetAllRequest)
+        TableResetSettings(table);
+    if (table->IsInitializing)
+    {
+        // Initialize
+        table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = -1;
+        table->ContextPopupColumn = -1;
+        table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1;
+        table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1;
+        table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1;
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
+            if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count)
+            {
+                // FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path.
+                *column = old_columns_to_preserve[n];
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
+                *column = ImGuiTableColumn();
+                column->WidthAuto = width_auto;
+                column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker
+                column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+            }
+            column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        }
+    }
+    if (old_columns_raw_data)
+        IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data);
+
+    // Load settings
+    if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad)
+        TableLoadSettings(table);
+
+    // Handle DPI/font resize
+    // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well.
+    // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition.
+    // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory.
+    // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path.
+    const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ?
+    if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit)
+    {
+        const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+            table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor;
+    }
+    table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit;
+
+    // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call..
+    // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user.
+    // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option.
+    inner_window->SkipItems = true;
+
+    // Clear names
+    // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn()
+    if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0)
+        table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
+    // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+    TableBeginApplyRequests(table);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is:
+// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables)
+// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below)
+// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used)
+// Shared allocations per number of nested tables
+// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels)
+// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels)
+// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details.
+// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations.
+void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count)
+{
+    // Allocate single buffer for our arrays
+    ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator;
+    span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn));
+    span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx));
+    span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4);
+    table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
+    memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
+    span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex);
+    span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData);
+}
+
+// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
+void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    // Handle resizing request
+    // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame)
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling?
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+    {
+        if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX)
+            TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth);
+        table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn;
+        table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX;
+        table->ResizedColumn = -1;
+
+        // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings.
+        if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1)
+        {
+            TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto);
+            table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle reordering request
+    // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request.
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+    {
+        if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1)
+            table->ReorderColumn = -1;
+        table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1;
+        if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0)
+        {
+            // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns.
+            // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to:
+            //    ... C [D] E  --->  ... [D] E  C   (Column name/index)
+            //    ... 2  3  4        ...  2  3  4   (Display order)
+            const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir;
+            IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1);
+            IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
+            ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn];
+            IM_UNUSED(dst_column);
+            const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder;
+            const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder;
+            src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order;
+            for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir)
+                table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir;
+            IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir);
+
+            // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[],
+            // rebuild the later from the former.
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            table->ReorderColumnDir = 0;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Handle display order reset request
+    if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest)
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+            table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false;
+        table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending
+static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in;
+
+    // Sizing Policy
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0)
+    {
+        const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
+        if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
+        else
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used.
+    }
+
+    // Resize
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize;
+
+    // Sorting
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending))
+        flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort;
+
+    // Indentation
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable;
+
+    // Alignment
+    //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0)
+    //    flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter;
+    //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used.
+
+    // Preserve status flags
+    column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_);
+
+    // Build an ordered list of available sort directions
+    column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)
+    {
+        int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending)  != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending)  == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending;  list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending  << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending)  == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending)  == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending;  list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending  << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; }
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; }
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list;
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask;
+        column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count;
+        ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column);
+    }
+}
+
+// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable().
+// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first.
+// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns.
+// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns?
+void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false);
+
+    const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
+    table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true;
+    table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0;
+    table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00;
+    table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00;
+    table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1;
+    table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE
+
+    // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns.
+    // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices.
+    int count_fixed = 0;                // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies
+    int count_stretch = 0;              // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies
+    int prev_visible_column_idx = -1;
+    bool has_auto_fit_request = false;
+    bool has_resizable = false;
+    float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f;
+    float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f;
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        if (column_n != order_n)
+            table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame.
+        // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway.
+        // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect.
+        if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n)
+        {
+            TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
+            column->NameOffset = -1;
+            column->UserID = 0;
+            column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f;
+        }
+
+        // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty
+        if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide))
+            column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame)
+        {
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        }
+        column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0;
+
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+        if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
+            table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+
+        // Auto-fit unsized columns
+        const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f);
+        if (start_auto_fit)
+            column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames
+
+        if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        {
+            column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column
+        column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
+        column->NextEnabledColumn = -1;
+        if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1)
+            table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        else
+            table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++;
+        table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n;
+        table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
+        prev_visible_column_idx = column_n;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder);
+
+        // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping)
+        // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to.
+        if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+            column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
+
+        // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+        const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0;
+        if (column_is_resizable)
+            has_resizable = true;
+        if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable)
+            column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+
+        if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
+            has_auto_fit_request = true;
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        {
+            stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto;
+            count_stretch++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto);
+            count_fixed++;
+        }
+    }
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+    table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0);
+
+    // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible
+    // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing).
+    // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time.
+    if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow)
+        table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false;
+    if (has_auto_fit_request)
+        table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+
+    // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information.
+    float sum_width_requests = 0.0f;        // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding.
+    float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f;       // Sum of all weights for stretch columns.
+    table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0;
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+        {
+            // Apply same widths policy
+            float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
+            if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable))
+                width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto;
+
+            // Apply automatic width
+            // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!)
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
+                column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
+            else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)))
+                column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
+
+            // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets
+            // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very
+            // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items).
+            // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it.
+            // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless?
+            // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller.
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto)
+                column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale?
+            sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Initialize stretch weight
+            if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable)
+            {
+                if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f)
+                    column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+                else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp)
+                    column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch;
+                else
+                    column->StretchWeight = 1.0f;
+            }
+
+            stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight;
+            if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder)
+                table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder)
+                table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        }
+        column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false;
+        sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+    }
+    table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed;
+    table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights;
+
+    // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths
+    const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect;
+    const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
+    const float width_avail = ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth();
+    const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests;
+    float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns;
+    table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)))
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest)
+        if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        {
+            float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights;
+            column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f);
+            width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest;
+        }
+
+        // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column
+        // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth().
+        if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_;
+
+        // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink
+        column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth));
+        table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven;
+    }
+
+    // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column).
+    // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor).
+    if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths))
+        for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--)
+        {
+            if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)))
+                continue;
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]];
+            if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+                continue;
+            column->WidthRequest += 1.0f;
+            column->WidthGiven += 1.0f;
+            width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f;
+        }
+
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    table->HoveredColumnBody = -1;
+    table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1;
+    const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight));
+    const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0);
+
+    // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column
+    // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping.
+    int visible_n = 0;
+    bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
+    float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1;
+    ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect;
+    //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2;
+    table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00;
+    table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00;
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 || column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+
+        if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n)
+        {
+            offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x;
+            offset_x_frozen = false;
+        }
+
+        // Clear status flags
+        column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_;
+
+        if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0)
+        {
+            // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function.
+            // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper.
+            column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x;
+            column->WidthGiven = 0.0f;
+            column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y;
+            column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX;
+            column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect);
+            column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false;
+            column->IsSkipItems = true;
+            column->ItemWidth = 1.0f;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // Detect hovered column
+        if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x)
+            table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+
+        // Lock start position
+        column->MinX = offset_x;
+
+        // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position
+        float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n);
+        column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width);
+        column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth));
+        column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+
+        // Lock other positions
+        // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging.
+        // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column.
+        // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow.
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter.
+        column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1;
+        column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max
+        column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f);
+        column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX;
+        column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y;
+        column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX;
+        column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX;
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect);
+
+        // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight)
+        // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY.
+        // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there...
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x,
+        // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else).
+        // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small.
+        column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x);
+        column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY;
+        if (is_visible)
+            table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n);
+
+        // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output.
+        column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0;
+        if (column->IsRequestOutput)
+            table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n);
+
+        // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout)
+        column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems;
+        if (column->IsSkipItems)
+            IM_ASSERT(!is_visible);
+
+        // Update status flags
+        column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled;
+        if (is_visible)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible;
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted;
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n)
+            column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered;
+
+        // Alignment
+        // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in
+        // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for
+        // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.)
+        //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight)
+        //    column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen);
+        //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter)
+        //    column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f);
+
+        // Reset content width variables
+        column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+        column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX;
+
+        // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items
+        if (table->HostSkipItems == false)
+        {
+            column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1;
+            column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1;
+        }
+
+        if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount)
+            host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x);
+
+        offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        visible_n++;
+    }
+
+    // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it)
+    // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either
+    // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu.
+    const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x);
+    if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1)
+    {
+        if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1)
+            table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount;
+    }
+    if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
+        table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+
+    // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position.
+    // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need.
+    // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point.
+    if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1)
+        table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)
+    {
+        table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1;
+        table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1);
+    }
+    table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect;
+    table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f);
+    table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f);
+
+    // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect
+    TableSetupDrawChannels(table);
+
+    // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        TableUpdateBorders(table);
+    table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f;
+    table->IsLayoutLocked = true;
+    table->IsUsingHeaders = false;
+
+    // [Part 11] Context menu
+    if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table))
+    {
+        TableDrawContextMenu(table);
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+
+    // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display.
+    // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change)
+    if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
+        TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+
+    // Initial state
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+    else
+        inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable()
+// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise
+// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets
+//   overlapping the same area.
+void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
+
+    // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and
+    // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not
+    // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height).
+    // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected.
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS;
+    const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+    const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight);
+    const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight;
+
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+    {
+        if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)))
+            continue;
+
+        const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_))
+            continue;
+
+        // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders()
+        const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body;
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false)
+            continue;
+
+        if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent);
+        ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100));
+        KeepAliveID(column_id);
+
+        bool hovered = false, held = false;
+        bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
+        {
+            TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n);
+            ClearActiveID();
+            held = hovered = false;
+        }
+        if (held)
+        {
+            if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1)
+                table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX;
+            table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+        }
+        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
+        {
+            table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTable()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!");
+
+    // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some
+    // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border)
+    //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?");
+
+    // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our
+    // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc.
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags;
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow;
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
+    IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow);
+
+    if (table->IsInsideRow)
+        TableEndRow(table);
+
+    // Context menu in columns body
+    if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
+            TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody);
+
+    // Finalize table height
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize;
+    inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize;
+    inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos;
+    const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+        inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y;
+    else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY))
+        table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height
+    table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight();
+
+    // Setup inner scrolling range
+    // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y,
+    // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together.
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+    {
+        const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f;
+        float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+        if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1)
+            max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border);
+        if (table->ResizedColumn != -1)
+            max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2);
+        table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x;
+    }
+
+    // Pop clipping rect
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip))
+        inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+    inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+
+    // Draw borders
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0)
+        TableDrawBorders(table);
+
+#if 0
+    // Strip out dummy channel draw calls
+    // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out)
+    // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway.
+    // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices.
+    if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel];
+        dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+        dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Flatten channels and merge draw calls
+    ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
+    splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0);
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
+        TableMergeDrawChannels(table);
+    splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList);
+
+    // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable()
+    float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f;
+    float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f;
+    float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
+            if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+                auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request;
+            else
+                auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request;
+            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0)
+                auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights));
+        }
+    const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
+    table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min);
+
+    // Update scroll
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f;
+    }
+    else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent)
+    {
+        // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight
+        const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn];
+        if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f);
+        else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame
+    if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn];
+        const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS);
+        const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f);
+        table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width;
+    }
+
+    // Pop from id stack
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!");
+    PopID();
+
+    // Restore window data that we modified
+    const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect;
+    inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
+    inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems;
+    outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min;
+    outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth;
+    outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;
+    outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset;
+
+    // Layout in outer window
+    // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding
+    // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414)
+    if (inner_window != outer_window)
+    {
+        EndChild();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize());
+        ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0);
+    }
+
+    // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)
+    {
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section?
+        // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents
+        IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth);
+    }
+    else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f;
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x);
+    }
+    if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set)
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+    }
+
+    // Save settings
+    if (table->IsSettingsDirty)
+        TableSaveSettings(table);
+    table->IsInitializing = false;
+
+    // Clear or restore current table, if any
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0);
+    temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL;
+    g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL;
+    if (g.CurrentTable)
+    {
+        g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data;
+        g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter;
+    }
+    outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1;
+}
+
+// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file
+// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored
+void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()");
+    if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount];
+    table->DeclColumnsCount++;
+
+    // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa.
+    // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX.
+    if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0)
+        IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column.");
+
+    // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy
+    // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
+
+    TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags);
+    column->UserID = user_id;
+    flags = column->Flags;
+
+    // Initialize defaults
+    column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight;
+    if (table->IsInitializing)
+    {
+        // Init width or weight
+        if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f)
+        {
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+                column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight;
+            if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+                column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f;
+
+            // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified
+            if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f)
+                column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00;
+        }
+
+        // Init default visibility/sort state
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0)
+            column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0)
+        {
+            column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs.
+            column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer)
+    column->NameOffset = -1;
+    if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0)
+    {
+        column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size();
+        table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// [Public]
+void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!");
+    IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
+    IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit
+
+    table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0;
+    table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0;
+    table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0;
+    table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0;
+    table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b
+
+    // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: This work for preserving 2143 into 21|43. How about 4321 turning into 21|43? (preserve relative order in each section)
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++)
+    {
+        int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n];
+        if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder);
+            ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetColumnCount()
+// - TableGetColumnName()
+// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnEnabled()
+// - TableGetColumnFlags()
+// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal]
+// - TableSetBgColor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0;
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return NULL;
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount)
+        return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    if (column->NameOffset == -1)
+        return "";
+    return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset];
+}
+
+// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view)
+// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
+// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state.
+// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable().
+// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0.
+// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu.
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
+    if (!table)
+        return;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled;
+}
+
+// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section
+ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
+    if (column_n < 0)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount)
+        return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
+    return table->Columns[column_n].Flags;
+}
+
+// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height.
+// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations.
+//   The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height.
+// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right
+//   columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border.
+//   FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling.
+ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float x1 = column->MinX;
+    float x2 = column->MaxX;
+    //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1)
+    //    x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX;
+    //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1)
+    //    x2 += table->OuterPaddingX;
+    x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x);
+    x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x);
+    return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2);
+}
+
+// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column.
+ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n;
+    return id;
+}
+
+// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered.
+int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return -1;
+    return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None);
+
+    if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+        color = 0;
+
+    // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time.
+    switch (target)
+    {
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg:
+    {
+        if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard
+            return;
+        if (column_n == -1)
+            column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+        if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0)
+            return;
+        if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n)
+            table->RowCellDataCurrent++;
+        ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent];
+        cell_data->BgColor = color;
+        cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        break;
+    }
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0:
+    case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1:
+    {
+        if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard
+            return;
+        IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1);
+        int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0;
+        table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color;
+        break;
+    }
+    default:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetRowIndex()
+// - TableNextRow()
+// - TableBeginRow() [Internal]
+// - TableEndRow() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows
+int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return 0;
+    return table->CurrentRow;
+}
+
+// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row
+void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+    if (table->IsInsideRow)
+        TableEndRow(table);
+
+    table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags;
+    table->RowFlags = row_flags;
+    table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height;
+    TableBeginRow(table);
+
+    // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height,
+    // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell.
+    table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f;
+    table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height);
+
+    // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn()
+    table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true;
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()
+void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow);
+
+    // New row
+    table->CurrentRow++;
+    table->CurrentColumn = -1;
+    table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE;
+    table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1;
+    table->IsInsideRow = true;
+
+    // Begin frozen rows
+    float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2;
+    if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0)
+        next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+
+    table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1;
+    table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f;
+    table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1;
+
+    // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging.
+    if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)
+    {
+        TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg));
+        if (table->CurrentRow == 0)
+            table->IsUsingHeaders = true;
+    }
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()
+void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow);
+
+    if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+        TableEndCell(table);
+
+    // Logging
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(NULL, "|");
+
+    // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is
+    // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding.
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2;
+
+    // Row background fill
+    const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1;
+    const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2;
+    const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount);
+    const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest);
+    if (table->CurrentRow == 0)
+        TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1;
+
+    const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
+    if (is_visible)
+    {
+        // Decide of background color for the row
+        ImU32 bg_col0 = 0;
+        ImU32 bg_col1 = 0;
+        if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+            bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0];
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)
+            bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg);
+        if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE)
+            bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1];
+
+        // Decide of top border color
+        ImU32 border_col = 0;
+        const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE;
+        if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow)
+            if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH)
+                border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight;
+
+        const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0;
+        const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual;
+        if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color)
+        {
+            // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is
+            // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here.
+            if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
+                window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4();
+            table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+        }
+
+        // Draw row background
+        // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle
+        if (bg_col0 || bg_col1)
+        {
+            ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2);
+            row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
+            if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0);
+            if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1);
+        }
+
+        // Draw cell background color
+        if (draw_cell_bg_color)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent];
+            for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++)
+            {
+                // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not)
+                // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling.
+                const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column];
+                ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column);
+                cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
+                cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x);     // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling
+                cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX);
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Draw top border
+        if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size);
+
+        // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong)
+        if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size);
+    }
+
+    // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle)
+    // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and
+    // get the new cursor position.
+    if (unfreeze_rows_request)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+        }
+    if (unfreeze_rows_actual)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false);
+        table->IsUnfrozenRows = true;
+
+        // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect
+        float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y);
+        table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
+        table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y;
+        table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+        IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y);
+
+        float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1;
+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y;
+        table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height;
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+            column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y;
+        }
+
+        // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y
+        SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect);
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent);
+    }
+
+    if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))
+        table->RowBgColorCounter++;
+    table->IsInsideRow = false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetColumnIndex()
+// - TableSetColumnIndex()
+// - TableNextColumn()
+// - TableBeginCell() [Internal]
+// - TableEndCell() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return 0;
+    return table->CurrentColumn;
+}
+
+// [Public] Append into a specific column
+bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return false;
+
+    if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n)
+    {
+        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+            TableEndCell(table);
+        IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount);
+        TableBeginCell(table, column_n);
+    }
+
+    // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
+    // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
+    return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0;
+}
+
+// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column
+bool ImGui::TableNextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (!table)
+        return false;
+
+    if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount)
+    {
+        if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
+            TableEndCell(table);
+        TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        TableNextRow();
+        TableBeginCell(table, 0);
+    }
+
+    // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
+    // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
+    int column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0;
+}
+
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn()
+// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead.
+// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns.
+void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+    table->CurrentColumn = column_n;
+
+    // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent
+    float start_x = column->WorkMinX;
+    if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable)
+        start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row.
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent;
+
+    window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX;
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX;
+    window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth;
+
+    // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height
+    if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2);
+
+    window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems;
+    if (column->IsSkipItems)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        g.LastItemData.ID = 0;
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
+    {
+        // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed.
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+        //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel?
+        SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
+        table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
+    }
+
+    // Logging
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems)
+    {
+        LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|");
+        g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+
+// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn()
+void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+    ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow;
+
+    // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column.
+    float* p_max_pos_x;
+    if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)
+        p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;  // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call
+    else
+        p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen;
+    *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x);
+    table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY);
+    column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+
+    // Propagate text baseline for the entire row
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one.
+    table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnWidth()
+// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal]
+// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis.
+float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float max_width = FLT_MAX;
+    const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
+    {
+        // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break.
+        // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible)
+        if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)
+        {
+            max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX;
+            max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2;
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0)
+    {
+        // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make
+        // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in
+        // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off)
+        // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match.
+        // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests
+        max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX;
+        //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1;
+        max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2;
+        max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f;
+        max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX;
+    }
+    return max_width;
+}
+
+// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field
+float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX;
+    const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX;
+    float width_auto = content_width_body;
+    if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth))
+        width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers);
+
+    // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width
+    if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f)
+        if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize))
+            width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth;
+
+    return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth);
+}
+
+// 'width' = inner column width, without padding
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    float column_0_width = width;
+
+    // Apply constraints early
+    // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded)
+    IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f);
+    const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth;
+    const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n));
+    column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width);
+    if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width)
+        return;
+
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL;
+
+    // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns.
+    // - All fixed: easy.
+    // - All stretch: easy.
+    // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy.
+    // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky.
+    // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column.
+
+    // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user.
+    // Scenarios:
+    // - F1 F2 F3  resize from F1| or F2|   --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset.
+    // - F1 F2 F3  resize from F3|          --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered.
+    // - F1 F2 W3  resize from F1| or F2|   --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size.
+    // - F1 F2 W3  resize from W3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize from W1| or W2|   --> ok
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize from W3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from F3|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 F2     resize from F2|          --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1)
+    // - W1 W2 F3  resize from W1| or W2|   --> ok
+    // - W1 F2 W3  resize from W1| or F2|   --> ok
+    // - F1 W2 F3  resize from W2|          --> ok
+    // - F1 W3 F2  resize from W3|          --> ok
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from W1|          --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move.
+    // - W1 F2 F3  resize from F2|          --> ok
+    // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns.
+
+    // Possible improvements:
+    // - W1 W2 W3  resize W1|               --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns.
+    // - W3 F1 F2  resize W3|               --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix.
+
+    // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout().
+
+    // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize.
+    // This is the preferred resize path
+    if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)
+        if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder)
+        {
+            column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width;
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+            return;
+        }
+
+    // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column)
+    if (column_1 == NULL)
+        column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL;
+    if (column_1 == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column.
+    // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b)
+    float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width);
+    column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f);
+    column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width;
+    column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width;
+    if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+        TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table);
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+}
+
+// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames
+// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns)
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
+{
+    // Single auto width uses auto-fit
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    if (!column->IsEnabled)
+        return;
+    column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0);
+    table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column
+            continue;
+        column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0);
+        column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1);
+
+    // Measure existing quantity
+    float visible_weight = 0.0f;
+    float visible_width = 0.0f;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+            continue;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f);
+        visible_weight += column->StretchWeight;
+        visible_width += column->WidthRequest;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f);
+
+    // Apply new weights
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
+            continue;
+        column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight;
+        IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal]
+// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal]
+// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal]
+// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal]
+// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background.
+// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect.
+void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn];
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect);
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
+}
+
+// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout()
+// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly
+//   increase overall dormant memory cost.
+// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects.
+//   This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands.
+// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels.
+// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other
+//   channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged.
+// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for
+//   horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4).
+// Draw channel allocation (before merging):
+// - NoClip                       --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call)
+// - Clip                         --> 2+D+N channels
+// - FreezeRows                   --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero)
+// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns  --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero)
+// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0.
+void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1;
+    const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
+    const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier;
+    const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0;
+    const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy;
+    table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total);
+    table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1);
+    table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN;
+    table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
+
+    int draw_channel_current = 2;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY)
+        {
+            column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current);
+            column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0));
+            if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip))
+                draw_channel_current++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel;
+        }
+        column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen;
+    }
+
+    // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default.
+    // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect.
+    // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here)
+    table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect;
+    table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect;
+    table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y);
+}
+
+// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable().
+// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect,
+// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels().
+//
+// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve
+// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged
+// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function.
+// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups:
+//
+//   1 group:               2 groups:              2 groups:              4 groups:
+//   [ 0. ] no freeze       [ 0. ] row freeze      [ 01 ] col freeze      [ 01 ] row+col freeze
+//   [ .. ]  or no scroll   [ 2. ]  and v-scroll   [ .. ]  and h-scroll   [ 23 ]  and v+h-scroll
+//
+// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled).
+// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group
+// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not).
+// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect.
+// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel,
+// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask.
+//
+// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases:
+// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value).
+//   Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds
+//   matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos().
+// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here..
+//   we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle.
+// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd.
+//
+// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath.
+void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
+    const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0);
+    const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0);
+
+    // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group.
+    struct MergeGroup
+    {
+        ImRect  ClipRect;
+        int     ChannelsCount;
+        ImBitArray<IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS> ChannelsMask;
+
+        MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; }
+    };
+    int merge_group_mask = 0x00;
+    MergeGroup merge_groups[4];
+
+    // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0)
+            continue;
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+        const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1;
+        for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++)
+        {
+            const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+
+            // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column
+            ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no];
+            if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
+                src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+            if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1)
+                continue;
+
+            // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column
+            // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it)
+            if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip))
+            {
+                float content_max_x;
+                if (!has_freeze_v)
+                    content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze
+                else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0)
+                    content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed);   // Row freeze: use width before freeze
+                else
+                    content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen;                                        // Row freeze: use width after freeze
+                if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x)
+                    continue;
+            }
+
+            const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2);
+            IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS);
+            MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+            if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
+                merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+            merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no);
+            merge_group->ChannelsCount++;
+            merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect);
+            merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n);
+        }
+
+        // Invalidate current draw channel
+        // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data)
+        column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1;
+    }
+
+    // [DEBUG] Display merge groups
+#if 0
+    if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+        for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++)
+        {
+            MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+            if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
+                continue;
+            char buf[32];
+            ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount);
+            ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4);
+            ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255));
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        }
+#endif
+
+    // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order
+    if (merge_group_mask != 0)
+    {
+        // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels().
+        const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2;
+        g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized
+        ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data;
+        ImBitArray<IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS> remaining_mask;                       // We need 132-bit of storage
+        remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count);
+        remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen);
+        IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
+        int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS);
+        //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect;
+        ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect;
+        for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++)
+        {
+            if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount)
+            {
+                MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
+                ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect;
+
+                // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if
+                // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect.
+                // The principal cases this is dealing with are:
+                // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge
+                // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge
+                // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit
+                // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect.
+                if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x);
+                if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0)
+                    merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y);
+#if 0
+                GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f);
+                GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
+                GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
+#endif
+                remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount;
+                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++)
+                    remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n];
+                for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++)
+                {
+                    // Copy + overwrite new clip rect
+                    if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n))
+                        continue;
+                    merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n);
+                    merge_channels_count--;
+
+                    ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
+                    IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect)));
+                    channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4();
+                    memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1)
+            if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v)
+                memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+        }
+
+        // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list
+        for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++)
+        {
+            if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n))
+                continue;
+            ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
+            memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+            remaining_count--;
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size);
+        memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    }
+}
+
+// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow)
+void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
+    if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect))
+        return;
+
+    ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList;
+    table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
+    inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false);
+
+    // Draw inner border and resizing feedback
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE;
+    const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y;
+    const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y;
+    const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)
+    {
+        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        {
+            if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)))
+                continue;
+
+            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n);
+            const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
+            const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0;
+            const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1);
+            if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized)
+                continue;
+
+            // Decide whether right-most column is visible
+            if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable)
+                if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX))
+                    continue;
+            if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size..
+                continue;
+
+            // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped
+            // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling.
+            ImU32 col;
+            float draw_y2;
+            if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator)
+            {
+                draw_y2 = draw_y2_body;
+                col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body;
+                col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight;
+            }
+
+            if (draw_y2 > draw_y1)
+                inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw outer border
+    // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper?
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
+    {
+        // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call
+        // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their
+        // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part
+        // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..)
+        // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped.
+        const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect;
+        const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong;
+        if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size);
+        }
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+        }
+        else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH)
+        {
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size);
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size);
+        }
+    }
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y)
+    {
+        // Draw bottom-most row border
+        const float border_y = table->RowPosY2;
+        if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y)
+            inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size);
+    }
+
+    inner_drawlist->PopClipRect();
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetSortSpecs()
+// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal]
+// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal]
+// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set)
+// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since
+// last call, or the first time.
+// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()!
+ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
+
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
+        return NULL;
+
+    // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths.
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
+
+    return &table->SortSpecs;
+}
+
+static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
+    return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03;
+}
+
+// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending)
+void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0)
+        return;
+    column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+}
+
+// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column
+// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click.
+// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op.
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2);
+ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0);
+    if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+        return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+    for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+        if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n))
+            return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+}
+
+// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert
+// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code.
+void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti))
+        append_to_sort_specs = false;
+    if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None);
+
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0;
+    if (append_to_sort_specs)
+        for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+            sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder);
+
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+    column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction;
+    if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None)
+        column->SortOrder = -1;
+    else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs)
+        column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0;
+
+    for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+        if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs)
+            other_column->SortOrder = -1;
+        TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column);
+    }
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable);
+
+    // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate.
+    int sort_order_count = 0;
+    ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00;
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled)
+            column->SortOrder = -1;
+        if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+            continue;
+        sort_order_count++;
+        sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder);
+        IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8);
+    }
+
+    const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1);
+    const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
+    if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order)
+    {
+        ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00;
+        for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++)
+        {
+            // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate.
+            // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1)
+            int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1;
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1)
+                    if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder)
+                        column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n;
+            IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1);
+            fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order);
+            table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n;
+
+            // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set.
+            if (need_fix_single_sort_order)
+            {
+                sort_order_count = 1;
+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+                    if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order)
+                        table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag)
+    if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+            {
+                sort_order_count = 1;
+                column->SortOrder = 0;
+                column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+    table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty;
+    if (dirty)
+    {
+        TableSortSpecsSanitize(table);
+        table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
+        table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user
+        table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us
+    }
+
+    // Write output
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
+    if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if (column->SortOrder == -1)
+                continue;
+            IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount);
+            ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder];
+            sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID;
+            sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+            sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder;
+            sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
+        }
+
+    table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs;
+    table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Headers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal]
+// - TableHeadersRow()
+// - TableHeader()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight()
+{
+    // Caring for a minor edge case:
+    // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others.
+    // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height.
+    // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height...
+    float row_height = GetTextLineHeight();
+    int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount();
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel))
+            row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y);
+    }
+    row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f;
+    return row_height;
+}
+
+// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn().
+// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper
+// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
+// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this.
+// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy.
+// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public.
+void ImGui::TableHeadersRow()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!");
+
+    // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout)
+    if (!table->IsLayoutLocked)
+        TableUpdateLayout(table);
+
+    // Open row
+    const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y;
+    const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
+    TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height);
+    if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code.
+        return;
+
+    const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount();
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++)
+    {
+        if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n))
+            continue;
+
+        // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them)
+        // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide
+        // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier.
+        const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n);
+        PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n);
+        TableHeader(name);
+        PopID();
+    }
+
+    // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column.
+    ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos();
+    if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count)
+        if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height)
+            TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup.
+}
+
+// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order)
+// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call.
+// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader()
+void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!");
+    IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1);
+    const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+
+    // Label
+    if (label == NULL)
+        label = "";
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true);
+    ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // If we already got a row height, there's use that.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect?
+    ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n);
+    float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f);
+
+    // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow
+    float w_arrow = 0.0f;
+    float w_sort_text = 0.0f;
+    char sort_order_suf[4] = "";
+    const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f;
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+    {
+        w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x);
+        if (column->SortOrder > 0)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1);
+            w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging.
+    float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow;
+    column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX);
+    column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x);
+
+    // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open.
+    const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent);
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return;
+
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+
+    // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items.
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+    if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+    if (held || hovered || selected)
+    {
+        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+        TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row
+        if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0)
+            TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+    if (held)
+        table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f;
+
+    // Drag and drop to re-order columns.
+    // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone.
+    if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive)
+    {
+        // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+        table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+
+        // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder.
+        if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x)
+            if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL)
+                if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder))
+                    if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest))
+                        table->ReorderColumnDir = -1;
+        if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x)
+            if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL)
+                if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder))
+                    if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest))
+                        table->ReorderColumnDir = +1;
+    }
+
+    // Sort order arrow
+    const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text;
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort))
+    {
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+        {
+            float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text);
+            float y = label_pos.y;
+            if (column->SortOrder > 0)
+            {
+                PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f));
+                RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf);
+                PopStyleColor();
+                x += w_sort_text;
+            }
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE);
+        }
+
+        // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order
+        if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n)
+        {
+            ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column);
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will
+    // be merged into a single draw call.
+    //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+
+    const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x);
+    if (text_clipped && hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay)
+        SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label);
+
+    // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden
+    if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered())
+        TableOpenContextMenu(column_n);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal]
+// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column.
+void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1)   // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency)
+        column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount)                // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn()
+        column_n = -1;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
+    if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
+    {
+        table->IsContextPopupOpen = true;
+        table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent;
+        const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID);
+        OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    }
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted)
+        return false;
+    const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID);
+    if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+        return true;
+    table->IsContextPopupOpen = false;
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup)
+// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data?
+void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    bool want_separator = false;
+    const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1;
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL;
+
+    // Sizing
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+    {
+        if (column != NULL)
+        {
+            const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled;
+            if (MenuItem("Size column to fit###SizeOne", NULL, false, can_resize))
+                TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n);
+        }
+
+        const char* size_all_desc;
+        if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)
+            size_all_desc = "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll";        // All fixed
+        else
+            size_all_desc = "Size all columns to default###SizeAll";    // All stretch or mixed
+        if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL))
+            TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table);
+        want_separator = true;
+    }
+
+    // Ordering
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)
+    {
+        if (MenuItem("Reset order", NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder))
+            table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
+        want_separator = true;
+    }
+
+    // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?)
+    //if (MenuItem("Reset all"))
+    //    table->IsResetAllRequest = true;
+
+    // Sorting
+    // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this)
+#if 0
+    if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0)
+    {
+        if (want_separator)
+            Separator();
+        want_separator = true;
+
+        bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift;
+        if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0))
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs);
+        if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0))
+            TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Hiding / Visibility
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)
+    {
+        if (want_separator)
+            Separator();
+        want_separator = true;
+
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true);
+        for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n];
+            if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled)
+                continue;
+
+            const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n);
+            if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0)
+                name = "<Unknown>";
+
+            // Make sure we can't hide the last active column
+            bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true;
+            if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1)
+                menu_item_active = false;
+            if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active))
+                other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled;
+        }
+        PopItemFlag();
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal]
+// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableResetSettings()
+// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal]
+// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX()   Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings.
+// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings()               When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table.
+// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings()               When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty.
+// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll()   When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Clear and initialize empty settings instance
+static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max)
+{
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings();
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++)
+        IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings();
+    settings->ID = id;
+    settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count;
+    settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max;
+    settings->WantApply = true;
+}
+
+static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count)
+{
+    return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings);
+}
+
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count));
+    TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count);
+    return settings;
+}
+
+// Find existing settings
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this?
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id)
+            return settings;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none
+ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    if (table->SettingsOffset != -1)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset);
+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID);
+        if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount)
+            return settings; // OK
+        settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings)
+void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+    table->IsResetAllRequest = false;
+    table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false;                   // Don't reload from ini
+    table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None;      // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    table->IsSettingsDirty = false;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        return;
+
+    // Bind or create settings data
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table);
+    if (settings == NULL)
+    {
+        settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount);
+        table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+    }
+    settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount;
+
+    // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings
+    IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID);
+    IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount);
+    ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data;
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+
+    bool save_ref_scale = false;
+    settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++)
+    {
+        const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest;
+        column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight;
+        column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
+        column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder;
+        column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder;
+        column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
+        column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled;
+        column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0;
+        if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0)
+            save_ref_scale = true;
+
+        // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state.
+        // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f.
+        // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present.
+        if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
+        if (column->DisplayOrder != n)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable;
+        if (column->SortOrder != -1)
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable;
+        if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0))
+            settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
+    }
+    settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags;
+    settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f;
+
+    MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false;
+    if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+        return;
+
+    // Bind settings
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings;
+    if (table->SettingsOffset == -1)
+    {
+        settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID);
+        if (settings == NULL)
+            return;
+        if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return...
+            table->IsSettingsDirty = true;
+        table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table);
+    }
+
+    table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags;
+    table->RefScale = settings->RefScale;
+
+    // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn
+    ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+    ImU64 display_order_mask = 0;
+    for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++)
+    {
+        int column_n = column_settings->Index;
+        if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount)
+            continue;
+
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+        if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)
+        {
+            if (column_settings->IsStretch)
+                column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight;
+            else
+                column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight;
+            column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00;
+        }
+        if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable)
+            column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder;
+        else
+            column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
+        column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled;
+        column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder;
+        column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection;
+    }
+
+    // Validate and fix invalid display order data
+    const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1;
+    if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask)
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+            table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+
+    // Rebuild index
+    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
+        table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+    g.SettingsTables.clear();
+}
+
+// Apply to existing windows (if any)
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i))
+        {
+            table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true;
+            table->SettingsOffset = -1;
+        }
+}
+
+static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = 0;
+    int columns_count = 0;
+    if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id))
+    {
+        if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count)
+        {
+            TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle
+            return settings;
+        }
+        settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change
+    }
+    return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count);
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
+{
+    // "Column 0  UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
+    ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry;
+    float f = 0.0f;
+    int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0;
+
+    if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; }
+
+    if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1)
+    {
+        if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount)
+            return;
+        line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r);
+        char c = 0;
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n;
+        column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
+        if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)            { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1)           { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)          { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1)            { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; }
+        if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2)       { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; }
+    }
+}
+
+static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+    {
+        if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings
+            continue;
+
+        // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped
+        // (e.g. Order was unchanged)
+        const bool save_size    = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0;
+        const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0;
+        const bool save_order   = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0;
+        const bool save_sort    = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0;
+        if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort)
+            continue;
+
+        buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve
+        buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount);
+        if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f)
+            buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale);
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings();
+        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++)
+        {
+            // "Column 0  UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
+            bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1);
+            if (!save_column)
+                continue;
+            buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n);
+            if (column->UserID != 0)                    buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID);
+            if (save_size && column->IsStretch)         buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight);
+            if (save_size && !column->IsStretch)        buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight);
+            if (save_visible)                           buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled);
+            if (save_order)                             buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder);
+            if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1)   buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^');
+            buf->append("\n");
+        }
+        buf->append("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler()
+{
+    ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+    ini_handler.TypeName = "Table";
+    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table");
+    ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
+    ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+    ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+    ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
+    ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+    AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TableRemove() [Internal]
+// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal]
+// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine)
+void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
+    //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes());
+    //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable));
+    g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table);
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false);
+    table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL;
+    table->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
+    table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort
+    table->ColumnsNames.clear();
+    table->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+        table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1;
+    g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data)
+{
+    temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory();
+    temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine)
+void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    int required_memory = 0;
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID != 0)
+            required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount);
+    if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size)
+        return;
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> new_chunk_stream;
+    new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory);
+    for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID != 0)
+            memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount));
+    g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream);
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy)
+{
+    sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_;
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)    { return "FixedFit"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame)   { return "FixedSame"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; }
+    if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; }
+    return "N/A";
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table)
+{
+    char buf[512];
+    char* p = buf;
+    const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+    const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here.
+    ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
+    bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf);
+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
+    if (IsItemHovered())
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (!open)
+        return;
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0)
+        ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1);
+    bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings");
+    BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags));
+    BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : "");
+    BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX);
+    BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder);
+    BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn);
+    //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen);
+    float sum_weights = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+        if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)
+            sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight;
+    for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
+        const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
+            "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n"
+            "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n"
+            "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n"
+            "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n"
+            "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n"
+            "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..",
+            n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "",
+            column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen,
+            column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f,
+            column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x,
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX,
+            column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags,
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "",
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "",
+            (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : "");
+        Bullet();
+        Selectable(buf);
+        if (IsItemHovered())
+        {
+            ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y);
+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        }
+    }
+    if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table))
+        DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
+    if (clear_settings)
+        table->IsResetAllRequest = true;
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings)
+{
+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount))
+        return;
+    BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags);
+    BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax);
+    for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n];
+        ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None;
+        BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X",
+            n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder,
+            (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---",
+            column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID);
+    }
+    TreePop();
+}
+
+#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {}
+
+#endif
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.)
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnIndex()
+// - GetColumnsCount()
+// - GetColumnOffset()
+// - GetColumnWidth()
+// - SetColumnOffset()
+// - SetColumnWidth()
+// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal]
+// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnsID() [Internal]
+// - BeginColumns()
+// - NextColumn()
+// - EndColumns()
+// - Columns()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences,
+// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd.
+// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let
+// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once.
+void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect)
+{
+    ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4();
+    window->ClipRect = clip_rect;
+    window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4;
+    window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm)
+{
+    return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset)
+{
+    return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f;
+
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
+{
+    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
+    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
+
+    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x;
+    x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+    if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
+        x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t);
+    return x_offset;
+}
+
+static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false)
+{
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    float offset_norm;
+    if (before_resize)
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+    else
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1);
+    const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f;
+
+    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow))
+        offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index));
+    columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX);
+
+    if (preserve_width)
+        SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width));
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index];
+    PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns)
+void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+}
+
+ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup.
+    for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+        if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id)
+            return &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
+
+    window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns());
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back();
+    columns->ID = id;
+    return columns;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
+    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
+    PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count));
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns");
+    PopID();
+
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);   // Nested columns are currently not supported
+
+    // Acquire storage for the columns set
+    ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count);
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id);
+    IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id);
+    columns->Current = 0;
+    columns->Count = columns_count;
+    columns->Flags = flags;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns;
+
+    columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+    columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect;
+    window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+    // Set state for first column
+    // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize));
+    const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x;
+    columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f);
+    columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+
+    // Clear data if columns count changed
+    if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1)
+        columns->Columns.resize(0);
+
+    // Initialize default widths
+    columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0);
+    if (columns->Columns.Size == 0)
+    {
+        columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiOldColumnData column;
+            column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count;
+            columns->Columns.push_back(column);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+    {
+        // Compute clipping rectangle
+        ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+        float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n));
+        float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f);
+        column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX);
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect);
+    }
+
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count);
+        columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1);
+        PushColumnClipRect(0);
+    }
+
+    // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+        IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Next column
+    if (++columns->Current == columns->Count)
+        columns->Current = 0;
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+
+    // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
+    // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them),
+    ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current];
+    SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (columns->Current > 0)
+    {
+        // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out)
+        // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked?
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX.
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+        columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY;
+    }
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+    // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndColumns()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        PopClipRect();
+        columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList);
+    }
+
+    const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize))
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX;  // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent
+
+    // Draw columns borders and handle resize
+    // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy
+    bool is_being_resized = false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.
+        const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y);
+        int dragging_column = -1;
+        for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
+            const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
+            const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH;
+            const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2));
+            KeepAliveID(column_id);
+            if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id)) // FIXME: Can be removed or replaced with a lower-level test
+                continue;
+
+            bool hovered = false, held = false;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize))
+            {
+                ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
+                if (hovered || held)
+                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+                if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize))
+                    dragging_column = n;
+            }
+
+            // Draw column
+            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+            const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x);
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+        }
+
+        // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.
+        if (dragging_column != -1)
+        {
+            if (!columns->IsBeingResized)
+                for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++)
+                    columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm;
+            columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true;
+            float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column);
+            SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x);
+        }
+    }
+    columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized;
+
+    window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect;
+    window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder);
+    //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior
+    ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags)
+        return;
+
+    if (columns != NULL)
+        EndColumns();
+
+    if (columns_count != 1)
+        BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fe2260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,8555 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP
+// (widgets code)
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Main (Button, Image, Checkbox, RadioButton, ProgressBar, Bullet, etc.)
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers (Spacing, Dummy, NewLine, Separator, etc.)
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
+// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers
+// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox
+// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
+// [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+// System includes
+#include <ctype.h>      // toupper
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Warnings
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)    // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
+#endif
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"  // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Data
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Widgets
+static const float          DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f;    // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior.
+static const float          DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f;    // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags.
+
+// Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MIN  = -128;
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MAX  = 127;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MIN  = 0;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MAX  = 0xFF;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MIN = -32768;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MAX = 32767;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MIN = 0;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MAX = 0xFFFF;
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN;    // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000);
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX;    // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF)
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX;   // (0xFFFFFFFF)
+#ifdef LLONG_MIN
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN;  // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll);
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX;  // (9223372036854775807ll);
+#else
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
+#endif
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MIN = 0;
+#ifdef ULLONG_MAX
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull);
+#else
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For InputTextEx()
+static bool             InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source);
+static int              InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
+static ImVec2           InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TextEx() [Internal]
+// - TextUnformatted()
+// - Text()
+// - TextV()
+// - TextColored()
+// - TextColoredV()
+// - TextDisabled()
+// - TextDisabledV()
+// - TextWrapped()
+// - TextWrappedV()
+// - LabelText()
+// - LabelTextV()
+// - BulletText()
+// - BulletTextV()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (text == text_end)
+        text = text_end = "";
+
+    // Calculate length
+    const char* text_begin = text;
+    if (text_end == NULL)
+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+    const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+    const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
+    const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f);
+    if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled)
+    {
+        // Common case
+        const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
+        const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+
+        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
+
+        // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
+        RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Long text!
+        // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
+        // - From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
+        // - We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
+        // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop.
+        const char* line = text;
+        const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
+        ImVec2 text_size(0, 0);
+
+        // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
+        ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+        if (!g.LogEnabled)
+        {
+            int lines_skippable = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
+            if (lines_skippable > 0)
+            {
+                int lines_skipped = 0;
+                while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
+                {
+                    const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                    if (!line_end)
+                        line_end = text_end;
+                    if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                        text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                    line = line_end + 1;
+                    lines_skipped++;
+                }
+                pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Lines to render
+        if (line < text_end)
+        {
+            ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height));
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0))
+                    break;
+
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
+                line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
+                pos.y += line_height;
+            }
+
+            // Count remaining lines
+            int lines_skipped = 0;
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                lines_skipped++;
+            }
+            pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+        }
+        text_size.y = (pos - text_pos).y;
+
+        ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut?
+    const char* text, *text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args);
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+        TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
+    else
+        TextV(fmt, args);
+    PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+        TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
+    else
+        TextV(fmt, args);
+    PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);  // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set
+    if (need_backup)
+        PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+        TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
+    else
+        TextV(fmt, args);
+    if (need_backup)
+        PopTextWrapPos();
+}
+
+void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
+void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args);
+    const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), ImMax(value_size.y, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    BulletTextV(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
+void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const char* text_begin, *text_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y);  // Empty text doesn't add padding
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(total_size, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + total_size);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+    RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Main
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ButtonBehavior() [Internal]
+// - Button()
+// - SmallButton()
+// - InvisibleButton()
+// - ArrowButton()
+// - CloseButton() [Internal]
+// - CollapseButton() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowScrollbarID() [Internal]
+// - GetWindowScrollbarRect() [Internal]
+// - Scrollbar() [Internal]
+// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal]
+// - Image()
+// - ImageButton()
+// - Checkbox()
+// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal]
+// - CheckboxFlags()
+// - RadioButton()
+// - ProgressBar()
+// - Bullet()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets.
+// Because we handle so many cases (keyboard/gamepad navigation, drag and drop) and many specific behavior (via ImGuiButtonFlags_),
+// this code is a little complex.
+// By far the most common path is interacting with the Mouse using the default ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease button behavior.
+// See the series of events below and the corresponding state reported by dear imgui:
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClickRelease:             return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse is outside bb)        -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+8 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClick:                    return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnRelease:                  return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnDoubleClick:              return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that some combinations are supported,
+// - PressedOnDragDropHold can generally be associated with any flag.
+// - PressedOnDoubleClick can be associated by PressedOnClickRelease/PressedOnRelease, in which case the second release event won't be reported.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The behavior of the return-value changes when ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat is set:
+//                                         Repeat+                  Repeat+           Repeat+             Repeat+
+//                                         PressedOnClickRelease    PressedOnClick    PressedOnRelease    PressedOnDoubleClick
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -                        true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay                  true                     true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N   true                     true              -                   true
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Default only reacts to left mouse button
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_;
+
+    // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+    const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window->RootWindowDockTree;
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
+        g.HoveredWindow = window;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id);
+#endif
+
+    bool pressed = false;
+    bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id);
+
+    // Drag source doesn't report as hovered
+    if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))
+        hovered = false;
+
+    // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button
+    if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers))
+        if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+        {
+            hovered = true;
+            SetHoveredID(id);
+            if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER)
+            {
+                pressed = true;
+                g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id;
+                FocusWindow(window);
+            }
+        }
+
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
+        g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window;
+
+    // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one.
+    if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0))
+        hovered = false;
+
+    // Mouse handling
+    if (hovered)
+    {
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
+        {
+            // Poll buttons
+            int mouse_button_clicked = -1;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])         { mouse_button_clicked = 0; }
+            else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1])   { mouse_button_clicked = 1; }
+            else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2])  { mouse_button_clicked = 2; }
+
+            if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id)
+            {
+                if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere))
+                {
+                    SetActiveID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+                if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2))
+                {
+                    pressed = true;
+                    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId)
+                        ClearActiveID();
+                    else
+                        SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+            }
+            if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease)
+            {
+                int mouse_button_released = -1;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0])        { mouse_button_released = 0; }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1])  { mouse_button_released = 1; }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; }
+                if (mouse_button_released != -1)
+                {
+                    const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior
+                    if (!has_repeated_at_least_once)
+                        pressed = true;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    ClearActiveID();
+                }
+            }
+
+            // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
+            // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+                if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true))
+                    pressed = true;
+        }
+
+        if (pressed)
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    }
+
+    // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation
+    // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse.
+    if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId))
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus))
+            hovered = true;
+    if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
+    {
+        bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id);
+        bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id);
+        if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        {
+            // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate);
+            const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration);
+            nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;
+        }
+        if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs)
+        {
+            // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button.
+            pressed = true;
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                SetFocusID(id, window);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process while held
+    bool held = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+        {
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+                g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
+
+            const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button])
+            {
+                held = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0;
+                bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0;
+                if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive)
+                {
+                    // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path)
+                    bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2;
+                    bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+                    if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already)
+                        pressed = true;
+                }
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        }
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+        {
+            // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released
+            if (g.NavActivateDownId != id)
+                ClearActiveID();
+        }
+        if (pressed)
+            g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true;
+    }
+
+    if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
+    if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
+        pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]");
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+
+    // Automatically close popups
+    //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+    //    CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
+bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
+    bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
+    g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
+// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
+bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    // Cannot use zero-size for InvisibleButton(). Unlike Button() there is not way to fallback using the label size.
+    IM_ASSERT(size_arg.x != 0.0f && size_arg.y != 0.0f);
+
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(size);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+    ItemSize(size, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : -1.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+    float sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+}
+
+// Button to close a window
+bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825)
+    // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible?
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f);
+    ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+    const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea();
+    if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f)
+        bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f));
+
+    // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window.
+    // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible).
+    bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id);
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (is_clipped)
+        return pressed;
+
+    // Render
+    // FIXME: Clarify this mess
+    ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered);
+    ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
+    if (hovered)
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12);
+
+    float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f;
+    ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+    window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// The Collapse button also functions as a Dock Menu button.
+bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f);
+    ItemAdd(bb, id);
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+
+    // Render
+    //bool is_dock_menu = (window->DockNodeAsHost && !window->Collapsed);
+    ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    if (hovered || held)
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12);
+
+    if (dock_node)
+        RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, g.FontSize, text_col);
+    else
+        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+
+    // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold
+    if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0))
+        StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, dock_node, true);
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+}
+
+// Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set.
+ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+    const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect;
+    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar)
+    IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f);
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+        return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y);
+    else
+        return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis);
+
+    // Calculate scrollbar bounding box
+    ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis);
+    ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+    {
+        rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft;
+        if (!window->ScrollbarY)
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight;
+        if (!window->ScrollbarX)
+            rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
+    }
+    float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
+    float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f;
+    ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis];
+    ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
+    window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll;
+}
+
+// Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar
+// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
+// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
+// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
+// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
+// Still, the code should probably be made simpler..
+bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    KeepAliveID(id);
+
+    const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth();
+    const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight();
+    if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab)
+    float alpha = 1.0f;
+    if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)
+        alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    if (alpha <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f);
+
+    ImRect bb = bb_frame;
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+
+    // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar)
+    const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
+
+    // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
+    // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
+    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
+    const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1);
+    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
+    const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+    // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
+    bool held = false;
+    bool hovered = false;
+    ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+
+    const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v);
+    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
+    float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space
+    if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+    {
+        const float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis];
+        const float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
+
+        // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
+        const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
+        SetHoveredID(id);
+
+        bool seek_absolute = false;
+        if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+        {
+            // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
+            seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm);
+            if (seek_absolute)
+                g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
+            else
+                g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
+        }
+
+        // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll)
+        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position
+        const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+        *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
+
+        // Update values for rendering
+        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
+        grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+        // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
+        if (seek_absolute)
+            g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
+    }
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg);
+    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags);
+    ImRect grab_rect;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+        grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y);
+    else
+        grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
+        bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2);
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f);
+        window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+    }
+}
+
+// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390)
+// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API.
+bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2);
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding));
+    if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col));
+    window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default)
+// frame_padding = 0: no framing
+// frame_padding > 0: set framing size
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
+    PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id);
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
+    PopID();
+
+    const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : g.Style.FramePadding;
+    return ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, padding, bg_col, tint_col);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+    {
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (pressed)
+    {
+        *v = !(*v);
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark);
+    bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0;
+    if (mixed_value)
+    {
+        // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644)
+        // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox)
+        ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)));
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+    else if (*v)
+    {
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value)
+{
+    bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value;
+    bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0;
+    bool pressed;
+    if (!all_on && any_on)
+    {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue;
+        pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on);
+        g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on);
+
+    }
+    if (pressed)
+    {
+        if (all_on)
+            *flags |= flags_value;
+        else
+            *flags &= ~flags_value;
+    }
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value)
+{
+    return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
+    center.x = IM_ROUND(center.x);
+    center.y = IM_ROUND(center.y);
+    const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    if (pressed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
+    if (active)
+    {
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+    }
+
+    if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// FIXME: This would work nicely if it was a public template, e.g. 'template<T> RadioButton(const char* label, T* v, T v_button)', but I'm not sure how we would expose it..
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
+{
+    const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
+    if (pressed)
+        *v = v_button;
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
+void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+        return;
+
+    // Render
+    fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize));
+    const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y);
+    RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
+    char overlay_buf[32];
+    if (!overlay)
+    {
+        ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f);
+        overlay = overlay_buf;
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
+    if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Bullet()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
+    ItemSize(bb);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+    {
+        SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Render and stay on same line
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, line_height * 0.5f), text_col);
+    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Spacing()
+// - Dummy()
+// - NewLine()
+// - AlignTextToFramePadding()
+// - SeparatorEx() [Internal]
+// - Separator()
+// - SplitterBehavior() [Internal]
+// - ShrinkWidths() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::Spacing()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(size);
+    ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewLine()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0));
+    else
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize));
+    window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+}
+
+// Horizontal/vertical separating line
+void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)));   // Check that only 1 option is selected
+
+    float thickness_draw = 1.0f;
+    float thickness_layout = 0.0f;
+    if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)
+    {
+        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout.
+        float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y;
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f));
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
+
+        // Draw
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText(" |");
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Horizontal Separator
+        float x1 = window->Pos.x;
+        float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
+
+        // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator
+        if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID)
+            x1 += window->DC.Indent.x;
+
+        // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want,
+        // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787)
+        if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
+        {
+            x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX;
+            x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX;
+        }
+
+        ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL;
+        if (columns)
+            PushColumnsBackground();
+
+        // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit
+        // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell)
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout));
+        const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+        if (item_visible)
+        {
+            // Draw
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+            if (g.LogEnabled)
+                LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n");
+
+        }
+        if (columns)
+        {
+            PopColumnsBackground();
+            columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Separator()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal;
+    flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot.
+    SeparatorEx(flags);
+}
+
+// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise.
+bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay, ImU32 bg_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+    g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+    bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id);
+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+    if (!item_add)
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+    bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f));
+    ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb
+    if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+    if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay))
+        SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+
+    ImRect bb_render = bb;
+    if (held)
+    {
+        ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min;
+        float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x;
+
+        // Minimum pane size
+        float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1);
+        float size_2_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size2 - min_size2);
+        if (mouse_delta < -size_1_maximum_delta)
+            mouse_delta = -size_1_maximum_delta;
+        if (mouse_delta > size_2_maximum_delta)
+            mouse_delta = size_2_maximum_delta;
+
+        // Apply resize
+        if (mouse_delta != 0.0f)
+        {
+            if (mouse_delta < 0.0f)
+                IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1);
+            if (mouse_delta > 0.0f)
+                IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2);
+            *size1 += mouse_delta;
+            *size2 -= mouse_delta;
+            bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta));
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Render at new position
+    if (bg_col & IM_COL32_A_MASK)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, bg_col, 0.0f);
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* a = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* b = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)rhs;
+    if (int d = (int)(b->Width - a->Width))
+        return d;
+    return (b->Index - a->Index);
+}
+
+// Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first.
+// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item.
+void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess)
+{
+    if (count == 1)
+    {
+        if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f)
+            items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+    ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer);
+    int count_same_width = 1;
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f && count_same_width < count)
+    {
+        while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width)
+            count_same_width++;
+        float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f);
+        if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f)
+            break;
+        float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item);
+        for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++)
+            items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item;
+        width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width;
+    }
+
+    // Round width and redistribute remainder
+    // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator.
+    width_excess = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+    {
+        float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width);
+        width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded;
+        items[n].Width = width_rounded;
+    }
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f)
+        for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+            if (items[n].Width + 1.0f <= items[n].InitialWidth)
+            {
+                items[n].Width += 1.0f;
+                width_excess -= 1.0f;
+            }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount() [Internal]
+// - BeginCombo()
+// - BeginComboPopup() [Internal]
+// - EndCombo()
+// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - EndComboPreview() [Internal]
+// - Combo()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (items_count <= 0)
+        return FLT_MAX;
+    return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags;
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together
+
+    const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth();
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &bb))
+        return false;
+
+    // Open on click
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id);
+    bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+    if (pressed && !popup_open)
+    {
+        OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+        popup_open = true;
+    }
+
+    // Render shape
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const float value_x2 = ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - arrow_size);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
+    {
+        ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+        ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Min.y), bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= bb.Max.x)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+    }
+    RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Custom preview
+    if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)
+    {
+        g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y);
+        IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0);
+        preview_value = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Render preview and label
+    if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+        RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (!popup_open)
+        return false;
+
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags;
+    return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (!IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Set popup size
+    float w = bb.GetWidth();
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0)
+            flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular;
+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one
+        int popup_max_height_in_items = -1;
+        if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)     popup_max_height_in_items = 8;
+        else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)  popup_max_height_in_items = 4;
+        else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge)  popup_max_height_in_items = 20;
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+    }
+
+    // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx()
+    char name[16];
+    ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
+
+    // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it)
+    // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function?
+    // FIXME: This might be moved to Begin() or at least around the same spot where Tooltips and other Popups are calling FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx()?
+    if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name))
+        if (popup_window->WasActive)
+        {
+            // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us.
+            ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window);
+            popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Down; // Left = "Below, Toward Left", Down = "Below, Toward Right (default)"
+            ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(popup_window);
+            ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox);
+            SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+        }
+
+    // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
+    bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar();
+    if (!ret)
+    {
+        EndPopup();
+        IM_ASSERT(0);   // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndCombo()
+{
+    EndPopup();
+}
+
+// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements
+// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168)
+bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    if (window->SkipItems || !window->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect)) // FIXME: Because we don't have a ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible flag to test last ItemAdd() result
+        return false;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag?
+    if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional)
+        return false;
+
+    // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
+    preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndComboPreview()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData;
+
+    // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y)
+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command
+        {
+            draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect;
+            draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds();
+        }
+    PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect();
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[]
+static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+    const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data;
+    if (out_text)
+        *out_text = items[idx];
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0"
+static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+    // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
+    const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        if (idx == items_count)
+            break;
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    if (!*p)
+        return false;
+    if (out_text)
+        *out_text = p;
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo()
+    const char* preview_value = NULL;
+    if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+        items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value);
+
+    // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here.
+    if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint))
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+
+    if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None))
+        return false;
+
+    // Display items
+    // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed)
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+        const char* item_text;
+        if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+            item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+        if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+        {
+            value_changed = true;
+            *current_item = i;
+        }
+        if (item_selected)
+            SetItemDefaultFocus();
+        PopID();
+    }
+
+    EndCombo();
+
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0"
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
+{
+    int items_count = 0;
+    const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;       // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        items_count++;
+    }
+    bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt()
+// - DataTypeGetInfo()
+// - DataTypeFormatString()
+// - DataTypeApplyOp()
+// - DataTypeApplyOpFromText()
+// - DataTypeCompare()
+// - DataTypeClamp()
+// - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision
+// - RoundScalarWithFormat<>()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] =
+{
+    { sizeof(char),             "S8",   "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S8
+    { sizeof(unsigned char),    "U8",   "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(short),            "S16",  "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S16
+    { sizeof(unsigned short),   "U16",  "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(int),              "S32",  "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S32
+    { sizeof(unsigned int),     "U32",  "%u",   "%u"    },
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "S64",  "%I64d","%I64d" },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "U64",  "%I64u","%I64u" },
+#else
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "S64",  "%lld", "%lld"  },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "U64",  "%llu", "%llu"  },
+#endif
+    { sizeof(float),            "float", "%.3f","%f"    },  // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg)
+    { sizeof(double),           "double","%f",  "%lf"   },  // ImGuiDataType_Double
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+
+// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f".
+// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls.
+// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?!
+static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt)
+{
+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case.
+        return "%d";
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);    // Find % (if any, and ignore %%)
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);  // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user).
+    if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f')
+    {
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+        if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0)
+            return "%d";
+        const char* tmp_format;
+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&tmp_format, NULL, "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision.
+        return tmp_format;
+#else
+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d"
+#endif
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+    return &GDataTypeInfo[data_type];
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format)
+{
+    // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing integer arguments
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS16*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU16*)p_data);
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-');
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+        case ImGuiDataType_S8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+            if (op == '+') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+            if (op == '+') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+}
+
+// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
+// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
+bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format)
+{
+    while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
+        buf++;
+    if (!buf[0])
+        return false;
+
+    // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup;
+    memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
+
+    // Sanitize format
+    // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf
+    char format_sanitized[32];
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        format = type_info->ScanFmt;
+    else
+        format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized));
+
+    // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf()
+    int v32 = 0;
+    if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1)
+        return false;
+    if (type_info->Size < 4)
+    {
+        if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+            *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+            *(ImU8*)p_data = (ImU8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U8_MIN, (int)IM_U8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+            *(ImS16*)p_data = (ImS16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S16_MIN, (int)IM_S16_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+            *(ImU16*)p_data = (ImU16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U16_MIN, (int)IM_U16_MAX);
+        else
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+
+    return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs)
+{
+    if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1;
+    if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2)
+{
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     return DataTypeCompareT<ImS8  >((const ImS8*  )arg_1, (const ImS8*  )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     return DataTypeCompareT<ImU8  >((const ImU8*  )arg_1, (const ImU8*  )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS16 >((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU16 >((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS32 >((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU32 >((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImS64 >((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DataTypeCompareT<ImU64 >((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DataTypeCompareT<float >((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT<double>((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max)
+{
+    // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified
+    if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; }
+    if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max)
+{
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     return DataTypeClampT<ImS8  >((ImS8*  )p_data, (const ImS8*  )p_min, (const ImS8*  )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     return DataTypeClampT<ImU8  >((ImU8*  )p_data, (const ImU8*  )p_min, (const ImU8*  )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS16 >((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU16 >((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS32 >((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU32 >((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DataTypeClampT<ImS64 >((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DataTypeClampT<ImU64 >((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DataTypeClampT<float >((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT<double>((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
+{
+    static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+    if (decimal_precision < 0)
+        return FLT_MIN;
+    return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(data_type);
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format);
+    if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string
+        return v;
+
+    // Sanitize format
+    char fmt_sanitized[32];
+    ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized));
+    fmt_start = fmt_sanitized;
+
+    // Format value with our rounding, and read back
+    char v_str[64];
+    ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v);
+    const char* p = v_str;
+    while (*p == ' ')
+        p++;
+    v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p);
+
+    return v;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DragBehaviorT<>() [Internal]
+// - DragBehavior() [Internal]
+// - DragScalar()
+// - DragScalarN()
+// - DragFloat()
+// - DragFloat2()
+// - DragFloat3()
+// - DragFloat4()
+// - DragFloatRange2()
+// - DragInt()
+// - DragInt2()
+// - DragInt3()
+// - DragInt4()
+// - DragIntRange2()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max);
+    const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0;
+    const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+
+    // Default tweak speed
+    if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX))
+        v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio);
+
+    // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings
+    float adjust_delta = 0.0f;
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
+    {
+        adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
+        if (g.IO.KeyAlt)
+            adjust_delta *= 1.0f / 100.0f;
+        if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+            adjust_delta *= 10.0f;
+    }
+    else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+    {
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+        const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
+        const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
+        const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+        adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor;
+        v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
+    }
+    adjust_delta *= v_speed;
+
+    // For vertical drag we currently assume that Up=higher value (like we do with vertical sliders). This may become a parameter.
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+        adjust_delta = -adjust_delta;
+
+    // For logarithmic use our range is effectively 0..1 so scale the delta into that range
+    if (is_logarithmic && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX) && ((v_max - v_min) > 0.000001f)) // Epsilon to avoid /0
+        adjust_delta /= (float)(v_max - v_min);
+
+    // Clear current value on activation
+    // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300.
+    bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated;
+    bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f));
+    if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward)
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+        g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+    }
+    else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f)
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta;
+        g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+    }
+
+    if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty)
+        return false;
+
+    TYPE v_cur = *v;
+    FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f;
+
+    float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    const float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Drag widgets have no deadzone (as it doesn't make sense)
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound.
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1;
+        logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision);
+
+        // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back
+        float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum;
+        v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        v_cur += (SIGNEDTYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum;
+    }
+
+    // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+    if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+        v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_cur);
+
+    // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values.
+    g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back
+        float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v);
+    }
+
+    // Lose zero sign for float/double
+    if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0)
+        v_cur = (TYPE)0;
+
+    // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types)
+    if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped)
+    {
+        if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point))
+            v_cur = v_min;
+        if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point))
+            v_cur = v_max;
+    }
+
+    // Apply result
+    if (*v == v_cur)
+        return false;
+    *v = v_cur;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation.
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+            ClearActiveID();
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            ClearActiveID();
+    }
+    if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        return false;
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+        return false;
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max  : IM_S8_MAX,  format, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max  : IM_U8_MAX,  format, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DragBehaviorT<float, float, float >(data_type, (float*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX,   p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX,    format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT<double,double,double>(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX,   p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX,    format, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. DragFloat(), DragInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0;
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.)
+        format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText
+        const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
+        const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]);
+        const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2);
+        const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id);
+        if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
+            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id)
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+
+        // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText
+        if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active)
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
+            {
+                g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id;
+                g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+            }
+
+        if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set
+        const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0);
+        return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Drag behavior
+    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this.
+bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
+
+    float min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min;
+    float min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max);
+    ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    bool value_changed = DragScalar("##min", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_min, v_speed, &min_min, &min_max, format, min_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    float max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min);
+    float max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max;
+    ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    value_changed |= DragScalar("##max", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_max, v_speed, &max_min, &max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    EndGroup();
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
+bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this.
+bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
+
+    int min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min;
+    int min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max);
+    ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, min_min, min_max, format, min_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    int max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min);
+    int max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max;
+    ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
+    value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, max_min, max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags);
+    PopItemWidth();
+    SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    EndGroup();
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details.
+bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+    ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None;
+    if (power != 1.0f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!");
+        IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL);  // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds
+        drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic;   // Fallback for non-asserting paths
+    }
+    return DragScalar(label, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+    ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None;
+    if (power != 1.0f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!");
+        IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL);  // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds
+        drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic;   // Fallback for non-asserting paths
+    }
+    return DragScalarN(label, data_type, p_data, components, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags);
+}
+
+#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ScaleRatioFromValueT<> [Internal]
+// - ScaleValueFromRatioT<> [Internal]
+// - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal]
+// - SliderBehavior() [Internal]
+// - SliderScalar()
+// - SliderScalarN()
+// - SliderFloat()
+// - SliderFloat2()
+// - SliderFloat3()
+// - SliderFloat4()
+// - SliderAngle()
+// - SliderInt()
+// - SliderInt2()
+// - SliderInt3()
+// - SliderInt4()
+// - VSliderScalar()
+// - VSliderFloat()
+// - VSliderInt()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize)
+{
+    if (v_min == v_max)
+        return 0.0f;
+    IM_UNUSED(data_type);
+
+    const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min);
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        bool flipped = v_max < v_min;
+
+        if (flipped) // Handle the case where the range is backwards
+            ImSwap(v_min, v_max);
+
+        // Fudge min/max to avoid getting close to log(0)
+        FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min;
+        FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max;
+
+        // Awkward special cases - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon)
+        if ((v_min == 0.0f) && (v_max < 0.0f))
+            v_min_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+        else if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f))
+            v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+
+        float result;
+        if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged)
+            result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge
+        else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged)
+            result = 1.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but above our fudge
+        else if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so split into two portions
+        {
+            float zero_point_center = (-(float)v_min) / ((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space.  There's an argument we should take the logarithmic nature into account when calculating this, but for now this should do (and the most common case of a symmetrical range works fine)
+            float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            if (v == 0.0f)
+                result = zero_point_center; // Special case for exactly zero
+            else if (v < 0.0f)
+                result = (1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon))) * zero_point_snap_L;
+            else
+                result = zero_point_snap_R + ((float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon)) * (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R));
+        }
+        else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider
+            result = 1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / -v_max_fudged) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged));
+        else
+            result = (float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / v_min_fudged) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged));
+
+        return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min));
+    }
+}
+
+// Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize)
+{
+    // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct"
+    // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler.
+    if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max)
+        return v_min;
+    if (t >= 1.0f)
+        return v_max;
+
+    TYPE result = (TYPE)0;
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero
+        FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min;
+        FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max;
+
+        const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards"
+        if (flipped)
+            ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged);
+
+        // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon)
+        if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f))
+            v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon;
+
+        float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range
+
+        if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts
+        {
+            float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space
+            float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize;
+            if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R)
+                result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise)
+            else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center)
+                result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L))));
+            else
+                result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R))));
+        }
+        else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider
+            result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip)));
+        else
+            result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Linear slider
+        const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+        if (is_floating_point)
+        {
+            result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t);
+        }
+        else if (t < 1.0)
+        {
+            // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above
+            //   This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property..
+            // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64
+            //   range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits.
+            FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t;
+            result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5)));
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior()
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+    const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0;
+    const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+    const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max);
+
+    // Calculate bounds
+    const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style.
+    const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f;
+    float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize;
+    if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0)                                     // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows
+        grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+    grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz);
+    const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f;
+
+    float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true
+    if (is_logarithmic)
+    {
+        // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound.
+        const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1;
+        logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision);
+        zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f);
+    }
+
+    // Process interacting with the slider
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        bool set_new_value = false;
+        float clicked_t = 0.0f;
+        if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+        {
+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+            {
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
+                if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+                {
+                    float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+                    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+                        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+                    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+                    const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here.
+                    g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f;
+                }
+                if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f)
+                    clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz);
+                if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+                    clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t;
+                set_new_value = true;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+        {
+            if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            {
+                g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // Reset any stored nav delta upon activation
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+            }
+
+            float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis);
+            if (input_delta != 0.0f)
+            {
+                const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
+                const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
+                const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+                if (decimal_precision > 0)
+                {
+                    input_delta /= 100.0f;    // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds
+                    if (tweak_slow)
+                        input_delta /= 10.0f;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow)
+                        input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps
+                    else
+                        input_delta /= 100.0f;
+                }
+                if (tweak_fast)
+                    input_delta *= 10.0f;
+
+                g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta;
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+            }
+
+            float delta = g.SliderCurrentAccum;
+            if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+            {
+                ClearActiveID();
+            }
+            else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty)
+            {
+                clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+                if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits
+                {
+                    set_new_value = false;
+                    g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // If pushing up against the limits, don't continue to accumulate
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    set_new_value = true;
+                    float old_clicked_t = clicked_t;
+                    clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta);
+
+                    // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator
+                    TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+                    if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+                        v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+                    float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+                    if (delta > 0)
+                        g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta);
+                    else
+                        g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMax(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta);
+                }
+
+                g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (set_new_value)
+        {
+            TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+
+            // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+            if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat))
+                v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT<TYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+
+            // Apply result
+            if (*v != v_new)
+            {
+                *v = v_new;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (slider_sz < 1.0f)
+    {
+        *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min, bb.Min);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller
+        float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+            grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+        const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding);
+        else
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f);
+    }
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range.
+// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok.
+// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders.
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+{
+    // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert.
+    IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag!  Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead.");
+
+    // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly))
+        return false;
+
+    switch (data_type)
+    {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:  { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min,  *(const ImS8*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v  = (ImS8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:  { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min,  *(const ImU8*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v  = (ImU8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  *(const ImS32*)p_min,  *(const ImS32*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  *(const ImU32*)p_min,  *(const ImU32*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  *(const ImS64*)p_min,  *(const ImS64*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX / 2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  *(const ImU64*)p_min,  *(const ImU64*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX / 2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX / 2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<float, float, float >(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v,  *(const float*)p_min,  *(const float*)p_max,  format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX / 2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX / 2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<double, double, double>(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb);
+    case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required.
+// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0;
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.)
+        format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id);
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
+        const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
+        const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]);
+        const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id);
+        if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
+            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id)
+                temp_input_is_active = true;
+
+        if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
+        {
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set
+        const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0;
+        return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Slider behavior
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags, &grab_bb);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Render grab
+    if (grab_bb.Max.x > grab_bb.Min.x)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+    RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
+bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = "%.0f deg";
+    float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2 * IM_PI);
+    bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, flags);
+    *v_rad = v_deg * (2 * IM_PI) / 360.0f;
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    // Default format string when passing NULL
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.)
+        format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
+
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+    if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id)
+    {
+        SetActiveID(id, window);
+        SetFocusID(id, window);
+        FocusWindow(window);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+    }
+
+    // Draw frame
+    const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Slider behavior
+    ImRect grab_bb;
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    // Render grab
+    if (grab_bb.Max.y > grab_bb.Min.y)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+    // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+    // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
+    char value_buf[64];
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+    return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags);
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details.
+bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+    ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None;
+    if (power != 1.0f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!");
+        slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic;   // Fallback for non-asserting paths
+    }
+    return SliderScalar(label, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, slider_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+    ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None;
+    if (power != 1.0f)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!");
+        slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic;   // Fallback for non-asserting paths
+    }
+    return SliderScalarN(label, data_type, v, components, v_min, v_max, format, slider_flags);
+}
+
+#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal]
+// - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal]
+// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal]
+// - InputScalar()
+// - InputScalarN()
+// - InputFloat()
+// - InputFloat2()
+// - InputFloat3()
+// - InputFloat4()
+// - InputInt()
+// - InputInt2()
+// - InputInt3()
+// - InputInt4()
+// - InputDouble()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%'
+const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt)
+{
+    while (char c = fmt[0])
+    {
+        if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%')
+            return fmt;
+        else if (c == '%')
+            fmt++;
+        fmt++;
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt)
+{
+    // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format.
+    if (fmt[0] != '%')
+        return fmt;
+    const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A'));
+    const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a'));
+    for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++)
+    {
+        if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0)
+            return fmt + 1;
+        if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0)
+            return fmt + 1;
+    }
+    return fmt;
+}
+
+// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations
+//  fmt = "blah blah"  -> return fmt
+//  fmt = "%.3f"       -> return fmt
+//  fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6
+//  fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f"
+const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+    if (fmt_start[0] != '%')
+        return fmt;
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);
+    if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data.
+        return fmt_start;
+    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size));
+    return buf;
+}
+
+// Sanitize format
+// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi
+// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi.
+void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in);
+    IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size);
+    IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you!
+    while (fmt_in < fmt_end)
+    {
+        char c = *fmt_in++;
+        if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '.
+            *(fmt_out++) = c;
+    }
+    *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate
+}
+
+// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d"
+const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size)
+{
+    const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in);
+    const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out;
+    IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size);
+    IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you!
+    bool has_type = false;
+    while (fmt_in < fmt_end)
+    {
+        char c = *fmt_in++;
+        if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.'))
+            continue;
+        has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits
+        if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '.
+            *(fmt_out++) = c;
+    }
+    *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate
+    return fmt_out_begin;
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output)
+{
+    int negative = 0;
+    if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; }
+    if (*src == '+') { src++; }
+    TYPE v = 0;
+    while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9')
+        v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0');
+    *output = negative ? -v : v;
+    return src;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed.
+int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+    fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+    if (fmt[0] != '%')
+        return default_precision;
+    fmt++;
+    while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+        fmt++;
+    int precision = INT_MAX;
+    if (*fmt == '.')
+    {
+        fmt = ImAtoi<int>(fmt + 1, &precision);
+        if (precision < 0 || precision > 99)
+            precision = default_precision;
+    }
+    if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation
+        precision = -1;
+    if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX)
+        precision = -1;
+    return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision;
+}
+
+// Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets)
+// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations.
+bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id.
+    // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const bool init = (g.TempInputId != id);
+    if (init)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
+    bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem);
+    if (init)
+    {
+        // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);
+        g.TempInputId = g.ActiveId;
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format)
+{
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+        return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+    const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0;
+    return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
+}
+
+// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set!
+// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility.
+// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values.
+bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max)
+{
+    char fmt_buf[32];
+    char data_buf[32];
+    format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf));
+    DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
+
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited;
+    flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format);
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags))
+    {
+        // Backup old value
+        size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size;
+        ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup;
+        memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size);
+
+        // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp
+        DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format);
+        if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max)
+        {
+            if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0)
+                ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max);
+            DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max);
+        }
+
+        // Only mark as edited if new value is different
+        value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0;
+        if (value_changed)
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    if (format == NULL)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+
+    char buf[64];
+    DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+
+    // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0)
+        flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format);
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string.
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    if (p_step != NULL)
+    {
+        const float button_size = GetFrameHeight();
+
+        BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive()
+        PushID(label);
+        SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
+        if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
+
+        // Step buttons
+        const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding;
+        style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups;
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            BeginDisabled();
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
+        {
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
+        {
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            EndDisabled();
+
+        const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_end)
+        {
+            SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_end);
+        }
+        style.FramePadding = backup_frame_padding;
+
+        PopID();
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags))
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
+    }
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
+    size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+    {
+        PushID(i);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, p_data, p_step, p_step_fast, format, flags);
+        PopID();
+        PopItemWidth();
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
+    }
+    PopID();
+
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0.0f, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
+    const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
+{
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - InputText()
+// - InputTextWithHint()
+// - InputTextMultiline()
+// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal]
+// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal]
+// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal]
+// - InputTextEx() [Internal]
+// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or  InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint.
+    return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+{
+    int line_count = 0;
+    const char* s = text_begin;
+    while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
+        if (c == '\n')
+            line_count++;
+    s--;
+    if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
+        line_count++;
+    *out_text_end = s;
+    return line_count;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float line_height = g.FontSize;
+    const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+
+    ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
+    float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+    const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
+    while (s < text_end)
+    {
+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
+        if (c == '\n')
+        {
+            text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+            text_size.y += line_height;
+            line_width = 0.0f;
+            if (stop_on_new_line)
+                break;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (c == '\r')
+            continue;
+
+        const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale;
+        line_width += char_width;
+    }
+
+    if (text_size.x < line_width)
+        text_size.x = line_width;
+
+    if (out_offset)
+        *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height);  // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+
+    if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)                        // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
+        text_size.y += line_height;
+
+    if (remaining)
+        *remaining = s;
+
+    return text_size;
+}
+
+// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
+namespace ImStb
+{
+
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj)                             { return obj->CurLenW; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)                      { return obj->TextW[idx]; }
+static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); }
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
+static void    STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx)
+{
+    const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data;
+    const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
+    const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
+    r->x0 = 0.0f;
+    r->x1 = size.x;
+    r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
+    r->ymin = 0.0f;
+    r->ymax = size.y;
+    r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
+}
+
+// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators.
+static bool is_separator(unsigned int c)                                        { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; }
+static int  is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)      { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; }
+static int  is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)       { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)   { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+static int  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx)  { if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); }
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT   STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL  // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT  STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL
+
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n)
+{
+    ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos;
+
+    // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
+    obj->Edited = true;
+    obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
+    obj->CurLenW -= n;
+
+    // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove)
+    const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n;
+    while (ImWchar c = *src++)
+        *dst++ = c;
+    *dst = '\0';
+}
+
+static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
+{
+    const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
+    IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len);
+
+    const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
+    if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA))
+        return false;
+
+    // Grow internal buffer if needed
+    if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size)
+    {
+        if (!is_resizable)
+            return false;
+        IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size);
+        obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1);
+    }
+
+    ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data;
+    if (pos != text_len)
+        memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+
+    obj->Edited = true;
+    obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
+    obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
+    obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x200000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x200001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x200002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x200003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x200004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x200005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x200006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x200007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x200008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x200009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x20000A // keyboard input to perform undo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP         0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN       0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x400000
+
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include "imstb_textedit.h"
+
+// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling
+// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?)
+static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len)
+{
+    stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len);
+    ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW);
+    if (text_len <= 0)
+        return;
+    if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len))
+    {
+        state->cursor = text_len;
+        state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace()
+}
+
+} // namespace ImStb
+
+void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+{
+    stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key);
+    CursorFollow = true;
+    CursorAnimReset();
+}
+
+ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+}
+
+// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
+// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
+// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance.
+void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen);
+    char* dst = Buf + pos;
+    const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
+    while (char c = *src++)
+        *dst++ = c;
+    *dst = '\0';
+
+    if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count)
+        CursorPos -= bytes_count;
+    else if (CursorPos >= pos)
+        CursorPos = pos;
+    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+    BufDirty = true;
+    BufTextLen -= bytes_count;
+}
+
+void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+{
+    const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text);
+    if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize)
+    {
+        if (!is_resizable)
+            return;
+
+        // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!)
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState;
+        IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID);
+        IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data);
+        int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1;
+        edit_state->TextA.reserve(new_buf_size + 1);
+        Buf = edit_state->TextA.Data;
+        BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size;
+    }
+
+    if (BufTextLen != pos)
+        memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos));
+    memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
+    Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0';
+
+    if (CursorPos >= pos)
+        CursorPos += new_text_len;
+    SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+    BufDirty = true;
+    BufTextLen += new_text_len;
+}
+
+// Return false to discard a character.
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard);
+    unsigned int c = *p_char;
+
+    // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467)
+    bool apply_named_filters = true;
+    if (c < 0x20)
+    {
+        bool pass = false;
+        pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code)
+        pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput));
+        if (!pass)
+            return false;
+        apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted.
+    }
+
+    if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)
+    {
+        // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817)
+        if (c == 127)
+            return false;
+
+        // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME)
+        if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build
+    if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
+        return false;
+
+    // Generic named filters
+    if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)))
+    {
+        // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'.
+        // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'.
+        // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point.
+        // Change the default decimal_point with:
+        //   ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point;
+        // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 . - + * /
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
+            if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
+                return false;
+
+        // Turn a-z into A-Z
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
+            if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+                *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a'));
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
+            if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
+                return false;
+    }
+
+    // Custom callback filter
+    if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+    {
+        ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+        memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData));
+        callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
+        callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
+        callback_data.Flags = flags;
+        callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+        if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
+            return false;
+        *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
+        if (!callback_data.EventChar)
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text.
+// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end.
+// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly.
+static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data;
+    const int old_length = state->CurLenW;
+    const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a);
+    g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+    ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data;
+    ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a);
+
+    const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length);
+    int first_diff;
+    for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++)
+        if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff])
+            break;
+    if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length)
+        return;
+
+    int old_last_diff = old_length - 1;
+    int new_last_diff = new_length - 1;
+    for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--)
+        if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff])
+            break;
+
+    const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1;
+    const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1;
+    if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0)
+        if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len))
+            for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++)
+                p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i);
+}
+
+// Edit a string of text
+// - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!".
+//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match
+//   Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator.
+// - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect.
+// - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
+// (FIXME: Rather confusing and messy function, among the worse part of our codebase, expecting to rewrite a V2 at some point.. Partly because we are
+//  doing UTF8 > U16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to easily interface with stb_textedit. Ideally should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)));        // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
+    IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false;
+    const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
+    const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0;
+    const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+    const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0;
+    const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
+    if (is_resizable)
+        IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag!
+
+    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar)
+        BeginGroup();
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Min + total_size);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
+    ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size;
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0;
+    ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup;
+    if (is_multiline)
+    {
+        ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+        {
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+        item_data_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos;
+
+        // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug.
+        // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre.
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges
+        bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+        PopStyleVar(3);
+        PopStyleColor();
+        if (!child_visible)
+        {
+            EndChild();
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window
+        draw_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it.
+        draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding;
+        inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd)
+        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem))
+            if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))
+                return false;
+        item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
+    }
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+    if (hovered)
+        g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
+
+    // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget.
+    ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id);
+
+    const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
+    const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard));
+
+    const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
+    const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    bool clear_active_id = false;
+    bool select_all = false;
+
+    float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX;
+
+    const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline);
+    const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing);
+    const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active);
+    if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs)
+    {
+        // Access state even if we don't own it yet.
+        state = &g.InputTextState;
+        state->CursorAnimReset();
+
+        // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
+        // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
+        const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf);
+        state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1);    // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+        memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1);
+
+        // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
+        // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate?
+        bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs);
+        if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0)))
+            recycle_state = false;
+
+        // Start edition
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->ID = id;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);          // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+        state->TextA.resize(0);
+        state->TextAIsValid = false;                // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then)
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);      // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
+
+        if (recycle_state)
+        {
+            // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
+            // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
+            state->CursorClamp();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline);
+        }
+
+        if (!is_multiline)
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll)
+                select_all = true;
+            if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState)))
+                select_all = true;
+            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))
+                select_all = true;
+        }
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite)
+            state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863)
+    }
+
+    if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id);
+        SetActiveID(id, window);
+        SetFocusID(id, window);
+        FocusWindow(window);
+
+        // Declare our inputs
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+        SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Escape);
+        SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel);
+        SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home);
+        SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End);
+        if (is_multiline)
+        {
+            SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp);
+            SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown);
+        }
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character.
+        {
+            SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function)
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && state == NULL)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Release focus when we click outside
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && io.MouseClicked[0] && !init_state && !init_make_active) //-V560
+        clear_active_id = true;
+
+    // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection
+    const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active);
+    bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    bool validated = false;
+
+    // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
+    // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :(
+    if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection))
+    {
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
+        state->CursorClamp();
+        render_selection &= state->HasSelection();
+    }
+
+    // Select the buffer to render.
+    const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid;
+    const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0);
+
+    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
+        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
+        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
+        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
+        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
+        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
+        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
+        password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX;
+        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
+        PushFont(password_font);
+    }
+
+    // Process mouse inputs and character inputs
+    int backup_current_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+        state->Edited = false;
+        state->BufCapacityA = buf_size;
+        state->Flags = flags;
+
+        // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
+        // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+        g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1;
+
+        // Edit in progress
+        const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX;
+        const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f));
+
+        const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+        if (select_all)
+        {
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
+        }
+        else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift)
+        {
+            stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2);
+            if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0)
+            {
+                // Double-click: Select word
+                // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant:
+                // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS)
+                const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n';
+                if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
+                //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb))
+                    ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb);
+                state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor);
+                state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor;
+                ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Triple-click: Select line
+                const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n';
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART);
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (!is_eol && is_multiline)
+                {
+                    ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                    state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end;
+                }
+                state->CursorFollow = false;
+            }
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock)
+        {
+            // FIXME: unselect on late click could be done release?
+            if (hovered)
+            {
+                stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+                state->CursorAnimReset();
+            }
+        }
+        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
+        {
+            stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
+        }
+        if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+
+        // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336)
+        // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes)
+        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
+            if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
+                state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+        }
+
+        // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
+        // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
+        {
+            if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav)
+                for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++)
+                {
+                    // Insert character if they pass filtering
+                    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n];
+                    if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above.
+                        continue;
+                    if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
+                        state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+                }
+
+            // Consume characters
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Process other shortcuts/key-presses
+    bool cancel_edit = false;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+
+        const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1);
+        state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page;
+
+        const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
+        const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
+        const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiModFlags_Super | ImGuiModFlags_Shift));
+        const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl;                     // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
+        const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt;  // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
+        const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl);
+        const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Shift);
+        const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl);
+
+        const bool is_cut   = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_copy  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only  && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly;
+        const bool is_undo  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable);
+        const bool is_redo  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_select_all = is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A);
+
+        // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful.
+        const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true);
+        const bool is_gamepad_validate = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false);
+        const bool is_cancel = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, false);
+
+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline)     { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline)   { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline)      { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline)    { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End))                         { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly)
+        {
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
+            {
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            }
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
+        }
+        else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate)
+        {
+            // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character
+            bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
+            if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl))
+            {
+                validated = true;
+                if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline)
+                    state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll
+                else
+                    clear_active_id = true;
+            }
+            else if (!is_readonly)
+            {
+                unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_cancel)
+        {
+            clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true;
+        }
+        else if (is_undo || is_redo)
+        {
+            state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO);
+            state->ClearSelection();
+        }
+        else if (is_select_all)
+        {
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
+        }
+        else if (is_cut || is_copy)
+        {
+            // Cut, Copy
+            if (io.SetClipboardTextFn)
+            {
+                const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0;
+                const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW;
+                const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1;
+                char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char));
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie);
+                SetClipboardText(clipboard_data);
+                MemFree(clipboard_data);
+            }
+            if (is_cut)
+            {
+                if (!state->HasSelection())
+                    state->SelectAll();
+                state->CursorFollow = true;
+                stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (is_paste)
+        {
+            if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText())
+            {
+                // Filter pasted buffer
+                const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
+                ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+                int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
+                for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
+                {
+                    unsigned int c;
+                    s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
+                    if (c == 0)
+                        break;
+                    if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard))
+                        continue;
+                    clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
+                }
+                clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
+                if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
+                {
+                    stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
+                    state->CursorFollow = true;
+                }
+                MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Update render selection flag after events have been handled, so selection highlight can be displayed during the same frame.
+        render_selection |= state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
+    }
+
+    // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer.
+    const char* apply_new_text = NULL;
+    int apply_new_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (cancel_edit)
+        {
+            // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents.
+            if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0)
+            {
+                // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself
+                apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1;
+                ImVector<ImWchar> w_text;
+                if (apply_new_text_length > 0)
+                {
+                    w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1);
+                    ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length);
+                }
+                stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Apply ASCII value
+        if (!is_readonly)
+        {
+            state->TextAIsValid = true;
+            state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1);
+            ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL);
+        }
+
+        // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame.
+        // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail.
+        // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize).
+        const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0);
+        if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer)
+        {
+            // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
+            // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
+            // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
+            // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
+
+            // User callback
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
+            {
+                IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+
+                // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
+                ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
+                ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+                    event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+                }
+                else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited)
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit;
+                }
+                else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)
+                {
+                    event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways;
+                }
+
+                if (event_flag)
+                {
+                    ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+                    memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData));
+                    callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
+                    callback_data.Flags = flags;
+                    callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
+
+                    char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data;
+                    callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
+                    callback_data.Buf = callback_buf;
+                    callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA;
+                    callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA;
+                    callback_data.BufDirty = false;
+
+                    // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+                    ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data;
+                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor);
+                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start);
+                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end);
+
+                    // Call user code
+                    callback(&callback_data);
+
+                    // Read back what user may have modified
+                    callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; // Pointer may have been invalidated by a resize callback
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == callback_buf);         // Invalid to modify those fields
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA);
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
+                    const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty;
+                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty)            { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty)  { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty)      { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); }
+                    if (buf_dirty)
+                    {
+                        IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
+                        InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ?
+                        if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable)
+                            state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize
+                        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
+                        state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
+                        state->CursorAnimReset();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Will copy result string if modified
+            if (!is_readonly && strcmp(state->TextA.Data, buf) != 0)
+            {
+                apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Clear temporary user storage
+        state->Flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None;
+    }
+
+    // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id)
+    if (apply_new_text != NULL)
+    {
+        // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size
+        // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used
+        // without any storage on user's side.
+        IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0);
+        if (is_resizable)
+        {
+            ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+            callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize;
+            callback_data.Flags = flags;
+            callback_data.Buf = buf;
+            callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length;
+            callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1);
+            callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
+            callback(&callback_data);
+            buf = callback_data.Buf;
+            buf_size = callback_data.BufSize;
+            apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1);
+            IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size);
+        }
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length);
+
+        // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size.
+        ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
+        value_changed = true;
+    }
+
+    // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value)
+    if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Render frame
+    if (!is_multiline)
+    {
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+
+    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + inner_size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + inner_size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
+    ImVec2 draw_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
+    ImVec2 text_size(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line
+    // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether.
+    // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash.
+    const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024;
+    const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595
+    const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length
+    if (is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        buf_display = hint;
+        buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint);
+    }
+
+    // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling.
+    // FIXME: We could remove the '&& render_cursor' to keep rendering selection when inactive.
+    if (render_cursor || render_selection)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+
+        // Render text (with cursor and selection)
+        // This is going to be messy. We need to:
+        // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped)
+        // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
+        // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
+        // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
+        // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8.
+        const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data;
+        ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
+
+        {
+            // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions.
+            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+            int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 };
+            int searches_remaining = 0;
+            if (render_cursor)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor;
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+            if (render_selection)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+
+            // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
+            // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
+            searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
+            int line_count = 0;
+            //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++)  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+            for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
+                if (*s == '\n')
+                {
+                    line_count++;
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                }
+            line_count++;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count;
+
+            // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
+            cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
+            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0)
+            {
+                select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
+                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize;
+            }
+
+            // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224)
+            if (is_multiline)
+                text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
+        }
+
+        // Scroll
+        if (render_cursor && state->CursorFollow)
+        {
+            // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
+            {
+                const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f;
+                const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x;
+                if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x));
+                else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            }
+
+            // Vertical scroll
+            if (is_multiline)
+            {
+                // Test if cursor is vertically visible
+                if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
+                else if (cursor_offset.y - (inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) >= scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+                const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f);
+                scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y);
+                draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag
+                draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
+            }
+
+            state->CursorFollow = false;
+        }
+
+        // Draw selection
+        const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f);
+        if (render_selection)
+        {
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+
+            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests.
+            float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f;    // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
+            float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
+            ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll;
+            for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
+            {
+                if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
+                    break;
+                if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
+                {
+                    //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
+                    //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end;
+                    while (p < text_selected_end)
+                        if (*p++ == '\n')
+                            break;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
+                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
+                    ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
+                    rect.ClipWith(clip_rect);
+                    if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                        draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
+                }
+                rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x;
+                rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash.
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos - draw_scroll, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
+
+        // Draw blinking cursor
+        if (render_cursor)
+        {
+            state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime;
+            bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
+            ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll);
+            ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f);
+            if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+            // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
+            if (!is_readonly)
+            {
+                g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = true;
+                g.PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+                g.PlatformImeData.InputLineHeight = g.FontSize;
+                g.PlatformImeViewport = window->Viewport->ID;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Render text only (no selection, no cursor)
+        if (is_multiline)
+            text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_display_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display);
+
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+        PopFont();
+
+    if (is_multiline)
+    {
+        // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)...
+        Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y));
+        ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop;
+        EndChild();
+        item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow);
+        g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags;
+
+        // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active...
+        // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window.
+        EndGroup();
+        if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0)
+        {
+            g.LastItemData.ID = id;
+            g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags;
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_data_backup.StatusFlags;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Log as text
+    if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint))
+    {
+        LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}");
+        LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end);
+    }
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+    if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited))
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
+        return validated;
+    else
+        return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state)
+{
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb;
+    ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate;
+    Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId);
+    Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end);
+    Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point);
+    if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state
+    {
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+        for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++)
+        {
+            ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n];
+            const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' ';
+            if (undo_rec_type == ' ')
+                BeginDisabled();
+            char buf[64] = "";
+            if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1)
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length);
+            Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"",
+                undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf);
+            if (undo_rec_type == ' ')
+                EndDisabled();
+        }
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    EndChild();
+#else
+    IM_UNUSED(state);
+#endif
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ColorEdit3()
+// - ColorEdit4()
+// - ColorPicker3()
+// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() [Internal]
+// - ColorPicker4()
+// - ColorButton()
+// - SetColorEditOptions()
+// - ColorTooltip() [Internal]
+// - ColorEditOptionsPopup() [Internal]
+// - ColorPickerOptionsPopup() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+}
+
+// ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation.
+// Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting.
+static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V)
+{
+    // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined.
+    // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one.
+    // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined.
+    // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision.
+    // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined,
+    // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+        return;
+
+    // When S == 0, H is undefined.
+    // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0.
+    if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1))
+        *H = g.ColorEditLastHue;
+
+    // When V == 0, S is undefined.
+    if (*V == 0.0f)
+        *S = g.ColorEditLastSat;
+}
+
+// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range).
+// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item.
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
+    const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+    const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button;
+    const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    BeginGroup();
+    PushID(label);
+
+    // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
+    const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)
+        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
+
+    // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied)
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+    // Read stored options
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_);
+    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));   // Check that only 1 is selected
+
+    const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0;
+    const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0;
+    const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
+
+    // Convert to the formats we need
+    float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f };
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV))
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+        ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]);
+    }
+    int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) };
+
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    bool value_changed_as_float = false;
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const float inputs_offset_x = (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) ? w_button : 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + inputs_offset_x;
+
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
+        const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components));
+        const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)));
+
+        const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x);
+        static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
+        static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] =
+        {
+            {   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d" }, // Short display
+            { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA
+            { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" }  // Long display for HSVA
+        };
+        static const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] =
+        {
+            {   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f" }, // Short display
+            { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA
+            { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }  // Long display for HSVA
+        };
+        const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1;
+
+        for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+        {
+            if (n > 0)
+                SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last);
+
+            // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0.
+            if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float)
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f / 255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+                value_changed_as_float |= value_changed;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]);
+            }
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+                OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        // RGB Hexadecimal Input
+        char buf[64];
+        if (alpha)
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[3], 0, 255));
+        else
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255));
+        SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs);
+        if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
+        {
+            value_changed = true;
+            char* p = buf;
+            while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p))
+                p++;
+            i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = 0;
+            i[3] = 0xFF; // alpha default to 255 is not parsed by scanf (e.g. inputting #FFFFFF omitting alpha)
+            int r;
+            if (alpha)
+                r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
+            else
+                r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+            IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'.
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+    }
+
+    ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview))
+    {
+        const float button_offset_x = ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) || (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)) ? 0.0f : w_inputs + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + button_offset_x, pos.y);
+
+        const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f);
+        if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags))
+        {
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker))
+            {
+                // Store current color and open a picker
+                g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4;
+                OpenPopup("picker");
+                SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+            }
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+        if (BeginPopup("picker"))
+        {
+            picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+            if (label != label_display_end)
+            {
+                TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+                Spacing();
+            }
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+            SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
+            value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x);
+            EndPopup();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+    {
+        SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+    }
+
+    // Convert back
+    if (value_changed && picker_active_window == NULL)
+    {
+        if (!value_changed_as_float)
+            for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+                f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
+        {
+            g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0];
+            g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+            g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0));
+        }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+
+        col[0] = f[0];
+        col[1] = f[1];
+        col[2] = f[2];
+        if (alpha)
+            col[3] = f[3];
+    }
+
+    PopID();
+    EndGroup();
+
+    // Drag and Drop Target
+    // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test.
+    if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
+    {
+        bool accepted_drag_drop = false;
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
+        {
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
+        }
+        if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
+        {
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components);
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
+        }
+
+        // Drag-drop payloads are always RGB
+        if (accepted_drag_drop && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        EndDragDropTarget();
+    }
+
+    // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4().
+    if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window)
+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
+
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f };
+    if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        return false;
+    col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2];
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Helper for ColorPicker4()
+static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha)
+{
+    ImU32 alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha);
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1,         pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x,             pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x,     pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+}
+
+// Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// (In C++ the 'float col[4]' notation for a function argument is equivalent to 'float* col', we only specify a size to facilitate understanding of the code.)
+// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..)
+// FIXME: this is trying to be aware of style.Alpha but not fully correct. Also, the color wheel will have overlapping glitches with (style.Alpha < 1.0)
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+    const float width = CalcItemWidth();
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    PushID(label);
+    BeginGroup();
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview;
+
+    // Context menu: display and store options.
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+    // Read stored options
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));  // Check that only 1 is selected
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+
+    // Setup
+    int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4;
+    bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+    ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars
+    float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box
+    float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f);
+
+    float backup_initial_col[4];
+    memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float));
+
+    float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f;
+    float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f;
+    float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness;
+    ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size * 0.5f);
+
+    // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic.
+    float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f);
+    ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point.
+    ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point.
+    ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point.
+
+    float H = col[0], S = col[1], V = col[2];
+    float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2];
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+        ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+    }
+
+    bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false;
+
+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true);
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+    {
+        // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic
+        InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive())
+        {
+            ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center;
+            ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center;
+            float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off);
+            if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner - 1) * (wheel_r_inner - 1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer + 1) * (wheel_r_outer + 1))
+            {
+                // Interactive with Hue wheel
+                H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI * 0.5f;
+                if (H < 0.0f)
+                    H += 1.0f;
+                value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+            }
+            float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+            float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+            if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle)))
+            {
+                // Interacting with SV triangle
+                ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+                if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated))
+                    current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated);
+                float uu, vv, ww;
+                ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww);
+                V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+                S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+                value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+            }
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+    {
+        // SV rectangle logic
+        InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive())
+        {
+            S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+
+            // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square.
+            if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+                H = g.ColorEditLastHue;
+            value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+        }
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+            OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
+
+        // Hue bar logic
+        SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+        InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive())
+        {
+            H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Alpha bar logic
+    if (alpha_bar)
+    {
+        SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+        InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+        if (IsItemActive())
+        {
+            col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
+            value_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+    PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+    {
+        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        BeginGroup();
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+    {
+        const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_display_end)
+        {
+            if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+                SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_display_end);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+    {
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
+        ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+            Text("Current");
+
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
+        ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
+        if (ref_col != NULL)
+        {
+            Text("Original");
+            ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]);
+            if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)))
+            {
+                memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float));
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        }
+        PopItemFlag();
+        EndGroup();
+    }
+
+    // Convert back color to RGB
+    if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            g.ColorEditLastHue = H;
+            g.ColorEditLastSat = S;
+            g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0));
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            col[0] = H;
+            col[1] = S;
+            col[2] = V;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor
+    bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    {
+        PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x);
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker;
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+            {
+                // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget.
+                // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050)
+                value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap);
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV);
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex);
+        PopItemWidth();
+    }
+
+    // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any
+    if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
+    {
+        float new_H, new_S, new_V;
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V);
+        if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0)
+        {
+            if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V)
+                ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            else if (new_S <= 0)
+                ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (value_changed)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            R = col[0];
+            G = col[1];
+            B = col[2];
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+            ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);   // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately.
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            H = col[0];
+            S = col[1];
+            V = col[2];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+        }
+    }
+
+    const int style_alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(style.Alpha);
+    const ImU32 col_black = IM_COL32(0,0,0,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_white = IM_COL32(255,255,255,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_midgrey = IM_COL32(128,128,128,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_hues[6 + 1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8) };
+
+    ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, style.Alpha); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z);
+    ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f);
+    ImU32 user_col32_striped_of_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(R, G, B, style.Alpha)); // Important: this is still including the main rendering/style alpha!!
+
+    ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos;
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+    {
+        // Render Hue Wheel
+        const float aeps = 0.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out).
+        const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12);
+        for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++)
+        {
+            const float a0 = (n)     /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps;
+            const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps;
+            const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc);
+            draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness);
+            const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+
+            // Paint colors over existing vertices
+            ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner);
+            ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner);
+            ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n + 1]);
+        }
+
+        // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel
+        float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+        float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+        ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f);
+        float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f;
+        int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32);
+        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments);
+
+        // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue)
+        ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+        ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();
+        draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0);
+        draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f);
+        sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V));
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+    {
+        // Render SV Square
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), col_white, hue_color32, hue_color32, col_white);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0, 0, col_black, col_black);
+        RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S)     * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much
+        sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2);
+
+        // Render Hue Bar
+        for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), col_hues[i], col_hues[i], col_hues[i + 1], col_hues[i + 1]);
+        float bar0_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size);
+        RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
+    }
+
+    // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range)
+    float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f;
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12);
+
+    // Render alpha bar
+    if (alpha_bar)
+    {
+        float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]);
+        ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(draw_list, bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+        float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size);
+        RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
+    }
+
+    EndGroup();
+
+    if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0)
+        value_changed = false;
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    PopID();
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// A little color square. Return true when clicked.
+// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
+// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip.
+// Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set.
+bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id);
+    const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y);
+    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+    ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return false;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+        flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb = col;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb_without_alpha(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, 1.0f);
+    float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f;
+    float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f);
+    ImRect bb_inner = bb;
+    float off = 0.0f;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0)
+    {
+        off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts.
+        bb_inner.Expand(off);
+    }
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha
+        ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha;
+        if (col_source.w < 1.0f)
+            RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding);
+        else
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0)
+    {
+        if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+            RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding);
+        else
+            window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border
+    }
+
+    // Drag and Drop Source
+    // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test.
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource())
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        else
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once);
+        ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags);
+        SameLine();
+        TextEx("Color");
+        EndDragDropSource();
+    }
+
+    // Tooltip
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered)
+        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+// Initialize/override default color options
+void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_));    // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_));   // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_));     // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_));      // Check only 1 option is selected
+    g.ColorEditOptions = flags;
+}
+
+// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
+    const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text;
+    if (text_end > text)
+    {
+        TextEx(text, text_end);
+        Separator();
+    }
+
+    ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+    int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+    ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
+    SameLine();
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_))
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f, A: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    EndTooltip();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_);
+    if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions;
+    if (allow_opt_inputs)
+    {
+        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;
+        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
+    }
+    if (allow_opt_datatype)
+    {
+        if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator();
+        if (RadioButton("0..255",     (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8;
+        if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float;
+    }
+
+    if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype)
+        Separator();
+    if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1, 0)))
+        OpenPopup("Copy");
+    if (BeginPopup("Copy"))
+    {
+        int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+        char buf[64];
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb);
+        if (Selectable(buf))
+            SetClipboardText(buf);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        {
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+            if (Selectable(buf))
+                SetClipboardText(buf);
+        }
+        EndPopup();
+    }
+
+    g.ColorEditOptions = opts;
+    EndPopup();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+    bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+    bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+    if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (allow_opt_picker)
+    {
+        ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function
+        PushItemWidth(picker_size.x);
+        for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++)
+        {
+            // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection)
+            if (picker_type > 0) Separator();
+            PushID(picker_type);
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+            if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+            if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+            ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
+            if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup
+                g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_);
+            SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
+            ImVec4 previewing_ref_col;
+            memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4));
+            ColorPicker4("##previewing_picker", &previewing_ref_col.x, picker_flags);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        PopItemWidth();
+    }
+    if (allow_opt_alpha_bar)
+    {
+        if (allow_opt_picker) Separator();
+        CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+    }
+    EndPopup();
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TreeNode()
+// - TreeNodeV()
+// - TreeNodeEx()
+// - TreeNodeExV()
+// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]
+// - TreePush()
+// - TreePop()
+// - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+// - SetNextItemOpen()
+// - CollapsingHeader()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const char* label, *label_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args);
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const char* label, *label_end;
+    ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args);
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage;
+    storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
+        return true;
+
+    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
+
+    bool is_open;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen)
+    {
+        if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always)
+        {
+            is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
+            TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
+            const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
+            if (stored_value == -1)
+            {
+                is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
+                TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                is_open = stored_value != 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+    }
+
+    // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
+    // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef) < g.LogDepthToExpand)
+        is_open = true;
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
+    const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, style.FramePadding.y));
+
+    if (!label_end)
+        label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+
+    // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
+    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2);
+    ImRect frame_bb;
+    frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height;
+    if (display_frame)
+    {
+        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect
+        // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f)
+        frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f);
+        frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+    }
+
+    const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2);           // Collapser arrow width + Spacing
+    const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);                    // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+    const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f);  // Include collapser
+    ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y);
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y);
+
+    // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
+    ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb;
+    if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0)
+        interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f;
+
+    // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child.
+    // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop().
+    // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero.
+    const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0;
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags);
+    if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+
+    bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id);
+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
+    g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb;
+
+    if (!item_add)
+    {
+        if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+            TreePushOverrideID(id);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+        return is_open;
+    }
+
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+
+    // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily
+    // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns.
+    // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers.
+    const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2);
+    if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers;
+
+    // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags.
+    // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support.
+    // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1)
+    // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1)
+    // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0)
+    // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up.
+    // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work.
+    if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
+    else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
+    else
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+
+    bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0;
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    bool toggled = false;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+    {
+        if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id)
+        {
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id))
+                toggled = true;
+            if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
+                toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)
+                toggled = true;
+        }
+        else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold);
+            if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again.
+                toggled = true;
+        }
+
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open)
+        {
+            toggled = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority?
+        {
+            toggled = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+
+        if (toggled)
+        {
+            is_open = !is_open;
+            window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen;
+        }
+    }
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+    // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
+    // Render
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin;
+    if (display_frame)
+    {
+        // Framed type
+        const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
+        else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text
+            text_pos.x -= text_offset_x;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton)
+            frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x;
+
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###");
+        RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Unframed typed for tree nodes
+        if (hovered || selected)
+        {
+            const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+            RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false);
+        }
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL);
+        RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
+    }
+
+    if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+        TreePushOverrideID(id);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushID(str_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    Indent();
+    window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+    PushOverrideID(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePop()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    Unindent();
+
+    window->DC.TreeDepth--;
+    ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+
+    // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled)
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+        if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask))
+        {
+            SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect());
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+    window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much.
+    PopID();
+}
+
+// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
+float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
+// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode().
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label);
+}
+
+// p_visible == NULL                        : regular collapsing header
+// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true  : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false
+// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all
+// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen.
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    if (p_visible && !*p_visible)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader;
+    if (p_visible)
+        flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton;
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label);
+    if (p_visible != NULL)
+    {
+        // Create a small overlapping close button
+        // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
+        // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow.
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        float button_size = g.FontSize;
+        float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size);
+        float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y;
+        ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id);
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y)))
+            *p_visible = false;
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
+    }
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Selectable()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
+// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id.
+// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags.
+// FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported.
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle.
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
+
+    // Fill horizontal space
+    // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets.
+    const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0;
+    const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x;
+    const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth))
+        size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x);
+
+    // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides
+    const ImVec2 text_min = pos;
+    const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y);
+
+    // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable.
+    ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0)
+    {
+        const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y;
+        const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f);
+        const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f);
+        bb.Min.x -= spacing_L;
+        bb.Min.y -= spacing_U;
+        bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L);
+        bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U);
+    }
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); }
+
+    // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable..
+    const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x;
+    const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x;
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x;
+    }
+
+    const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None);
+    if (span_all_columns)
+    {
+        window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x;
+        window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x;
+    }
+
+    if (!item_add)
+        return false;
+
+    const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization
+        BeginDisabled();
+
+    // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only,
+    // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected.
+    if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        PushColumnsBackground();
+    else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable)
+        TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+
+    // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick)     { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease)   { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; }
+
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+
+    // Auto-select when moved into
+    // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch
+    // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control
+    // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons
+    //   - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope())
+    //   - (2) usage will fail with clipped items
+    //   The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent)
+        if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id)
+            selected = pressed = true;
+
+    // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard
+    if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover)))
+    {
+        if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+        {
+            SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect)
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+        }
+    }
+    if (pressed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+    // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
+    // Render
+    if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld))
+        hovered = true;
+    if (hovered || selected)
+    {
+        const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+    }
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+
+    if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        PopColumnsBackground();
+    else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable)
+        TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+
+    RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
+
+    // Automatically close popups
+    if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
+        CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    if (disabled_item && !disabled_global)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    return pressed; //-V1020
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+    {
+        *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginListBox()
+// - EndListBox()
+// - ListBox()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty"
+// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height).
+bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // Size default to hold ~7.25 items.
+    // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
+    ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    {
+        ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well.
+    BeginGroup();
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        RenderText(label_pos, label);
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size);
+    }
+
+    BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize());
+    return true;
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021)
+bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f;
+    ImVec2 size;
+    size.x = 0.0f;
+    size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+    return BeginListBox(label, size);
+}
+#endif
+
+void ImGui::EndListBox()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?");
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+
+    EndChildFrame();
+    EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items)
+{
+    const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox().
+// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently.
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Calculate size from "height_in_items"
+    if (height_in_items < 0)
+        height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
+    float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f;
+    ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+
+    if (!BeginListBox(label, size))
+        return false;
+
+    // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height,
+    // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
+    bool value_changed = false;
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to.
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+        {
+            const char* item_text;
+            if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+            PushID(i);
+            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+            {
+                *current_item = i;
+                value_changed = true;
+            }
+            if (item_selected)
+                SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            PopID();
+        }
+    EndListBox();
+
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
+
+    return value_changed;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - PlotEx() [Internal]
+// - PlotLines()
+// - PlotHistogram()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
+// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see:
+// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot
+// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return -1;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    if (frame_size.x == 0.0f)
+        frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
+    if (frame_size.y == 0.0f)
+        frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
+        return -1;
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+
+    // Determine scale from values if not specified
+    if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        float v_min = FLT_MAX;
+        float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
+        for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+        {
+            const float v = values_getter(data, i);
+            if (v != v) // Ignore NaN values
+                continue;
+            v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
+            v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+        }
+        if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
+            scale_min = v_min;
+        if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+            scale_max = v_max;
+    }
+
+    RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1;
+    int idx_hovered = -1;
+    if (values_count >= values_count_min)
+    {
+        int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+        int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+
+        // Tooltip on hover
+        if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+        {
+            const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
+            const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
+            IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+
+            const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
+            const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
+            if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+                SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx + 1, v1);
+            else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+                SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
+            idx_hovered = v_idx;
+        }
+
+        const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+        const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min));
+
+        float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
+        float t0 = 0.0f;
+        ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );                       // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+        float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (1 + scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f);   // Where does the zero line stands
+
+        const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
+        const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+
+        for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+        {
+            const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
+            const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
+            IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
+            const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
+            const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );
+
+            // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
+            ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
+            ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t));
+            if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+            {
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            }
+            else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+            {
+                if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
+                    pos1.x -= 1.0f;
+                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, idx_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+            }
+
+            t0 = t1;
+            tp0 = tp1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Text overlay
+    if (overlay_text)
+        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f));
+
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+
+    // Return hovered index or -1 if none are hovered.
+    // This is currently not exposed in the public API because we need a larger redesign of the whole thing, but in the short-term we are making it available in PlotEx().
+    return idx_hovered;
+}
+
+struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+{
+    const float* Values;
+    int Stride;
+
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
+};
+
+static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
+    const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
+    return v;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+    ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+    PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
+// Those is not very useful, legacy API.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Value()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
+{
+    Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+{
+    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+{
+    Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
+{
+    if (float_format)
+    {
+        char fmt[64];
+        ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
+        Text(fmt, prefix, v);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
+    }
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal]
+// - BeginMenuBar()
+// - EndMenuBar()
+// - BeginMainMenuBar()
+// - EndMainMenuBar()
+// - BeginMenu()
+// - EndMenu()
+// - MenuItemEx() [Internal]
+// - MenuItem()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helpers for internal use
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing)
+{
+    if (window_reappearing)
+        memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    Spacing = (ImU16)spacing;
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(true);
+    memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths));
+    TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth;
+    NextTotalWidth = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets)
+{
+    ImU16 offset = 0;
+    bool want_spacing = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++)
+    {
+        ImU16 width = Widths[i];
+        if (want_spacing && width > 0)
+            offset += Spacing;
+        want_spacing |= (width > 0);
+        if (update_offsets)
+        {
+            if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; }
+            if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; }
+            if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; }
+        }
+        offset += width;
+    }
+    NextTotalWidth = offset;
+}
+
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark)
+{
+    Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon);
+    Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label);
+    Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut);
+    Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark);
+    CalcNextTotalWidth(false);
+    return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth);
+}
+
+// FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere..
+// Currently the main responsibility of this function being to setup clip-rect + horizontal layout + menu navigation layer.
+// Ideally we also want this to be responsible for claiming space out of the main window scrolling rectangle, in which case ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar will become unnecessary.
+// Then later the same system could be used for multiple menu-bars, scrollbars, side-bars.
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        return false;
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+    BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore
+    PushID("##menubar");
+
+    // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect.
+    // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy.
+    ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+    ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y));
+    clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped);
+    PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false);
+
+    // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags).
+    window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y);
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
+    AlignTextToFramePadding();
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings.
+    if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Try to find out if the request is for one of our child menu
+        ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow;
+        while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow;
+        if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
+        {
+            // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame.
+            // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering)
+            const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+            IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection.
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+            NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); // Repeat
+        }
+    }
+
+    IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+    PopClipRect();
+    PopID();
+    window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos.
+    g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false;
+    EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0
+    window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+}
+
+// Important: calling order matters!
+// FIXME: Somehow overlapping with docking tech.
+// FIXME: The "rect-cut" aspect of this could be formalized into a lower-level helper (rect-cut: https://halt.software/dead-simple-layouts)
+bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, ImGuiDir dir, float axis_size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    ImGuiWindow* bar_window = FindWindowByName(name);
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)(viewport_p ? viewport_p : GetMainViewport());
+    if (bar_window == NULL || bar_window->BeginCount == 0)
+    {
+        // Calculate and set window size/position
+        ImRect avail_rect = viewport->GetBuildWorkRect();
+        ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
+        ImVec2 pos = avail_rect.Min;
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+            pos[axis] = avail_rect.Max[axis] - axis_size;
+        ImVec2 size = avail_rect.GetSize();
+        size[axis] = axis_size;
+        SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+        SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+        // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size
+        if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left)
+            viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size;
+        else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+            viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size;
+    }
+
+    window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
+    SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); // Enforce viewport so we don't create our own viewport when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoMerge is set.
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+    PopStyleVar(2);
+
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
+
+    // Notify of viewport change so GetFrameHeight() can be accurate in case of DPI change
+    SetCurrentViewport(NULL, viewport);
+
+    // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set.
+    // FIXME: This could be generalized as an opt-in way to clamp window->DC.CursorStartPos to avoid SafeArea?
+    // FIXME: Consider removing support for safe area down the line... it's messy. Nowadays consoles have support for TV calibration in OS settings.
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f));
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+    float height = GetFrameHeight();
+    bool is_open = BeginViewportSideBar("##MainMenuBar", viewport, ImGuiDir_Up, height, window_flags);
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+    if (is_open)
+        BeginMenuBar();
+    else
+        End();
+    return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+{
+    EndMenuBar();
+
+    // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window
+    // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL);
+
+    End();
+}
+
+static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+        return false;
+
+    // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others
+    // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID.
+    // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus.
+    // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag,
+    // making  hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects.
+    // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup
+    // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu.
+    // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer.
+    // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still
+    // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart
+    // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into.
+    const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
+    return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu));
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+    bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
+
+    // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu)
+    // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation.
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus;
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+
+    // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin().
+    // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame.
+    // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used.
+    if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id))
+    {
+        if (menu_is_open)
+            menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        else
+            g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();          // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        return menu_is_open;
+    }
+
+    // Tag menu as used. Next time BeginMenu() with same ID is called it will append to existing menu
+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id);
+
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window)
+    const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
+    ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        g.NavWindow = window;
+
+    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu,
+    // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup().
+    // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering.
+    ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
+    bool pressed;
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
+        // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
+        // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+        float w = label_size.x;
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        PopStyleVar();
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu inside a regular/vertical menu
+        // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
+        //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame
+        float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
+        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right);
+    }
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+
+    const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover;
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window;
+
+    bool want_open = false;
+    bool want_close = false;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+    {
+        // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu
+        // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
+        bool moving_toward_child_menu = false;
+        ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL;
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        {
+            float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI
+            ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect();
+            ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta);
+            ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
+            ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
+            float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f);   // add a bit of extra slack.
+            ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f;                     // to avoid numerical issues (FIXME: ??)
+            tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f);                           // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus
+            tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f);
+            moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
+            //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_other_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG]
+        }
+
+        // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not)
+        // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon.
+        // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.)
+        if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu)
+            want_close = true;
+
+        // Open
+        if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open
+            want_open = true;
+        else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open
+            want_open = true;
+        if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu bar
+        if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it
+        {
+            want_close = true;
+            want_open = menu_is_open = false;
+        }
+        else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+        }
+        else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open
+        {
+            want_open = true;
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
+        want_close = true;
+    if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
+    PopID();
+
+    if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size)
+    {
+        // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
+        OpenPopup(label);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    menu_is_open |= want_open;
+    if (want_open)
+        OpenPopup(label);
+
+    if (menu_is_open)
+    {
+        SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: this is super misleading! The value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos.
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding
+        menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+        PopStyleVar();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+    }
+
+    return menu_is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+    return BeginMenuEx(label, NULL, enabled);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenu()
+{
+    // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu).
+    // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs.
+    // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical)
+        if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow == window)
+        {
+            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+            NavMoveRequestCancel();
+        }
+
+    EndPopup();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet();
+    ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        g.NavWindow = window;
+
+    // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73),
+    // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only.
+    bool pressed;
+    PushID(label);
+    if (!enabled)
+        BeginDisabled();
+
+    const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover;
+    const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns;
+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful
+        // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark.
+        float w = label_size.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
+        pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        PopStyleVar();
+        RenderText(text_pos, label);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Menu item inside a vertical menu
+        // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f.
+        //  Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system.
+        float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f;
+        float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
+        float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame
+        float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
+        pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
+        if (icon_w > 0.0f)
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
+        if (shortcut_w > 0.0f)
+        {
+            PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+            PopStyleColor();
+        }
+        if (selected)
+            RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize  * 0.866f);
+    }
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
+    if (!enabled)
+        EndDisabled();
+    PopID();
+    if (menuset_is_open)
+        g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window;
+
+    return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+{
+    if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+    {
+        if (p_selected)
+            *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabBar()
+// - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal]
+// - EndTabBar()
+// - TabBarLayout() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal]
+// - TabBarAddTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal]
+// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiTabBarSection
+{
+    int                 TabCount;               // Number of tabs in this section.
+    float               Width;                  // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down)
+    float               Spacing;                // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section.
+
+    ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    static void             TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImU32            TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
+    static float            TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth();
+    static float            TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling);
+    static void             TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+}
+
+ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar()
+{
+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1;
+    LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+}
+
+static inline int TabItemGetSectionIdx(const ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    return (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    const int a_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(a);
+    const int b_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(b);
+    if (a_section != b_section)
+        return a_section - b_section;
+    return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout);
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder);
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return ref.Ptr ? (ImGuiTabBar*)ref.Ptr : g.TabBars.GetByIndex(ref.Index);
+}
+
+static ImGuiPtrOrIndex GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.TabBars.Contains(tab_bar))
+        return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(g.TabBars.GetIndex(tab_bar));
+    return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(tab_bar);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+    ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    tab_bar->ID = id;
+    return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused, NULL);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar));
+    g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar;
+
+    // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs.
+    tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY);
+        tab_bar->BeginCount++;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)))
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) // FIXME: TabBar with DockNode can now be hybrid
+            ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder);
+    tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false;
+
+    // Flags
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+
+    tab_bar->Flags = flags;
+    tab_bar->BarRect = tab_bar_bb;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab()
+    tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible;
+    tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f;
+    tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+    tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding;
+    tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0;
+    tab_bar->BeginCount = 1;
+
+    // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY);
+
+    // Draw separator
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive);
+    const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f;
+    if (dock_node != NULL)
+    {
+        const float separator_min_x = dock_node->Pos.x + window->WindowBorderSize;
+        const float separator_max_x = dock_node->Pos.x + dock_node->Size.x - window->WindowBorderSize;
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+        const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+
+    // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed().
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing)
+    {
+        tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1)
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos;
+
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PopID();
+
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back());
+}
+
+// This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab()
+// The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions.
+static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = false;
+
+    // Garbage collect by compacting list
+    // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section)
+    int tab_dst_n = 0;
+    bool need_sort_by_section = false;
+    ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing
+    for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+        if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible || tab->WantClose)
+        {
+            // Remove tab
+            if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+            if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+            if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n)
+            tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n];
+        tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n;
+
+        // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another)
+        int curr_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+        if (tab_dst_n > 0)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1];
+            int prev_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(prev_tab);
+            if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0)
+                need_sort_by_section = true;
+            if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2)
+                need_sort_by_section = true;
+        }
+
+        sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++;
+        tab_dst_n++;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n)
+        tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n);
+
+    if (need_sort_by_section)
+        ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection);
+
+    // Calculate spacing between sections
+    sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f;
+    sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f;
+
+    // Setup next selected tab
+    ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId)
+    {
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    }
+
+    // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot).
+    if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0)
+    {
+        if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar))
+            if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+                scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId;
+        tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!)
+    const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0;
+    if (tab_list_popup_button)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x!
+            scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID;
+
+    // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central
+    // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing)
+    int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount };
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size);
+
+    // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer
+    ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL;
+    int curr_section_n = -1;
+    bool found_selected_tab_id = false;
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible);
+
+        if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button))
+            most_recently_selected_tab = tab;
+        if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+            found_selected_tab_id = true;
+        if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID)
+            scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID;
+
+        // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar.
+        // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet,
+        // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window.
+        const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+        const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true;
+        tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth > 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x;
+
+        int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+        ImGuiTabBarSection* section = &sections[section_n];
+        section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
+        curr_section_n = section_n;
+
+        // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down
+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385);
+        ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++];
+        shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n;
+        shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth;
+
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->ContentWidth > 0.0f);
+        tab->Width = tab->ContentWidth;
+    }
+
+    // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window)
+    tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f;
+    for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++)
+        tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing;
+
+    // Horizontal scrolling buttons
+    // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x)
+    if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar))
+        {
+            scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID;
+            if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0)
+                tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id;
+        }
+
+    // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space
+    float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
+    float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing;
+    float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing;
+    bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth();
+    float width_excess;
+    if (central_section_is_visible)
+        width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section
+    else
+        width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section
+
+    // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore
+    if (width_excess > 0.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible))
+    {
+        int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount);
+        int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0);
+        ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess);
+
+        // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections
+        for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index];
+            float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width);
+            if (shrinked_width < 0.0f)
+                continue;
+
+            int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab);
+            sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width);
+            tab->Width = shrinked_width;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Layout all active tabs
+    int section_tab_index = 0;
+    float tab_offset = 0.0f;
+    tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f;
+    for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBarSection* section = &sections[section_n];
+        if (section_n == 2)
+            tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset);
+
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n];
+            tab->Offset = tab_offset;
+            tab->NameOffset = -1;
+            tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
+        }
+        tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f);
+        tab_offset += section->Spacing;
+        section_tab_index += section->TabCount;
+    }
+
+    // Clear name buffers
+    tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
+    // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one
+    if (found_selected_tab_id == false)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL)
+        scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID;
+
+    // Lock in visible tab
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false;
+
+    // CTRL+TAB can override visible tab temporarily
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode->TabBar == tab_bar)
+        tab_bar->VisibleTabId = scroll_to_tab_id = g.NavWindowingTarget->TabId;
+
+    // Update scrolling
+    if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0)
+        TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget);
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget)
+    {
+        // Scrolling speed adjust itself so we can always reach our target in 1/3 seconds.
+        // Teleport if we are aiming far off the visible line
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, 70.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, ImFabs(tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim) / 0.3f);
+        const bool teleport = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) || (tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility > 10.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = teleport ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, g.IO.DeltaTime * tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f;
+    }
+    tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
+    tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
+
+    // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame)
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min;
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal);
+}
+
+// Dockable uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack.
+static ImU32   ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window)
+{
+    if (docked_window != NULL)
+    {
+        IM_UNUSED(tab_bar);
+        IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode);
+        ImGuiID id = docked_window->TabId;
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+        return id;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+        return window->GetID(label);
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize * 20.0f;
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (tab_id != 0)
+        for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
+            if (tab_bar->Tabs[n].ID == tab_id)
+                return &tab_bar->Tabs[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// FIXME: See references to #2304 in TODO.txt
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL;
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        if (most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected)
+            if (tab->Window && tab->Window->WasActive)
+                most_recently_selected_tab = tab;
+    }
+    return most_recently_selected_tab;
+}
+
+// The purpose of this call is to register tab in advance so we can control their order at the time they appear.
+// Otherwise calling this is unnecessary as tabs are appending as needed by the BeginTabItem() function.
+void ImGui::TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId) == NULL);
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentTabBar != tab_bar);  // Can't work while the tab bar is active as our tab doesn't have an X offset yet, in theory we could/should test something like (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible < g.FrameCount) but we'd need to solve why triggers the commented early-out assert in BeginTabBarEx() (probably dock node going from implicit to explicit in same frame)
+
+    if (!window->HasCloseButton)
+        tab_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton;       // Set _NoCloseButton immediately because it will be used for first-frame width calculation.
+
+    ImGuiTabItem new_tab;
+    new_tab.ID = window->TabId;
+    new_tab.Flags = tab_flags;
+    new_tab.LastFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible;   // Required so BeginTabBar() doesn't ditch the tab
+    if (new_tab.LastFrameVisible == -1)
+        new_tab.LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount - 1;
+    new_tab.Window = window;                                // Required so tab bar layout can compute the tab width before tab submission
+    tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(new_tab);
+}
+
+// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless.
+void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+        tab_bar->Tabs.erase(tab);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab_id)      { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab_id)     { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+}
+
+// Called on manual closure attempt
+void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button));
+    if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument))
+    {
+        // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure.
+        // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure
+        tab->WantClose = true;
+        if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID)
+        {
+            tab->LastFrameVisible = -1;
+            tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup)
+        if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID)
+            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID;
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling)
+{
+    scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth());
+    return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f);
+}
+
+// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys
+static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id);
+    if (tab == NULL)
+        return;
+    if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar)
+    int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab);
+
+    // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling)
+    // FIXME: This is all confusing.
+    float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
+
+    // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler
+    float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f);
+    float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f;
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width))
+    {
+        // Scroll to the left
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1;
+    }
+    else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width)
+    {
+        // Scroll to the right
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width;
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(offset != 0);
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID;
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const bool is_central_section = (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0;
+    const float bar_offset = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - (is_central_section ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : 0);
+
+    // Count number of contiguous tabs we are crossing over
+    const int dir = (bar_offset + src_tab->Offset) > mouse_pos.x ? -1 : +1;
+    const int src_idx = tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(src_tab);
+    int dst_idx = src_idx;
+    for (int i = src_idx; i >= 0 && i < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; i += dir)
+    {
+        // Reordered tabs must share the same section
+        const ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[i];
+        if (dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)
+            break;
+        if ((dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_))
+            break;
+        dst_idx = i;
+
+        // Include spacing after tab, so when mouse cursor is between tabs we would not continue checking further tabs that are not hovered.
+        const float x1 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        const float x2 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset + dst_tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(x1, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(x2, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+        if ((dir < 0 && mouse_pos.x > x1) || (dir > 0 && mouse_pos.x < x2))
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if (dst_idx != src_idx)
+        TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, src_tab, dst_idx - src_idx);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId);
+    if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder))
+        return false;
+
+    //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools
+    int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return false;
+
+    // Reordered tabs must share the same section
+    // (Note: TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos() also has a similar test but since we allow direct calls to TabBarQueueReorder() we do it here too)
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order];
+    if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)
+        return false;
+    if ((tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_))
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1;
+    ImGuiTabItem* src_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 + 1 : tab2;
+    ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 : tab2 + 1;
+    const int move_count = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset : -tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    memmove(dst_tab, src_tab, move_count * sizeof(ImGuiTabItem));
+    *tab2 = item_tmp;
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings)
+        MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+    return true;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const ImVec2 arrow_button_size(g.FontSize - 2.0f, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    const float scrolling_buttons_width = arrow_button_size.x * 2.0f;
+
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+
+    int select_dir = 0;
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    const float backup_repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay;
+    const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f;
+    float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width);
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = -1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = +1;
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay;
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL;
+    if (select_dir != 0)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
+        {
+            int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item);
+            int target_order = selected_order + select_dir;
+
+            // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached
+            while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL)
+            {
+                // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible
+                tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order];
+
+                // Cross through buttons
+                // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll)
+                if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                {
+                    target_order += select_dir;
+                    selected_order += select_dir;
+                    tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f;
+
+    return tab_to_scroll_to;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size
+    const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width;
+
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest);
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
+                continue;
+
+            const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+            if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID))
+                tab_to_select = tab;
+        }
+        EndCombo();
+    }
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    return tab_to_select;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabItem()
+// - EndTabItem()
+// - TabItemButton()
+// - TabItemEx() [Internal]
+// - SetTabItemClosed()
+// - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal]
+// - TabItemBackground() [Internal]
+// - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0);             // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead!
+
+    bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags, NULL);
+    if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+        PushOverrideID(tab->ID); // We already hashed 'label' so push into the ID stack directly instead of doing another hash through PushID(label)
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0);
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+    if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+        PopID();
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder, NULL);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window)
+{
+    // Layout whole tab bar if not already done
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+    {
+        ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData;
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+        g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data;
+    }
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, docked_window);
+
+    // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render.
+    // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID.
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    if (p_open && !*p_open)
+    {
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button));
+    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing
+
+    // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented)
+    if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton)
+        p_open = NULL;
+    else if (p_open == NULL)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton;
+
+    // Acquire tab data
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id);
+    bool tab_is_new = false;
+    if (tab == NULL)
+    {
+        tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem());
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back();
+        tab->ID = id;
+        tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true;
+    }
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab);
+
+    // Calculate tab contents size
+    ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL);
+    tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    if (tab_is_new)
+        tab->Width = size.x;
+    tab->ContentWidth = size.x;
+    tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++;
+
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0;
+    const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0;
+    tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab->Flags = flags;
+    tab->Window = docked_window;
+
+    // Append name with zero-terminator
+    // (regular tabs are permitted in a DockNode tab bar, but window tabs not permitted in a non-DockNode tab bar)
+    if (tab->Window != NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode);
+        tab->NameOffset = -1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->Window == NULL);
+        tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
+        tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); // Append name _with_ the zero-terminator.
+    }
+
+    // Update selected tab
+    if (!is_tab_button)
+    {
+        if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0)
+            if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0)
+                tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;  // New tabs gets activated
+        if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar
+            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+    }
+
+    // Lock visibility
+    // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!)
+    bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id);
+    if (tab_contents_visible)
+        tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true;
+
+    // On the very first frame of a tab bar we let first tab contents be visible to minimize appearing glitches
+    if (!tab_contents_visible && tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar_appearing && docked_window == NULL)
+        if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs))
+            tab_contents_visible = true;
+
+    // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted
+    // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'.
+    if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new))
+    {
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus);
+        if (is_tab_button)
+            return false;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == id)
+        tab->LastFrameSelected = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Backup current layout position
+    const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // Layout
+    const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0;
+    size.x = tab->Width;
+    if (is_central_section)
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f);
+    else
+        window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+
+    // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation)
+    const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX);
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true);
+
+    ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = backup_cursor_max_pos;
+
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+    {
+        if (want_clip_rect)
+            PopClipRect();
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    // Click to Select a tab
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+    if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW)) // FIXME: May be an opt-in property of the payload to disable this
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (pressed && !is_tab_button)
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+
+    // Transfer active id window so the active id is not owned by the dock host (as StartMouseMovingWindow()
+    // will only do it on the drag). This allows FocusWindow() to be more conservative in how it clears active id.
+    if (held && docked_window && g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+        g.ActiveIdWindow = docked_window;
+
+    // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered)
+    if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+    // Drag and drop a single floating window node moves it
+    ImGuiDockNode* node = docked_window ? docked_window->DockNode : NULL;
+    const bool single_floating_window_node = node && node->IsFloatingNode() && (node->Windows.Size == 1);
+    if (held && single_floating_window_node && IsMouseDragging(0, 0.0f))
+    {
+        // Move
+        StartMouseMovingWindow(docked_window);
+    }
+    else if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        // Drag and drop: re-order tabs
+        int drag_dir = 0;
+        float drag_distance_from_edge_x = 0.0f;
+        if (!g.DragDropActive && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (docked_window != NULL)))
+        {
+            // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+            if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x)
+            {
+                drag_dir = -1;
+                drag_distance_from_edge_x = bb.Min.x - g.IO.MousePos.x;
+                TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos);
+            }
+            else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x)
+            {
+                drag_dir = +1;
+                drag_distance_from_edge_x = g.IO.MousePos.x - bb.Max.x;
+                TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Extract a Dockable window out of it's tab bar
+        if (docked_window != NULL && !(docked_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        {
+            // We use a variable threshold to distinguish dragging tabs within a tab bar and extracting them out of the tab bar
+            bool undocking_tab = (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id);
+            if (!undocking_tab) //&& (!g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift || g.IO.KeyShift)
+            {
+                float threshold_base = g.FontSize;
+                float threshold_x = (threshold_base * 2.2f);
+                float threshold_y = (threshold_base * 1.5f) + ImClamp((ImFabs(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[0].x) - threshold_base * 2.0f) * 0.20f, 0.0f, threshold_base * 4.0f);
+                //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(bb.Min.x - threshold_x, bb.Min.y - threshold_y), ImVec2(bb.Max.x + threshold_x, bb.Max.y + threshold_y), IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
+
+                float distance_from_edge_y = ImMax(bb.Min.y - g.IO.MousePos.y, g.IO.MousePos.y - bb.Max.y);
+                if (distance_from_edge_y >= threshold_y)
+                    undocking_tab = true;
+                if (drag_distance_from_edge_x > threshold_x)
+                    if ((drag_dir < 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == 0) || (drag_dir > 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1))
+                        undocking_tab = true;
+            }
+
+            if (undocking_tab)
+            {
+                // Undock
+                // FIXME: refactor to share more code with e.g. StartMouseMovingWindow
+                DockContextQueueUndockWindow(&g, docked_window);
+                g.MovingWindow = docked_window;
+                SetActiveID(g.MovingWindow->MoveId, g.MovingWindow);
+                g.ActiveIdClickOffset -= g.MovingWindow->Pos - bb.Min;
+                g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
+                SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth)
+    {
+        // Enlarge tab display when hovering
+        bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f)));
+        display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+        TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Render tab shape
+    ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused));
+    TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+
+    // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget.
+    const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup);
+    if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)))
+        if (!is_tab_button)
+            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
+
+    // Render tab label, process close button
+    const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, docked_window ? docked_window->ID : id) : 0;
+    bool just_closed;
+    bool text_clipped;
+    TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped);
+    if (just_closed && p_open != NULL)
+    {
+        *p_open = false;
+        TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+
+    // Forward Hovered state so IsItemHovered() after Begin() can work (even though we are technically hovering our parent)
+    // That state is copied to window->DockTabItemStatusFlags by our caller.
+    if (docked_window && (hovered || g.HoveredId == close_button_id))
+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
+
+    // Restore main window position so user can draw there
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+
+    // Tooltip
+    // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok)
+    // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores)
+    // FIXME: This is a mess.
+    // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip?
+    if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay && IsItemHovered())
+        if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
+            SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label);
+
+    IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected
+    if (is_tab_button)
+        return pressed;
+    return tab_contents_visible;
+}
+
+// [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed.
+// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar().
+// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue.
+void    ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool is_within_manual_tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar && !(g.CurrentTabBar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode);
+    if (is_within_manual_tab_bar)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+        ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, NULL);
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+            tab->WantClose = true; // Will be processed by next call to TabBarLayout()
+    }
+    else if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(label))
+    {
+        if (window->DockIsActive)
+            if (ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode)
+            {
+                ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(node->TabBar, label, window);
+                TabBarRemoveTab(node->TabBar, tab_id);
+                window->DockTabWantClose = true;
+            }
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    if (has_close_button)
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle.
+    else
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f;
+    return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col)
+{
+    // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float width = bb.GetWidth();
+    IM_UNUSED(flags);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f);
+    const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f));
+    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
+    const float y2 = bb.Max.y + ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview) ? 0.0f : -1.0f);
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9);
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12);
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+    if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9);
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12);
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic
+// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter.
+void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+    if (out_just_closed)
+        *out_just_closed = false;
+    if (out_text_clipped)
+        *out_text_clipped = false;
+
+    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f)
+        return;
+
+    // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected)
+    // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do.
+#if 0
+    const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha;
+    if (!is_contents_visible)
+        g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f;
+#endif
+
+    // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker
+    ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y);
+    ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb;
+
+    // Return clipped state ignoring the close button
+    if (out_text_clipped)
+    {
+        *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+        //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    }
+
+    const float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y);
+
+    // Close Button & Unsaved Marker
+    // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap()
+    //  'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false
+    bool close_button_pressed = false;
+    bool close_button_visible = false;
+    if (close_button_id != 0)
+        if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton))
+            if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id)
+                close_button_visible = true;
+    bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x);
+
+    if (close_button_visible)
+    {
+        ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData;
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding);
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+        PopStyleVar();
+        g.LastItemData = last_item_backup;
+
+        // Close with middle mouse button
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+    }
+    else if (unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f);
+        RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+    }
+
+    // This is all rather complicated
+    // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position)
+    // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist..
+    float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f;
+    if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible)
+    {
+        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f);
+        text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f;
+        ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x;
+    }
+    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size);
+
+#if 0
+    if (!is_contents_visible)
+        g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha;
+#endif
+
+    if (out_just_closed)
+        *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed;
+}
+
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE